Skip to main content

Full text of "The Collecting net"

See other formats 


shy 
ee ug as 
bye 


FT gy 
sitet oh 
Pastel: 
fe ust 
une Hii 
Br 


emai 


ne 


Pity 
ie 
Ahi 

Ni 


ty 
‘Ys 
Sasi! 


) 
RRL Ri? 
He Se NU Tay 
f Tia ty 


i it 4 
bg i 
we i 


Mme 


a 
hi 

§ ney, 
! t, ‘ 
hae 


Vol. XV, No. 1 


SATURDAY, JUNE 29, 1940 


Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


CRUISES OF THE ATLANTIS DURING 
THE PAST WINTER 


C. O’D. IsELIN 


Director, Woods Hole Oceanographic 
Institution 


Shortly after the outbreak of war in Europe 
it was decided to keep the Atlantis within the 
Neutrality Patrol Zone. However, off this coast 
a relatively wide area is in- = ious 


SEMI-CENTENNIAL OF COLD SPRING 
HARBOR BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


Dr. Ertc PONDER 


Director, Biological Laboratory, 
Cold Spring Harbor 


The fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the 
Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor is 
being celebrated today. The speakers will be 
Mr. Arthur W. Page, Presi- 


cluded, for the eastern limit of 
A. 


dent of the Board of Directors 
of the Long Island Biological 


Annual Subscription, $2-00_—— 


the patrol is as much as 600 
miles off shore. As a further 
precaution large flags were 
sewed to both sides of the 
mizzen, for this sail remains 
up practically the whole time 
when the Atlantis is at sea. 
During the autumn months 
two hydrographic — sections 
were secured, crossing the 
Gulf Stream along a line ex- 
tending from Montauk Point 
to Bermuda. In late January 
a third profile was completed. 
In all 15 of these series of 
subsurface temperature and 
salinity-observations have been 
obtained in the past two and 
a half years. The objective is 
a study of long-period varia- 


B. £. Calendar 


FRIDAY, July 5, 1940, 
8:00 P. M. 

M. B. L. Auditorium 
Lecture: 


“Oxidation and Reduction in 
Organic and Biological 
Chemistry.” 


Dr. Leonor Michaelis, 
Member of Rockefeller Institute 


for Medical Research, 
New York, N. Y. 


The first weekly seminar of 
the season will be held on 
Tuesday, July 9. 


Association; Dr. Harold C. 
Urey, Professor of Chemistry 
at Columbia University, and 
Dr. Robert Cushman Murphy, 
Curator of Oceanic Birds at 
the American Museum of Na- 
tural History, members of the 
Board of Directors of the As- 
sociation, Following the ad- 
dresses, tea will be served at 
Blackford Hall, and a series 


| * of exhibits will be set up in the 


John D. Jones Laboratory. 
The exhibits have been ar- 
ranged by Professor Richard 
T. Cox and Dr. Walter Ros- 
enblith of the Department of 
Physics at New York Univer- 
sity, Dr. Harold A. Abramson 


tions in the transport of the Gulf Stream. As- 
suming the 2000 decibar level (approximately 
2000 meters) as being (Continued on page 4) 


of the Mount Sinai Hospital and the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University, 
Dr. L. R. Blinks of the Department of Biology at 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Semi-Centennial of Cold Spring Harbor Bio- Protozoclogy Class Notes ........csssscscsrstessseeceseees 7 
Z fost sage ee Ditp (Binte THeGI Se cma: 1 ihe Mapa Clunpin lod 0p eeree ee ee 8 

: 7 Oaya\ ] tb) =| 

a iniee av OD. eee, Ae paring eres j Introducing Dr. E. J. W. Barrington .................. 10 
The Biological Field Stations of France, Homer Scientific Workers and the War, Dr. Robert 

PAWN ELC aN ieee ecg aan saccs wsteetece tess abotionoscevsenseesucsevecesesucess 5 Chambers: deccctecceserccsvestecce casey eee dea ase eee 10 
Hela stologiye Classy NiObeS) cistcceccsccsseseesesscestctesceesczsees G6 Themis) off Interest ecssccsicccccccssscteagssscesocseeseetacesseaccomet 11 
Embryology Class Notes ...cccccccsscssessessssssssesessessssees th SDineckouygeLOr GAO Meecceccccecevsserezcsescrecsccssceeseneeceeatce 15 


4 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 128 


Monday, June 24th 
RUDOLF Hodser, University of Pennsylvania: Correla- 
tion between the molecular configuration of organic 
compounds and their active transfer in living cells. 


Tuesday, June 25th 


W. J. V. OsterHOUT, The Rockefeller Institute: Some 
models of protoplasmic surfaces. 
Wednesday, June 26th 
Henry B. Buuu, Northwestern University Medical 


School: The chemistry of the lipids. 
Thursday, June 27th 

Harotp A. ABRAMSON, MANUEL GorIN, and Eric Pon- 
DER, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia 
University, and The Biological Laboratory: Electro- 
phoresis and the chemistry of cell surfaces. 

Hans NeuratH, Duke University School of Medicine: 
Some chemical and physical properties of the pro- 
teins. 

Monday, July 1st 

Francis O. Scomitr and KENNETH J. PALMER, Wash- 
ington University: X-ray diffraction studies of lipide 
and lipide-protein systems. 

G. W. ScartH, J. Levirr, and D. Simrnovircu, McGill 
University: Plasma-membrane structure in the light 
of frost-hardening changes. 


Tuesday, July 2nd 
KENNETH 8S. COLE, College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
Columbia University: Membrane impedance. 
BaupuIN Lucke, University of Pennsylvania: The liv- 
ing cell as an osmotic system and its permeability to 
water. 
Wednesday, July 3rd 
M. J. Kopac, New York University: The physical 
properties of the extraneous coats of living cells. 
Rosert CHAMBERS, New York University: The rela- 
tion of extraneous coats to the organization and per- 
meability of cellular membranes. 


Friday, July 5th 
S. C. Brooks, University of California: 
radioactive isotopes by living cells. 
D. R. HoaGuanD, University of California: Salt aecum- 
ulation by plant cells with special reference to metab- 
olism. 


The intake of 


Monday, July 8th 
DANIeEL MaziA, University of Missouri: 
by the cell surface. 
L. R. Buinks, Stanford University: The relation of 
metabolism to the permeability of plant cells. 


Tuesday, July 9th 
Eric Ponper, The Biological Laboratory: 
as an osmometer. 
Wednesday, July 10th 
B. W. Zweiracu, New York University: The structural 
basis of permeability and other functions of blood 
capillaries. 


Binding of ions 


The red cell 


Thursday, July 11th 

Roser? F. FurcHeGorr, Northwestern University Medical 
School: Observations on the structure of red cell 
ghosts. 

Davip F. WAuGH and FrRANcIS O. Scumirr, Washington 
University: Investigations of the thickness and ultra- 
structure of cellular membranes by the analytical lep- 
toscope. 

Monday, July 15th 

H. Burr STemnBAcH, Columbia University: 

balance of animal cells. 


Tuesday, July 16th 

HucGH Davson, Dalhousie University: 
of the erythrocyte to cations. 

JoHN Scupper, College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
Columbia University: Relation of ammonia to eryth- 
rocyte permeability to cations. 

Wednesday, July 17th 

Harotp A, ABRAMSON and MANUEL GorIN, College of 
Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University: Per- 
meability of the skin. 


Electrolyte 


The permeability 


CRUISES OF THE ATLANTIS DURING THE PAST WINTER 
(Continued from page 1) 


motionless, these observations indicate that the 
flow has varied between a maximum of 95 and 
a minimum of 76 million cubic meters per second 
during recent years. 

Early in January a biological survey of the 
waters on Georges Banks was attempted. Five 
additional surveys have been completed since the 
middle of March. In this case the main objective 
is a study of the factors influencing the survival 
of young haddock. The new additions to the had- 
dock population on Georges Banks are known to 
fluctuate widely from year to year and it is hoped 
that it will be possible to find out whether or not 
a large part of these variations occurs in the first 
few weeks after the eggs are released. It is hoped 
that it can be found out whether physical or bio- 
logical factors are chiefly responsible for the loss 
of so many of the young haddock. 

From the middle of January to the middle of 
March the Atlantis cruised southward in order 


to avoid the worst of the winter weather. Ob- 
servations were secured at anchor in the Gulf 
Stream off Jacksonville, Florida, on short-period 
internal waves. In addition, various experiments 
were attempted to further develop seismic meth- 
ods of determining the thickness of submarine 
sediments in deep water. As it turned out, send- 
ing the Atlantis south this winter was a mistake. 
While New England experienced cold, settled 
weather with mainly moderate winds, south of 
Cape Hatteras it blew half a gale during most 
of February. 

On the voyage southward one of the sailors 
became extremely sick. In fact, it seemed likely 
to Captain McMurray that he had an acute ap- 
pendix case on his hands. At the time a heavy 
westerly gale was blowing and the only port 
which the Atlantis could make in a hurry was 
Bermuda. Captain McMurray was not particu- 
larly anxious to put in at Bermuda for on deck 


June 29, 1940 ] 


Dp COLLECIING NET 5 


he had 600 Ibs. of T. N. T. which was later to 
be used by Prof. Ewing for his seismic work. 
However, the sailor seemed desperately sick and 
on nearing Bermuda the Atlantis was spoken by 
an English naval vessel. Much to Captain Mc- 
Murray’s relief the boarding officer turned out to 
be Captain Whitfield, formerly from the Bermuda 
Biological Station and probably the only officer 
in the British navy who could understand why the 
Atlantis was carrying 600 lbs. of T. N. T. In- 
cidentally, it also turned out that most of the 
sailor’s trouble was sea sickness. 

On June 18 the Atlantis sailed for ten days on 
Georges Banks with a scientific party of seven, 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD 


headed by Dr. George L. Clarke. This was cruise 
number 100, so it will perhaps be of interest to 
add a few statistics. Since her launching in June 
1931 the Atlantis has sailed a total of 158,000 
miles and has been 1900 days at sea. During this 
time nearly 3000 stations have been occupied for 
subsurface temperature and salinity observations. 
Approximately 2400 hauls have been made with 
nets of various kinds. Of the original crew only 
one member remains, Chief Engineer Backus. 
Most sailors find that they can learn all they want 
to know about oceanography in a single winter 
cruise on the Atlantis. 


STATIONS OF FRANCE 


Homer A. JACK 


Science Education Department, Cornell University 


Professor C. O. Whitman, first director of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory, in a discussion on 
biological observatories, quoted the distinguished 
French zoologist, Henri Lacaze-Duthiers, as say- 
ing in 1891: 

We have been able to count as many as seventeen 
or eighteen stations on our coasts in the course of 
1891. Are they all born to live? Will they all en- 
dure as long as the pompous announcements that 
have accompanied or preceded them would have us 

_ believe? Have not some discounted too quickly the 
future? ...Is this not also an exaggeration and a 
dissipation of precious energies, which, if concen- 
trated into a single strong organization, might ren- 
der very great service? 

Professor Lacaze-Duthiers’ prediction was cor- 
rect. Today only nine of the seventeen French 
marine stations existent in 1891 are in operation. 
Today it might be said, too, that France, even 
with its two thousand miles of coast line, is dis- 
sipating her energies on the fourteen marine sta- 
tions which were in operation up to the beginning 
of the Second World War. 

Beginning on the Straits of Dover and the Eng- 
lish Channel, marine laboratories are located at 
Ambleteuse, Wimereux, Havre, and Luc-sur- 
Mer. Stations are also situated at Dinard, Ros- 
coff, Concarneau, Le Croisic, and Arcachon on 
the Atlantic Ocean. French Mediterranean sta- 
tions include those at Banyuls, near the Spanish 
border, Séte, Endoume, Tamaris-sur-Mer, and 
Villefranche. Of the freshwater biological sta- 
tions, the most important are at Aix-les-Bains on 
Lake Bourget, at Besse near Clermont-Ferrand, 
and at Lake Orédon in the Pyrenees. Other in- 
land field stations include the laboratory on Pic- 
du-Midi in the Pyrenees, the geobotanical station 
of Professor Braun-Blanquet at Montpellier, and 
the institute at Col du Lautaret in the French 
Alps. In all, there are twenty-one biological field 


stations in France, or one to about every two 
million inhabitants. 

France enjoys the distinction of having the 
oldest biological station in continuous operation. 
This is the Laboratoire de Zoologie et de Physi- 
ologie maritimes du College de France, located 
at Concarneau. Founded in 1859, this institution 
is generally recognized to have been the first bio- 
logical station to be established in the world, pre- 
ceding Agassiz’s Anderson School of Natural 
History at Penikese by fourteen years and the 
Marine Biological Laboratory by twenty-nine 
years. The Concarneau laboratory was estab- 
lished by Professor C. C. Coste after consulta- 
tions with Professor Valenciennes who collected 
in the region as an assistant to Cuvier. Spanning 
the gap, then, from Cuvier to the present, this 
station today has an annual budget of about 
80,000 francs and a two-story stone building. It 
is especially equipped for physiological research, 
but offers no formal instruction to students. 

The most important French station is often 
considered to be the Station Biologique de Ros- 
coff. It was founded by Professor Lacaze-Duth- 
iers in 1872 and now contains a campus of sixty 
acres and five stone buildings. It is equipped 
with a large experimental aquarium room with 
forty-seven aquaria, dark rooms, a library with 
two thousand bound volumes and seventy current 
scientific periodicals, zoological and botanical col- 
lections, stockrooms, and a workshop. There are 
twenty-five large research laboratories and ten 
smaller ones, all equipped with running sea- and 
fresh-water, electricity, and gas. Qualified for- 
eign investigators are normally admitted to the 
station at all times of the year. Investigators 
may reside in buildings owned by the station and 
take their meals at one of several small hotels 


6 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 128 


within two minutes’ walking distance from the 
laboratory. 

The station at Roscoff is also renowned for the 
formal instruction in marine biology which it of- 
fers. Students from all parts of France and other 
countries come to this Brittany port to take a 
four-week course, beginning the middle of July 
or the third week of August. The instruction 
consists of morning conferences, laboratory work, 
and field trips. More unique to Americans is 
the system that, although the station is attached 
to the Sorbonne, there are no examinations, no 
attendance requirements, no credit, and—for. stu- 
dents registered at French universities—no tui- 
tion. The registration is limited to thirty-five 
students who reside in the station’s buildings and 
get their meals at a nearby hotel. 


Space does not allow a detailed examination of 
the other marine stations of France. That at 
Wimereux was under the able direction of Pro- 
fessor Maurice Caullery until his retirement a 
short time ago. The Laboratoire Arago at Ban- 
yuls-sur-Mer is not unlike the one at Roscoff, 
being also established by Professor Lacaze-Duth- 
iers. It was put under the direction of Professor 
Chatton, the protozoologist, in 1937 and he has 
put energy into its administration. The station 
at Villefranche is now an annex of the one at 
Banyuls, although until the World War it was 
owned and sponsored by a group of’ Russian na- 
turalists. 


The best-equipped fresh-water station is the 
Station d'Etudes Hydrobiologiques du Lac du 
Bourget at Aix-les-Bains. It was established in 
1933 by the National School of Waters and For- 
ests at Nancy and is now housed in a two-story 
modernistic building. There are five special lab- 
oratories for investigators and each of these is 
supplied with 110-volt A.C. electricity and run- 
ning lake water. Investigators are expected to 
pay a laboratory fee of 190 francs a month (nor- 
mally about $5.00) and to obtain board and lodg- 
ing at nearby pensions for 1,200 francs a month 
(about $32.00). 


Of the other inland stations of France, perhaps 
the best known is the Station Internationale de 
Géobotanique Méditerranéene et Alpine at Mont- 
pellier. In addition to being one of the few truly 
international stations of the world (for it had 
been supported by national committees of phyto- 
sociologists in Holland, Switzerland, Germany, 
Poland, Rumania, and France), it has gained dis- 
tinction by sponsoring an annual excursion to 
study the flora and geobotany of special areas in 
Europe. An inland station of a different type is 
that on Pic-du-Midi, situated 9,437 feet above sea 
level in the French Pyrenees. While this obsery- 
atory 1s primarily devoted to physics, it does offer 
its facilities for biological research at high alti- 
tudes. The Institute de Botanique Alpine Marcel 
Mirande at Col du Lautaret likewise offers op- 
portunities for the study of biological forms at 
high altitudes, this time 6,888 feet above sea level 
in the French Alps. 


* CK OK 


Since the beginning of the current war and 
more especially since the start of its aggressive 
phase, the author has heard little of the work or 
fate of the biological stations of France. While 
the scientific work at most of these institutions is 
undoubtedly curtailed, it is believed that some of 
the research at these stations—as at the ones in 
Germany—is continuing despite the war. As the 
French biologist peers into his aquarium, how- 
ever, he reflects that at least one director of a 
French biological station was killed in the last 
war and already several stations are in enemy 
hands. Further pessimism is found in the recent 
report of President Fosdick of the Rockefeller 
Foundation: ‘‘. . . Of the 240 enlisted students of 
the Ecole Normale Supérieure in Paris, an insti- 
tution which supplies the French universities with 
professors, 120 were killed [in the last World 
War]. Among the graduates of this school, 560 
who were already professors in the universities 
were mobilized; 119 were killed.” This is no in- 
dictment of Germany. It is an indictment of war 
and its effect on the potentialities of science in all 
countries, 


PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


The Physiology circus has begun. At present 
there seem to be four rings, but closer examina- 
tion reveals rings within rings, with overlapping 
and intertwining which only the ringmasters— 
from long experience—can untangle. The big 
rings themselves get somewhat confused, and if 
you should start to follow the fate of a Limulus 
heart, you'll suddenly find yourself trying to de- 
cide whether a white Thunberg tube is blue. 
Sichel’s jugglers, however, throw their cells 


around in their own little corner and the rest of 
us wouldn’t know whether they catch them again 
or not. Superficial attention would indicate that 
Irving’s Van Slykers stay in their own ring, but 
watch carefully and you'll notice furtive sallies 
forth to appropriate the equipment of other inno- 
cent performers. The Fisher troupe integrates its 
numerous acts well, except for the game of hide- 
and-go-seek set up at frequent intervals by its 
leader. Prosser’s clowns furnish levity at the ex- 


June 29, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 7 


pense of clam hearts which never did get used to 
cigarette smoke and applause. 

Sunday after much effort, we took a holiday on 
boat and beach. Recruits from other circuses 
swelled our numbers. They (the numbers) 
wouldn't have needed swelling if Dr. Irving 
hadn’t kidnapped his own group, and if some of 
our own conscientious fellow performers hadn't 
loved their work too much to leave it. (We no- 
tice they didn’t get much of a jump on us.) But 


EMBRYOLOGY 


In the brief space of one week this year’s em- 
bryology class has shown itself to be made up of 
a group of gentlemen (and gentlewomen) and 
scholars and judges of good—uh—food. The 
members of the class have brought fame to them- 
selves by being the admitted epicureans of the 
colony, and justifiably so. They are the first to 
enter the mess hall and the last to leave. As ex- 
ponents of culture they have shown their fervor 
by attending practically en masse the Monday 
night concert. Music lovers at heart, one-sixth 
of them have even gone so far as to join the local 
church choir in an effort to let loose their desire 
to make music. But their greatest fame still rests 
on their gustatory powers and hefty appetites. 
Especially on the appetites of certain particular 
members who stop at not one, not two, not three 
but four helpings of anything and everything. 

Despite the extra-curricular activities, class 
work has been going on in earnest with only two 
major and one minor interruptions. The regular 
work in the lab consisted of the work on the de- 
velopment of the teleosts in general and the Fun- 
dulus heteroclitus in particular as outlined by Dr. 
Goodrich. Minor catastrophes such as a seven 
day fundulus with no circulation and a cunner 
with four polar bodies were experienced, but in 
the end science triumphed and such things were 
proven to be merely optical illusions. In addition 
to the prescribed work, some members of the class 
have been doing some experimental work on fun- 
dulus. Hybridization experiments were tried 
using a cross of Fundulus heteroclitus and Fundu- 
lus majolis and also by using a cross between 
Fundulus heteroclitus and mackerel. Following 
Dr. Stockard’s methods, other students are pro- 


the recruits were good even if they weren’t Phys- 
iologists. They withstood the drenching sea 
water, burning (!) sun and sand, raw hamburger 
and sweet harmony nearly as well as the best of 
us. 


And now our cytochrome oxidase has had its 
efficiency increased, we tackle Warburg, Limulus, 
Haldane and Fundulus with new vigor and the 
show is better than ever. —J.L.C. 


CLASS NOTES 


ducing cyclopean monsters by treating the fundu- 
lus eggs with alcohol or with magnesium chloride. 


The first major interruption was Dr. Schotté’s 
lecture on gastrulation. Dr. Schotté was respon- 
sible for putting the class in a momentary state of 
collapse for he told us of his Amherst boys who 
would come home from dates with the girls across 
the way and then want to know the details of the 
Concresence Theory that the Smith girls had been 
talking about on their date. 


The second major interruption was the trip to 
the fish traps that we made on Saturday. The 
purpose of the trip was to obtain mackerel at the 
traps which we could strip for experimental work 
in the lab, 


The minor interruption was the inopportune ar- 
rival in the lab of one misled “Puffer”, who made 
a rapid exodus under the hands of two true in- 
vestigators who desired to know what made a 


“Puffer” puff. 


The intellectual efforts of the class have prob- 
ably been induced by this week of exceeding cold 
which has reduced the lure of Rocky Beach and 
the tennis courts and given the lab a cozy air 
which was made complete by the addition of a 
radio on which to hear such important events as 
the Louis-Godoy fight. When the cold spell lifts 
and the estimable members of the class can creep 
far enough out of their long underwear and six 
sweaters, there will undoubtedly be one lonely lab 
and one concerted shout for bathing suits. Only 
the hardier souls have dared go in the water yet. 
Until that time, the only chorus for which they 
can get up enough energy to squeak is, ‘‘Please 
pass the potatoes!” —Margie Jolly 


PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


Early in the morning of Friday, June 21, 1940, 
the potential protozoologists gathered in the lab 
to be greeted by a pleasant introduction to the 
course given by Dr. Kidder. In this, he pointed 
out to them the nature of the work and warned 
them gently of the impending pitfalls which are 
now apparent, 


The class consists of almost equal numbers of 
graduates and undergraduates of eastern colleges 
and universities, including one from Canada. As 
well as drawing and identifying a fair number of 
genera, they will learn various techniques used in 
the study of Protozoa and later apply this to an 
individual problem. The whole atmosphere of the 


8 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 128 


lab is condusive to uninterrupted study except for 
the many and continued noisy outbursts which as- 
cend from the department below and make us 
wonder just what are the projects in which the 
physiologists are engaged. 

Dr. Calkins at the opening of the course was 
in the Berkshires officiating at his son’s wedding. 
He has since returned and given several very in- 
teresting lectures touching upon the history of 
the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, 
the position of Protozoa in the living world, their 
organizations, classification and economic impor- 
tance, 

The protozoologists have turned to the well-es- 
tablished standards of their predecessors and have 
spent many hours delving into the private lives of 
the horrible Hypotrichs and the fearsome flagel- 
lates. Above all else they have concentrated on 
the elusive Euplotes craftily evading low, not to 
mention high, power. There is as yet little con- 
sensus of opinion as to the nature of membranelles 
and undulating membranes, nor have they agreed 
as to the relative merits of cirri as locomotor or- 
gans but they are convinced said organs are effi- 
cient. 

Most of the class is still taking it easy on sharp 
turns after a six-mile field trip the first day. It 
seems one gets a bit stiff after sitting for the train- 
ing period. On this extensive sightseeing hike, 
primarily in search of Protozoa, among the local 
wet spots they visited Crane’s Water Garden, 
Cedar Swamp, Endicott Hollow, Copeland’s Pool, 
Typha Pool, Wood Pond, Lillie’s Ditch, Mill 


THE M. B. L. 


A large and enthusiastic group opened the sea- 
son’s activities of the M. B. L. Club with a mixer 
Saturday evening. Dancing followed a period of 
introductions and conversation. 

Artistic name cards designed by Mary Cham- 
berlain enabled all to identify newcomers and 
sometimes by a sly glance to recall a name for- 
gotten during the winter. 

Students in the courses were special guests and 
wore distinctive labels. Larval fish were the 
badge of the embryologists, daisies of the students 
of algae, Protozoologists were identified by an 
animal as easy to name as most protozoa, physi- 
ologists by sea horses, while workers not in the 
courses had sailboats on their markers, perhaps 
as a hint of their greater freedom. 


Mrs. Duryee was assisted in making the occa- 
sion a happy one by Mrs. Lynn, Mrs. Abramo- 
witz, Mrs. Marshall Smith, Mrs. Jay Smith, Lu- 
cille Nason, Virginia Dewey, Alice Zimmerman 
and Mary Goodrich. 


The first of the weekly concerts of recorded 
music was held somewhat informally Monday 


Pond and Eel Pond. Deticking proved one of the 
chief occupations of the afternoon, this being an 
efficient introduction of this famous arachnid to 
various members of the class and much to their 
consternation was accompanied by the ever pres- 
ent exposure to the no less famous plant, poison 
ivy. However the collecting was most satisfac- 
tory due to the constant efforts of Miss Dewey 
and Dr. Kidder, and the beasts of the marsh and 
pond are happily wandering about in the jars in 
the lab awaiting their chance at cover-slip and 
slide. 


Particular difficulty was encountered when the 
pH of Buzzards Bay was determined. Just who 
dripped acid into the bottle after making their de- 
termination wasn’t found out, but several people 
were convinced that sea water is acid. 


Time is not lost however, and drawings and 
identifications increase in number from day to 
day. Inspired by the lab motto which occupies 
a most prominent area of the laboratory wall, 
hour by hour they “study Nature not books” as 
suggested by Louis Agassiz. As we all know, 
the elements opening the season have been con- 
dusive to indoor occupations and the class has 
been wondering how long it will be before condi- 
tions more favorable to some of the lighter out- 
door pastimes will lure them from swivel chair 
and ‘scope. To date the Protozoans have had no 
competition. More power to Leuwenhoek’s “Wee 
Beasties” ! 

—Doris Marchand and Katherine Macdonald 


CLUB IN 1940 


evening. The program of others will be an- 
nounced each week, 

The club house now shines with two new coats 
of white paint applied by volunteers led by Presi- 
dent Duryee. Other important improvements 
since last season are the repairing of the seawall 
and foundations, and a board walk from the street. 

The fine condition of the furnishings and in- 
terior of the club house is due largely to the work 
of Mr. and Mrs. Bosworth, the latter the club 
hostess. 

The purpose of the M. B. L. Club is to promote 
social relations among the scientific workers and 
their families while at Woods Hole. The club 
provides magazines and newspapers, facilities for 
cards, chess, checkers, and ping-pong. Each Sat- 
urday the club is filled for the weekly dance and 
the Monday concerts of recorded music, usually 
symphonic, have proved most successful. The 
club maintains beach party equipment which 
members may borrow. 

The privileges of the club are open to members 
of the Woods Hole scientific laboratories, their 
families, and guests. —P. S. Crowell 


JuNE 29, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 9 


THE GROWTH SYMPOSIUM 

The second growth symposium held under the 
auspices of the Society for Development and 
Growth met at Salisbury Cove, Maine, from June 
20 to 25. Drs. Ballard, Duryee, Hamburger and 
Harvey drove up from Woods Hole to attend the 
sessions. In all about eighty biologists were pres- 
ent. The papers presented and those taking part 
were: “Structure of Protoplasm:” Speaker, O. L. 
SPONSLER; Discussion leader, DorotuHy M. 
WrincH. “Synthesis of Protoplasmic Constitu- 
ents :”” Speaker, RUDOLF SCHOENHEIMER. “Col- 
loid Chemistry of Development and Growth:” 


Speaker, HERBERT FREUNDLICH; Discussion 
leader, E. F. ApotpH. ‘Chemical Factors 
of Growth:” Speaker, G. S. Avery. “Physi- 


cal Factors of Growth:” Speaker, D. M. Wurr- 
AKER. “Cell Division and Development :” Speak- 
er, A. B. Dawson; Discussion leader, B. H. 
Witiier. “Size-Controlling Factors:” Speaker, 
V. C. Twitty; Discussion leader, R. G. Harrt- 
son. “Pathology of Development: Speaker, H. 
S. N. GReENE. “Theories of Organization:” 
Speaker, F. S. C. NortHrop. 


The Genetics Society of America will hold ‘a 
meeting at Woods Hole on August 29 and 30. 
Inaugurated in 1934, summer meetings have been 
held annually at the Marine Biological Laboratory 
since that date, with the exception of last year, 
when many of the Society’s members were attend- 
ing the Seventh International Congress of Gene- 
tics at Edinburgh on the eve of the European 
War. The customary clam-bake will be held on 
the evening of the 29th; the next evening the 
Friday lecture will be one of especial interest for 
geneticists. Dr. L. J. Cole is President of the 
Society, and Dr. E. W. Lindstrém is Secretary- 
treasurer, 


THE WOODS HOLE CHORAL CLUB 

The first rehearsal of the Woods Hole Choral 
Club for 1940 will be held on Tuesday, July 2. 
The Choral Club, which is being revived after a 
. year of abeyance, will be under the direction again 
of Professor Ivan T. Gorokhoff, director of choral 
music at Smith College. Miss Galina I. Gorok- 
hoff will be accompanist. Officers of the club in- 
clude Dr. Eliot R. Clark, professor of anatomy at 
the University of Pennsylvania Medical School, 
President, and Dr. Charles Packard, associate di- 
rector of the Marine Biological Laboratory, Sec- 
retary-Treasurer. Rehearsals will be held every 
Tuesday night immediately after the seminar, and 
on Thursday nights at 8 o’clock. A concert will 
be presented in the latter part of August. All 
members of the Woods Hole summer community 
interested in singing good music under competent 

direction are cordially invited to attend. 


MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

A new laboratory and classroom building has 
opened at the Mountain Lake Biological Station 
of the University of Virginia for its eleventh sum- 
mer season, June 24 to August 31. This new 
building has been made possible by the General 
Education Board and has cost $55,000 for con- 
struction and equipment. It provides space for 
classrooms, professors’ offices, laboratories for 
students and research workers, and a library. Dr. 
Ivey F. Lewis, Miller professor of biology, and 
dean of the University of Virginia, is director of 
the station. Others on the staff this year are 
Dr. Robert K. Burns, Jr., University of Roches- 
ter; Dr. Robert E. Coker, University of North 
Carolina; Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., University of 
Pennsylvania; Dr. Mary S. MacDougall, Agnes 
Scott College; Dr. Paul M. Patterson, Hollins 
College; Dr. Bruce D. Reynolds, University of 
Virginia; Dr. Jacob G. Harrar, Virginia Poly- 
technic Institute, and Dr. Lorande L. Woodruff, 
Yale. 


A new dormitory has been opened by the Ma- 
rine Biological Laboratory. It is the former 
Howes residence on Water Street which was pur- 
chased by the Laboratory a few years ago and 
which had been occupied by Dr. Samuel E. Pond. 
The dormitory, which contains accomodations for 
eighteen or nineteen boys, was remodeled during 
the winter. 


The Coast Guard Canteen, located across the 
street from the M. B. L. Mess, will be used this 
summer as an exhibition hall by apparatus com- 
panies. The Bausch and Lomb Optical Company 
and the Spencer Lens Company have already 
made arrangements for space. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


Date P. M. 
June 29 reba 
June 30 12:35 
Jaahy al. 125 
July 2 4 MS) 
July 3 3:00 
July 4 3:46 
Wedlye D cecccce 4:33 
Witt? GD osoce 5:18 
italy 6:03 
ullycSn oe cee 6:56 


In each case the current changes approxi- 
mately six hours later and runs from the 
Sound to the Bay. 


10 THE COLEECTING 


NET [ Vout. XV, No. 128 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 


Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 


Dr. Ernest JAMES WILLIAM BarRINGTON, Lec- 
turer in Zoology, University College, Nottingham, 
Iengland; Rockefeller Fellow in the Department 
of Physiology, McGill University, Montreal. 

Born and raised in London, England, Dr. Bar- 
rington attended Christ’s Hospital and Oxford 
University, where he received his B.A. in 1931, 
B.Sc. in 1932 and M.A. in 1935. He was then 
appointed lecturer in zoology and subsequently 
head of the department at Nottingham, England. 
He occupied this position until he came to Ameri- 
ca on leave last August to study as a Rockefeller 
fellow at McGill University under the direction 
of Dr. P. B. Babkin, 

Dr. Barrington’s research work for his Bach- 
elor’s degree was carried out with Dr. G. R. de 
Beer on ‘the embryology of the head of the duck. 
Upon graduation he continued his work in the 
field of embryology, publishing a description of 
the development of the tail in Pleuronectes and 
Gadus. 

His later work has been concerned with the 
application of physiological methods to problems 
of comparative zoology, and has been chiefly 
focused on the digestive system of the chordates ; 
his publications have dealt with the structure and 
physiology of the digestive system of Amphioxus, 
Clossobalanus and the ammocoete larva of the 
lamprey. 

His work at Montreal dealt with the influence 
of secretin on pancreatic secretion in cats, in prep- 
aration for a study of the nervous and hormonal 
control of the pancreas in the lower vertebrates. 
As part of the general problem of the origin of 
the pancreatic mechanism, he has also turned his 
attention to the control of blood-sugar in the am- 
mocoete, with a view to establishing the exis- 
tence of islet tissue in lampreys, and he hopes to 
continue this work at Woods Hole this summer. 

For recreation, Dr. Barrington has music as a 
hobby. In particular, he enjoys playing the piano, 
of which he did a good deal in Montreal. He 
expects to return to "England i in early September 
to resume his duties at the University of Notting- 
ham. 


SCIENTIFIC WORKERS AND THE WAR 
DR. ROBERT CHAMBERS 
Research Professor of Biology, New York University 


It is gratifying that a great many scientists and 
also members of the American Association of 
Scientific Workers have taken issue with the 
newspaper interpretations of a “Peace Statement” 
which the Association prepared and made public. 
The primary purpose of the Association is to de- 
velop increased cooperation between the scientific 
laboratories and the newspapers, and also to pub- 
licize the dangers of pseudo-science which is be- 
coming increasingly widespread throughout the 
country. 


The purpose of many who assisted in the prep- 
aration of the peace statement was to disclaim, as 
scientists, the popular conception that scientific 
research is directly responsible for the horrible 
engines of war. There were some sentences in 
the statement which might well have been omitted, 
and it was on the interpretation of these sentences 
that the newspapers prepared headlines such as 
“Scientists Sue for Peace.” 


The publication of the peace statement in 
Science was quickly followed by a counter-state- 
ment by those who objected to the implications 
involved. There also appeared in the press num- 
erous letters indicating the strong attitude of 
American scientists in general that we must use 
our influence in helping our brother democracies 
against the evil forces of totalitarianism. In a 
recent issue of Science there appeared a statement 
by members of the Boston-Cambridge branch of 
the American Association of Scientific Workers 
in which they urge “the United States Govern- 
ment to take all steps necessary for hemisphere 
defence, including such aid to the Allies as most 
effectively furthers this aim.” 


The present conflict in Europe has reached a 
stage which behooves us to think seriously and 
to apply all our energies towards adequate means 
of maintaining our democratic ideals. Our gov- 
ernment is extending aid as far as possible to the 
Allies, and if those in the government who know 
the present situation should call upon us to go 
into the war, we should be ready so to do. 


It is to be hoped that the Association, purged 
of pacifistic tendencies, may continue in its highly 
important purpose of acquainting the public with 
what science means to the investigator. The 
question of peace or war is another issue. There 
are times when righteous indignation requires a 
drastic stand. War is frightful but we must re- 
member that even the Prince of Peace became 
angered and drove the money-changers out of the 
Temple. 


June 29, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 11 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. B. H. Wit ter, who has been chairman 
of the division of biological sciences at the Uni- 
versity of Rochester, has been appointed chair- 
man of the work in biology at Johns Hopkins 
University and in that capacity will coordinate the 
departments of botany, plant physiology, and 
zoology. His position there will be Henry Wal- 
ters professor of zoology, succeeding Dr. Herbert 
S. Jennings, who has retired. 


Dr. DEetLEv W. Bronk, professor of biophysics 
and director of the Johnson Foundation for Medi- 
cal Physics at the University of Pennsylvania, has 
been appointed head of the department of physiol- 
ogy at Cornell University Medical College. Dr. 
H. Keffer Hartline, assistant professor of bio- 
physics at Pennsylvania, joins the department at 
Cornell as an associate professor. 


Dr. C. L. Turner, chairman of the depart- 
ment of zoology at Northwestern University, 
Evanston, Illinois, has resigned in the belief that 
the chairmanship of departments should rotate 
among its members. Dr. J. W. Buchanan, pro- 
fessor of zoology, will succeed him in the post. 
Dr. Turner will continue on the faculty as pro- 
fessor of zoology. 


Dr. C. S. Soup has been promoted from as- 
sistant professor to associate professor of biology 
at Vanderbilt University. 


Dr. Donatp F. Poutson, and Dr. Encar J. 
Boe tt, instructors in biology at Yale University, 
have been promoted to assistant professorships. 


Dr. S. Meryt Rose, who has been assistant 
in zoology at Columbia University, has been ap- 
pointed instructor in biology at Amherst College. 


Dr. P. S. CRowELt, assistant professor in zool- 
ogy at Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, has been 
made upper class advisor for liberal arts majors 
in biology at that university. 


Dr. E. Newton Harvey, Henry Fairfield Os- 
born professor of biology at Princeton University, 
is the author of the recently published book 
“Living Light”, a study of bioluminescence. 


The Children’s School of Science and Junior 
Laboratory will open on Monday July 1 and will 
remain in session until August 9. 


Dr. Ross G. Harrtson, Sterling professor of 
biology at Yale University, was awarded the hon- 
orary degree of Doctor of Science at commence- 
ment exercises at Columbia University this June. 
Dr. Alfred E. Cohn of the Rockefeller Institute of 
Medical Research was also a recipient. 


INTEREST 


With the closing of the Biological Laboratory 
at the Dry Tortugas, its 70-foot power boat, An- 
ton Dohrn, has been transferred to the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution by the Trustees 
of the Carnegie Institution. The vessel was ex- 
pected to arrive on Friday under the command 
of Captain Mills, who is about to retire. Richard 
Harvey, son of Dr. and Mrs, E. Newton Harvey, 
is a member of the crew. 


Dr. Victor C. Twitty, professor of zoology 
at Stanford University, who arrived in Woods 
Hole on Wednesday, gave a special lecture before 
the embryology class the following day. He spoke 
on “Size-controlling Factors in Amphibian Em- 
bryology.”’ 


Proressor Oscar E. ScHottrE, who gave a 
lecture before the embryology class on June 20, 
will spend most of the summer at the Amherst 
College biological laboratory working on rejuven- 
ation of tissues in collaboration with Professor E. 
G. Butler of Princeton University, who will be 
guest investigator there. 


Dr. E. ALFRED WOLF will conduct, as in pre- 
vious years, a course in “German for the Science 
Reader” for persons connected with the Marine 
Biological Laboratory. The group will meet on 
Tuesdays and Fridays at 7:00 P. M. 


Miss DorotHy HAMILTON, an assistant biolo- 
gist at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries at Woods 
Hole, was married on May 20 in Mt. Washing- 
ton, Mass., to Dr. Glenn Algire, who was inves- 
tigator at Woods Hole last summer. Dr. Algire 
is leaving Woods Hole on Monday in order to 
interne at the Hospital of the University of Mary- 
land Medical School; Mrs. Algire will continue 
her work here. 


Miss Camityta Rices, daughter of Mr. and 
Mrs. Lawrason Riggs, Jr., treasurer of the Cor- 
poration of the Marine Biological Laboratory, will 
be married to Dr. John W. Meigs, son of Dr. and 
Mrs. Edward Browning Meigs, at Juniper Point 
next Saturday. 


Miss THEeLMA Ler NUETZEL was married to 
Dr. Carl C. Smith in Rockport, Indiana, on No- 
vember 24, 1939. Dr. Smith has just received 
his Ph.D. degree in biochemistry from the Uni- 
versity of Cincinnati, where he will be a research 
associate in cardiology this fall. Mrs. Smith is 
a graduate of the School of Applied Arts at the 
University of Cincinnati. 


Dr. RoBert CHAMBERS and his family are this 
summer occupying the Fay residence on the main 
road to Falmouth. 


12 _THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 128 


| 
| 
i 
i 
| 
| 
| 
I 
| 
| 
1 
i 


Recommended by Scientific Book Club and 
Book-of-the-Month Club 


LIVING 
LIGHT 


By E. NEWTON HARVEY 


For the 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 


Models 
Skeletons 
Lantern Slides 
Display Material 
Preserved Material 
Naturalists Supplies 
Stains and Chemicals 
Museum Preparations 
Laboratory Glassware 
Bird Skins and Mounts 
Dissecting Instruments 
Bacteriological Reagents 
Microscope Slide Preparations 
Charts, Botanical and Zoological 
Insect Life-histories and Collections 
Microscopes, Microtomes and 
Accessories 


A fascinating and up-to-date account of 
animal luminescence by an able scientist 
who reports his own brilliant discov- 
eries and interprets three centuries of 
scientific advance. 


Illustrated. $4.00 Prompt ee Quality 


Service Guaranteed 
BRODUCTS 


New York Scientific Supply Co. 


(Formerly N. Y. Biological Supply Co.) 
111-113 E. 22nd St., New York, N. Y. 


From your bookseller or from 
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY PRESS, 
PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY 


1 ES OES OED OD 1D 00D SD 0S 0S OE OD ON OD 0-0 0D 0D OED OED) ED OED 09 
oe 
oe ee) 0 0 D0 D0 ED 0 0 0 0 0 0D) ED) D0 ED) ED (ED) ET | 


oe 


20) 0D 0D DO MED SED) POND EDD) CD OCD *,% 


COOP PFO L OLE LILLE L LLL L ILL LL ILO E LES 


POL IL PY 


Turtox Latex Injections 


Teachers who have used the im- 
proved Turtox latex-injected  speci- 
mens say: “The most perfect demon- 
stration of the circulatory system I 
have ever seen.” 


“the strength of the injected ves- 
sels is beyond all expectation.” 

“Promises to revolutionize dissec- 
tion.” 

Try one Turtox latex-injected speci- 
men and see why teachers are so en- 
thusiastic about these preparations. 


we 


(Specimens prepared with color-injections in the improved latex compound are furnished at 
our regular catalog prices.) 


GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 

TU RTOX EE ye UCTS Incorporated 

761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE 
CHICAGO 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


QOPI LO LOLOL LLL LL IIL LOL LE LOLOL ICDILEL IG II LOL ILL ELIL ISLS ELIIE LIE L I. 


June 29, 1940 ] 


Ask for 
Bulletin W61 


ANGLE CENTRIFUGES 


U. S. Patent — Do not confuse with imitations 
Small in size ® Large in capacity 


Amazingly efficient 
Universally endorsed 


Equally valuable for 
research and routine work 


AUTOMATIC 
PIPETTE 


d 


i 


| 
| 


ae 


STERLING [ 
| 


Ask for 
Bulletin W62 


(also for filling ampoules and vials) 
Time Saving - Accurate 
Easy to operate 


Ask for 
Bulletin W63 


ORIGINAL—ODHNER 
The Calculator for the Scientist 
with new back transfer device 

(Automatic Re-set) 


Efficient Sturdy - Low Priced 


SERV-ALL LABORATORY AIDS 


IVAN SORVALL 
210 Fifth Avenue 
New York, N. Y. 


Lib COLLECDING NED 13 


To be published in the fall... 
PROTOZOA 
IN BIOLOGICAL 
RESEARCH 
A Symposium 
Edited by Gary N. Calkins 


Contributors and Papers 


General Considerations, by Gary N. 
Calkins 
Protoplasm of Protozoa, by H. W. 


Beams and F. L. King 


Cytoplasmic Inclusions, by R. F. Mac- 
3 Lennan 


Fibrillar Systems in Ciliates, by C. V. 
Taylor 
Motor Responses, by S. O. Mast 


Respiratory Metabolism, by Theodore L. 
Jahn 


Contractile Vacuole, by J. H. Weatherby 
Control of Cultures, by G. W. Kidder 
Food Requirements, by R. P. Hall 
Growth, by Osear W. Richards 

The Life Cycle, by C. A. Kofoid 
Fertilization, by J. P. Turner 
Endomixis, by L. L. Woodruff 
Sexuality, by T. M. Sonneborn 
Inheritance, by H. S. Jennings 
Morphogenesis, by F. M. Summers 
Pathogenicity, by E. R. Becker 
Immunology, by William H. Taliaferro 


Relations between Protozoa and Other 
Animals, by H. Kirby, Jr. 


Organisms Living on and in Protozoa, 
by H. Kirby, Jr. 
If you want to receive an announcement of 
the publication date and price, send your 


Full infor- 


mation, without obligation on your part, 


name and address to us now. 


will be sent as soon as it is available. 


COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS 


Box D81, Morningside Heights 


New York 


14 


THE \COLEECIING NI 


Efficiency at Low Cost 


Ideal for routine testing, for replacement or as an 
auxiliary instrument, the improved Model ‘‘C1"' 
Centrifuge is of intermediate size, suitable for 
general laboratory work. High speeds may be 
obtained by using a conical head. 


INTERNATIONAL 
Improved Model ‘“‘C1”’ Centrifuge 


The speed control is attached to the centrifuge and 
a portable stand may be added to make a mobile 
unit ready to plug into any wall receptacle. The 
base forms the frame of the motor which operates 
on either AC or DC and maintains allowable speeds 
varying between 1,800.and 3,300 r. p. m., depending 
upon the type of equipment used. 


NEW INDICATING TACHOMETER 


The International Tachometer 
shows at a glance the speed at 
which your centrifuge is run- 
ning for any setting of the 
rheostat and with it uniform 
and duplicate results can be 
secured, The speed range is 
from 0 to 6,000 in steps of 100 
r.p.m. It is shown above mount- 
ed on a Model “‘Cl,”’ the easy 
handling of which is in no wise 
impeded, 


For $18.00 this desirable instru- 
ment can be furnished with a 
new Model ‘‘C1"’ Centrifuge or 
attached to any now in use. 


There is an International for any job 
INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT CO. 


352 WESTERN AVENUE BOSTON, MASS. 
Makers of Fine Centrifuges 


SS 


New! 


Low Price 


[ Vor. XV, No. 128 


Stainless Steel 
UTILITY FORCEPS 


Wide range of usefulness... 
Originally developed as a sterilizer 
forceps, the design of this instrument 
recommended it for a wide range of 
uses from the handling of a small 
eye needle to a fair sized specimen. 
It is particularly recommended for 
use at Woods Hole or other climates 
where rust and corrosion will gener- 
ally ruin an instrument in short order. 


Precision made... 

11” long, made from 3/16” stainless 
steel stock. Heavy construction. Net 
weight about 5 ounces. Serrated tips 
are carefully hand finished to meet 
accurately. Order a few for use this 
summer...and a supply for all year 
around general use... you will enjoy 
using them. 


No. B-782 Stainless Steel UTILITY FOR- 
CEPS 11” long, each $1.75, doz. $18.00 
3 for $5.00 


CO., 44 East 23rd St, (cM 


(fe 
CLAY-ADAM Inc. New York, N. Y. ep 


June 29, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 15 


DIRECTORY FOR 1940 


Residence 
Apartment 
Dormitory ....... 
Drew House 


Laboratories 
Botany Building 
Brick Building..... “3 
Lecture Hall... 
Main Room in Fisheries 

Laboratory............00 M 
Old Main Building......OM 
Rockefeller Bldg. ....Rock 
Supply Dept...............00 Ss 


MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


THE STAFF 


Packard, C. assoc. director. asst. prof. zool. Inst. 
Cancer Research, Columbia. 


ZOOLOGY 
Investigation 
Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. 
Conklin, E. G. prof. zool. Princeton. 
Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington (St. Louis). 
Jennings, H. S. prof. zool. California. 
Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. 
McClung, C. E. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. 
Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. 
Morgan, T. H. dir. biol. lab. California Tech. 
Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. 
Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. 


Instruction 


Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity. in charge. 
Crowell, P. S., Jr. instr. zool. Miami. 

Jones, E. R. prof. zool. William & Mary. 

Lucas, A. M. assoc. prof. zool. Iowa State. 
Martin, W. E. asst. prof. zool. DePauw. 
Matthews, S. A. asst. prof. biol. Williams. 
Mattox, N. T. instr. zool. Miami. 

Rankin, J. S., Jr. instr. biol. Amherst. 
Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. 


PROTOZOOLOGY 
Investigation (See Zoology) 
Instruction 


Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. in charge. 
Dewey, Virginia asst. zool. Vassar. 
Kidder, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Brown. 


EMBRYOLOGY 
Investigation (See Zoology) 


Instruction 


Ballard, W. W. asst. prof. biol. & anat. Dartmouth. 

Costello, D. P. asst. prof. zool. North Carolina. 

Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. in charge. 

Hamburger, V. assoc. prof. zool. Washington (St. 
Louis). 

Schotté, O. assoc. prof. biol. Amherst. 


PHYSIOLOGY 
Investigation 


Amberson, W. R. prof. physiol. Maryland Med. 
Bradley, H. C. prof. physiol. chem. Wisconsin. 
Garrey, W. E. prof. physiol. Vanderbilt Med. 
Jacobs, M. H. prof. physiol. Pennsylvania. 
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. physiol. Chicago. 
Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. 


Instruction 


Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. 

Fisher, K. C. asst. prof. exper. biol. Toronto. 
Hober, R. visiting prof. physiol. Pennsylvania. 
Irving, L. prof. biol. Swarthmore. in charge. 
Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. zool. Illinois. 

Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. physiol. New York Med. 
Sichel, F. J. M. instr. physiol. Vermont Med. 


BOTANY 
Investigation 
Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. 
Duggar, B. M. prof. physiol. & econ. bot. Wisconsin. 


Geddard, D. R. asst. prof. bot. Rochester. 
Sinnott, E. W. prof. bot. Columbia. 


Instruction 


Runk, B. F. D. instr. bot. Virginia. 
Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. in charge. 
Thompson, R. H. teaching asst. Stanford. 


INVESTIGATORS 


Abell, R. G. instr. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. 

Abramowitz, A. A. res. asst. phys. Harvard. Br 122. 
D 318. 

Albaum, H. G. instr. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. 

Alexander, L. E. asst. prof. biol. Fisk (Tenn.). L 25. 

Allee, W. C. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 332. A 101. 

Alley, Armine dem. biol. McGill. OM 1. W D. 

Alsup, F. W. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 220. Dr 
Attic. 

Amberson, W. R. prof. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. 

Andersch, Marie assoc. prof. biochem. Womans Med. 
(Penn.) Br 217-B. 

Anderson, R. S. biophysicist Memorial Hospital (N. 
Y.). Br 343) 


16 IMENT, (COMILIHE MUNG 


NET [ Vou. XV, No. 128 


Angerer, C. A. instr. physiol. Ohio State. Br 111. 

Arena, J. F. de la fel. Guggenheim Found. Br 310. 

Armstrong, C. W. J. dem. biol. Toronto. OM 4. Ka 
23 


Armstrong, P. B. prof. anat. Syracuse Med. Br 318. 
A 202. 

Badger, Elizabeth res. asst. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 
341. W E. 

Baker, H. B. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. 


Baker, R. res. assoc. phys. Columbia. Br 114. 

Ball, E. G. assoc. physiol. chem. Hopkins Med. Br 
233. 

Ballard, W. W. asst. prof. biol. & anat. Dartmouth. 
OM 40. D 211. 

Barnes, Martha R. asst. zool. Illinois. OM 44. W F. 


Barrington, E. J. W. (Nottingham, England) Rocke- 
feller fel. phys. McGill. Br 312. 
Barth, L. G. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 228. 
Belfer, S. res. asst. biochem. Wisconsin. Br 122-A. 
Bissonnette, T. H. prof. biol. Trinity (Conn.). OM 28. 
Blinks, L. R. prof. plant phys. Stanford. Br 222. 
Bliss, A. F. asst. biophys. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 6. 
Bodine, J. H. prof. zool. State U. Iowa. Br 107. 
Boell, E. J. instr. zool. Yale. Br 323. (July 28). 
Botsford, E. Frances asst. prof. zool. Connecticut. L 
22 


Bowen, W. J. instr. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. 

Bradley, H. C. prof. phys. chem. Wisconsin. Br 122-A. 

Brill, E. R. grad. biol. Harvard. Br 217-M. 

Bronfenbrenner, J. J. prof. bact. and immun. Wash- 
ington Med. (St. Louis). Br 234. 

Bronk, D. W. prof. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 115. 

Brooks, Matilda M. res. assoc. biol. California. Br 
322. 

Brooks, S. C. prof. zool. California. Br 322. 

Broomall, Annabelle grad. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 

Brownell, Katharine A. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. 
Br 111. A 204. 

er il R. instr. zool. Chicago. Br 227. (July 
15). 

Buck, J. B. instr. zool. Rochester. Br 324. 

Budington, R. A. prof. zool. Oberlin. Br 218. 

Burt, R. L. grad. asst. biol. Brown. OM 21. K 9. 

Cable, R. M. assoc. prof. parasit. Purdue. Br 223. 

Calkins, G. N. prof. proto. Columbia. Br 331. 

ser orners, E. Eleanor res. assoc. zool. U. Iowa. L 

Carson, H. L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. J. 

Chambers, E. New York Med. Br 328. 

Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. 

Cheney, R. H. prof. biol. Long Island. Br 118. A 302. 

Se L. res. fel. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 125. D 

al 

Claff, C. L. res. assoc. biol. Brown. OM 38. A 208-9. 

Clark, E. R. prof. anat. Pennsylvania Med. Br 117. 

Clare L. B. asst. prof. biol. Union. Br 315. (July 

Cee A. C. asst. prof. biol. Charleston (S. C.). 
Br 217-H. 

Clowes, G. H. A. res. dir. Lilly Res. Labs. Br 328. 

Cohen, I. res. asst. biol. New York. Br 311. 

vole, A S. assoc. prof. phys. Columbia. Br 114. A 


Colwin, A. L. instr. biol. Queens (N. Y.). OM 45. 


Compton, A. D., Jr. master biol. Choate (Walling- 
ford, Conn.). Bot 1. 


Copeland, D. E. asst. biol. Harvard. OM 41. 
Copeland, M. prof. biol. Bowdoin. Br 334. 
Cornman, I. teaching fel. biol. New York. Br 328. 


(Aug. 20). 

Costello, D. P. asst. prof. zool. North Carolina. Br 
128. D 202. 

Crayon: J. G. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 
09. 


Croasdale, Hannah T. tech. asst. bot. Dartmouth. 
Bot 1. (July 15). 


Crouse, Helen V. fel. zool. Missouri. OM Base. A. 
3. 


Crowell, S. asst. prof. zool. Miami. OM 25. 

Curtis, H. J. Rockefeller fel. phys. Columbia. Br 114. 

Curtis, W. C. prof. zool. Missouri. Br 335. (Aug. 1). 

Dent, J. N. grad. asst. zool. Hopkins. Bot 6. Dr 1. 

Dewey, Virginia C. grad. biol. Brown. OM 22. D 3811. 

Dienes, Priscilla Yale Med. Br 234. 

Diller, Irene Corey res. assoc. zool. Pennsylvania. 
Br 219. (Aug. 1). 

Diller, W. F. asst. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. 
(Aug. 1). 

Donnellon, J. A. asst. prof. biol. Villanova. Rock 3. 

Dowling, Delphine L. instr. bot. Vassar. Bot 1. D 311. 

Pore ae L. asst. prof. biol. Bryn Mawr. Br 336. D 

DuBois, E. F. prof. med. Cornell Med. Br 317. 


Duryee, W. R. visiting asst. prof. biol. New York. 
Br 301. D 312. 


Dytche, Maryon M. grad. asst. phys. Pittsburgh. 
Rock 7. 


Eder, H. Harvard Med. Br 122. 

Evans, D. asst. prof. biol. Mississippi. OM Base. E. 

Evans, L. T. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. L 21. 

Evans, T. C. res. asst. prof. zool. U. Iowa. Br 107. 

Failla, G. physicist Memorial Hosp. (N. Y.). Br 306. 

Fisher, K. C. asst. prof. expt. biol. Toronto. OM 4. 

Frank, Sylvia R. grad. resident scholar zool. Colum- 
bia. Br 314. H 7. 

Frisch, J. A. prof. biol. Canisius (Buffalo). OM 39. 

Gabriel, M. L. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. 

Garrey, W. E. prof. phys. Vanderbilt Med. Br 215. 

Giddings, C. B. grad. asst. biochem. Cincinnati Med. 
Br 341. Dr 3. : 

Giese, A. C. Rockefeller fel. phys. Princeton. Br 230- 


231. 
Gilbert, W. J. grad. asst. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. Dr 6. 


Goldin, A. grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 8. 

Goodrich, H. B. prof. biol. Wesleyan. Br 210. D310. 

Goulding, Helen J. grad. biol. Toronto. OM 1. D 306. 

Granick, S. res. asst. biol. Rockefeller Inst. (N. Y.). 
Br 207. 

Grant, R. lect. zool. McGill. Br 217-K. 

Grave, C. prof. zool. Washington. (St. Louis). Br 
BYAT(G 

Guttman, Rita tutor phys. Brooklyn. Br 110. 

Hamburger, V. assoc. prof. zool. Washington (St. 
Louis). L 24. 


June 29, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


Ww, 


Harnly, M. H. assoc. prof. biol. New York. Br 342. 
Harris, D. L. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 125. D 


111. 

Harris, J. E. res. assoc. obs. & gyn. Iowa State. Br 
107. D 214. 

Hartman, F. A. prof. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. D 
218. 


Harvey, E. N. prof. phys. Princeton. Br 116. 
Harvey, Ethel B. res. invest. zool. Princeton. Br 116. 


Haywood, Charlotte assoc. prof. phys. Mt. Holyoke. 
Br 335. A 207. 


Heilbrunn, L. V. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 
220. 


Hendley, C. D. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. Ho 6. 
Henson, Margaret teaching fel. biol. New York. Br 
217-F. 


Hill, S. E. prof. biol. Russell Sage. OM 40. 


Hinchey, M. Catherine grad. biol. Pennsylvania. Br 
217-D. 


Hober, R. visiting prof. phys. Pennsylvania Med. 
Br 318. 


Hobson, L. B. Chicago Med. Bot 1. D 207. 
Holz, A. Marie Univ. scholar. zool. Columbia. Br 314. 


lal "(( 

Howe, H. E. ed. Indus. & Engineering Chem. Br 203, 
216. 

Hunninen, A. V. prof. biol. Oklahoma City U. Br 
217-K. Dr 9. 

Hunter, Laura N. asst. prof. biol. Pennsylvania 


Women. OM 45. 
Irving, L. prof. biol. Swarthmore. OM 2. A 108-9. 
Jacobs, M. H. prof. gen. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. 
genmins; G. B. prof. anat. George Washington. OM 


Johlin, J. M. assoc. prof. biochem. Vanderbilt Med. 
Br 108. 


Jones, E. R., Jr. prof. biol. Wm. & Mary. OM 33. 
Kabat, E. A. instr. path. Cornell Med. Br 110. 


Kalmanson, G. M. res. fel. bact. Washington (St. 
Louis). Br 234. 


Katzin, L. I. res. worker zool. California. Br 217-G. 


Keefe, E. L. res. asst. biol. Washington (St. Louis). 
Br 217-J. 


Kidder, G. W. asst. prof. biol. Brown. OM 21. D 204. 
Kindred, J. E. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. (Aug. 1). 
Kleinholz, L. H. res. asst. biol. Harvard. Br 213. 
Knowlton, F. P. prof. phys. Syracuse Med. Br 226. 


eca J. asst. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. D 


Korr, I. M. instr. phys. New York Med. Br 126. 
paueence, Maria grad. bot. Marywood (Penn.). Rock 


Leuchtenberger, Cecilie asst. path: Mt. Sinai Hosp. 
(N. Y.). L 34. (July 15). 


Leuchtenberger, R. asst. path. Mt. Sinai Hosp. (N. 
Yi). 34. (July 15). 


Lewis, Lena A. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. 
D 106. 


Lillie, F. R. prof. emb. Chicago. Br 101. 
Lillie, R. S. prof. gen. phys. Chicago. Br 326. 
Eee. Mary H. instr. immun. Cornell Med. Br 


Luckman, C. E. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. 
FE 


Lynn, W. G. Rockefeller fel. zool. Yale. Br 343. D 
101. 


MacKnight, 
217-L. 
McClung, C. E. dir. zool. lab. Pennsylvania. Br 219. 


Marrazzi, A. S. asst. prof. pharmacol. New York 
Med. Br 3389. 


Marrazzi, Rose fel. pharmacol. New York Med. Br 
339. 


Martin, Phyllis C. asst. 
Women. Rock 2. 


Martin, Rosemary D. C. asst. biol. Toronto. OM 4. D 
306. 


Martin, W. E. asst. prof. zool. DePauw. OM 31. 
Mast, S. O. prof. zool. Hopkins. Br 329. 

Mathews, A. P. prof. biochem. Cincinnati. Br 341. 
Matthews, S. A. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 27. 
Mattox, N. T. instr. zool. Miami. OM 32. 

Mavor, J. W. prof. biol. Union. Br 315. 

Mazia, D. asst. prof. zool. Missouri. Br 310. D 316. 
Menkin, V. instr. path. Harvard Med. LH 27. 
Michaelis, L. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. 
Milford, J. J., Jr. grad. asst. biol. New York. OM 41. 


Miller, Ruth N. assoc. prof. anat. Woman’s Med. 

Penna. Br 217-E. 

Molter, J. A. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. C. 

Moog, Florence grad. zool. Columbia. OM Base. H 7. 

Morgan, T. H. prof. biol. California Tech. Br 320. 

Morrill, C. V. assoc. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. 

Moser, F. res. assoc. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 220. D 
lalate 

Nachmansohn, D. res. fel. phys. Yale Med. Br 204. 

Navez, A. E. instr. science Milton Acad. (Milton, 
Mass.). Br 309. 

Nonidez, J. F. prof. anat. Cornell Med. Br 340. 

Northrop, J. H. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Med. Res. 
(Princeton). Br 209. 

O’Brien, J. P. grad. zool. Hopkins. Bot 6. 

O’Neal, J. D. grad. phys. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 

Olson, M. instr. zool. Minnesota. Br 217-N. 

Orr, P. R. asst. prof. biol. Brooklyn. L 28. 

Osterhout, W. J. V. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 208. 

Oxford, A. E. Rockefeller fel. biochem. Wisconsin. 
Br 121. (July 15). 

Packard, C. asst. prof. zool. Inst. Cancer Res. Colum- 
bia. Br 102. 

Park, T. asst. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 303. A 106. 

Parker, alice E. instr. anat. Colorado. Med. OM 1. 
D 205. 

Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. Br 213. A 308-9. 

Bermenter, C. L. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 221. 

Plough, H. H. prof. biol. Amherst. Br 330. (Aug. 1). 

Price, Dorothy res. assoc. zool. Chicago. Br 217-0. 

Prosser, C. L. asst. prof. zool. Illinois. OM 3. 

Ramsdell, Pauline A. res. asst. phys. chem. Hopkins 
Med. Br 233. 

Rankin, J. S. instr. biol. Amherst. OM 24. 

Rimmler, L., Jr. res. asst. biol. Syracuse Med. Br 
318. Dr 10. 

Ris, H. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. (Aug. 1). 


R. H. instr. zool. Northwestern. Br 


prof. biol. Pennsylvania 


18 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vou. XV, No. 128 


Rogers, C. G. prof. comp. phys. Oberlin. Br 218. D 
209. 

Ronkin, R. R. grad. zool. California. Br 322. Ka 24. 

Rose, S. M. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 344. 

Ruebush, T. K. instr. zool. Yale. L 26. 

Rugh, R. assoc. prof. zool. New York. Br 342. 


Runk, B. F. D. instr. biol. Virginia. Bot 26. K 14. 
Russell, Alice M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 217-C. 
Sayles, L. P. asst. prof. biol. C.C.N.Y. Rock 6. 
Schaeffer, A. A. prof. biol. Temple. Br 214. 
Scharrer, Berta indep. invest. Rock. Inst. Br 207. 
Scharrer, E. fel. Rock. Inst. Br 207. 

Schechter, V. instr. biol. C.C.N.Y. Br 315. (July 15). 


Schram, Mildred W. S. sec. Internat. Cancer Res. 
Found. L 28, 29. 


Scott, A. C. asst. prof. biol. Union. Br 312. 
Selsam, Millicent E. Columbia. Br 315. 
Shapiro, H. instr. phys. Vassar. Br 110. 


Shaw, Myrtle senior bact. N. Y. State Dept. Health. 
Br 122-B. D 303. 


Shelden, E. F. instr. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. 

Sichel, Elsa Keil head sci. dept. Vermont State Nor- 
mal Sch. (Johnson, Vt.). OM 4. K 8. 

Sichel, F. J. M. asst. prof. phys. Vermont Med. OM 
4, K 8. 

Skow, R. K. res. asst. plant phys. Stanford. Br 222. 


Slifer, Eleanor H. asst. prof. zool. State U. Iowa. 


Br 217-A. 

Smith, C. C. res. assoc. med. Cincinnati Gen. Hosp. 
Brag: 

Smith, D. C. assoe prof. phys. Maryland Med. OM 8. 
(Aug. 1). 


Smith, J. A. prof. biol. Springfield. Br 6. 

Smith, M. E. Hopkins Med. Br 224. Ka 1. 
Snedecor, J. grad. asst. zool. Indiana. L 31. Dr Attic. 
Speidel, C. C. prof. anat. Virginia. Br 106. D 315. 


Spofford, W. R. instr. anat. Cornell Med. Br 317. 
(Aug. 1). 
Steinbach, H. B. asst. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 228. 


Stern, K. G. res. asst. prof. physiol. chem. Yale Med. 
Br 204. 


Stilwell, E. Frances instr. biol. Woman’s Med. Penn- 
sylvania. OM Base. H. 


Stokey, Alma G. prof. bot. Mt. Holyoke. Bot 1. 
Stunkard, H. W. prof. biol. New York. Br 232. 
Summers, F. M. instr. biol. C.C.N.Y. Br 331. D 204. 
Tashiro, S. prof. biochem. Cincinnati Med. Br 341. 
Taylor, W. R. prof. bot. Michigan. Bot 24. 

Terry, R. L. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. Dr. 
Thivy, Francesca grad. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. 
Thompson, R. H. teaching asst. Stanford. Bot. 


Townsend, Grace prof. biol. Great Falls Normal 
(Mont.). Br 122-D. W E. 


Trinkaus, J. P. asst. zool. Wesleyan. Br 210. 
Trombetta, Vivian V. instr. bot. Smith. Bot 1. 
Tucker, G. H. instr. zool. Duke. Br 121. 

Turner, C. L. prof. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. 
Walther, R. F. res. asst. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. 


Dr 2. 
Waterman, A. J. asst. prof. biol. Williams. OM 26. 
(July 26). 


Weiss, P. A. assoc. prof. zool. Chicago. Br 301. 


Wenrich, D. H. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 219. 
Whaley, W. G. instr. bot. Columbia. Br 321. 


Whiteley, A. H. teaching asst. zool. California. Br 
322. Ka 24, 


Whiting, P. W. assoc. prof. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 
2 


Wichterman, R. asst. prof. biol. Temple. Br 217-H. 


Wiercinski, F. J. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. 
Dr Attic. 


Wilbur, K. M. instr. zool. Pennsylvania. OM Base. G. 
23 


Wilde, C. E., Jr. Dartmouth. Bot 1. Ho 3. 


Willier, B. H. chairman div. biol. sci. Rochester. Br 
324, 


Wolf, E. A. assoc. prof. biol. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 


Wolf, Opal M. asst. prof. zool. Goucher. Br 122-C. 
A 206. 


Woodruff, L. L. prof. proto. Yale. Br 323. (Aug. 1). 
Wolfson, C. instr. anat. Kansas. Br 108. 


Young, Roger A. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Br 315. 
A 304. 


Zimmerman, Alice C. grad. asst. biol. Brown, OM 38. 
Zorzoli, Anita grad. zool. Columbia. Br 314. H 7. 
Zwilling, E. teaching asst. zool. Columbia. Br 344. 


STUDENTS 


Alper, C. asst. emb. Drew. emb. Ka 22. 

Atkinson, W. B. grad. biol. Virginia.emb. K 1. 

Baylor, E. R. Illinois. phys. D 10. 

Beam, C. A. Brown, proto. Ho 7. 

Belanger, L. F. asst. histo-emb. Montreal. emb. 

Blanchard, Barbara D. teach. Placer Jr. College 
(Calif.). phys. 

Brown, D. H. Dartmouth. bot. Ka 2. 


Brown, Dorothy M. instr. sci. St. Luke’s Hosp. (N. 
bot. 


Buchanan, Natalie V. Wellesley. bot. 
Campbell, Virginia Wheaton. bot. D 205. 


Carleen, Mildred H. grad. asst. phys. Mt. Holyoke. 
phys. W B. 


Carroll, Kenneth M. Franklin & Marshall. proto. 
Cass, Ruth E. instr. biol. Russell Sage. emb. K 2. 
Ciu, Ruth E. grad. bot. Michigan. bot. 

Chidsey, Jane L. asst. prof. zool. Wheaton. phys. 


Cosgrove, W. B. Cornell. proto. 


Davies, P. W. Johnson scholar biol. Pennsylvania. 
phys. Ho 2. 

Dodge, Frances Gettysburg. proto. 

DuBois, Rebeckah Vassar. emb. 

Edgerley, R. H. grad. asst. biol. Ohio State. phys. 
Dr 2. 

Edwards, G. A. grad. asst. biol. Tufts. phys. Ka 1. 


Everett, G. M. grad. teaching asst. phys. Maryland 
Med. phys. Dr 3. 
Fetter, Dorothy instr. biol. Brooklyn. emb. 
Binh, R. T. grad. teaching asst. biol. Indiana. emb. 
Tee 
Foulks, J. G. grad. teaching asst. biol. Rochester. 
emb. K 15. 


June 29, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


19 


Fox, Ruth P. asst. phys. Vassar. phys. 

Friedman, R. S. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. 

Goldman, P. W. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. Ka 21. 

Halsted, G. O. Princeton. emb. 

Harrigan, Mary K. special instr. 
proto. 

Hartmann, J. F. asst. hist. & emb. Cornell. emb. Ka 
3. 

Hartung, E. W. grad. biol. Harvard. emb. 

Heath, J. P. Stanford. emb. K 1 

Henderson, J. M. McGill. emb. Dr 1. 

Henry, R. J. Pennsylvania Med. phys. 

Hohwieler, H. J. grad. biol. Washington (St. Louis). 
phys. 

Holton, G. W. Wesleyan. phys. K 7. 

Hopper, A. F. asst. biol. Yale. emb. Dr 2. 

Jackson, Blanche E. fel. biol. Radcliffe. phys. H 1. 

Jakus, Marie E. grad. asst. biol. Washington (St. 
Louis). phys. W B. 

Johnson, V. O. techn. zool. Oklahoma. emb. Dr 2. 

Jolly, Margie DePauw. emb. H 8. 

Jones, Sarah R. grad. asst. biol. Connecticut. emb. 

Karelsen, June Van R. Oberlin. emb. W G. 

Krantz, Marion Bennington. emb. K 3. 

Lee, R. E. Harvard. emb. Dr 3. 

Ludwig, F. W. Villanova. emb. 

MacCosbe, Henrietta E. instr. bot. & zool. Pennsyl- 
vania State. bot. K 2. 

Macdonald, Katherine C. grad. biol. McGill. proto. 
Hil. 

McFarland, W. Washington & Jefferson. emb. Dr 5. 


Marchand, Doris teacher St. Catherine’s School 
(Richmond, Va.). proto. H 9. 


Miller, G. Oberlin. emb. Ho 1. 

Morgan, D. T. grad. bot. Kentucky State. bot. Dr 14. 

Nichols, M. M. asst. biol. DePauw. emb. Ho 7. 

Norman, G. R. Wabash. phys. Ho 2. 

Ormsbee, R. A. grad. asst. biol. Brown. phys. K 9. 

Pond, S. M. Wesleyan. emb. K 5. 

Rathbun, Edith N. Skidmore. phys. 

eckson, E. J. teaching fel. biol. New York. emb. 
1 


biol. Simmons. 


Samorodin, A. J. grad. biol. Minnesota. emb. 
Sanders, Jane Smith. bot. H 9. 

Sawyer, C. H. asst. biol. Yale. bot. Dr 2. 
Scholander, P. F. res. assoc biol. phys. 

Sherman, F. G. asst. biol. Northwestern. emb. Ka 2. 
Silver, S. grad. bot. C.C.N.Y. bot. Ho 2. 

Steele, K. C. Dartmouth. emb. Ho 3. 

Stokes, A. W. Harvard. phys. Dr 1. 

Sweeny, F. P. Amherst. emb. Dr 7. 

Wolf, Mary H. grad. phys. Duke. phys. H 2. 


Bicodward, A., Jr. grad. asst. biol. Wesleyan. phys. 


OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION 
Anderson, Elsie sec. WG. 
Billings, Edith sec. WI. 
Crowell, Polly L. asst. to bus. mer. 
MacNaught, F. M. bus. mer. 
Packard, C. assoc. dir. 


LIBRARY 
Lawrence, Deborah sec. 
Montgomery, Priscilla B. librarian. 
Rohan, Mary A. asst. 
Thombs, S. Mabell asst. WF. 


EXPERIMENTAL RADIOLOGY 
Failla, G. Memorial Hosp. Br 307-8. 
Little, E. P. instr. Phillips Exeter. Br 307-8. 


DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL SUPPLIES 
AND SCIENTIFIC APPARATUS 


Chemical Room 

Ballard, K. C. teach. sci. Lawrence H.S. (Falmouth). 
Cherry, Betty Tufts Med. WD. 
Orr, Elizabeth D. 
Smith, C. C. Cincinnati Gen. Hosp. 
Smith, J. A. prof. biol. Springfield (Mass.). 
Smith, M. E. Hopkins Med. 

Apparatus and Technical Service 
Boss, L. F. techn. Br 6. 
Graham, A. S. Philips Exeter. Br 211. 
Graham, J. D. Pennsylvania. glass blower. Br 17. 
Le Fevre, Dorothy sec. Br 1. 
Liljestrand, R. S. mechanician. Br 7. 
Pond, S. E. tech. mgr. Br 1-3. 


MAINTENANCE 
Bolster, R. janitor. Ka 1. 
Cannon, F. janitor. 
Cooper, J. janitor. Dr Attic. 
Fink, F. janitor. Ka 4. 
Fitts, E. night mechanic. Dr 14. 
Gibbert, J. G. janitor. Dr Attic. 
Hemenway, W. C. carpenter. 
Kahler, R. S. asst. 
Larkin, R. janitor. 
Larkin, T. E. supt. Br 7. 
Larkin, T. E., Jr. fireman. Dr 4. 
McKenzie, R. janitor. 
Negeim, J. janitor. 
Tawell, T. E. head janitor. 
Travis, R. F. mail. 
Wynn, J. night watchman. 


SUPPLY DEPARTMENT 


Bulmer, Gladys teacher H. S. (Philadelphia). col- 
lector. 


Carlson, B. C. Phillips Exeter. collector. 

Crowell, Ruth S. sec. 

Donovan, Mary K. Rosemont (Pa.) bot. collector. 
WI. 


Gilbert, W. J. bot. collector. 
Gildea, F. collector. 

Gillon, C. Holy Cross. collector. 
Goodrich, A. animal house. 
Gray, M. B. collector. 

Harman, Grace sec. WH. 
Hilton, A. M. collector. 


20 tH COLEReCLING NEM 


[ Vor. XV, No. 128 


Hume, D. Harvard. collector. 
Kahler, W. E. collector. 
Kyllonen, A. Harvard. collector. 
Leathers, A. W. head shipper. 
Lehy, G. collector. 


McInnis, J. mgr. 

Metcalf, W. G. Oberlin. collector. Ho. 

Muse, R. Harvard. collector. Ho 4. 
Schweidenback, C. O. collector. 

Talbert, J. D. Columbia (Mo.). collector. Ho. 


Wamsley, F. W. supervisor of schools (Charleston). 
preparator. 


Young, E. Worcester Acad. collector. 


MUSEUM 
Gray, G. M. curator emer. 


THE BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN 
Boyden, Louise E. ed. asst. Br 120. 
Redfield, A. C. managing ed. Br 120. 


THE JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL AND 
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 

Anderson, Stella B. sec. Br 203. 

Bruff, Eleanor G. sec. Br 203. 

Gordon, Gladys sec. Br 203. 

Howe, H. E. editor. Br 203. 

Martenet, Dorothy sec. Br 203. 

Newton, Helen K. ms. ed. Br 203. 

Parkinson, Nellie A. sec. Br 203. 


THE COLLECTING NET 
Browning, Peggy Mary Baldwin. OM Base. 
Cattell, W. managing ed. Sci. Monthly. OM Base. 
Chambers, R. res. prof. biol. New York. Br 328. 
Gorokhoff, B. I. Yale. OM Base. 


WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC 
INSTITUTION 


Abramowitz, A. A. res. asst. biol. Harvard. 101. 
Bumpus, D. F. 108. 

Clarke, G. L. instr. biol. Harvard. 107. 

Eddy, Gladys asst. oceano. 308. 

Hock, C. W. 

Hsiao, S. T. C. China Foundation res. fel. 123. F 49. 
Iselin, C. O’D. director. 

Osborn, C. M. invest. anat. Ohio State. 106. 
Parker, Frances L. asst. geol. U.S.G.S. 212. 
Parker, G. H. prof. zool. Harvard. 106. 

Phelps, A. Texas. 203. 

Phillips, Helen asst. 

Rakestraw, N. W. assoc. prof. chem. Brown. 109. 
Redfield, A. C. prof. biol. Harvard. 103. 

Sears, Mary jr. biol. 305. 

Souder, P. asst. Iowa State. 201. 


Soule, F. M. senior physical oceano. U. S. Coast 
Guard. 307. 


Spilhaus, A. F. prof. New York. 209. 


Stergion, A. M. I. T. 210. 

Stetson, H. C. res. assoc. palaeont. Harvard. 213. 
Waksman, S. A. prof. microbiol. Rutgers. 203. 
Wald, G. instr. biol. Harvard. 311. 


Watson, E. E. asst. prof. physics. Queen’s (Ontario). 
315. 


Weiss, C. M. bact. techn. Rutgers. 201. 
Woodcock, A. H. techn. Atlantis. 207. 


OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION 
Iselin, C. O’D. director. 206. 


Schroeder, W. C. assoc. curator fishes. Museum of 
Comp. Zool. (Harvard). bus. manager. 113. 


Smith, Virginia Walker sec. 


“ATLANTIS” 
Backus, H. first engineer. 
Cook, H. sec. engineer. 
Kelley, T. N. first officer. 
Mandly, H. sec. officer. 
McMurray, F. S. master. 


BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS 
Condon, W. asst. to superintendent. 
Schroeder, W. C. superintendent. 


U. S. BUREAU OF FISHERIES 


SCIENTIFIC STAFF 


Algire, Dorothy H. asst. biol. U.S.B.F. 122. F 27. 
Bliss, C. I. indep. invest. 119. F 43. 
Boving, B. G. Swarthmore. 121. F 45. 


Corson, S. A. temp. jr. aquatic biol. U.S.B.F. 121. 
F 54, 

Galtsoff, Eugenia assoc. zool. George Washington. 
128. F 23-24. 

Galtsoff, P. S. biol. U.S.B.F. acting director. 118. F 
23-24. 


Hsiao, S. C. T. China Foundation res. fel. 123. F 49. 
Maluf, N. S. R. scholar zool. Hopkins. 123. F 41. 
Marvel, R. New Hampshire. “Skimmer.” F 49. 
Newcombe, C. L. instr. zool. Maryland. 123. F 55. 
Pupchick, Anna sec. 118. F 30. 


Shlaifer, A. visiting invest. N. Y. Aquarium. 123. F 
54. 
Shepherd, B. B. fel. zool. Maryland. 123. F 55. 


Webster, J. R. asst. biol. U.S.B.F. 115. F 56. 


BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS 


Armstrong, J. apprentice fish culturist. 
Bellinger, H. H. fireman. 

Conklin, P. fireman. Hatchery 137. 
Goffin, R. A. superintendent. 117. F. 
Hamblin, R. P. apprentice fish culturist. 
Howes, E. S. coxswain. 116. 

Lowey, J. engineer. 

Malone, J. J. apprentice fish culturist. 


June 29, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 21 


Announcing! TLIE SCIENCES 


A SURVEY COURSE FOR COLLEGES 
e Ldited by Gerald Wendt, Ph.D. 


This series of six brief volumes has been planned to present a concise survey of the sciences 
—not too detailed nor technical, yet comprehensive in coverage. They afford a view of basic 
principles, concepts and methods of research, without probing into details which only the 
specialist need know. The books nay be studied in any order, depending upon the curricu- 
lum of the college using them. 


PHYSICS. By W. F. G. Swann. A new approach to the study of physics. It proposes 
the broad fundamental laws and concepts underlying all of the various ‘‘facts’” of physics, 
without the technicalities. Basic principles of motion, heat, etc., are first established, then 
their applications in many diverse fields are shown. Ready in September. Approximately 
220 pages; Probable price, $1.75. 


CHEMISTRY. By Gerald Wendt. A careful selection of major concepts and_ their 
practical application is given. The book covers concisely atoms and molecules, elements 
and compounds, the basis of chemical reactions, the structure of the atom, atomic number, 
valence electrons, the periodic system, the formation of compounds, reactions, oxidation and 
reduction, acids and bases, formulas and equations, physics, organic and biological chem- 
istry, and the future of chemical research. Ready in September. Approximately 212 pages; 
Probable price, $1.75. 


EARTH SCIENCES. By J. Harlen Bretz. Under the major headings of earth, water 
and air, this analysis forms a sound and practical survey of geology, oceanography and 
meteorology, as well as of physical geography. The style is smooth, yet challenging. The 
illustrations in this volume are profuse, beautiful and cogent. Ready in September. Approx- 
wmately 252 pages; Probable price, $1.75. 


ASTRONOMY. By Clyde Fisher and Marian Lockwood. A short, informative survey 
of the Earth as an astronomical body, of the solar system and the relations of its members 
to each other, and their place in the universe. The Moon, Sun, planets, comets, meteors, 
stars and galaxies are all treated in easy, informal style, together with their motions and 
celestial events. Published May 1940. 205 pages; $1.75. 


BIOLOGY. By Howard M. Parshley. The structural organization and chemical composi- 
tion of living things form the entering wedge in this survey. Reproduction and development 
receive due attention. Inheritance of characteristics likewise has its place in the discussion. 
Environment, and the adaptation of the individual organism to it, are described. Evolution and 
variation are the concluding subjects of the book. Published May 1940, 232 pages; $1.75. 


THE BODY FUNCTIONS. By Ralph W. Gerard. This volume on the human body and 
on human biology is organized upon the basic concepts of function and its emphasis is chem- 
ical rather than anatomical. It is a sound, thorough, though compact survey of physiology 
as the basis of the medical sciences. Respiration, nutrition, reproduction are analyzed into 
their simple component processes and are themselves established as the basis of health. Ready 
in September. Approximately 218 pages; Probable price, $1.75. 

e 


JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., 440 FOURTH AVE., NEW YORK 


22 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 128 


fet 


CHEMICALS 


and 


GLASSWARE 


SEND FOR A COPY 
OF BULLETIN 
No. 610 


* 


Special Chemicals 
Formerly Imported 
Now Made in U.S.A. 
* 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-223 THIRD AVENUE 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 


ASCARIS 


Recently completed a new series of slides 
of MITOSIS in Ascaris megalocephala 
bivalens. Dr. Powers considers them one 
finest Prices as in 


catalog No. 16. 


of our products. 


Send for sample. 


POWERS & POWERS 


Lincoln, Nebraska 


COPS OPO PLSD LE LOL IIS ELLIO LI IOG DI 


SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


3iological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 
Sets, Volumes and Odd 
There may be some Single Copies 
needed to complete your sets, or an Im- 
portant Article which you may need. Prices 
are reasonable. 
B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 

29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


a 


etc. Complete 


Copies. 


DALEY’S 
Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


TEXACO 


GAS AND OIL 
WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. 
Opposite Station 


THE BELLOWS 


Mrs. Hedlund 
Falmouth Heights Road at Jericho 
LUNCHEON DINNER 
For Reservations Call Falmouth 271 


», ROWE’S PHARMACY 


4, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines 
Home Remedies 

1a Developing and Printing Snapshots 
Feowtam Server Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


WOODS HOLE 
SANDWICH SHOP 
Lunch 
Parker Products 
Main Street 


Breakfast Dinner 


Woods Hole 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 
Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 
FALMOUTH 


CLEANING — PRESSING 
Dyeing — Repairing 
Daily Calls and Deliveries 
Tel. 907 


PARK TAILORING SHOP 
BAND BOX CLEANERS 


172 Main St. 
Falmouth 


Choice meats E. E. C. SWIFT CO. 


<> 


Yes, c 


Meats and Groceries 
Free Delivery to Woods Hole 


Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W 
Falmouth Osterville 


June 29, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


Spencer AIDS TO MICROSCOPY 


Spencer has perfected many acces- 
sories to broaden the usefulness of its 
microscopes. Four of these aids to 
microscopy are illustrated above. 


At the left rear is the Spencer Hand 
Microtome No. 905 for sectioning 
specimens. The feed is graduated, each 
division representing 10 microns. 


At the right rear is the Spencer 
Camera Lucida of the Abbe type. The 
entire field of the microscope may be 
viewed from above the prism and the 
light so regulated as to show both the 


object and the drawing pencil with the 
same intensity. 


The Spencer Mechanical Stage No. 
485 (at the left front) facilitates the 
complete exploration of a slide and is 
provided with graduations and verniers 
reading to 1/10 mm. 


Spencer Magnifiers — Doublets and 
Triplet Aplanats — represent the finest 
Spencer optical standards. They are 
shown at the lower right. 


Complete information about these 
and other accessories may be obtained 
by writing Dept. F8. 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT I PROJECTORS 


HE (COLLE CLNG NEw 


This prism is a reject, although the user of the 
refractometer for which it was designed probably 
could not detect a single fault in its performance. 
But, merely ‘‘good enough” falls below Bausch & 
Lomb standards. 

These standards, based upon rigid inspection, 
give no quarter to inaccuracy. This is one of many 
reasons why you can place your trust in the uni- 
form high quality of B&L instruments. 

For your next instrument select one that bears 
the B&L trade-mark. Write concerning your opti- 
cal instrument problems. Bausch & Lomb Optical 
Company, 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


5d! 
FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


C 


[ Vout. XV, No. 128 


Vol. XV, No. 2 


SATURDAY, JULY 6, 1940 


$2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


Annual Subscription, 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF 
GERMANY 


Homer A. JAcK 
Science Education Department, 
Cornell University 


Germany has always been a leader in sponsor- 


OXIDATION AND REDUCTION IN 
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 


Dr. LEoNoR MICHAELIS 


Member, Rockefeller Institute for 
Medical Research 


All life as we know it is dependent on the ex- 


ing biological field stations, although these have 
often been outside German territory. 


German biological stations to 
be established were on the 
Mediterranean and Adriatic 
Seas. In 1870 the Berlin 
Aquarium founded a station 
at Trieste in order to obtain a 
steady supply of living marine 
specimens. Under the leader- 
ship of Dr. Otto Hermes this 
station soon offered laboratory 
facilities to visiting German 
investigators. Also at that 
time Anton Dohrn, then a 
young German zoologist who 
had just studied with Haeckel 
and Gegenbauer at Jena, es- 
tablished the Zoological Sta- 
tion of Naples. Although this 
institution has never been 
strictly a German station, from 
its inception it was heavily 
subsidized by German funds 


and attracted numbers of German investigators. 
While the establishment of field stations on 
(Continued on page 31) 


German territory was 


Seminar: 


The first 


M. B. UE. Calendar 


TUESDAY, July 9, 8:00 P. M. 
Papers on cellular phys- 
iclogy presented under the chair- 
manship of Dr. Robert Cham- 
bers, Research Professor of Biol- 
ogy, New York University. 


FRIDAY, July 12, 8:00 P. M. 


Lecture: Dr. Kenneth V. Thimann, 


Associate Professor of Plant 
Physiology, Harvard University: 
“Hormones and the Physiology 
of Growth in Plants.” 


istence of such chemical compounds as constitute 
the realm of organic chemistry. These compounds 


show two properties which at 
first glance seem to be con- 
tradictory: an enormous re- 
activity, on the one hand, and 
a remarkable sluggishness in 
the manifestation of this re- 
activity on the other hand. 
All organic compounds react 
with oxygen; the affinity of 
such a reaction is great enough 
to release very large amounts 
of energy, indeed enough en- 
ergy for the maintenance of 
life. On the other hand, in 
spite of the high affinity for 
oxidation, organic compounds, 
such as sugar, fat or proteins, 
can exist even in contact with 
oxygen for a practically un- 
limited time at ordinary tem- 
peratures. There is some 
barrier acting as a brake to 


the reactivity, and the organism has to avail itself 
of specific catalysts, the respiratory enzymes, to 
overcome that barrier. 


Thereby, the energy of 


Oxidation and Reduction in Organic Chemistry, 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Drea Meonors Michaelisimr:scscccsserssexccssescscestcteese=s 2 eae Curricular WAchiviticgiatteuh iene eae 36 
The Biological Field Stations of Germany 

ow) Embryol Cl INES s sccessssetesssesscsscssevne snes teeees 36 

tore men ackae is ts th eae yn DB a Ra ol Bees oe 
Prot ] Cl INotest jctcsiciecisshscsvasssvecartecesctas 37 

The Contributions of Dr. Frank R. Lillie to BR a eta an nea 
Oceanography, Dr. E. G. Conklin .........cceeee 201. Botany Classi NOES) ccncccccccsssececenccnesssccsscccceccressoncece 38 
Introducing Dr. A. C. Giese (A Be CeOtmWiOO0SmEH Ol clececeserestteerccsaccncscecesreenteeeres 39 


Items of Interest 


WIOH SGOOM NI SAIYOLVYORVT TVOIDOIOIN HHYUHL AHL AO NOLLVOOT FHL DNIMOHS MATA TVINaV NV 
‘SSRI ‘PAIOJp9IgG MON ‘PpOOM “IN premoT Aq YdvRaso0j04yq 


ed 
libs 


Jury 6, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 27 


the process is dealt with much more economically 
than in a sudden, rapid or explosive reaction. 
Rather is the process conducted through succes- 
sive steps leading through a well planned path 
most suitable for the utilization of the energy by 
the machinery of the living organism. 

The problem of this lecture is to account for 
this remarkable lack of reactivity of organic com- 
pounds, which for purely unsophisticated con- 
siderations ought to be reactive toward oxygen to 
such an extent as not to be capable at all, of 
existence, in the presence of oxygen, for any 
appreciable length of time. 

Let us start the discussion of this problem by 
an example, say, the oxidation of ethyl alcohol, 
CsH,O. The first known product of this oxida- 
tion is acetaldehyde, C2HyO. Any oxidation of 
an organic compound is primarily the detachment 
of hydrogen, or something analogous to it, such 
as the attachment of a hydroxyl group. In order 
to arrive from alcohol to aldehyde, one has to 
proceed not in one single elementary step of ox- 
idation, involving one hydrogen atom, but a 
double step involving two hydrogen atoms. The 
first step, schematically speaking, is the loss of one 
H atom: C2HeO — C2H;0 + H. The second 
is the loss of another H atom, C2H;0 — CoH,O 
-+ H. Whatever may be the structural formula 
of the intermediate form C.H;O, it will be a free 
radical containing one tervalent carbon atom. 


If we maintain that carbon should be quadri- 
valent, then this intermediate compound has no 
chance of existence to any measurable extent. It 
should be a compound much less stable than 
alcohol, hence much more reactive than alcohol. 
So, in order to pass from alcohol to a less reactive 
substance such as aldehyde, we have to pass 
through a compound, which is even more reactive 
than alcohol itself. We may say: the energy 
content of alcohol, when passing to aldehyde, 
decreases, the process taken as a whole. How- 
ever, it has to climb over an energy hill. Once 
the top of the hill is reached, the energy will fall 
down spontaneously. But the necessity of climb- 
ing over this hill is the barrier of the reaction 
and makes alcohol resistent against oxygen under 
ordinary conditions. 

This argument is so simple that one should 
expect it to be known and acknowledged for a 
long time. What has been acknowledged is that 
there is some barrier, and that some activation 
energy is necessary to overcome some kind of 


energy hill. However, astounding as it may be, 
it has not been recognised that the intermediate 
free radical is the impersonation, or the substrate, 
of this barrier. On the contrary, whenever the 
mechanism of oxidation of organic compounds 
was discussed, it was taken for granted that in 
general the oxidation is primarily and essentially 
a bivalent one, and that an intermediate stage, 
or any univalent oxidation, does not occur. This 
can be best shown by studying the current 
theories on reversible oxidation-reduction as 
observed by potentiometric titration of many 
organic dyestuffs. The simplest prototype of such 
a reversible oxidation-reduction process is 


O:CgH4:O + Hs — HO:C,H,:OH 


(Quinone) (Hydroquinone) 


According to what has been just now said this 
process should be split into two successive steps, 
such as 


(1 ) HO-:CsgHsy:OH — HO:CsgH4:0 - H 
(Hydroquinone) (Semiquinone) 
@) HO:C.gH4:0 = O:C.H4:O + H 


(Semiquinone) (Quinone) 


The substance called semiquinone contains one 
tervalent carbon. It is a free radical, and it has 
never been prepared to any easily detectable 
amount. (What is known as solid quinhydrone 
is not this radical but a compound of double 
molecular size, containing no tervalent carbon.) 


Our thesis, when exemplified for this particular 
case, is that hydroquinone, in order to be oxidised 
to quinone, cannot be oxidised directly in one step 
but has to pass through an intermediate step, 
which is the semiquinone, a free radical, with an 
unsaturated valence. This free radical is a very 
unstable compound, its formation requiring much 
energy. To convert hydroquinone to semiquinone, 
amounts to winding up an elastic spring. It re- 
quires the expenditure of energy. The necessity 
of passing through this stage makes hydroquinone 
a relatively stable compound even in the presence 
of oxygen. This is true at least in acid solution. 
Why hydroquinone is much easier to oxidise in 
an alkaline solution will be understandable from 
what follows. You may guess it even now: be- 
cause in alkaline solution, the formation of such 
a radical requires less energy, and it will presently 
be shown why this is the case. 


Now, though this particular semiquinone is 
very unstable and capable of existence in equilib- 


THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 
It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 


marine biological laboratories. 


Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


28 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 129 


rium with its parent substances, quinone and 
hydroquinone, only to a very small extent, its 
existence must not be entirely denied. As regards 
the stability of such free radicals, it may vary 
from case to case to a wide extent, and for the 
sake of clarification we may somewhat schematic- 
ally distinguish three possibilities : 

1) In some cases, the existence of the inter- 
mediate free radical cannot be demonstrated ex- 
perimentally at all. Whether or not it exists in 
minute quantities is a matter of hypothesis. An 
example: no radical intermediate between alcohol 
and aldehyde has ever been shown to exist. 

2) Ina second group of cases, the existence 
of the intermediate radical can just be detected 
by refined methods. 

3) Ina third group, the existence of the free 
semiquinone radical is easy to demonstrate. 

Let us discuss these three cases in detail by 
some examples. We begin with the third case. 

A good example is pyocyanine, a bacterial dye- 
stuff, or riboflavin (vitamin B.). When such a 
dyestuff, in a sufficiently acid solution, is gradual- 
ly reduced, one can see a twofold change of color. 
For instance, an acid solution of pyocyanine is 
red; on reduction it first turns green, then color- 
less. The intermediate green compound can be 
shown to be a free radical by two entirely in- 
dependent methods, a potentiometric and a mag- 
netometric one. The potentiometric method is 
used as follows. The dyestuff is titrated with a 
reducing agent and the electric potential as estab- 
lished at a bright platinum electrode, is plotted 
against the degree of reduction. The shape of 
the titration curve allows one to infer whether any 
intermediate compound is formed at all, and what 
is the molecular size of the intermediate com- 
pound as compared with the molecular size of the 
dyestuff itself; furthermore, whether the inter- 
mediate compound differs from the original dye- 
stuff by one single, univalent step of oxidation, 
or by two. Hereby it can be learned from a 
mathematical analysis of the titration curve 
whether or not the intermediate compound is a 
free radical. 

The second method is based on the observation 
of the magnetic properties of the substance. A 
regular organic compound contains always an 
even number of electrons, and these are arranged 
in pairs. Each pair consists of two electrons with 
opposite spin. If the spin of an electron should 
be detectable at all by some physical property, it 
cannot be manifest in a compound with an even 
number of electrons because for each pair of 
electrons these effects are cancelled out due to 
the opposite sign of the spins. However, as free 
radical must contain an odd number of electrons, 


and the spin of the odd electron is not cancelled 
out, the effect of such spin is to make the mole- 
cule paramagnetic: it is attracted by a magnet. 
A spinning electron is equivalent to a circular 
electric current, and it has been known for more 
than a hundred years that a circular electric cur- 
rent is equivalent to a magnet. For this reason, 
any free radical must be paramagnetic, and ordin- 
ary molecules must not be paramagnetic, but show 
that very faint diamagnetism, common to all mat- 
ter, manifested by a very faint repulsion by a 
magnet, instead of attraction, 

Though in principle this method seems to be 
very simple, the technical difficulties which pre- 
vented its application for this particular task have 
been overcome only quite recently. The method 
adopted consists in mixing a solution of a suitable 
substance with some reagent such as to bring 
about the reduction quite gradually. E.g., glucose 
in an alkaline solution is such a reducing agent 
which under proper conditions stretches the per- 
iod of the reduction process over a whole hour 
or more. During this period, successive measure- 
ment of the magnetic properties of the solution 
are performed. The solution, in a cylindrical con- 
tainer, is suspended at one end of a balance-beam, 
and the force by which it is attracted by an elec- 
tromagnet is measured in terms of the weight 
which compensates the pull of the electromagnet 
on closing the electric current. (Two cases were 
demonstrated in lantern slides.) It can easily be 
seen that during the observation a change of the 
magnetic force occurs, reaching a maximum in the 
midpoint of the reduction. By means of the the- 
ory of para-magnetic susceptibility, on the basis 
of the modern quantum theory, it can be calcu- 
lated how much of the dyestuff is present in the 
form of the free radical in the midpoint of reduc- 
tion, and this result can be compared with the one 
obtained by the potentiometric method. In this 
particular case shown in the lantern slide, the sub- 
stance to be reduced was duroquinone (the par- 
ent substance of the vitamin tocopherol), dis- 
solved in .1 N NaOH. Both methods agreed in 
the result that in the midpoint of titration as much 
as 52 per cent of the substance is present as the 
free semiquinone radical. It should be empha- 
sized that in a less alkaline solution, this percen- 
tage is much smaller and gradually, going to acid 
solutions, becomes so small that our methods are 
scarcely sensitive enough to show its existence. 
However, since the methods are not at all very 
sensitive and the decrease of the percentage in 
free radical is quite gradual with decreasing al- 
kalinity, it is justified to assume the presence of 
some small amount of the radical, say, in 1% of 
the total substance, even in acid solution. By this 


Jury 6, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 29 


example it is shown what is meant by the second 
case where there is no good direct method of 
showing the presence of a radical, but sufficient 
indirect evidence for its existence in a_ small 
amount. 


Now we pronounce the following important 
thesis: Whenever the semiquinone radical can 
exist, the process of oxidation and reduction is 
reversible. Or, on the other hand: the reversi- 
bility of oxidation-reduction process is correlated 
to the existence of a semiquinone radical in not 
too small an amount. If the establishment of the 
intermediate step requires little energy, the energy 
hill over which the process has to climb is small 
and may be quite insignificant. Then the whole 
bivalent oxidation-reduction is reversible. Re- 
versible systems of this kind have been known for 
a long time in organic chemistry, namely all the 
vat-dyes such as indigo, and many other dyestuffs 
such as methylene blue. They had scarcely been 
known to exist in the living organism fifteen 
years ago. Since, they have been discovered to 
exist in a great variety. They are the respiratory 
enzymes and a number of the vitamins. To give 
a few examples: Warburg’s yellow respiration 
enzymes and the great variety of enzymes similar 
to it discovered in recent years; and a number of 
quinone-like substances, such as Vitamin K, or 
phtiocol, the yellow pigment of the tubercle bacil- 
lus. Since these dyestuffs are reversibly oxidised 
and reduced, they can be utilized as catalysts for 
oxidation and reduction of other substances, and 
since, due to the reversibility of the process, they 
are never used up, they need be present only in 
very small amounts. Their very low concentra- 
tion in the organism is the reason why they have 
been discovered only in recent years and in spite 
of their great importance for the process of res- 
piration have escaped the attention of scientists 
until a few years ago. 


All these reversible systems play the role of 
catalysts. The energy of the organism is derived, 
however, from the oxidation of irreversible sys- 
tems, such as sugar, fat, and protein. Whereas 
the oxidation and reduction of the reversible sys- 
tems take place in cycles, the oxidation of, say, 
sugar, proceeds in a series of steps to the forma- 
tion of CO and H2,O. This process cannot be 
reversed, except by the green plant with expendi- 
ture of radiant energy of the sunlight. 

The irreversibility of the oxidation of sugars, 
fats or proteins may be correlated to the fact that 
the oxidation here also can proceed only in suc- 
cessive univalent steps. The first necessary step, 
then, is the formation of a free radical. This re- 
quires the expenditure of so much energy that the 
radical is never formed in any measurable quan- 


tity. If the oxidation has to proceed through the 
free radical, then the concentration of the radical 
must be one factor in determining the rate of the 
oxidation. If this concentration happens to be too 
small, it may be the limiting factor for the process, 
and the whole process of oxidation is stopped. 
This is why the foodstuffs are relatively stable 
toward oxidising agents and especially toward 
oxygen. 

The various respiration enzymes are catalysts 
which have the task of overcoming the lack of 
reactivity and furthermore to select one of the 
possible paths of oxidation. These enzymes can 
form a loose compound with the substrate to be 
oxidised. If the radical of this compound can be 
more easily formed than with the uncombined 
substrate, the enzyme may be said to catalyse the 
oxidation. 


It remains to correlate the stability of free radi- 
cal with its chemical constitution. In this respect 
a very useful principle can be applied which is the 
result of a quantum-mechanical consideration. 
This principle is that of resonance. This term, 
in quantum mechanics, is used in the following 
sense, 

Very often, a chemical formula for a given 
compound may be written in two or more ways 
without the implication that one of them should 
represent the true state. So, the formula for ben- 
zene can be written in various ways, of which the 
two Kekulé-structures are the most important 
ones. They differ only in the distribution of the 
valence dashes, each dash standing for an electron 
pair. The ambiguity is concerned only with the 
distribution of the electrons but not with the dis- 
tribution of the atomic nuclei. If such a condition 
prevails, none of the possible formulae represents 
the true state, but the real state is something in- 
termediate that cannot be expressed by any single 
formula of the customary type. This statement is 
easy to understand and needs no quantum me- 
chanics for explanation. However, there is some- 
thing that quantum mechanics has added to this 
statement, namely that this ambiguity with respect 
to the distribution of the electrons imparts to the 
molecule a greater stability than otherwise would 
be expected. This ambiguity of structure is des- 
ignated as resonance. Let us demonstrate it at 
least by one example. 

It was stated at the beginning that a quinone of 
the general type O=X=O, where X stands for 
CeH, or any other suitable ring structure with 
conjugated double bands, yields as the first step 
of oxidation the semiquinone, O=X—OH,. Ina 
sufficiently alkaline solution, it detaches a hydro- 
gen ion, and then has the form O=X—O-. 
There is no reason, however, why the negative 


30 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 129 


charge should be attached to the right hand oxy- 
gen. Just as well one could write "O—X=O. 
This ambiguity produces the phenomenon of reso- 
nance and makes the radical a rather stable one 
in spite of the very unsaturated condition of such 
a compound. However, in an acid solution, where 
we have the structure O=X—OH, no analagous 
ambiguity arises, and the lack of resonance makes 
such a radical very much less stable than the 
other form as it arises in an alkaline solution. 
This is why the stability of the radical depends 
largely on the acidity or alkalinity of the solution 
and why the ease of oxidation so largely depends 
on the pH of the solution. In some cases, alka- 
linity favors the establishment of radicals, namely 
when the radical is a negatively charged ion, or 


can form such an ion. In other cases, acidity fa- 
vors the formation of a radical, namely whenever 
the semiquinone is, or can form, a positively 
charged ion. This idea can be shown to hold to 
the finest detail, but we have to restrict ourselves, 
for the time alloted to such a lecture, to the state- 
ment of the principle, regretting not to be able 
to show the large experimental material accumu- 
lated during the past few years. For details, see: 
Cold Spring Harbor Symposium on Oxidation- 
reduction, 1939; and New York Academy of 
Sciences, Monograph of November Meeting, 1939. 


(This article is based on an evening lecture en- 
titled “Oxidation and Reduction in Organic and Bio- 
logical Chemistry,” delivered at the Marine Biologi- 
cal Laboratory on July 5.) 


THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF DR. FRANK R. LILLIE TO OCEANOGRAPHY 


Dr. Epwin G. CONKLIN 
Emeritus Profesor of Biology, Princeton University 


Note: These comments by Professor Conklin were 
made on April 28 on the occasion of the presenta- 
tion of the Agassiz Medal for Oceanography by the 
National Academy of Sciences. 


In these times of exaggerated nationalism it is 
fortunate that we can still emphasize the inter- 
nationalism of science. The Murray Fund of 
the National Academy of Sciences is peculiarly 
international in its foundation and purpose. It 
was established in 1911 by Sir John Murray, 
Canadian by birth, Scot by adoption, internation- 
alist in science, to honor the memory of Alexander 
Agassiz, Swiss-born American, cosmopolitan as 
the ocean in his research work. Of the seven- 
teen awards of the Agassiz Medal which have 
been made hitherto, fourteen were given to foreign 
oceanographers, three to American. Of the 
foreign awards, five went to Norwegians, two to 
Swedes, two to Danes, two to Britons and one 
each to oceanographers of Holland, Germany and 
Monaco. 

The eighteenth award of this medal is to one 
who is a Canadian by birth, American by adoption 
and an internationalist in his sympathies and 
services, Frank Rattray Lillie, thirteenth president 
of the National Academy of Sciences. For 
twenty-six years he was director of the Marine 
Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., and 
he was president of that institution from 1926 to 
1939. During nearly half a century his research 
activities have been largely associated with marine 
biology and particularly with normal and ex- 
perimental embryology and cytology, problems of 
fertilization and parthenogenesis, and during all 
these years he has stimulated or directed the re- 


search work of many hundreds of investigators. 
The Marine Biological Laboratory, one of the 
greatest institutions of its kind in the world, in 
large part owes its physical plant, its financial 
endowments and, best of all, its stimulating and 
cooperative atmosphere to his wise guidance and 
friendly supervision, 

Recognizing the needs of the more extensive 
cultivation of the wide field of oceanography, 
he conferred with the late Dr. Wickliffe Rose, 
president of the General Education Board, on the 
needs of a more comprehensive provision for re- 
search in this science, and at the annual meeting 
of the academy in 1927 he introduced a resolution, 
“that the president of the academy appoint a com- 
mittee on oceanography from the sections of the 
academy concerned to consider the share of the 
United States in a world-wide program of ocean- 
ographic research.” The members appointed were 
William Bowie, E. G. Conklin, B. M. Duggar, 
John C. Merriam, T. Wayland Vaughan and F. 
R. Lillie, chairman. 

The following year, through the efforts of Dr. 
Lillie and Wickliffe Rose, the General Education 
Board made a grant of $75,000 to finance a 
thorough study of the problems as well as the 
needs of a comprehensive program of oceano- 
graphy. Dr. Henry B. Bigelow was appointed 
secretary of the committee on oceanography to 
collect information and prepare a report on the 
present status of this science in America and 
Europe. This report was presented to the 
academy and to the Rockefeller Foundation and 
was later published in a volume of 263 pages. At 
the same time T. Wayland Vaughan made a 


Jury 6, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 31 


special study of the status of oceanography in the 
Pacific area, and ultimately extended this to a 
survey of the “International Aspects of Oceano- 
graphy,’ which was published in a quarto vol- 
ume of 225 pages in 1937 with funds remaining 
from the original grant of the General Education 
Board. 

After Dr. Bigelow’s report had been carefully 
considered and generally approved and the de- 
cision had been reached to establish a central 
oceanographic station at the most suitable place 
on the Atlantic coast, the Woods Hole Oceano- 
graphic Institution was incorporated in 1930 and 
its board of trustees petitioned the Rockefeller 
Foundation for funds for building, equipment, re- 
search ship and endowment; one month later 
the foundation granted $2,000,000 for this pur- 
pose and later added $1,000,000 to the endow- 
ment. 

As a member of the committee on oceanography 
and of the board of trustees, I know how much 
of all this success was due to the efforts of Dr. 
Lillie, and how little to the rest of those whose 
names were associated with his. 

Dr. Lillie served as president of the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution from its incor- 
poration until his retirement at his own request 
last summer, when Dr. Bigelow, who had been 
director from the time of its foundation, was 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD 


chosen president. In all this labor of awakening 
interest in oceanography, in securing large en- 
dowment, in building and equipping the station 
and in organizing its main lines of research, Dr. 
Lillie took the leading part ably seconded by Dr. 
sigelow. 

This is the leading privately endowed oceano- 
graphic institution in the world. Already it has 
drawn to itself many of the leading oceanograph- 
ers of the world. Its research ship, the Adlantis, 
has sailed more than 150,000 miles on research 
voyages; more than 240 research papers and 
monographs have been published from the in- 
stitution since its foundation, The National Acad- 
emy of Sciences may well be proud of the fact 
that it took so important a part in sponsoring 
this notable institution, without any cost to itself. 

For this important researches and his wise 
leadership in marine biology, for his enduring 
contributions to the science of oceanography in 
the founding and endowing of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution, for his modest but ef- 
fective leadership in causing this country to as- 
sume its share in a world-wide program of ocean- 
ographic research, the committee on the Murray 
Fund presents to you, Mr. President, for the 
eighteenth award of the Agassiz Medal, Frank 
Rattray Lillie. 


STATIONS OF GERMANY 


(Continued from page 25) 


retarded by the development of these Mediter- 
ranean institutions, the first biological station to 
be founded in Germany had the distinction of 
being the first permanent fresh-water station in 
the world. This was the biological station at 
Plon, in Holstein, founded in 1892 by Dr. Otto 
Zacharias. In the same year the biological sta- 
tion at Helgoland was opened and soon the es- 
tablishment of other field stations followed. To- 
day German marine stations are located at Helgo- 
land and Husum on the North Sea and at Kiel, 
Kloster, and Rossitten on the Baltic. Lakeside 
stations are to be found at Langenargen and Was- 
serburg on Bodensee and at Plon and Seeon. 
River stations are at Krefeld near the Rhine, 
Saarbrticken on the Saar, and Bellinchen on the 
Oder. Finally a mountain station is situated at 
Garmisch, on Wettersteingebirge. In all, there 
are fourteen biological field stations in Germany, 
or one to about every five million inhabitants. 
The largest German station is the Biological 
Station of Helgoland (Biologische Anstalt auf 
Helgoland). Located in the North Sea, the is- 
land of Helgoland is some six hours by boat from 


Hamburg. The island’s sandstone cliffs are strik- 
ingly banded and rise perpendicularly from the 
sea on all sides except one; this, the Unterland, 
contains most of the inhabitants as well as the 
biological station. Begun as an itinerant zoologi- 
cal station along the North Sea Coast, this station 
was opened in a remodeled lodging house in 1892, 
two years after the island was ceded to Germany 
by Great Britain. In 1902 a public aquarium was 
opened in connection with the station and in 1937 
a new, six-story laboratory and aquarium build- 
ing was completed. This new structure contains, 
in addition to a large public aquarium which had 
73,000 visitors in 1937, offices and laboratories 
for students, investigators, and the permanent 
staff. Headed by Professor A. Hagmeier, the 
staff consists of five custodians, sixteen scientific 
assistants, nine fishery technicians, ten clerks, two 
machinists, and six laborers. The 34-meter re- 
search vessel, Makrele, is connected with the sta- 
tion as are several smaller vessels. The station 
has an auxiliary laboratory on Helgoland harbor 
near the vessel's dock and annexes also at Sylt 
and Wesermunde. 


32 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 129 


The Helgoland station offers four courses to 
students. These are a five-week laboratory course 
in marine biology, a two-week course in marine 
biology, a two-week laboratory course in_ bot- 
any, and a_ three-week course for biology 
teachers. A large laboratory is available for 
classes and accommodates a maximum number of 
thirty students. The tuition for students is five 
marks* a week. The station can also accommo- 
date about fifty foreign or German investigators 
who are expected to pay a laboratory fee of twen- 
ty-six marks a month. In 1939 students and in- 
vestigators could obtain board and lodging at a 
station-owned residence for about thirty-five 
marks a week. 

On the island of Helgoland is also located the 
Helgoland Bird Observatory (Vogelwarte Helgo- 
land) which merits distinction for being one of 
the few field institutions in the world devoted to 
research and instruction in ornithology. Attached 
to the Biological Institution of Helgoland, the 
observatory is located in a separate building about 
half a mile from it on the Oberland. In addition 
to housing bird skin collections and extensive 
bird-banding files, this institution has working 
places for ten investigators and a classroom for 
thirty students. Another German ornithological 
station is the Rossitten Bird Observatory of the 
Kaiser Wilhelm Institute (Vogelwarte Rossitten 
der Kaiser Wilhelm-Gesellschaft). Located on 
the Couric Isthmus in East Prussia, this station 
offers a seven-day field course in ornithology to 
students. Its research facilities include three aux- 
iliary field headquarters at Ulmenhorst, Elbing, 
and Windenburg. 


The Hiddensee Biological Research Station 
(Biologische Forschungsanstalt Hiddensee) at 
Kloster was founded in 1930 under the auspices 
of the University of Greifswald with the purpose 
of offering “instruction and research in the plant 
ecology, microclimatics, hydrobiology, and ornith- 
ology of the region.’” On an island in the Baltic 
Sea, two and one half hours by boat from Stral- 
sund, this station makes working places available 
to four investigators throughout the year. At the 
disposal of the investigator is a small library, a 
hydrobiological laboratory, regular meteorological 
observations, and motorboats. Investigators may 


*The exchange rate for the period in which the cost 
of tuition or living is given was about two and one-half 
marks to an American dollar, although Americans could 
obtain tourist marks at the rate of about five to the 
dollar and use them for tuition or living expenses at 
German biological stations. 


live at the institution, either preparing their own 
meals or eating at nearby hotels. Courses for 
students are given in ornithology, hydrobiology, 
and ecology. 


Another recently-organized German station is 
the Institute for Oceanography of the University 
of Kiel (Das Institut fiir Meereskunde der Uni- 
versitat Kiel) located at Kitzeberg, a suburb of 
Kiel. At present the institute is housed in a con- 
verted three-story dwelling and contains an exper- 
imental aquarium, a low temperature room, libra- 
ry, storerooms, living rooms for guests, and lab- 
oratories for geology, zoology, botany, hydrogra- 
phy, fishery-biology, chemistry, and bacteriology. 
The institute does not offer formal instruction, but 
two large laboratory rooms are available through- 
out the year to qualified visiting investigators, The 
first volume of the institute’s scientific journal, 
Kieler Meeresforschungen, was issued in 1936-37. 

A short distance from Kiel, on Greater Plon 
Lake, is situated the Hydrobiological Institute of 
the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute (Hydrobiologische 
Anstalt der Kaiser Withelm-Gesellschaft). Un- 
der the direction of the noted limnologist, Dr. A. 
Thienemann, this is one of the best known fresh- 
water stations in the world. For many years it 
was housed in a three-story brick building, but in 
1938 work was begun on new quarters. The in- 
stitute is open all year to visiting investigators and 
occasionally classes from the University of Kiel 
spend some days in its laboratories. 


On Bodensee, in southwestern Germany, is 
located the Institute for Lake Investigation and 
Management of the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute 
(Institut fiir Seenforschung und Seenbewirtschaf- 
tung der Kaiser Wilhelm-Gesellschaft). Its three- 
story building contains a classroom, library, and 
laboratories for pisciculture, bacteriology, chemis- 
try, botany, and guests. A three-week course in 
limnology is given in July, the tuition being about 
twenty marks. Visiting investigators may work 
in the institute’s laboratories by paying a fee of 
twenty-one marks a month. 


The Alpine Laboratory of Schachen near Gar- 
misch (Alpenlaboratorium auf dem Schachen bei 
Garmisch) is located more than six thousand feet 
above sea level, about one hundred kilometers 
from Munich. Sponsored by the Bavarian Min- 
istry for Instruction and Culture and by the 
Union for the Protection of Alpine Plants, this 
station is housed in a log building containing one 
small laboratory and living quarters for four per- 
sons. The laboratory is open from June fifteenth 
to October first to investigators in the fields of 


Jury 6, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 33 


Or- 


ecology, alpine botany, and plant sociology. 
dinarily there are no laboratory fees. 


CK OK 


The usual question asked about the biological 
stations of Germany deals with their fate under 
the Nazi regime. While it is too early perhaps 
to evaluate the work of these institutions, it must 
be admitted that at least until 1939 the physical 
plants of the German stations prospered under the 
Hitler regime. One biological station was found- 
ed since he assumed power and the laboratory 
quarters of several others have been augmented. 
Whether this has been due to Nazi appreciation 
of the work of biological stations or to a carry 
over of plans made before 1934, it is difficult to 
ascertain. In recent years there has been admit- 
tedly a decline in the number of beginning stud- 
ents at several German biological stations. It is 
claimed that this was due not so much to the ab- 
sorption of students into war industries or the 
military forces as to the relatively large number 
of students who—as in this country—stayed on 


in university during the hard times of the early 
thirties. 

Marine stations are particularly vulnerable to 
demolition during modern warfare because naval 
bases often coincide with marine biological ones. 
Thus both Helgoland and Kiel have been targets 
of the Royal Air Force during the past nine 
months. What the fate of the stations located in 
these places has been is not known. The author, 
however, knows of the intense military activity on 
the island of Helgoland in September 1938. Men 
were working on fortifications twenty-four hours 
a day and engineers were trying to find oil just 
beyond the bird traps of the bird observatory on 
Oberland. Cameras were not allowed and civil- 
ians were forbidden to enter the harbor. Such 
was the atmosphere around the largest German 
biological station one year before the Second 


World War. 


(This article includes only the stations on the ter- 
ritory occupied by Germany prior to March 13, 
1938.) 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s 
ketch Atlantis returned to Woods Hole on June 
27 after a ten day survey trip to Georges Banks. 
Work in studying the feeding habits of food fish 
was conducted on this trip under the direction of 
Dr. George L. Clarke of Harvard University. The 
next trip of the Atlantis is scheduled for July 9 
when it will establish an anchor station south of 
Martha’s Vineyard for use in measuring ocean 
currents. 


The Anton Dohrn, which has been transferred 
from the Tortugas Laboratory to the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution, arrived in Woods 
Hole last week-end and is now tied up at the 
Institution’s pier. The power boat is 70 feet long, 
contains two 50-hoursepower engines, and is cap- 
able of a speed of nine knots per hour. It carries 
dredging equipment suitable for use up to a depth 
of three hundred fathoms. The Dohrn was oper- 
ated by the Tortugas Laboratory together with 
two smaller boats, the Vellela and the Darwin. 
The Dohrn was used for communication with the 
mainland, for dredging and for other collecting 
purposes. No funds are as yet available for oper- 
ating the launch and there appears to be little like- 
lihood that the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti- 
tution will be able to use the ship in the near 
future. 


Dr. Eric G. BALL, an associate at the Johns 
Hopkins School of Medicine, was awarded the 
one thousand dollar Eli Lilly and Company prize 
in biological chemistry of the American Chemical 
Society for chemical studies of certain biological 
substances including the hormone adrenalin and 
vitamins Bs and C. The prize was presented to 
Dr. Ball by Dr. Samuel C. Lind, president of the 
Society, at its meeting in April. Dr. Ball delivered 
his award paper, “The Nature of the Enzyme 
Xanthine Oxidase” before a symposium on vita- 
mins and nutrition on April 10. Dr. Ball was 
cited specifically “for his research on the oxida- 
tion-reduction properties of cell pigments such as 
phtiocol, echinochrome, and the cytochromes, ad- 
renalin and related compounds, vitamin C, vita- 
min Bs, or riboflavin, and nicotinic acid amide.”’ 


Dr. W. C. ALLEE, professor of zoology at the 
University of Chicago, received the honorary de- 
gree of doctor of laws in June from Earlham Col- 
lege, Richmond, Indiana. The citation reads: 
“He is a scholar who believes that scholarship 
should serve society, a scientist and an author 
who seeks to apply natural laws to the social, the 
econoric and the spiritual world.” Dr. Allee has 
been elected an alumni trustee of the college. 


34 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 129 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 


Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 8, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 


Dr. ArrHuR CHARLES GrEsE, Rockefeller Foun- 
dation Fellow at Princeton University; Assistant 
Professor of Biology at Stanford University. 

On Sabbatical leave from his position at Stan- 
ford University, Dr. Giese has spent the past aca- 
demic year conducting research at Princeton 
University with Dr. E. Newton Harvey, and is 
now continuing this fellowship work at Woods 
Hole with him. 

After receiving his B.S. in biology at the Uni- 
versity of Chicago, Dr. Giese did graduate work 
at the University of California and Stanford Uni- 
versity, receiving his Ph.D. at the latter institu- 
tion in 1933. The research work for the degree 
concerned itself with the lethal effects of ultra- 
violet light on Paramecium, and was conducted 
under the direction of Dr. C. V. Taylor and Dr. 
P. A. Leighton. 

Since then Dr. Giese has been concerned 
chiefly with the effects of ultra-violet radia- 
tion on various biological processes, a sub- 
ject of many applications to medical and biological 
problems. While the question of lethal effects of 
ultra-violet rays has been rather extensively in- 
vestigated, much of the work on the effects of 
these rays upon respiration, growth and irrita- 
bility has been sketchy and often contradictory in 
its conclusions. 

Dr. Giese’s work at present deals with the ef- 
fects of ultra-violet rays on respiration. He has 
chosen a species of luminous bacterium for his 
work, because in this way the metabolic activity 
can be checked not only by direct measurement of 
oxygen consumption, but also by the amount of 
luminescence. 

He has been working out the conditions under 
which ultra-violet radiation has an inhibitory, a 
negligible, or a stimulatory effect, and attempting 
to determine the essential nature of the radiation 
effects upon respiration. 

Dr. Giese plans to return to his position at 
Stanford University this fall. He is accompanied 
in Woods Hole this summer by Mrs. Giese and 
their son, Teddy. Among his hobbies he lists 
tennis and music, particularly playing the ’cello. 


ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS 
Baker, L. A. res. asst. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. 
Brink, F., Jr. res. asst. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 
115. 
Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. New York. Br 304. 
Butler, P. A. asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. K 15. 
Calabrisi, P. instr. anat. George Washington Med. 
OM 46. 
Catherine Francis instr. Hallahan H. S. (Pa.), Rock 
3 


Commence B. tutor biol. Queens (Long Island). Br 

05. 

Perenemn, F. P. grad. asst. zool. Minnesota. Br 210. 

6. 

Finkel, A. J. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. 

Graham, Judith grad. phys. Chicago. OM 4. 

Hauguard, G. asst. Carlsberg Lab. (Denmark). Br 
207. 

Hemstead, G. W. Union. Br 312. Ho 7. 

Hickson, Anna K. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. 

Hunter, G. W., III asst. prof. biol. Wesleyan. (Aug. 
24). 

Jacobs, Joye asst. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. 

Kaylor, C. T. instr. anat. Syracuse. Br 226. 

Krahl, M. E. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 333. A 
301. 

Kriete, B. C. grad. asst. zool. Cincinnati. 

Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. biol. Queens (Long Is- 
land). Br 305. 

M. Joseph teacher Nativity H. S. (Scranton, Pa.). 
Rock 3. 

MeVay, Jean asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 313. H 3. 

Merwin, Ruth M. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. 

Meyerhof, Bettina res. asst. biochem. Hopkins Med. 
Br 204. 

Morgan, Lilian Br 320. 

Netsky, M. Pennsylvania Med. Br 205. 

Neubeck, C. E. asst. chem. Pittsburgh. Br 333. 

Pirenne, M. H. Belgian-Amer. Found. fel. Br 334. 

Ray, O. M. instr. phys. North Dakota Agri. Br 107. 

Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. phys. New York Med. OM 
5 


Spratt N. T. res. asst. emb. Br 324. 
Whitaker, D. M. prof. biol. Stanford. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 
ipvie 
5:18 
6:03 
6:56 
7:48 
8:39 
9 :36 
10 :37 
11:41 
12 :24 
1 :02 
In each case the current changes approxi- 


mately six hours later and runs from the 
Sound to the Bay. 


Jury 6, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


35 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. AND Mrs. CHARLES PACKARD will be at 
home to members of the Marine Biological Lab- 
oratory on Sunday afternoons, July 7, 14, and 21 
from 4:30 to 6 o’clock. 


Dr. THEopostus DoszHANSKy, professor oi 
genetics at the California Institute of Technology, 
has been named professor of zoology at Columbia 
University and will direct research in the Uni- 
versity’s laboratory of genetics. Dr. Marcus M. 
Rhoades, geneticist of the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture, has been also appointed associate 
professor of botany at the University. They will 
collaborate in the laboratory with Dr. Leslie C. 
Dunn, professor of zoology, who will become head 
of the department there on July 1. 


Dr. A. P. MatHews, Andrew Carnegie profes- 
sor of biochemistry and head of the department at 
the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, 
retired this spring. His place has been taken by 
Dr. Milan Logan, chemist at the Forsyth Dental 
Infirmary at Harvard University. 


Dr. Drxte Younc, who has been at Woods 
Hole several years, has been promoted from as- 
sistant professor to associate professor in the de- 
partment of zoology at the University of Oklaho- 
ma. 


Dr. GeorGE P. Cuitp has been promoted from 
instructor to assistant professor of biology at Am- 
herst. He will take a summer course in spectro- 
scopy at the Massachusetts Institute of Technol- 
ogy. 


Dr. G. W. Motnar, who took the invertebrate 
zoology course at the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory in 1939, has been appointed instructor in 
zoology in Miami University. 


Mr. Morris K. WinzorN received his Mas- 
ter’s degree at the Amherst College commence- 
ment exercises in June. Mr. Winborn, who was 
a student in the invertebrate zoology class at 
Woods Hole last summer, will work for his doc- 
tor’s degree at Harvard. 


Dr. A. V. Hitt, Foulerton professor of phys- 
iology, University College, London, has recently 
returned to Europe after spending two months in 
Washington where he was associated with the 
British Embassy. Shortly before coming to 
America Dr. Hill was elected a member of Par- 
liament from Cambridge. 


The D. Appleton-Century Company and the J. 
B. Lippincott Company have been exhibiting their 
books in the lobby of the Marine Biological Lab- 
oratory building during the past week. 


INTEREST 


Miss ConstantrA HoMMANN, daughter of 
Mrs. Smith Hommann, was married on June 22 
at Lee, Mass., to Mr. Gary Nathan Calkins, Jr., 
son of Dr. Calkins, director of the protozoology 
course and trustee of the Marine Biological Lab- 
oratory. 

Miss RutH Morrison was married to Dr. Jay 
A. Smith on October 31 of last year at Swayzee, 
Indiana. Dr. Smith was head of the department 
of biology at Springfield College, Springfield, 
Mass., last year. Mrs. Smith graduated from 
DePauw University in 1938. 


Miss VirGINIA SAFFORD was married to Dr. 
Edward Black on June 22 at East Northfield, 
Massachusetts, and the couple is now taking a 
trip through Canada. Dr. and Mrs. Black both 
worked at the Marine Biological Laboratory last 
summer. 


Miss ANNE DuNAy was married to Dr. Paul 
Calabrisi, instructor in anatomy at George Wash- 
ington University Medical School, on June 27 at 
Washington, D. C. Dr. Calabrisi is working with 
Dr. G. B. Jenkins at Woods Hole. 


Dr. LorANDE L. Wooprurr, professor of pro- 
tozoology at Yale University, is spending the first 
half of the summer at the Mountain Lake Bio- 
logical Station, Mountain Lake, Virginia. He 
will arrive in Woods Hole about August 1. 


Dr. Harorp H. PLouG, professor of biology at 
Amherst College, is spending the early part of 
this summer at the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries 
Laboratory at Beaufort, North Carolina, but will 
come to Woods Hole for the month of August. 
Dr. Plough was on the crew of the S. S. City of 
Flint when it rescued part of the survivors of the 
torpedoed liner S. S. Athenia at the outbreak of 
the war last September. 


At lunch on Wednesday there were 292 people 
eating at the Laboratory Mess Hall which is 9 
less than for the corresponding meal last year. 
With the present arrangement of seating fourteen 
people to a table, the capacity of the hall is 312. 


A sea wall has been built during the winter by 
the Marine Biological Laboratory at the Break- 
water bathing beach in order to protect the tennis 
courts. The structure is four feet high, twelve 
feet wide, and about one hundred feet long. 


The United States Bureau of Fisheries was 
merged last week with the Bureau of Biological 
Survey to form a new bureau to be known as the 
Fish and Wildlife Service. The combined bureaus, 
headed by Dr. Ira N. Gabrielson, are part of the 
Department of the Interior. 


36 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vou. XV, No. 129 


EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES AT THE M.B. L. 


M. B. L. CLUB 

The membership of the M.B.L. Club reached 
203 at noon on Thursday, according to Mrs. M. 
Bosworth, the Club hostess. 

The first regular phonograph record concert of 
the season was presented last Monday evening. 
A crowd of nearly two hundred filled the Club- 
house to capacity to hear a program of recordings 
which included “La Mer,” by Debussy, “Sonata 
in C Sharp Minor,” by Beethoven, and “Jupiter 
Symphony (No. 41 in C Major)”’ by Mozcart. 
Concerts are planned each Monday evening for 
the remainder of the summer. Dr. Jay A. Smith 
and Dr. J. B. Buck are in charge of these musi- 
cal evenings. 

Another of the regular Saturday evening dances 
will be held this evening at nine o'clock. The 
committee in charge of refreshments for this dance 
will be: Mrs. A. A. Abramowitz, Chairman, Miss 
Rosemary Martin and Miss Helen Goulding. 

The beach-party equipment of the Club has 
been used several times already this summer, 

Miss M. Lucille Nason has recently been ap- 
pointed chairman of the social committee. 

A new net has recently been obtained for the 
Club’s ping-pong table. New paddles have also 
been provided, with the name of the Club burnt 
into the handles by James Snedecor, who has re- 
cently been appointed to the house committee of 
the Club. 

An afternoon tea was held recently at the Club. 
The house committee wishes to call attention to 
the fact that the facilities of the Club are avail- 
able to any of its members that wishes to hold a 
tea in the Clubhouse. 


M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB 

The official tennis season was launched at a 
meeting of the M. B. L. Tennis Club on the eve- 
ning of July 2nd. The meeting was held on the 
lawn behind Old Main Lecture Hall for the pur- 
pose of outlining current needs and activities. 

President Krahl announced the opening of the 
Beach and Colas Courts under the supervision of 
Mr. A. J. Stunkard. The clay court adjacent to 


EMBRYOLOGY 


(Apology to S. Pepys.) June 26, 1940. This 
day did our honorable professor, Dr. Costello, ex- 
pound some of the theories concerning the prob- 
lem of cell lineage in preparation for some of our 
lab work during the week. The nimble nereis was 
the animal under observation and did as well as 
one can expect a nereis to do under the circum- 
stances. This night we are to attend the observa- 


the Mess Hall will be ready for play within sev- 
eral days, probably by July 5th. It was also 
announced that a supply of tennis balls 
would be made available at cost to all members. 
Arrangements for the annual tournaments were 
placed in the hands of the executive Committee. 

The two clay courts at the beach were built 
several seasons ago in order to reduce traffic on 
the Mess court. These were constructed at con- 
siderable expense for the summer of 1938, but the 
storms of the following winter so damaged them 
that complete reconstruction was necessary. A 
second raid on the treasury placed the club deeply 
in the red. It is hoped, therefore, that the present 
schedule of dues will provide the necessary rev- 
enue without hardship to the many local enthusi- 
asts. 


Membership rates adopted for the season were: 


Regular membershipye. eee $6.00 
Membership for students only 
Farly summer courses; 222. 2.50 
Late sumimer courses! a. eee 3.50 
Limited membership—Colas courts only 
Pialll season <.-.c...:chcccceste eee 3.50 
Half Season ..:.cc.cc-s:.cse: eee 2.00 


Guests—50c per hour. Tickets obtainable from 
A. J. Stunkard (groundskeeper) or F. M. Sum- 
mers (Br. 331). —F,. M. Summers 


CHORAL CLUB 


The first meeting of the Woods Hole Choral 
Club was held on Tuesday in the Coast Guard 
Canteen. Thirty-one members of the scientific 
community interested in singing attended the re- 
hearsal. Because of the holiday, it was decided 
not to hold a rehearsal on the fourth of July, but 
beginning next week meetings will be held regu- 
larly on Tuesdays immediately after the seminar 
and on Thursdays at eight o'clock. Interested 
persons may still join the Club; no previous train- 
ing or experience is necessary. 


CLASS NOTES 


tion of the breeding habits of the wily beasts down 
on the floating dock. 

June 27, 1940. Arose this morning with a feel- 
ing of despondency and a sensation of cold feet. 
Despondency was caused by the fact that after 
preparing ourselves for the philosophical aspect 
of the nereis swarming, breeding and dying we 
didn’t see any nereis. Cold feet were produced 


Jury 6, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 37 


by the futile and prolonged hope that the non- 
chalent nereis would leave the murky depths for 
a view of the bright lights, but we were left with 
our hopes and with our cold feet. 

This day we had the pleasure of hearing Dr. 
Twitty tell us about experimentation in trans- 
plantation work in embryos. The regular labora- 
tory work continued with work on the nereis. 
More brethren in the class are being misled into 
believing that tonight the notorious nereis will be 
less exclusive and give them a view of their pri- 
vate life. 

June 28, 1940. After another night of cold feet 
and not much luck the wily nereis were acknowl- 
edged to be just a fable and a myth by all except 
a few false prophets. After high hopes and elec- 
tric lights had been set up for them the nasty 
nereis declined our invitation and stayed secluded 
wherever it is that nereis stay secluded. The 
greatest difficulty that we experienced was keep- 
ing the dock on an even keel so that the nereis 
fishermen wouldn’t be submerged. 

Dr. Costello did speak again this morning on 
the subject of experimentation in fertilization and 
localization in neresis eggs. The laboratory work 
consisted of observation of the cell lineage in 
crepidula. 

This night Dr. Duryee explained his special 


side-show, the structure of the egg nucleus and 
also explained the definition of an optomist. (Ed. 
Note——Optomist . . . One who goes into a bar 
optomistically and comes out misty optically.) 

June 29, 1940. Today Dr. Ballard introduced 
us to the colorful private life of the tunicate stye- 
la. Their development was studied as long as the 
individual members could hold out against de- 
sires to go swimming and to see Donald Budge. 

July 1, 1940. Hydrozoa were attacked with 
vigor this morning after a day of rest and piety. 
The laboratory was deserted this evening, how- 
ever, as the culture-loving embryologists find the 
lure of the classics more impelling than the lure 
of the medusae of hydrozoa. 

July 2, 1940. The squid and Dr. Hamburger 
(or should one say Dr. Hamburger and_ the 
squid) were the outstanding features of the lab- 
oratory this day. The pleasant weather even made 
it imperative for some of the members to go in 
swimming. 

To Wuom Ir May Concern: The Embryol- 
ogy Demons hereby challenge any other eligible 
groups to a softball game, the winners to receive 
one keg of beer from the losers (you bring the 
beer). Anyone knowing of a spare third-baseman 
or wishing to schedule a game communicate with 
the “General” in the lab. —Margie Jolly 


PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


The second week of the protozoology course is 
well under way with the ardent students still 
glued to the ’scope chasing Condylostoma, Urolep- 
tus, Coleps and the graceful Dileptus hither and 
yon around the slippery slide. Among the forms 
found this week was the hovering Holotrich, 
Chlamydon, unmistakable for its clear black 
“railroad track” structure, the circuit of which 
runs just inside the periphery. Great joy was 
exhibited by this discovery as it followed without 
difficulty the path of the devious key as well as, 
for once, resembling closely Kahl’s exquisite il- 
lustration, Animals that are always welcome from 
the artist’s point of view are those that at least 
stop swimming around madly at least a second 
or two before complete extinction or those that 
are normally in a comparatively sessile state. 
Some of these made their appearance this week 
and among them were the Zooanthamnium colony, 
Stentor and Vorticella of the same family, also 
the calm but murderous Suctonains. Even the 
ever present “never say die” old standbys Par- 
amoecium and Amoeba lent themselves to the 
artist’s eye. 

Around the lecture table, they have gathered 
each morning to hear Dr. Calkins tell about the 
various types of habitats in which the Protozoans 


live and what kinds are found where. Perhaps 
the most interesting of those which he mentioned 
was the well known Noctaluca which lights the 
warmer seas on summer nights. They are so 
abundant in some places that one can bring them 
into the lab at night and write ones name on the 
surface of the water and watch its phosphorescent 
glow for some time afterwards. He also told of 
his work on those forms which play havoc with 
drinking water causing bad tastes and smells on 
wash day and never fail to bring the “dead fish 
in the main’? complaint. 

The basis for classification of the ciliates and 
flagellates with discussion of the so-called “gross 
structure” of the cilia, cirri, undulating mem- 
branes, membranelles, flagalla and other parts 
has convinced the class that there is more to the 
little animals than meets the eye. 

Much of the time this week has been spent 
working on the isolation cultures of Glaucoma 
which has been thriving on the hay tea and mul- 
tiplying profusely in a twenty four hour interval. 
The art ef counting these minute creatures is one 
which has caused many-a silent, patient and nerve 
racking moment, when it was found that the 
solitary parent could produce at least one hundred 
offspring in the brief period. Further complica- 


38 THE COLLECHING NEG 


[ Vor. XV, No. 129 


tions arose by the considerable increase in the 
number while the frantic investigator counted. 

On a solitary field trip, one member of the class 
reported a tussle with “no trespassing signs,” his 
conscience, and a landowner in his efforts to en- 
rich the cultures in the lab. These efforts were 
well repaid by an excellent hunting ground from 
no other than Fay’s ditch, which has been this 
week’s password, 

This same enterprising person also made him- 
self popular at the mess one night by ordering a 
hard boiled egg. Perhaps it is just as well that 
the long suffering waiter did not know that only 
one millimeter of this was to feed a gluttonous 
Glaucoma, 

Our friends the Embryologists have remarked 
in their notes of the previous weeks that they are 
first to answer the call for food and the last to 


leave the eating establishment. Where as ap- 
parently the Protozoologists, in contrast, can 
hardly tear themselves from their investigations 
to keep sufficiently sustained to carry on their 
work as early in the morning or late at night 
there are always busy occupants to be seen in 
the lab. 

The day of rest broke the monotonous train 
of rain and cold and with the spirit of the whole 
thing in mind, the protozoologists varied their 
methods of rest with such occupations as sun- 
bathing, swimming, boating and soft ball, return- 
ing to the lab metamorphosed into lobsters. They 
found themselves ready to enumerate the glorious 
Glaucoma and outshine their efforts of the pre- 
vious week while‘ time marches on.” 


—Doris Marchand 


BOTANY CLASS NOTES 


This report is being written exclusively for 
the consumption of embrylogists, physiologists 
and zoologists, and others, who have the habit 
of making scathing remarks about the work of 
the marine algologist. It is to be hoped that, 
hereafter, they will be treated with greater 
respect ! 

The marine algae course is a combination of 
the taxonomic and morphologic method of study ; 
that is, the vegetative and reproductive structures 
of various types of algae—greens, reds, and 
browns—are studied; and species gathered on 
collecting trips are identified. We have, up to 
date, covered a great many of the Chlorophyceae 
(green algae), and are looking forward to reds 
and browns. 

We also have our traditions—evening tea, about 
ten when we work late—Ritz crackers—peanut 
butter for Dr. Runk. We were told that Dr. 
Taylor goes swimming only every fourth year 
and, since he went last year, he is immune for 
another three. We were introduced to Ferric 
Chloride (3% solution) and ticks. So you see 
we, too, are on the inside looking out! 

Field trip days are the ones we live for. They 
involve getting out of bed at an unearthly hour 
(quarter of eight), substituting for the next to 
best meals of the week, jam, ham and egg sand- 
wiches, with an orange thrown in, and getting a 
nifty sunburn. This field tripping has its compen- 
sation, however. Boat rides and a chance to see 
algae in the raw are appreciated, as is the chance 
to see the great wide out-of-doors before the sun 
is completely set. 

We have been on two field trips: the first to 
Cedar Swamp and points north. Cedar Swamp 
is really a lovely place, especially when it is up 
around your waist, and with all your cigarettes 
in your hip pocket ! Why algae can’t be consider- 


ate and grow on the edges of nice shallow pools 
is more than we could really understand; but 
then, we are always game for a swim, especially 
in nice muddy water where the next step may 
take you way below the level of the water! That 
was Cedar Swamp—only a half a day and no 
boat, but quantities and quantities of algae and 
protozoa and worms of all sorts. The afternoon 
of the day was spent in identifying algae and 
admiring protozoa. 

The Cuttyhunk field trip occurred after a delay 
long enough to give the sandwiches a good ripe 
flavor. Cuttyhunk Island consists of many hills 
and fresh water ponds, and a social center of 
about eight or ten houses. The fresh water ponds 
were quite productive and mercifully shallow, but 
nothing really noteworthy happened—no one fell 
in; and no one got bitten by a snapping turtle; 
and no one missed the boat; and no one got 
poison ivy; and no one discovered a rare species 
of anything! From Cuttyhunk Island, we made 
a short trip to Nashawena Island—another fresh 
water pond surrounded by sand dunes, but with 
no social center—where we took care of the sit- 
uation in short order! The evening was spent in 
identifying algae and admiring protozoa! 

The time in between field trips is spent, ob- 
viously, in the laboratory when the morphological 
part of the marine algae course is worked out. 
As any discussion of this aspect of the course 
would probably be too specialized for the con- 
sumption of the protozologists and embryologists 
and others for whose benefit this report is being 
written, it will be omitted from this article! 

But tomorrow is a new day. Another field 
trip will have come and gone, and we will have 
seen the morning sun again. The evening will 
have been spent identifying algae and admiring 
protozoa ! —Jane Sanders 


Jury 6, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


39 


POST OFFICE 


Week Days Sundays 
Mail Arrives 7:00, 10:45, 3:30, 7:00 10:45 
Mail Ready 8:00, 11:45, 4:00, 7:30 11:45 
Mails Close 6:00, 10:00, 5:00 5:30 


All mails should be deposited at least ten 
minutes before closing time to insure dispatch. 


BUS SCHEDULE 


The A. B. C. of Woods Hole for 1940 


All Schedules Set to Daylight Saving Time — Bold Type Indicates P. M. 


RELIGIOUS SERVICES 


Church of the Messiah (Episcopal) 
Sundays: 8:00 Holy Communion; 11:00 
Morning Prayer (Choral Eucharist, first 
Sunday in the month). 
Holy Days: 8:00 Holy Communion. 

Methodist Episcopal Church 
Morning Worship, 11:00. Church School, 
10:00. 

First Orthodox Congregational Church 
Evening Service, 7:30. 

St. Joseph’s Roman Catholic Church 


Falmouth — Woods Hole Te PR 6:45, 9:30; and) 11-00: 
Daily Daily - —— : 
Falmouth (Leave) 10:26 3:31 
veodeiEole (Due) 10:35 3:40 LIBRARY HOuRS | Telegraph Office 
Weekdays 
Daily Daily) Daily Mon., Wed., and Sat. 8:00 to 9:00 
Woods Hole (Leave) 10:50 4:00 5:35 3:00 to 5:00 qaundays 
A - : :00 to 11:00 
Falmouth (Due) 10:58 4:08 5:43 7:00 to 9:00 4:00 tg 6-00 
TRAIN SCHEDULE* 
Ex. Sun. Ex. Sun. Ex. Sun. Sun. only Sun. only? 
Woods Hole 6:30 10:30 5:45 6:00 7:55 
Boston 8:46 12:50 7:57 8:10 9:55 
Ex. Sun. Sun. only Sat. onlyt Ex. Sun Ex. Sun. 
Boston 8:20 8:35 12:25 1:10 5:00 
Woods Hole 10:45 10:45 2:30 3:30 7:09 


*All trains stop at Falmouth. 


yAlso runs Labor Day. 


tDiscontinued after September 1. 


BOAT SCHEDULE* 


Leaves Daily _ Daily Weekdays{ 
New Bedford 7:00 9:30 2:00 
Woods Hole 8 :30 10:50 3:20 
Oak Bluffs 9:20 11:40 Souttie 
Vineyard Haven a Scie 4:20 
Nantucket (due) 11:35 2:00 Pion 

Leaves Daily Daily Sundays! 
Nantucket eee: 7:00 2:00 
Vineyard Haven 6:10 jie wd ive 
Oak Bluffs tee 9:15 4:00 
Woods Hole 6:55 10:15 5:00 
New Bdf’d (due) 8:15 11:30 Bue alas 


*Schedule effective to Sept. 5, incl. 
{Discontinued after August 31. 
£Does not run Labor Day. 

£Daily after August 31. 


Fri., Sat., 

Daily Weekdayst Sun.£ Fridays 
2:30 Sahss 7:30 SISO 
3:50 7:15 8:45 9:30 
4:50 shies sreliens 10:15 
Dake 8:00 9:30 atetete 
7:00 Bic sneer 12:15 
Daily Weekdays Daily Sundaysif 
2:30 eon 5:00 

Rea 6:00 erga Sota 
4:30 er 7:00 9:00 
5:30 6:45 7:45 9:45 
6:45 Bench 9:00 


40 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 129 


—oEEOEOooooooEoEoEoeEyEyEyEyEyEyEyEyEEEE————————ee 
Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 
Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


ASCARIS 


Recently completed a new series of slides 
of MITOSIS in Ascaris megalocephala 
bivalens. Dr. Powers considers them one 
Prices as in 
catalog No. 16. Send for sample. 


POWERS & POWERS 


Lincoln, Nebraska 


of our finest products. 


SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 
etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd 
Copies. 
needed to complete your sets, or an Im- 


There may be some Single Copies 


portant Article which you may need. Prices 
are reasonable. 

B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


G 
a 


06D OED (ED 0D 0D 0D | 


> DED OD ea aD aE 0”, 


& THE DARWIN PRESS 


Will gladly give estimates to authors 
for printing scientific periodicals or mono- 
\ graphs. 

Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring 
Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. 


69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. 


0D 0D 0D 0 ENDED 0 GED 0-0 EDO ED 7 


" 
a 
25 


Chote mest E. E. C. SWIFT CO. 


Fountany Genvice 


Meats and Groceries 
Free Delivery to Woods Hole 


Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W 
Falmouth Osterville 


TEXACO 


GAS AND OIL 


WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. 
Opposite Station 


ROWE’S PHARMACY 


'@, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines 
Home Remedies 
Developing and Printing Snapshots 


Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 
Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 


FALMOUTH 
DALEY’S 
Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


THE BELLOWS 


Mrs. Hedlund 
Falmouth Heights Road at Jericho 
LUNCHEON DINNER 
For Reservations Call Falmouth 271 


FOR A DRAMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE 
SEPTEMBER HURRICANE ... 


READ 
The Hurricane Number 


oh 


THE COLLECTING NET 
On Sale at The Collecting Net Office 


Jury 6, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 41 


Sensitive to .OO5pH 


This rugged instrument measures pH 
and millivolt values with a high degree 
of accuracy. Its glass electrode per- 
mits universal application and read- 
ings are reproducible to 0.01 pH. The 
precise balance point is easily deter- 
mined with an Electron-Ray Null-Indi- 
cator that is practically immune to 
damage from mis-manipulation. <A 
millivolt seale enables the direct read- 
ing of oxidation-reduction potentials. 


ie : ie _. Range: 0O to 14 pH and 0 to 1200 


Complete in its well made case, 84%" x 10” x 17%", millivolts. 
the instrument weighs 25 Ibs. Send for further information 


PIONEER MANUFACTURERS CAMBRI DGE 3732 GRAND CENTRAL 
OF PRECISION TERMINAL, 
INSTRUMENTS INSTRUMENT CoO INC New York, N. Y. 


‘CAMBRIDGE #ectron-raY pH METER 


——=—=aa naan aaa aaa wa 


=a 


A Superb Teaching Slide of Mitosis 


eeens of critical teachers consider sections of the whitefish blastula to be ideal for 

teaching mitosis. After having compared this slide with others used for the same 
purpose—onion, tradescantia, ascaris, grasshopper, crayfish and ambystoma— one teacher 
writes : 


“The Whitefish slide is truly excellent and the stages showing mitosis are the best 
I have ever seen in any microscopic preparation.” 


May we send one of these slides for your careful inspection? We'll pay transporta- 
tion charges both ways if you are not pleased with it. 


The General Biological Supply House will be represented at M. B. L. during the 
weeks beginning July 8 and July 15 by Mr. A. S. Windsor. He will be glad to discuss any 
phases of Turtox service with interested teachers. Appointments arranged through M. B. L. 
Business Office. 


Sag GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
TU RTOX PRODUCTS Incorporated 
— 761-763 EAST SIXTY-NINTH PLACE 


CHICAGO 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


2p, 


c]} 


42 THE COLLECTING NET 


New! 


Low Price 


Stainless Steel 
UTILITY FORCEPS 


Wide range of usefulness... 
Originally developed as a sterilizer 
forceps, the design of this instrument 
recommended it for a wide range of 
uses from the handling of a small 
eye needle to a fair sized specimen. 
It is particularly recommended for 
use at Woods Hole or other climates 
where rust and corrosion will gener- 
ally ruin an instrument in short order. 


Precision made... 

11” long, made from 3/16” stainless 
steel stock. Heavy construction. Net 
weight about 5 ounces. Serrated tips 
are carefully hand finished to meet 
accurately. Order a few for use this 
summer...and a supply for all year 
around general use... you will enjoy 
using them. 


No. B-782 Stainless Steel UTILITY FOR- 
CEPS 11” long, each $1.75, doz. $18.00 


3 for $5.00 
\ BA 


CO., 44 East 23rd St. 
Inc. New York, N. Y. 


CLAY-ADAM 


For Salon Quality in 
Your Exhibition Prints 


—USE A SOLAR— 


A SOLAR will give you Salon 
quality in all your enlargements 
. + +. it will bring out the full 
pictorial quality of every negative. Its 
perfected light and optical system along 
with its wide flexibility in adjustments 
make Solar the choice of the man who 
knows enlargers. Models are available to 
cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 
inches, with or without condensers. Prices / 
from $39.50 to $112.50. 
ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. 


BURKE & JAMES, Inc. 


223 W. MADISON ST. @ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


fee | 


CHEMICALS 


and 


GLASSWARE 


New Bulletins Available 


No. 546 PHOTO ELECTRIC 
COLORIMETER 

No. 590 FALLING DROP 
APPARATUS 

No. 598 SYRACUSE PETRI 
DISH 

No. 604 FLURO BALANCE 
LAMP 

No. 605 INDICATOR SOLU- 
TIONS 

No. 608 CONC. BUFFER 

SOLUTIONS 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-223 THIRD AVENUE 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 


[ Vou. XV, No. 129 


Jury 6, 1940 | 


Model GK 


750 watts Model JK—1500 watts 


AUDITORIUM PROJECTORS 


for Color Plates or Films --- LARGE AND SMALL 


Spencer’s MK 
group of Delinea- 
scopes for 2” X 2” 
slides includes 300- 
watt, 200-watt and 
100-watt models. 
Moderate in price, 
they are notable for 
outstanding  brilli- 
ance of ilumina- 
tion. 


In step with the most recent developments in 
color photography is the Spencer Line of projectors. 
Optically and mechanically superior, these instruments 
bring greater brilliance and truer rendition of color 
and photographic qualities to the screen. 


At the same time, the cooling systems afford full 
protection against heat damage to the films or plates, 
some of which often are irreplaceable. 

These auditorium models project slides of sizes 


from 2” x2” up to 4” x 5”. 


For a detailed description of this and other Spencer 
projection equipment, write Dept. G8-1, outlining your 
requirements. 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALO SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT U.S.A PROJECTORS 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 129 


ABCCOASACH 


MORE PRECIOUS THAN THE 


DIAMONDS THAT CREATE IT 


ln THE gleaming smoothness of the 
path behind a diamond cutting tool 
is visible evidence of the fineness of 
work the diamond does. 

Diamond turning is one method of 
safeguarding B&L precision. It makes 
possible machining accuracy that 
contributes to the precise perform- 
ance and enduring quality of turned 
mechanical parts of Bausch & Lomb 
instruments. 

The diamond cuts to closer toler- 
ances, does better work. That is why 
Bausch & Lomb uses 16,000 carats 
annually. That is also why, when you want the highest 
quality and accuracy in an optical instrument, you'll want 
one bearing the B&L trademark. Bausch & Lomb Optical 
Co., 671 St. Paul Street, Rochester, New York. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


3), if 
Hi / 
Dey 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


B&L Achromatic 
97X Oil Immersion 
Objective 1.25 N.A. 


Vol. XV, No. 3 


SATURDAY, JULY 13, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF 
THE BRITISH ISLES 


Mr. Homer A. JAcK 
Science Education Department, 
Cornell University 
Thomas Huxley was in the chair. It was 


March 31, 1884 in the rooms of the Royal Society 
in London. Among those in attendance were 


DIGESTION STUDIES ON SALIVARY 
CHROMOSOMES 


Dr. DanteL Mazia 
Assistant Professor of Zoology, 
University of Missouri 


Even chromosomes as large as the salivary 
gland chromosomes of certain Diptera cannot 
easily be studied by ordinary chemical methods. 
We do have as a starting 


Joseph Hooker, John Murray, bs 
John Rae, and Francis Galton. 
The Duke of Argyll arose and 


point the results of gross anal- 
ysis of tissues rich in nuclear 


presented a resolution which 
The Times the next day re- 
ported as follows: 


“In the opinion of this meet- 
ing there is an urgent want of 
one or more laboratories on the 
British Coast . . . where accur- 
ate researches may be carried 
on, leading to the improvement 
of zoological and _ botanical 
science . . . The fact of their 
being called together to form a 
voluntary society to carry out 
these objects implied a discov- 
ery on the part of those who 
had taken a leading part in this 
matter that the work was not 
likely to be taken up by the 
Government. ... In this respect 
the British government has al- 
ways stood rather behind those 
of other countries, whether mon- 
archical or republican.” 


M. B®. E. Calendar 


TUESDAY, July 16, 8:00 P. M. 


Seminar: Dr. S. C. Brooks: 
Intake by Living Cells.” 
Dr. L. I. Katzin: “The Use of Ra- 
dioactive Tracers in the Deter- 
mination of Irreciprocal Permea- 
bility of Biological Membranes.” 
Dr. K. C. Fisher: “Urethane and 
the Respiration of Yeast Cells.’ 
Dr. Matilda M. Brooks: “Spectro- 
photometric Determinations on 
Hemoglobin and its Derivatives.” 


“Ton 


FRIDAY, July 19, 8:00 P. M. 


Lecture: Dr. K. S. Cole: “Electri- | 


cal Properties of Cell Mem- 


branes.” 


material and _ observations 
based on staining and optical 
techniques. We learn from 
these that chromosomes may 
be largely composed of two 
types of substance: nucleic 
acids and basic proteins be- 
longing to the classes prota- 
mines or histones. We may 
also, by histochemical tech- 
niques, learn something about 
the gross localization of these 
materials, but nothing con- 
cerning the intimate molecular 
architecture of the chromo- 
some. 

The digestion method pro- 
vides one means of direct at- 
tack on molecular architecture. 


Such were the first formal efforts toward the 
foundation of the Plymouth Laboratory of the 
Marine Biological (Continued on page 51) 


Our modern enzyme chemistry is beginning to tell 
us exactly what chemical linkages are split by 
particular enzymes, and to demonstrate that the 


TABLE OF 


Digestion Studies on Salivary Chromosomes, 
Dr. Daniel Mazia 

The Biological Field Stations of the British 
Isles, Mr. Homer A. Jack.......ceeesesssessseesseseeseenes 45 

Some Properties of the Residue from Rapidly 
Disintegrated Arbacia Egg Cytoplasm, Dr. 
M. J. Kopac 


Interrelations Between Egg-Nucleus, Sperm- 
Nucleus and Cytoplasm, Mr. Edward L. 
(CIRAVTASETES — Ss-cocooncocseoocrsecconnt coco bccEOC EEE EADS DcoSeeood 49 


CONTENTS 


Introducing Dr. Chester I. Bliss 
The Seminar on Cellular Physiology, Dr. Rob- 

ert Chambers 
Items of Interest ..............eeeee 
Extra-Curricular Activities ... 
Children’s School of Science . 
Protozoology Class Notes 
Botany Class Notes 
Embryology Class Notes .. 
Physiology Class Notes 


AERIAL VIEW OF WOODS HOLE 


Showing in the foreground at the left, the Church of the Messiah and the Falmouth Road; in the 
background (from left to right) Little Harbor and the U. S. Lighthouse Service, the steamboat wharf, 
the drawbridge, the Bureau of Fisheries buildings, the Eel Pond, main building of the Marine Biological 
Laboratory, the Brick Dormitory and Penzance Point. 


THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY AT COLD SPRING HARBOR 


Showing (from left to right) the main building of the Carnegie Institution, summer laboratory 
buildings, Blackford Hall, dormitories, main building of The Biological Laboratory (in the back- 
ground), and several summer residences. 


Jury 13, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 47 


specificity extends not only to the bonds attacked, 
but to the neighboring chemical configurations. 
By observing the ways in which specific enzymes 
affect structures such as chromosomes, we may 
expect to learn something about the chemical link- 
ages on which the structure is based. The lines 
along which we have made progress are two. 
First, we have learned something concerning the 
interrelation between proteins and nucleic acids 
in salivary chromosomes. Second, we have dis- 
covered certain facts concerning the proteins and 
nucleic acids themselves. 


The general form and elasticity of chromosomes 
has suggested to most an underlying fibrous 
structure. This would suggest a protein struc- 
ture, but this idea has raised difficulties. The 
proteins found in the nucleus are so highly basic 
and so poor in sulphur-containing amino acids 
that the conditions seem unfavorable to fibre for- 
mation. On the other hand, nucleic acids extract- 
ed by certain methods have very high molecular 
weights and are capable of forming fibres. Some 
have suggested, therefore, that the continuity of 
chromosomes was based on nucleic acid fibres. 
Others, Wrinch in particular, have proposed that 
the highly basic polypeptide chains could be bound 
together by chains of nucleotides oriented trans- 
versely in the chromosome. 


The possibility of a continuous nucleic acid 
structure was eliminated in the classic experi- 
ments of Caspersson, who found that tryptic di- 
gestion caused disintegration of the chromosomes. 
To test the theory that the protein fabric is tied 
together by a nucleic acid woof, Miss Jaeger and 
I reversed Caspersson’s experiment and treated 
chromosomes with a mixture of enzymes which 
specifically digest nucleic acid. When, after such 
treatment, salivary glands were stained by Feul- 
gen’s method, the chromosomes were not visible 
in Drosophila or Chironomus, and only faintly 
visible in Sciara, If, now, a technique for demon- 
strating protein, the ninhydrin reaction, is used, 
it may easily be demonstrated that the chromo- 
somes are still present in the same size and form 
as in the controls. Thus nucleic acid can be re- 
moved without destroying the basic structure of 
the chromosomes. 


By investigating more closely the details of this 
digestion, we may learn something about the link- 
age between the protein and nucleic acid. In- 


stead of using a mixture of nucleases, we may use 
preparations which can split only nucleotides and 
preparations in which the nucleotidase—identical 
with alkaline phosphatase—is inhibited by addi- 
tion of excess phosphate. The results are clear 
cut; the results obtained with mixed nucleases 
may be obtained with phosphatase alone, indicat- 
ing that the nucleic acid is linked to protein 
through phosphoric acid. 


If this simple picture is true, then, when phos- 
phatase acts, the purine and pyrimidine bases as 
well as the Feulgen-staining desoxyribose should 
be removed. The presence of these may be stud- 
ied by ultraviolet photomicrography, since the py- 
rimidine bases show a very high specific absorp- 
tion of ultraviolet around wavelength 2600A. 
Phosphatase treated glands and controls (boiled 
phosphatase treated) were photographed by Mr. 
Hayashi at visible wavelength 4358A and ultra- 
violet wavelength 2650A. In the controls the 
very strong selective absorption of 2650A is very 
striking. In phosphatase-treated glands, though 
the chromosomes are faintly visible, there is no 
evidence of selective absorption by chromosomes. 
We are dealing in these experiments, therefore, 
not with some effect on the Feulgen reaction, but 
with the actual removal from the chromosome of 
the main components of nucleic acid. Thus it is 
evident that the continuity of the chromosomes 
does not depend on nucleic acid. 


This would imply a difficult situation chemical- 
ly, since, the protamines and histones would not 
seem to be very suitable for fibre formation, This 
difficulty, however, does not exist in fact. Using 
methods adapted from Langmuir, we have at- 
tempted to prepare monomolecular films and, 
from these, fibres of protamine and histone, With 
protamine we had no success, but with histone it 
is very easy to form fibres which are quite elastic 
and which, in their behavior toward enzymes 
(which cannot be discussed here), are analogous 
to salivary gland preparations. There is, there- 
fore, no real difficulty in the concept of a con- 
tinuous fibre structure composed of histone, Evi- 
dence that this may exist in the chromosome is 
appearing in other digestion experiments. 


(This article is based upon a2 seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 9.) 


THE CoLLEctING NEY was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


48 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vout. XV, No. 130 


SOME PROPERTIES OF THE RESIDUE FROM RAPIDLY DISINTEGRATED 
ARBACIA EGG CYTOPLASM 


Dr. M. J. Kopac 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology, New York University 


Interfacial reactions between oils and proto- 
plasm in order to be interpreted must be com- 
pared with results obtained from interfaces be- 
tween oils and proteins or protein complexes. 
Danielli and Harvey measured the tensions of 
mackerel egg oil-egg content interfaces and com- 
pared these values with those obtained by Harvey 
and Shapiro on mackerel egg oil-protoplasim inter- 
faces. In this way, the marked surface activity 
of protoplasm was attributed to the globulin frac- 
tion of the cytoplasm. 

In our studies, it was necessary to re-investi- 
gate oil-protoplasm interfacial tensions as meas- 
ured by other methods. We found that certain 
oils when brought in contact with the cytoplasm 
of intact Arbacia eggs gave very low tensions 
while others gave considerably higher values. To 
determine whether the oil phase was responsible 
for these anomolies, it was decided to measure the 
tensions of the same oils against an aqueous ex- 
tract of Arbacia eggs. 

Previously, it was found that Arbacia eggs 
when treated with urea and immediately im- 
mersed in 0.53M KCl-solutions showed the high- 
est coalescency with oil drops, thereby indicating 
the absence of extraneous coats. Urea removes 
the vitellne membrane (Moser) and KCl pre- 
vents the accumulation of a hyaline layer, the se- 
cretion of the latter being induced by urea-treat- 
ment. Under these conditions, the eggs are 
bounded only by the delicate, protoplasmic sur- 
face layer. 

It was also observed that immediately on entry 
of an oil drop by coalescence, a peripheral disin- 
tegration of the egg follows, yielding a mass of 
disintegrating protoplasm unbounded by any sur- 
face. Furthermore, it was noticed that any other 
slight injury to the cellular surface also results in 
complete disintegration of the egg. Slight me- 
chanical agitation completely disperses the cyto- 
plasmic components into the KCl-solution. There 
is no coagulation in KCl, 

The following method of obtaining residue from 
disintegrated eggs is based on the above investi- 
gations: (1) Wash eggs in at least 3 changes of 
0.52M NaCl-solution to remove jelly. (2) Trans- 
fer to 1M urea-solution. (3) Within 3 to 4 min- 
utes wash eggs free of urea with 0.53M KCl-solu- 
tion. (4) Transfer to measured volume of fresh 
KCl-solution. (5) Flush eggs repeatedly (1 to 
2 minutes) in KCI through a fine bore pipet. The 
latter step completely disintegrates more than 99 
percent of the eggs. (6) Centrifuge the resulting 


suspension gently to remove undisintegrated eggs 
and foreign particulate debris. (7) Decant, and 
recentrifuge suspension at high speeds to separate 
granules and other formed elements which escape 
from the eggs. (8) Separate granular from non- 
granular fractions by pipet transfer. 

The non-granular fraction is of interest since 
it must contain most of the residue of the cyto- 
plasmic matrix. Such extracts are usually color- 
less, but in some cases a brownish or pinkish tint 
may be seen. The fluid gives a beautiful Tyndall 
effect, and appears opalescent under ordinary 1il- 
lumination. Elastic properties can be demon- 
strated, resembling in this respect the dilute solu- 
tions of purified myosin in 0.3M salt solutions. 

With the above procedure, it was possible to 
measure the interfacial tension between oil and 
non-granular fluid extract within 8 to 10 minutes 
after the eggs were disintegrated. Prior to disin- 
tegration, these eggs were viable and capable of 
development on insemination. The time factor 
could be decreased by employing higher centrifu- 
gal accelerations for a more rapid separation of 
granular from non-granular components. 

For the following measurements, a volume of 
0.4 cc. of unfertilized eggs was added to 4.5 ce. 
of 0.53M KCI. Only the granule-free fraction 
was used. 

The surface activities of this residue were de- 
termined by comparing the tensions of otl-water 
[0.53M KCl] interfaces with those of oil-water 
[0.53M KCl + egg residue] interfaces. It was 
found that these tensions were reduced more at 
oleic acid surfaces (0.6 dyne/cm.) than at cot- 
tonseed oil interfaces (5.7 dynes/cm.), being in 
agreement with tensions previously measured 
with similar oils against the intact cytoplasm. 
The tensions of the interfaces in absence of egg 
residue were 7.5 and 12 dynes/cm., for oleic acid 
and cottonseed oil, respectively. The recently de- 
veloped flow-pressure method was employed in 
measuring all tensions. 

According to Langmuir, the tension lowering 
should be proportional to the amount of surface 
active molecules adsorbed at the interface. We 
were able to determine the approximate degree of 
interfacial adsorption by employing the drop-re- 
traction method, 

The sudden emergence of an oil drop expelled 
from the micropipet by a given flow-pressure 
brings the surface of the oil into immediate con- 
tact with the aqueous phase. The area of this 
sphere of diameter, d,, represents the initial ad- 


Jury 13, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 49 


sorbing surface. The fraction of this surface 
which is coated by spread-out protein molecules 
is determined by slowly retracting the drop until 
its surface begins to wrinkle. If proteins are ab- 
sent in the aqueous phase, the drop may be en- 
tirely retracted with no wrinkling. The diameter 
of the retracted drop is measured at the wrinkling 
point, this being the critical diameter, d.. Since 
the adsorbed molecules are unable to escape into 
one or other of the two phases, the total number 
of molecules remains constant at the interface, 
and the reduction in interfacial area produces an 
increase in concentration. When the critical con- 
centration is reached, the Devaux effect appears, 
and the tension becomes zero. On the basis of 
Devaux’, and Langmuir and Waugh’s work, this 
wrinkling indicates that the oil surface is com- 
pletely covered by at least a monolayer of pro- 
tein molecules. 

The adsorption ratio, 6, is the fraction of the 
total adsorbing surface which is covered with 
protein molecules, and its value is approximately 
equal to d,?/d,?. 

Cottonseed oil when brought in contact with 
the egg residue shows an adsorption ratio, 8, of 
0.1 within 30 seconds and this increases to 0.2 in 
10 minutes. Oleic acid under similar conditions 
shows a 6 of 0.9-++ within 10 seconds and this in- 
creases to 1 in less than 2 minutes. If oleic acid 
is kept in contact with egg residue, the drop will 
wrinkle spontaneously within 2 minutes indicat- 
ing that its surface is completely coated by at 
least one monolayer of protein molecules. 

There is a significant difference between the 
amounts of protein adsorbed on cottonseed oil and 


oleic acid, thereby explaining, qualitatively, the 
marked difference between the tension-lowering 
activity of egg residue on these oils. According- 
ly, oleic acid, which shows the greatest adsorption 
tendencies, also has the lowest interfacial tension 
against the aqueous egg residue. 

These results demonstrate the feasibility of 
studying oil-water interfaces not only in individ- 
ual cellular systems but also on material extracted 
from cells within a few minutes after death. The 
correspondence between interfacial tensions as 
measured on living systems and the extracted cel- 
lular material is very close. The latter material 
must contain not only proteins but also protein 
complexes, particularly those involving lecithin. 

The more important result is that each oil ap- 
pears to present to proteins a characteristic sur- 
face for adsorption. Thus certain oils may favor 
greater adsorption, and also promote a more com- 
plete globular — planar transformation than 
others. We believe that a wide survey of various 
oil phases of known characteristics and contain- 
ing known substances in solution, for example, 
lecithins, hydrocarbons, polycyclic hydrocarbons, 
et cetera, will indicate the precise effect of molecu- 
lar configuration of oils on adsorption and subse- 
quent spreading of protein molecules. Likewise, 
the field is opened for investigating the effect of 
other substances dispersed in the aqueous phase 
on the adsorbability of proteins on oil surfaces, 
as for example, lecithin + protein complexes. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 9.) 


INTERRELATIONS BETWEEN EGG-NUCLEUS, SPERM-NUCLEUS AND CYTOPLASM 
Mr. Epwarp L. CHAMBERS 
Eli Lilly Research Laboratories 


What I am about to describe is really a three- 
ring circus. Too bad the performers, the egg- 
nucleus, the sperm-nucleus and the cytoplasm 
cannot be brought before you to perform. How- 
ever, I shall do my best to describe their antics, 
and why they behave as they do. 

In the development of eggs fertilized before 
budding off of the second polar body three series 
of phenomena are observed. 

First of all, the entrance of the spermotozoon 
into the egg before the formation of the first polar 
body causes the polar bodies to be budded off 
earlier than in the unfertilized egg. 

The entrance of the spermatozoon into the egg 
after the formation of the first polar body has 
no accelerating action. 


TABLE I. 


Time after removal to 
sea water when 


Time after removal of 
eggs from ovaries to 


sea water when in- first polar second polar 
seminated. body formed body formed 
20’ 66’ 96’ 
40’ 69’ 99” 
60’ Wingy 102.5’ 
70’ 74.5’ 104.5’ 
90’ 74.5’ 104.5’ 
unfertilized 74.5’ 104.5’ 


50 DHE  COLLECLRING SNE 


[ VoL. XV, No. 130 


The second phenomenon is that the sperm-aster 
never appears before two or three minutes after 
the second polar body has budded off irrespective 
of when the sperm had entered the egg prior to 
the appearance of the polar bodies. Thus when 
eggs are inseminated 20 minutes after their re- 
moval to sea water, 77 minutes are required for 
the appearance of the sperm-aster. However, 
when the eggs are inseminated at the time of 
second polar body formation 30 minutes elapse 
before the appearance of the aster. 

The third phenomenon is that the egg goes 
through three distinct stages of maturation after 
the breakdown of the germinal vesicle. To com- 
pare cleavage times of eggs inseminated at vari- 
ous intervals it is necessary to correct for the 
varying times of polar body formation, When 
such a correction has been made, we find that 
the first stage in maturation extends from 20 min- 
utes to 60 minutes after removal of the eggs from 
the ovaries to sea water. During this period the 
sperm-nucleus lies entirely quiescent in the egg- 
cytoplasm. The second stage is from 60 minutes 
to 70 minutes. This is a period of transition, 
during which the sperm-nucleus develops very 
slowly. The final stage in maturation extends 
from 70 minutes (shortly before time of first 
polar body formation) to any later time. Over 
this range the sperm-nucleus develops at maximal 
rate. Since the rate of development of the sperm- 
nucleus is directly proportional to the time of 
cleavage, the following table demonstrates what 
has been just described. 


TABLE II. 


Time after removal to 
sea water when cleav- 
age occurs 


Time after removal from 
ovaries to sea water 
when inseminated 


168.5 


20’ 

40’ 168.5’ 

60’ 169.0’ 

70’ Wie 

80’ S257 5 

90’ 19257 
110’ TA Waray 


What factors determine when the sperm-aster 
forms? Does the egg-nucleus control the devel- 
opment of the sperm-nucleus? Is the cytoplasm 
the controlling force, or do both play a role? 


These questions were answered by cutting eggs 


in half immediately and at varying intervals after 
the dissolution of the germinal-vesicle. Both 
halves were inseminated at the same moment. The 
asters appeared nearly but not quite simultaneous- 
ly in both. In the non-nucleated half the aster 
formed at the same instant as the second polar 
body was pinched off in the nucleated half, where- 
as in the nucleated half the sperm-aster appeared 
three to four minutes after the formation of the 
second polar body. The fact that the sperm nu- 
cleus must wait for such a long time shows that 
the state of the egg-cytoplasm has a major role 
in controlling the growth of the sperm-aster. 
Fifty minutes must elapse after the breakdown of 
the germinal vesicle before the fluid contents of 
the germinal vesicle have completed their action. 


The egg-nucleus also plays a part in controlling 
the growth of the aster, since the appearance of 
the sperm-aster is slightly but always delayed in 
the nucleated half. A confirmation of the inhibi- 
tory action of the egg-nucleus while active in pro- 
ducing polar bodies on the sperm-aster was made 
by compressing eggs before the formation of the 
polar bodies. This prevented the formation of the 
polar bodies. As a result the appearance of the 
aster was very much delayed. 

Finally, is the question whether the acceleration 
in formation of the polar bodies in the presence 
of the sperm-nucleus is due to the action of the 
sperm-nucleus on the egg nucleus or on the cyto- 
plasm. This action of the sperm-nucleus is at- 
tributable to its effect on the cytoplasm, since the 
development of the non-nucleated fragments is 
even ahead of the nucleated fragments. Further, 
the time when the spermatozoon is first no longer 
able to exert an accelerating action on the egg 
corresponds precisely with the time when the ma- 
turation of the cytoplasm is completed (70 min- 
utes after removal of the eggs to sea water, short- 
ly before the pinching off of the first polar body). 
We have, therefore, a remarkable series of 
events. The spermatozoon enters the egg and 
hastens the maturation of the cytoplasm. The 
cytoplasm reaches complete maturation shortly 
before the formation of the first polar body. The 
matured cytoplasm simultaneously allows both 
egg-nucleus and cytoplasm to start development— 
on the one hand the polar bodies are pinched off, 
on the other hand the sperm-aster develops. Fin- 
ally, the egg-nucleus while it is active exerts a 
delaying action on the sperm-nucleus, thereby in- 
suring against the confusion of two different 
streaming phenomena. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 9.) 


Jury 13, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 51 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF THE BRITISH ISLES 
(Continued from page 45) 


Association of the United Kingdom. Actually 
this laboratory was not opened until June 30, 
1888 or eleven days before the first session 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods 
Hole. In the meantime, Professor William 
Herdman and the Liverpool Biological Com- 
mittee established a biological station at Puffin 
Island (which later was moved to Port Erin) 
and John Murray sponsored a floating lab- 
oratory (“The Ark’) in Scottish waters which 
lead to the establishment of the Marine Biological 
Station of the Scottish Marine Biological Asso- 
ciation at Millport. In recent years field stations 
have been established at Loughe Ine, in Eire, and 
at Ambleside, in the English lake district. These 
are the most important field stations in the British 
Isles, although others are situated at Cullercoats 
in Northumberland (Dove Marine Laboratory), 
at Blakeney Point in Norfolk (Blakeney Point 
Research Station), and on the River Itchen at 
Southampton (Branch of Southern Rivers of the 
Laboratory of the Freshwater Biological Asso- 
ciation of the British Empire). 

The Plymouth Laboratory of the Marine Bio- 
logical Association of the United Kingdom is 
located within the city of Plymouth on Citadel 
Hill, overlooking Plymouth Sound. With the aid 
of the laboratory’s 88-foot steam drifter, Salpa, 
and the 25-foot motorboat, Gammarus, the Devon 
and Cornwall coasts are quite accessible from the 
laboratory. These coasts with their varied geo- 
logical nature support an extensive marine fauna 
which is exposed by the considerable rise and fall 
of the tide. A shore fauna on sandy, muddy, and 
rocky bottoms is available in both sheltered and 
exposed places. A good summary of the habitats 
and species available for study near the Plymouth 
Laboratory may be found in the second edition of 
Plymouth Marine Fauna, published by the Marine 
Biological Association of the United Kingdom in 
1931. 

The Plymouth Laboratory is principally housed 
Jn three buildings. The main building contains 
a public aquarium (which 32,000 persons visited 
in 1937) and caretaker’s quarters on the first 
floor, administrative offices and investigators’ 
rooms with experimental tanks on the second 
floor, and reference collections and additional in- 
vestigators’ rooms on the newly-constructed 
(1939) second floor. The three-story Allen Build- 
ing is devoted exclusively to the library of the as- 
sociation, consisting of some twenty thousand vol- 
umes. The North Building contains a biological 
supply department, dark rooms, research labora- 
tories for investigators, and laboratories for chem- 


istry, physiology, and fisheries. All laboratories 
are supplied with 210-volt A.C. and 100-volt D.C. 
electricity, compressed air, gas, and running fresh- 
and sea-water. The laboratory does not have 
dining rooms or dormitories, but students and in- 
vestigators may obtain board and lodging at 
nearby hotels or boarding houses for two guineas 
a week (about $9.83). 

With an annual budget of about sixteen thous- 
and pounds (about $74,800), the Plymouth 
Laboratory is able to serve several aims. Its resi- 
dent staff of thirteen investigators, headed by Dr. 
Stanley Kemp, gives special attention to fishery 
problems, life history studies, the physiology of 
marine organisms, and the hydrographic condi- 
tions in the adjacent waters of the English Chan- 
nel. Results of research work carried on at the 
Plymouth Laboratory are usually published in the 
Journal of the Marine Biological Association of 
the United Kingdom. The facilities of the labora- 
tory are open to a maximum of thirty visiting 
investigators throughout the year. While normal- 
ly investigator’s fees are five guineas a month 
(about $24. 57), in practice the Marine Biological 
Association fone welcomes as guests research 
workers from foreign universities and the British 
Dominions. Course-work in marine biology is 
also given at Plymouth. This is given for two- 
week periods at the Easter recess of the universi- 
ties or in autumn by resident members of the 
laboratory staff or by outside professors, 

The second important English marine station 
is the Marine Biological Station at Port Erin. 
Located on the Isle of Man in the Irish Sea four 
hours by boat and one additional hour by bus 
from Liverpool, this station is now under the con- 
trol of the Department of Oceanography of the 
University of Liverpool, The buildings of the 
station contain a public aquarium and museum, 
classrooms, staff offices and laboratories, library, 
research cubicles, and laboratories for chemistry 
and fisheries. There are laboratory accommoda- 
tions for ninety students, although the station staff 
does not conduct any instruction. Courses are 
given by professors in public schools and universi- 
ties who come to Port Erin with their classes 
for two-week sessions during the Easter recess. 
The station charges ten shillings (about $2.34) 
for tuition and students live at nearby boarding 
houses for two guineas for the fortnight. Nine 
cubicles are also available to qualified investiga- 
tors who are expected to pay a laboratory fee” of 
two pounds a month (about $9.36). Results of 
research work carried on at Port Erin have often 
been published in the Memoirs on Typical British 


52 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


Marine Plants and Animals of the Liverpool 
Marine Biological Committee, of which the thirty- 
first volume was published in 1937. 


The Marine Biological Station of the Scottish 
Marine Biological Association is located at Muill- 
port on the Firth of Clyde, two hours by train and 
boat southwest of Glasgow. The organization 
and work of this institution are similar to those 
of the Plymouth Laboratory, although the Mill- 
port Laboratory lays greater stress on instruction. 
Three types of courses are offered: 1—a two- 
week course for senior university students during 
the Easter recess, conducted by Richard Elmhirst, 
director of the station; 2—an eight-day course 
for teachers during the autumn and also conducted 
by Mr. Elmhirst; and 3—a junior course during 
Easter recess conducted by outside biologists. The 
station has accommodations for forty-six students 
and charges one guinea a week (about $4.91) for 
tuition. Board and lodging may be obtained at 
nearby lodging houses for a minimum of £1 15s. 
a week (about $8.19). In addition to laboratories 
for a resident staff of four biologists, eighteen re- 
search places are available to competent investiga- 
tors who are expected to pay a laboratory fee 
of £1 1s. 6d. a week (about $5.03). The An- 
nual Report of the Scottish Marine Biological 
Association contains a summary of the research 
work conducted at this institution. 


On Lake Windermere in the English lake 
country is located the Laboratory of the Fresh- 
water Biological Association of the British Em- 
pire. Organized only eleven years ago, the lab- 
oratory now has a permanent staff of seven bio- 
logists and an annual income of £4,084 (about 
$19,113) with which “to promote the investigation 
of the biology (in the widest interpretation of the 
word) of the animals and plants found in fresh 
(and brackish) waters, with special emphasis on 
explaining the factors which control the produc- 
tivity of life in fresh waters.” Situated in a large 
stone castle, several miles from the town of 
Ambleside, this station contains well-equipped 
laboratories, a good hydrobiological library, and 
living quarters for staff and investigators. There 
are laboratory and living accommodations for 
about twelve investigators who are expected to 
pay four pounds a month (about $18.72) for the 
use of the laboratory facilities and £9 10s, a 
month (about $44.46) for board and lodging. A 
two-week course in the principles of freshwater 
biology is given by members of the station staff 
during the Easter recess. A summary of the 
scientific and educational work of the laboratory 
is published in the Annual Report of the Fresh- 
water Biological Association of the British Em- 
pire. 


The Cork University Biological Station is 
located on Loughe Ine, Skibbereen, about sixty 
miles from Cork. This lough communicates with 
the sea by a very narrow-stepped channel which 
makes the average ebb period at the station nine 
and one-half hours. The purpose of this institu- 
tion is “to work out the ecology of the immediate 
neighborhood and to provide research facilities 
to visiting biologists.” The institution consists 
of three simple buildings which can accommodate 
about fifty workers with benchroom and ordinary 
equipment. Rowboats are available and larger 
vessels for dredging can be hired at the nearby 
town of Baltimore. Courses in marine biology 
and in ecology are given at the station, tuition 
being ten shillings a week (about $2.34). Stu- 
dents and investigators ordinary live in nearby 
farmhouses, paying about eight guineas a month 
(about $37.44). From its foundation in 1925, 
this station has been under the able direction of 
Professor Louis P. W. Renouf who has written 
an excellent account of the preliminary work and 
ecological location of the laboratory in the Journal 
of Ecology (19:410-38). 


¥) oR SEN Ge 


American biologists are often eager to know 
whether the Plymouth Laboratory is “the Woods 
Hole” of the British Isles or of all Europe. This 
is not an easy question to answer, for Woods 
Hole means different things to persons with dif- 
ferent educational philosophies and scientific in- 
terests. The laboratory at Plymouth is certainly 
the nearest British approach to the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory, having a relatively large bud- 
get and an international clientele, Some biologists 
believe that the Plymouth Laboratory is superior 
to the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods 
Hole in having resident investigators with a co- 
ordinated research program, thus making use of 
the laboratory facilities throughout the year. The 
greatest drawbacks of the Plymouth Laboratory, 
however, are just what make the Woods Hole 
institutions what they are. The English laboratory 
is not only located within the large city of Ply- 
mouth (population: 210,000), but—like all of the 
older English field stations—it does not have its 
own dining and dormitory accommodations. Stu- 
dents and investigators at the Plymouth Labora- 
tory must reside in boarding houses which, though 
only five or ten minutes walking distance from the 
laboratory, are in thickly populated sections of 
the city. The students, investigators, and _ staff 
work together at Plymouth as at Woods Hole. 
There are, however, less opportunities for those 
attached to the Plymouth Laboratory to live and 
play and think together—which, in the minds of 
a number of American biologists, has become a 
very important function of Woods Hole. 


Jury 13, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 53 


M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB 


About seventy persons have joined the M.B.L. 
Tennis Club so far this summer, according to Mr. 
A. J. Stunkard, groundskeeper for the Club. 

Work on the Clay Court adjacent to the M.B.L. 
Mess Hall was completed and the court was ready 
for use on Tuesday. The clay courts at the beach 
were ready on Sunday, July 7. The Colas courts 
had been ready for some time previously. 


Exhibits have been displayed by the General 
Biological Supply House and the Macmillan 
Company in the lobby of the Marine Biological 
Laboratory during the past week. 


The first staff meeting of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution was held on Thursday 
at eight o’clock in the lounge of the Institution. 
Dr. S. A. Waksman spoke on “Aquatic Bacteria 
in Relation to Organic Matter Transformation.” 


Dr. ALFRED H. StocKarp, assistant professor 
of zoology at the University of Michigan, has been 
appointed director of the Michigan Biological Sta- 
tion, succeeding Professor George R. LaRue, 
chairman of the Department of Zoology. 


REPRESENTATION BY INSTITUTIONS AT 
THE M. B. L. 
The following institutions are represented by 
three or more investigators registered at the Ma- 
rine Biological Laboratory this summer. 


RETIMS WAV VIN umes covecevevevesoccsetecstsassvescscvasecceeooesse 34 
Golmaal eeceecescesccseese-ceees 20) 
New York University . coll 
A KAI S teeseesvee. ohevscesseccexsetcshssvevbcasvcds¥sdacvadeessavasveus 8 
PYAAR en acer once soe cee siece celsucadis volcansgngavasveseetsess 8 
EVAN OU lia erre ste ccs cc deccrscusteccccstacacessudccnevs vast ssesavesevate 7 
Olavig) SURILAES cecraacacececeecu peace RCE aes eer ena eae eer tf 
EMUGES DUG OMe eevee escenscetsessaessstecccbsiestectoeesecsecsres- 7 
Rockefeller Institute ..........ccccececeecceeeeeees 7 
(WOME ieraven sesctassscccesGuacecssvucasesescsactuvesutaeseesostees 6 
IBIZONS7LAN! ” posssocecocbuecs ReAUELO COC EOE EE ee 5 
(CETTHRO TA CTE © copnensacoceoceceEe aS eRe CORE SCN ECE EEE 5 
Gi CUM TTA GL gee ce veesseee tess aie essen bad ek va seaeiecsevacncoenwoul 5 
MATRON: fers sevssecvense ceedcusssessessessetsussevecesoussseaueset 5) 
MM OGOMNLOS pecssecvecsvessotscocesccsvestocess ee) 
Washington (St. Louis) .....c..cccssscscsssscsssseeee 5 
Tailllsyead Or atOIeS! sestccecessecccvoccesscssccsseosscssecseess 4 
INIGS SOUL aesevenescesesotacte coseccee saan cavgeteeteecsasenceversece 4 
IN OTUMWES COMM fe stse-seec ccc cvececstarevcetecessvevssocteesbees se 4 
HEMP QUO Moree cess taser s nce cetcssssusesceesslecsnss esnsesateos does 4 
SIEENOWISS . ecoebene dc cec cic Os aeR Sea EE ECE: Rac OCOSEEE RE ee eae 4 
Uni OM eeetecerccssecssccceseecs scarica cotrarttoorevoares sieedecsaviees 4 
JNTTOINGTESLB: « eqooneocnce cee eoOe Lee Oe HO Oc EO EEE 3 
IB OOM yimirseen coe caver secs cree soon vas Sesto sean esbnosendients 3 
GERI © MIN Yeu atest sc ccsstccsncocetecs scte sestoueecs-bovescurvsces: 3 
IDFA TOOTH N edocaocdaaccedocoopUCOasHOOCUE SLEEPERS SPE OEP 3 
TWIG CIMT er ceceecect capo Roce ELEC SOS see EeEASO-OCEE CREE ES ee Ea 3 
IVI hat rea Tie eateneck ceseetsecetsveveverckssecsduseeckscsscdsvecseeeseos 3 
QEGEGIIS. Bosssaccssoscosesec COD POSE eon Ea eee ee ner 3 
WAIT; OUTST canoe coeaeta cc trercene soeetcstceseaccssoesuscivesaenesevevsets 3 
WVICST GMAT Vy. scccecsscascssees acssesecessesjneesiveevsncdsaieastoaves 3 
WWWAISGOMS IAG oecsssctre-ceseetecscssseetvassiclcssevésesescoctesssees 3 


Women’s Medical College of Pennsylvania 3 


ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS 


Marine Biological Laboratory 


Bowser, E. R., Jr. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 

Bush, J. J. Amarillo H. S. (Texas). OM Base. 

Dressler, Elsie L. grad. genetics. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 

Evans, Gertrude instr. biol. Beliot. Br 332. 

Glancy, Ethel tutor biol. Queen’s (N. Y.). OM Base. 

Griffiths, R. B. instr. biol. Ariz. Br 127. Dr 10. 

Hober, Josephine res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 
313. D 212. 

Jones, W. D. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. 

Leonard, E. J. res. asst. zool. OM Base. 

Papandrea, D. A. Albany Med. Br 122. Dr 8. 

Perrot, M. visiting fel. zool. Princeton. Br 127. Dr 
10. 

Rous, P. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. 

Schotté, Oscar E. assoc. prof. biol. Amherst. Br 330. 

Shelden, F. F. instr. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. Dr 5. 

Thompson, R. H. teach. asst. biol. Stanford. Bot 25. 
Ka 3. 

Whiting, Anna R. guest invest. Pennsylvania. Rock 
2: 

Workman, Grace res. asst. biol. Toronto.OM 4. WD. 

Yancey, Maude J. grad. asst. zool. North Carolina 
College. emb. 


Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution 


Barnes, C. assoc. physical oceano. U.S.C.G. 302. 

Dobson, J. asst. biol. Queens (Ontario). 314. 

Ketchum, B. H. bacteriologist. 203. (August). 

Montgomery, R. B. jr. oceano. 208. 

Pace, N. visiting invest. California. 103. 

Phleger, F. B. asst. prof. geol. Amherst. 212. 

Scott, W. J. lab. asst. Swarthmore. 201. 

Schallek, W. B. visiting invest. Harvard. 306. 

Sykes, R. asst. Brown. 209. 

von Brand, T. asst. prof. biol. Catholic University. 
105. 

Whiteley, G., Jr. teach. biol. Hill School (Pottstown, 
Pa.). 111. 

Zabor, J. W. instr. chem. Williams. 109. 


Dr. AND Mrs. CHARLES PacKArp will be at 
home to members of the Marine Biological Lab- 
oratory on Sunday afternoons, July 14 and 21, 
from 4:30 to 6:00 o'clock. 


Dr. PAuL A. REZNIKOFF, assistant professor 
of medicine at the Cornell University Medical 
College, had a cottage built in the Gansett tract 
during the past winter. 


Mr. Epwarp CHAMBERS has been accepted for 
pilot training in the Hyannis Airport Corps un- 
der the auspices of Hyannis State Teachers’ Col- 
lege and Civil Aeronautics Authority, 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution 
ketch Atlantis sailed Tuesday, July 9, for a ten- 
day trip to a point about two hundred miles south 
of Woods Hole. On board were Dr. Edmund 
Watson of Queens College and Professor Maurice 
Ewing of Lehigh University. Dr. Watson will 
make current meter observations in deep water, 
and Professor Ewing has seismic equipment to 
determine the sediments of the ocean bottom. 


54 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 


Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 


Dr. Cuester ItTNER Biiss, Guest Investigator 
of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service; 
Consulting Biometrician for various institutions. 
This is Dr. Bliss’ second summer at Woods 
Hole. He spent his first summer here in 1925, 
when he conducted experiments as a student of 
T. H. Morgan on the effect of temperature upon 
the rate of prepupal development in Drosophila, 
work which led to a Ph.D. from Columbia. 


Between his first and second summers at 
Woods Hole, Dr. Bliss has led an interesting and 
varied life. From 1926 to 1933 he was associate 
entomologist and later entomologist in the Tropi- 

cal Fruit Insect Division of the United States 
Bureau of Entomology. From 1933 to 1935 he 
continued his research at the Galton Laboratory 
of University College, London, where he studied 
under R. A. Fisher, the noted statistician. Dur- 
ing this period he visited many European capitals. 
In December, 1935, Dr. Bliss went to the 
U.S.S.R..as a foreign specialist in the Institute 
for Plant Protection and spent two years at 
Leningrad and in other parts of the Soviet Union 
lecturing, organising research and holding con- 
ferences upon various research problems. Since 
his return to the United States, he has been con- 
sultant in statistics for a number of institutions. 

Dr. Bliss’ work has been primarily concerned 
with statistical methods in experimental biology, 
particularly toxicology and related fields. His 
main contributions have been in adapting statis- 
tical methods developed for agricultural field ex- 
periments to laboratory work in pharmacology, 
physiology and applied entomology. Some of his 
more recent papers have dealt with fly spray test- 
ing, the biological assay of insulin, parathyroid 
extract and digitalis, and the toxicity of poisons 
applied jointly. 

At Woods Hole this summer Dr. Bliss plans to 
complete several biometrical papers, especially one 
which still requires some experimental work on 
the interrelations of reaction time, concentration 
and toxicity. He is expected to deliver a lecture 
at the Marine Biological Laboratory on quantita- 
tive biology later in the season. 


THE SEMINAR ON CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY 
DR. ROBERT CHAMBERS 
The seminar on Tuesday evening covered a 
rather wide scope in cellular physiology but the 

substance of the three papers given can be 
summed up in the word “structure, The first 
paper on the starfish egg dealt with the appear- 
ance of the sperm-aster as affected by varying 
conditions of the egg cytoplasm, egg-nucleus and 
the polar bodies. 

The second paper presented an experimental 
analysis of chromosome structure in terms of its 
protein and nucleic acid constituents. 

The third paper dealt with a method of rapid 
extraction of egg cytoplasmic proteins and the 
use of micro oil drops as a modification of the 
Langmuir trough method. 

The discussion following Mr. Chambers’ paper 
brought out the fact known from the early experi- 
ment of E. B. Wilson and Yatsu that the fertil- 
izability of the egg cytoplasm depends upon an 
intimate mixture of the fluid contents of the ger- 
minal vesicle with the cytoplasm. The cytoplasm 
of the mature egg should thus be given the dis- 
tinctive term of nucleo-cytoplasm. For the star- 
fish egg, Mr. Chambers showed that a relatively 
long period is necessary for the combination of 
the nucleoplasm with the cytoplasm to come to 
completion before the sperm aster, which is an 
expression of egg maturity, can appear. 

Dr. Mazia’s paper emphasized the value of de- 
termining the chemical constitution of the chro- 
mosome by differential digestion methods. It is 
hoped that this method will be extended to chro- 
mosomes other than the highly specialized struc- 
tures in the salivary gland cells of insects. Trained 
cytologists will do well to incorporate the diges- 
tion technique with their elaborate fixing and 
staining methods. 

Dr. Kopac presented a method of extracting 
cytoplasmic proteins with less risk of drastic 
breakdown of the chemical components than has 
hitherto been possible. We may be on the track 
of being able to determine the physico-chemical 
properties of proteins as they actually exist in the 
living cell. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


Date PNG WI 12) Wil 
Jui 14a eee 12:03 12:24 
Winalliys US eee ere tere 12:44 1:02 
July s 1GiGeomee: eA) absSV7/ 
July 17 . Di 39 2258 
WRU INS ccesccsaccscecasaece Soll) (3245 


Jury 13, 1940 ] 


Lib COLERCLING INET 


55 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. Ducatp E. S. Brown, assistant professor 
of physiology at the New York University Col- 
lege of Medicine has been appointed professor and 
head of the department of physiology at the Col- 
lege of Dentistry in the same institution. 


Dr. Ferpinanp J. M. Sicuet has been pro- 
moted from instructor to assistant professor of 
physiology at the University of Vermont Medical 
College. Dr. Sichel is on the staff of instruction 
of the physiology course at the Marine Biological 
Laboratory. 


Mr. Mac \. Epps, assistant in biology at Am- 
herst College, received his M. A. degree at the 
commencement exercises there in June. Mr. Edds, 
who will continue his post graduate studies at 
Yale, worked at the Marine Biological Laboratory 
last summer. 


Dr. Georce B. JENKINS, professor and head 
of the department of anatomy at George Wash- 
ington University, retired this June after twenty 
years of service. No successor has as yet been 
appointed to his position. Dr. and Mrs. Jenkins 
will continue to make their winter home in Wash- 
ington for the present. 


Dr. Geratp W. Prescott, associate professor 
of botany at Albion College, has been added to the 
staff of the University of Michigan Biological Sta- 
tion at Douglas Lake, Cheboygan County, Michi- 
gan. Dr. Prescott was for several years on the 
staff of instruction of the botany course at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory. 


Dr. Joun A. KircHinc, who was an investi- 
gator at Woods Hole last summer, is now work- 
ing at the Department of Banting Medical Re- 
search of the University of Toronto. Dr. Allan 
C. Burton, who worked at Woods Hole in 1938 
and who was a Johnson Foundation fellow until 
last March, is also working at the same institu- 
tion. 


At the commencement exercises of the Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania held on June 12, the honor- 
ary degree of Doctor of Science was conferred by 
the University upon Dr. Clarence E. McClung, 
professor of zoology and director of the Zoologi- 
cal Laboratory at the University of Pennsylvania. 
The following citation was read: 

“Professor of Zoology, administrator, forceful and 
inspiring teacher. He is an internationally accred- 
ited investigator of the factors of sex-determination 
and heredity, and has promoted goodwill and coop- 
erative research among biologists, through the Ma- 


rine Biological Laboratory, the National Research 
Council, and other scientific agencies.” 


INTEREST 


Dr. FRANK BLAIR HANSON, associate director 
of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, 
arrived in Woods Hole on Wednesday with Mrs. 
Hanson and their son, Frank, Jr. They will 
spend the remainder of the summer here. Their 
daughter, Blair, will join them later. 


Dr. G. Kincstey Noster, curator of the de- 
partment of experimental biology at the Ameri- 
can Museum of Natural History, was a visitor at 
Woods Hole last week. He was in this region 
studying colonies of terns. 


Dr. FRANK Hines of the University of Michi- 


gan Biological Laboratory, has been visiting 
Woods Hole for the past few days. 
Dr. Davin GREEN, who took courses at the 


Marine Biological Laboratory several years ago, 
visited Woods Hole on Saturday and Sunday. 
He has recently been a Beit Memorial Fellow at 
Cambridge University, England, and is now 
working under the same Fellowship with Dr. A. 
B. Hastings at Harvard University. 


Dr. A. EMERSON WARREN, associate professor 
of biology at McMaster University, attended the 
recent Growth Symposium at Salsbury Cove and 
afterwards visited the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory. 


Dr. C. G. Rosssy, assistant chief of the Weath- 
er Bureau at Washington, D. C., is at the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution for a short stay. 


Dr. Ciirrorp Barnes and Mr. FLroyp SouLe 
returned to the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti- 
tution on July 9 after a three and a half month 
trip to St. Johns, Newfoundland, on the U. S. 
C. G. General Greene, which sailed from Woods 
Hole on March 21. Dr. Barnes and Mr. Soule 
were with the International Ice Patrol engaged 
in making current maps which are used to pre- 
dict the drift of the icebergs. 


Dr. CLEMENTE EstTAste, professor of biological 
sciences at the University of Montevideo and 
Director of the Laboratory of Biological Sciences 
of the Ministry of Public Health in Uruguay, is 
visiting Woods Hole for a few days. After at- 
tending the American Scientific Congress in 
Washington, he was a guest of Professor C. E. 
McClung at the University of Pennsylvania. He 
also visited Princeton, Harvard and New York 
Universities. Dr. Estable, whose work is in the 
field of histophysiology and biomicroscopy, has 
devised a number of methods for rendering micro- 
scopically visible tissues in living amphibians and 
mammals. 


56 THE COLLECTING NED 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES AT THE M.B.L. 


M. B. L. CLUB 

The Music Committee of the M.B.L. Club re- 
grets the defect in the amplifying system which 
interfered with the Phonograph Concert on July 
8. Thanks to the expert help of Ed Brill, the 
loose connection has been found and resoldered, 
and we can expect good reception at the concert 
Monday night, July 15. The program follows: 
Ballet music from “Rosamunde”, Schubert ; Con- 
certo no, 1 in E minor, Chopin; Symphony no, 4 
in E minor, Brahms. —Music Committee 


REFUGEE WORK AT WOODS HOLE 

An exhibit was staged at the Brick Dormitory 
last Tuesday evening by a group of wives of 
Woods Hole investigators who are engaged in 
sewing and knitting for the benefit of war refu- 
gees. This work is being carried out under the 
direction of an organization founded during the 
last war under the name of The Little House of 
Saint Pantaleon. 

This non-sectarian organization, which com- 
prises about twenty chapters in the United States, 
is engaged in supplying clothing to evacuated 
civilian populations and medical supplies for the 
wounded in France. The group in Woods Hole 
is headed by Dr. Alice Russell, Mrs. H. B. Good- 
rich, and Mrs. W. Gardner Lynn. This group 
meets almost every morning in the Brick Dormi- 
tory and so far has prepared three boxes of 
dresses and medical supplies which will be sent 
to France as soon as arrangements can be made 
with the proper authorities. The organization in 
France is entirely in the hands of native French 
administrators. 

During the month of May some ten thousand 
pounds of clothing, bandages, and other supplies 


were sent to France by the organization through- 
out the United States. 

Any women connected with the Laboratory are 
cordially invited to help in the work of this or- 
ganization. 


CHORAL CLUB 


The second and third rehearsals of the Woods 
Hole Choral Club were held on Tuesday evening 
at the estate of Mrs. James P. Warbasse, to which 
the Club adjourned after the lighting arrange- 
ments at the Coast Guard Canteen had broken 
down. Substantial progress was made in pre- 
paring the program for the presentation of the 
Club's concert towards the end of August. 


The following is a tentative program for the 
concert, as it was drawn up by Professor Ivan T. 
Gorokhoff, director of the Club: 


Part One 
O Rejoice, ye Christians, Loudly 
O Praise the Lord, my Soul 
M. M. Ippolitov-Ivanov 
S. Rachmaninoff 
Tschaikovsky 
Wagner 


Bach 


Triumph! Thanksgiving 
We Praise Thee 
Choral, from “Die Meistersinger” 
Ye Watchers and ye Holy Ones 
17th Century German Melody 
Part Two 
Swansea Town Hampshire Folksong 
I Love my Love Cornish Folksong 
When Allen-A-Dale Went A-hunting 
R. L. De Pearsall 
17th Century English Air 
S. W. Pantchenko 
W. Zolotarieff 


The Cobbler’s Jig 
Oh, if Mother Volga 
The Gipsy 


CHILDREN’S SCHOOL OF SCIENCE 


The annual Children’s School of Science and 
Junior Laboratory has opened for the summer at 
the Woods Hole Schoolhouse. Registrations are 
still being accepted for the six courses and the 
Junior Laboratory, which are offered each for a 
different age group. These classes, which will 
conclude Friday, August 9, will be held out of 
doors as often as possible except for the Junior 
Laboratory. Seventy-four children are enrolled 
at the school this summer. 

For beginners, seven and eight years, a gen- 
eral introductory nature study course is offered 
based on observations made in the field. Studies 
will be made of animals and plants, their associa- 
tions, adaptations and habits. 

Water life, teaching field acquaintance with 
common plants and animals of salt and fresh 
water, will be offered the eight to nine year group. 


The nine to ten year class will take a more ad- 
vanced nature study course treating bird life, 
winds and tides as well as fuller information on 
the material covered in the two elementary 
courses. Insect study for the ten to eleven year 
group will include collecting, classifying, mount- 
ing, labelling and a study of insect anatomy and 
developing stages. 

Ecology, a study of the relationship between 
organisms and their environments, will be given 
the twelve to thirteen year class. This will con- 
sist of a field course in collection and study of 
typical forms of marine life of the region. Ele- 
mentary biology for the thirteen to fourteen year 
students will include an introduction to the struc- 
ture and functions of plants and animals, and to 
some of the more important biological principles. 


Jury 13, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 57 


Experiments and dissection of interesting forms 
will be undertaken. 

For those fifteen years and over the school of- 
fers a junior laboratory course aiming to make 
studies which cannot be undertaken in winter 
classes, such as preparation of microscope slides, 
culturing of simple animals and a variety of ex- 
periments. 

This year’s teaching staff is comprised of Miss 
Helen Smith of Kingswood School, Cranbrook, 
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, Chief of Staff; Regi- 
nald MacHaffie, of Avon Old Farms School, 
Avon, Connecticut; and Mr. and Mrs. George C. 
Lower of Westtown Friends School, Westtown, 
Pennsylvania. 

The Children’s School of Science executive 


committee includes Mrs. Edward A. Norman of 
New York City, President; Mrs. C. Luther Fry 
of Rochester, New York, Vice-President; Mrs. 
Truman S. Potter of Chicago, Secretary; Mrs. 
Henry C. Stetson of Belmont, Treasurer; Mrs. 
Wm. Randolph Taylor of Ann Arbor, Michigan, 
Science Chairman; Mrs. Alfred C. Redfield of 
Cambridge, Membership Chairman ; and a science 
committee, Mrs. Frank E. Bailey of South Had- 
ley; Mrs. Archie D. Carr of St. Louis, Missouri; 
Mrs. Alvern P. Clough of Woods Hole; Mrs. 
James D. Graham of Haddonfield, New Jersey ; 
Mrs. J. W. Mavor of Schenectady; Mrs. Walter 
Root of New York City; and Mrs. Edmund E. 
Watson of Kingston, Ontario. 

—Mrs. Wim. Randolph Taylor, Science Chairman 


PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


The Protozoologists are overjoyed to report 
that they survived the Fourth with no other than 
a glorious victory in the “Battle of the Labs.” 
This accomplishment was the result of a strong 
resistance to a fiery attack from below via the 
spiral stairway. All day the battle raged with 
ammunition more than plentiful. The “Protos” 
working in shifts were able to hold their ground 
and carried on a record amount of work under 
fire in spite of the spirit of independence ex- 
pressed by the active “Physios.”’ No casualties 
were reported with the exception of “the bomb 
in a box” episode. After setting off several fire- 
crackers in a big wooden box a certain particular- 
ly brilliant Physiologist discovered that the box 
contained cats. Luckily the cats had died pre- 
viously ! 

With several similar interruptions this past 
week has been most eventful. Saturday morning, 
while the Embryologists were dancing around on 
the sunny beaches, the Protozoologists had the 
opportunity of hearing Dr. Summers speak on 
certain aspects of regeneration in protozoa. He 
discussed various experiments on conditions 
which affect regeneration with special reference 
to his work on the colonial protozoan, Zootham- 
nium. Among the experiments mentioned was 
that on Difflugia, a test dwelling Rhizopod, in 
which pieces of pseudopodia were removed and 
left on the same slide. These homesick fragments, 
it seems, just plain get too lonely and soon find 
their way home to mama and again become part 
of the original animal. Oh, to always have a roof 
over one’s head and be able to keep the bacteria 
from the door! 

Other lectures of the week that are especially 
worthy of mention are Dr, Calkins’ lecture on 


“Reproduction by Budding in Sarcodina” and Dr. . 


Kadder’s on the “Neuromotor Apparatus in Cili- 
ates.” At last the protos know who Dr, Kidder 


is! Especially interesting is his work on Con- 
cophtherius mytili, a ciliate living on the common 
mussel Mytilus. 

Termites! Rather than bring an axe to the lab 
at midnight, it was a pleasure for two especially 
energetic members of the class to beg, borrow or 
steal two bicycles and puff up hill for four miles 
to the region of the Sippiwissett road where the 
wicked white ‘‘ants” are to be found in materials 
other than foundations. In the heat of the hot 
day, after hearing the life histories of several of 
the local talent, they pumped up hill all the way 
back with some six termites in their possession. 
High mortality of the inner inhabitants of these 
weird creatures required the use of the accom- 
plishments of a girl in the class who knows “man 
with car” and the supply was replenished. 

It is the sincere hope of all that few organisms 
(including you and they) have as many internal 
companions as the termite. In the array of so- 
cially important names of those present was that 
of dwarfed Microspirotrichonympha. Imagine the 
feelings of a termite with one of those inside! 

Forms of the week included Opalina, Tricho- 
nympha, Dinenympha, Holomastigotes. Among 
those on the independent ticket were Folliculina 
and Difflugia competing for first place in popu- 
larity and the complicated, jerking Uronychia for 
the booby prize. 

Recent reports have drifted up from nether 
regions occupied (so we hear) by the Embryolo- 
gists and the Physiologists. It is said that the 
Embryologists were told that they ought to com- 
pete with Physios as to time spent in the lab. 
Was it just chance that the latter took the other 
afternoon off ? 

At least the Protozoologists can maintain their 
superiority in this case. They don’t need the 
Physiologists as an example. In fact—vice 
versa ! —Doris Marchand 


58 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


BOTANY CLASS NOTES 


The half-way mark has been reached! Less 
than three weeks remain for the ten of us to ac- 
quire professional standing as competent algolo- 
gists. Yet everything is not as blissful as one 
might think. It seems that our two blond mer- 
maids are very much distressed over the prospect 
of dark days without afternoons for swimming, 
for the number of genera for class study has been 
increased twofold. Yet in spite of the increased 
work, Dr, Runk, that handsome gentleman from 
Virginia, still insists that we haven’t seen any- 
thing yet. Mr. Bill Gilbert, collector extraordin- 
ary, who in part is responsible for our mermaids’ 
predicament, backs up Dr. Runk by saying, “You 
bet !” 

Our custom of ten P. M. tea has already at- 
tracted two physiologists—Davies and Norman— 
who are of the opinion that botany isn’t bad at 
all. We might mention three embryologists who 
are attracted to our lab not so much by tea as by 
the scenery. However we'll let the embryology 
professor find out for himself. Speaking of tea, 
it has been remarked that for the past two nights 
our tea has had an unusual flavor. I'll bet Mr. 
Thompson knows why—he’s been boiling snails 
of late. 


Last Saturday we had our first marine field 
trip. We were towed out in three rowboats to 
Nonamesset beach where we proceeded to stumble 
over rocks. There is a unique technique in col- 
lecting algae. You wade out into the water be- 
tween tidal zones, carrying your bucket on your 
arm, shoulder, or head depending on how you’ve 
been brought up. When you have reached a fav- 
orable location, you search on the submerged 
rocks for various colored filaments. When you 
spot one that looks good, you thrust your hand 
quickly down through the water, grab hold of the 
plant by the holdfast, and pull. Lo and behold, 
there is your specimen. This is repeated several 
hundred times, at different places, of course, until 
your bucket is full. However the collecting of the 
algae is only half the story—the better half. The 
mounting of the algae that has been collected 
takes anywhere from three to an infinite number 
of hours, depending upon how much of the stuff 
you throw away when nobody is looking. The 
results of your mounting will either be aesthetic 
or pathetic, depending upon the type of syringe 
you use. This instrument, consisting of a rubber 
bulb and a piece of glass tubing, is very handy in 
more ways than one—as Miss Campbell can very 
readily testify. ; 

To speak of more intellectual things—our 
Thursday night seminar for example—Mr. Rufus 


Thompson, Professor Taylor’s learned assistant, 
delivered a talk on the development of a rare 
genus—Riella—a member of the Jungermanni- 
ales. The drawings which accompanied the lec- 
ture, and which will be included in a subsequent 
paper to be published by Mr. Thompson, were 
admired by most of us algologists who have not 
as yet developed our potential artistic talents. The 
week before, Dr. Taylor gave a very interesting 
and somewhat humorous account of his experi- 
ences on expeditions to tropical waters. It is gen- 
erally agreed among us that Dr. Taylor gets 
around. 


Perhaps it would be in order to introduce the 
members of our class and staff to you readers so 
that our human qualities will become apparent to 
all zoologists. The members of the class: 


“Big Boy” Joe Anderson :—who arrived late for 
the course, but who has since made his presence 
felt. Joe never stays late for tea. He goes in 
for strong drinks like malted milk. 

Del Morgan, Jr. :—the roommate of the above gen- 
tleman. Del is quite an expert on breeding 
dahlias, and will be at Columbia this Fall. 

Nat Buchanan :—who is very fond of classical 
music and quiet boys. Nat has generously sup- 
plied us with delicious cookies. 

Ruth Ciu :—who is one of our more diligent phy- 
cologists. She was the first to get poison ivy, 
but has not felt any the worse. 

Hank MacCosbe:—algologist from  Pennsyl- 
vania. Hank is our seminar hostess and puts 
on a dress for great occasions. 

Donald (“Ducky”) Brown :—who at present is 
learning how to type between algal mountings. 
Ducky is a great rower even against a strong 
current. 

Jo Sanders :—who is one of the mermaids men- 
tioned previously, Jo thinks that some algae are 
not so hot, and has great sympathy for hard 
working embryologists. 

“Toots”? Campbell :—who plays a sister act with 
Jo. This young lady is a hard worker although 
Dr. Runk has his doubts, 

Dorothy Brown :—who loves to look at the “little 
beasts” under the microscope. Dorothy is a 
hardy collector, but thinks that there is a limit 
to what one can endure. 

Samuel Silver :—who as the writer of this article 
will modestly refrain from boosting himself. 


The staff : 

Professor Wm. Randolph Taylor:—who discov- 
ered Acrothrix novae-angliae much to the cha- 
grin of Jo and Toots. 


Jury 13, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 59 


Dr. B. F. D. Runk:—whose corn cob pipe and 
snappy clothes give him great dignity. 

Mr. R. H. Thompson :—who also has a pipe and 
is fond of red Euglenas. 

Mr. B. Gilbert :—who has graciously lent me the 
typewriter on which this is being written, and 


who supplies the class with everlasting species 
of Algae. 


Looking at my watch I notice that it is one 
A. M. and the lab is very quiet except for the 
typewriter which is keeping me awake. It won't 
any more. —Samuel Silver 


EMBRYOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


The Battle of Jutland, Dewey’s Battle of Ma- 
nila and the Battle of the Monitor and the Mer- 
rimac had nothing to compare with the valiant, 
dauntless, courageous and intrepid defense and 
offense of the Battle of Eel Pond which took place 
the evening of the Fourth of July. The embat- 
tled defenders of the Shalom carried on nobly 
(with Fifth Column assistance) despite frequent 
efforts by the offensive to scuttle the vessel by 
planting flash salutes in the exhaust pipes of the 
General's boat. The General and his respected 
cohort Ernie (of the strong right arm and good 
aim) were the admitted victors in the fray with 
the boys in the row boats. They managed to out- 
sabotage any attempts at sabotage made by the 
wild-eyed boys who had contributed their money 
to help storm the undaunted defenders of that 
neat little craft that ordinarily lies calmly at an- 
chor off the shore. Urged on by the shouts of 
fellow members of the lab the offensive continued 
to fire on the Shalom until they ran out of fire- 
crackers. The outstanding heroes of the battle 
were, of course, the General and Ernie, commend- 
able for their gentlemanly efforts to keep the war 
on a gentleman’s basis. Of questionable heroism 
were Popeye-the-Sailor Atkinson and Robinson- 
Crusoe Hopper who made an effort at being brave 
although they were all wet. Miller and Metcalf 
were also examples of manhood’s best. They 
went to the aid of the defenders of the Shalom 
despite any remarks in the ranks on shore of their 
being traitors. The day after the battle was prof- 
itably (?) spent in dissecting the “secret weap- 
ons” dreamed up by both sides for defense but 
which had failed, for some reason or other, to go 
off. 

Dr. Schotté began his series of lectures on 
Echinoderms the same day. The series contains 
lectures on the development of echinoderm eggs, 
the parthenogenetic growth of echinoderms and 
two discussions of experimental work with echi- 
noderms. 

On Saturday the class held the annual picnic 
at Tarpaulin Cove where the emphasis was on 
lobster with corn and lobster without corn, lobster 
with onions and lobster without, lobster with po- 
tatoes and lobster without. The same thing for 
chicken and clams. Not being members of the 
local Rotary Club, we were not bashful about ad- 
mitting that that was the first day that we people 
of brains (and not brawn) had found it warm 


enough to whip around in anything less than our 
famous long underwear and six sweaters. Con- 
trary to the opinions of the editor of the Falmouth 
Enterprise, we Embryologists are not timid but 
smart enough to use common sense and wear suf- 
ficient clothing when it is cold. It is a simple 
case of brains over the elements, not of mass sub- 
mission to the styles of the season despite the tem- 
perature—W HICH WAS COLD. 

On Monday Dr. Hamburger gave us an insight 
into his work on neuro-embryology and showed 
us some of the pictures and diagrams of the neu- 
ral development in the chick. 

The laboratory work this week has consisted 
of the work on echinoderm development and ex- 
periments on parthenogenesis. The experiments 
in parthenogenesis have proven (almost) to ye 
reporter that men are unnecessary (more or less) 
and have caused her to contemplate an erudite 
and. philosophical volume on “Why Man, Yes, 
Why ?” —Margie Jolly 


PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


We are suddenly realizing that our golden 
hours of instruction are practically over. Now 
for those ten days of individual research, to really 
show our stuff. 

The organization of Hober and Shannon units 
has brought comparative peace and quiet once 
more. One of the more cynical Protozoologists 
above was heard to remark that the Physiologists 
really seem to be doing some work for a change. 

The kidney cannulations have proved the un- 
doing of many of us. It is a pathetic sight to see 
strong men, frustrated and shaken, with every 
nerve quivering, trying to cannulate the ureter of 
a frog. One or two cases of complete mental col- 
lapse were averted in the nick of time. 

The glorious Fourth was celebrated quite, quite 
sanely. The majority of us presented ourselves 
at the laboratory and spent the day here in body 
if not in spirit, with a doleful eye at the murky 
weather. 

About four or five ambitious souls collected 
about forty-five foot-loose individuals on Sunday 
for an impromptu excursion to Quicks’ Hole. The 
trip was highlighted by much hiking, ball playing 
(warming up for that pending clash with Embry- 
ology), a spot of hop-scotch, and much corny 
singing. They even remembered salt for ham- 
burg. —R. P. F. 


60 THE COLLECTING NED 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


THE MACMILLAN COMPANY > 


60 FIFTH AVENUE - NEW YORK 


eae DYNAMICS 
the distinguished OF 
Macmillan ses INFLAMMATION 


of Experimental By 


VALY MENKIN 
Biology Monographs 


The physiology of cellular irritability and the general 


biology of organic defense mechanisms are discussed here 


in the light of research done during the past ten years in the fields of physiology, 


biochemistry and immunology. The survey includes the technique of isolating 


leukotaxine, and explanation of mechanisms underlying the cytological sequences 


and the leukocytosis accompanying inflammatory conditions. The only complete 


and up-to-date treatment of this subject, the book will be of great value to 


pathologists, bacteriologists, and all those interested in infectious processes. 


Illustrated. $4.50 


Pacemakers in Relation to Aspects of Be- 
havior, by Hudson Hoagland. 138 pages. 


published in the Illus. $3.00 


EXPERIMENTAL ~ The Eggs of Mammals, by Gregory Pincus. 
160 pages. Illus. $3.75 


Volumes already 


BIOLOGY 

Neuroembryology, by Samuel R. Detwiler. 
MONOGRAPH 218 pages. Illus. $3.75 
Series. Autonomic Neuro-Effector Systems, by 


Walter B. Cannon and Arturo Rosenblueth. 
229 pages. Illus. $4.00 


Phytohormones, by F. W. Went and Ken- 
neth V. Thimann, 294 pages. Illus. $4.00 


Jury 13, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 61 


QOEOR ROR RRORODOLLIODLE LEO O DDD IDIIODOOODODO LET 
LEA & FEBIGER 
PUBLICATIONS 


ON EXHIBIT JULY 15 - 27 
ele W. Foster in Charge 


Calkins’ Biology of an Protozoa, 2d eition 
Cowdry’s Histology, 2d edition 


EXHIBIT 


ener Bu Faust’s Clinical Parasitology, new (2d) July 22nd to August 4th 

edition 

DeGaris, Lachmann and Chase’s Principles of at the 
Human Anatomy 

Faust’s Human Helminthology, new (2d) edition OW Wecture Ball 

Fishberg’s Hypertension and Nephritis, 4th edition 

Gray’s Anatomy, 23d edition e 

Haden’s Hematology, new (2d) edition of 

Kronfeld’s Histopathology of the Teeth, 2d edition INSTRUMENTS 

Lucas’ Elements of Human Physiology 

Park and Williams on Pathogenic Microorganisms, SUPPLIES 
11th edition MODELS 

Rony on Obesity and Leanness 

Schafer’s Essentials of Histology, 14th edition CHARTS 

Thienes’ Clinical Toxicology SKELETONS 


Whillis’ Elementary Anatomy and Physiology 


Wigger’s Physiology in Health and Disease, new 
(3d) edition 


And Other Standard Text-Books 


LEA & FEBIGER 
Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. 


CO., 44 East 23rd Str. 
Inc. New York, N. Y: i 


CLAY-ADAM 


=| 
1 
4 
1 
1 
1 
\ 
y 
1 
1 
iy 
1 
1 
1 
) 
1 
‘ 
1 
t 
’ 
1 
t 
’ 
1 
1 
‘ 
’ 
1 
‘1 
' 
' 
‘ 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
‘ 
t 
1 
1 
1 
4 
1 
' 
1 
‘ 
' 
‘ 
t 
‘ 
t 
' 
1 
' 
1 
iy 
1 
‘ 
1 
' 
1 
' 
' 
' 
‘ 
1 
1 
t 
' 
1 
1 
1 
iy 
‘ 
1 
1 
' 
' 
t 
' 
‘ 
iy 
t 
1 
‘ 
1 
’ 
t 
' 
' 
' 
‘ 
i} 
1 
iy 
1 
' 
1 
1 
1 
1 
' 
' 
1 
1 
' 
t 
1 
‘ 
‘7 
N 
“a 


New... 
“Living Specimens in the School Laboratory 


A booklet presenting complete and dependable directions for 
care, feeding and maintenance of all living animals commonly studied 
in the biology laboratory. 


From protozoa to mammals, the directions are written in a 
simple, concise form with particular attention to high school require- 
ments and are based upon the use of simple, inexpensive equipment. 


Price, $1.00 per copy 


GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 


Incorporated 


761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 
The Sign of thes Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


TURTOX apg 
% 


4 
‘ 
‘ 
1 
2 
1 
‘ 
1 
‘ 
a 
a 
‘ 
1 
‘ 
1 
t 
a 
i 
\ 
: 
1 
« 
Ly 
a 
a 
1 
1 
iy 
1 
1 
1 
1 
4 
i 
t 
i 
1 
‘ 
4 
a 
iy 
1 
‘ 
1 
a 
t 
‘ 
a 
H 
; : ‘ 
{ 1 
Let us send a copy for your inspection. 
1 
' 
4 
‘ 
. 
t 
‘ 
' 
1 
1 
' 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
H 
1 
i 


[enna aaa a nena wwe nnn 


[7777717 ttt ttt ttt ttt tit ttt ttt ttt tttttttttttttt111211111211211111L1111L21L1211122122111222121L121LLt1ttt Iti ttt titititii tt 


62 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 130 


Announcing --- INCREASED CAPACITY 


SIX 15 ML. TUBES IN CONICAL HEAD 


for the INTERNATIONAL “CLINICAL MODEL” 


The sturdy little ‘‘Clinical Model’’ Centrifuge again earns its recog- 
nized leadership in the small centrifuge class. Equipped with the new 
six tube, 15 ml. conical head (Cat. No. 803), it has 50% increased 
capacity with— 


IMPORTANT — r.p.m. of 2,800 on A.C., and 3,700 on D.C. 


The Clinical Centrifuge has built-in protective guard bowl and its 
conical heads are interchangeable with the regular two and four tube 
heads. 


The Centrifugal Force of even a small centrifuge at 3,000 1.p.m. ealls 
for a protective guard. For the General Practitioner and as an auxiliary 
in hospital and research laboratories, the Clinical Model (in design and 
workmanship the equal of the largest International Centrifuge) is 
unequalled and yet reasonably priced. 


INTERNATIONAL CENTRIFUGES 


are made in many sizes to meet the different requirements for speed 
and capacity. There is an International for any job. 


INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 
352 Western Avenue be Makers of Fine Centrifuges 


Boston, Mass. 


Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 


=| whe 1. yy givera PERMANENT MABENG OD cus or PORCE. 
i will . Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. 
Culture Service. you ! aie ready ena with pen or brush. 
~ 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab- 
CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. them oratory solvents. 


St) 01 « box of four 1-02. bottles. one each of red, while, blue, and black. as illustrated. 
Elon College, INE es SEND and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. 


A: 
CLAY-ADAMS inc: wewvonr. nv. 


TWIN DOOR 


Main Street ze Woods Hole 


Special 
Weekly 
Rates 


Which of these three? 


will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS 
Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model 
of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO, 
and larger tubes. . . . Priced from $17.25 to $55. 
CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. 


CO., 44 EAST 23rd STREET 
INC. NEW YORK. N.Y. 


STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


Jury 13, 1940 ] 


V2 
Casiez to see—casier lo count 


ith the improved 
Spencer Quebec Colony Counter 


Greater accuracy, greater efficiency and increased comfort are 
the results of the improved visibility afforded by the Spencer 
Quebec Colony Counter. 


The eye readily detects the colonies, which glow brightly 
without glare over the dark background and its contrasting dividing 


lines. Pin-point colonies are easily distinguishable. 


Wolffhuegel, Stewart & Jeffer plates may be used under the 
Petri dish, 


Completemwithecountinesplates epee ee ee poOl00 


Consult your laboratory supply dealer 
or write Dept. GS-2 for complete details 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALG SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT a. 5.4. PROJECTORS 


COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 130 


AN ALL 


OTHER B&L 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


Whether your work involves 
routine or research microscopy, 
there is a B&L Equipment to 
fulfill your requirements. 
Camera Outfits range from the 
simple, inexpensive, easy-to-op- 
erate K Camera to the com- 
pletely equipped GBVP Cam- 
era, the last word in universal 
equipment for the research 
photomicrographer. 


BELOLo. 


PHOTOMICROGRAPH S 


IMPORTANT 


If you are seriously engaged in any work involving the use of the microscope, 
a photomicrographic record of your observations is as important to you as your 
laboratory notebook. The value and dependability of this record is in direct 
relation to the equipment you use. That is why so many microscopists use B&L 
Photomicrographic Equipment. The GBVP (illustrated above), for instance, 
has these outstanding advantages: 


1 


te) 
. 


po 
: 


Provides in one equipment every facility for 
work at all magnifications, from the lowest 
utilizing Micro Tessars to the highest pos- 
sible, with large aperture oil immersion 
objectives and high power eyepieces. 

Rigid alignment of light source, microscope 
and camera. 

All metal camera back accommodating up 
to 8” x 10” plates. 40” bellows extension. 
Adjustable microscope support takes prac- 
tically any type of microscope. 


Extension device permits focusing micro- 
scope from back of camera. 


Illuminating unit mounted on same base as 
microscope support. 


Concealed adjustable springsuspension shock 
absorbers which obviate faulty negatives 
due to vibration. 


Heavy rigid supporting stand (see illustra- 
tion) with convenient accessory cabinet. 


For complete details on B&L Equipment to answer your particular require- 
ments, write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 4 


SATURDAY, JULY 20, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


URETHANE AND THE RESPIRATION 
OF YEAST CELLS 


Dr. KENNETH C. FISHER 
Assistant Professor of Experimental Biology, 
University of Toronto 
The use of inhibitors of various kinds in the 
examination of the activities of living cells seems 
to be well established as an experimental tech- 
nique. Ultimately work of this 


HORMONES AND THE PHYSIOLOGY 
OF GROWTH IN PLANTS 


Dr. KENNETH V. THIMANN 
Associate Professor of Plant Physiology, 
Harvard University 

The problems I am going to discuss tonight are 
specifically concerned with plants. If most of 
the workers at this Laboratory are mainly con- 
cerned with animals, I can 


sort will perhaps enable us to 
determine the relations be- 
tween definite chemical re- 
actions and the particular 


£. Calendar 


only hope that the many par- 
allels between the physiology 
of growth in plants and that 
in animals may prove sugges- 


cellular function made possible 
by the energy derived from 
them. Beginnings in this di- 
rection have already been made 
of course, and as an example, 
I need only draw to your at- 
tention the use of cyanide in 
connection with studies on 
oxidation-reduction reactions 
in cells. 

Such experiments reveal, 
however, that the mere divi- 
sion of the respiration or func- 
tion into inhibitor sensitive 
and inhibitor insensitive frac- 
tions is not sufficient. Stan- 
nard finds that there is reason 


to consider the completely cyanide sensitive res- 
piration of active frog muscle to be composed of 
(Continued on page 73) 


two discrete portions. 


Seminar: Mr. 


Dr. Ernst Scharrer: 


Dr. Paul A. Weiss: 


Lecture: Dr. 


TUESDAY, July 23, 8:00 P. M. 


Nelson T. Spratt, 
Jr.: “An in vitro Analysis of the 
Organisation of the Eye Form- 
ing Area in the Chick Blasto- 
derm.” 

“On the Deter- 
mination of the Vascular Pattern 
of the Brain of the Opossum.” 


Properties of Transplanted and 
Deranged Parts of the Central 
Nervous System of Amphibians.” 


FRIDAY, July 26, 8:00 P. M. 


D. H. Wenrich: 
“Chromosomes in Protozoa.” 


“Functional | 


Hormones and the Physiology of Growth in 
Plants, Dr. Kenneth V. Thimann...................... 65 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Introducing Dr. 


Otto: Loewil ssc ee 74 


tive enough to be worth your 
consideration. 

The first idea that special 
substances might control the 
growth of plants came out of 
the work of Charles Darwin, 
who was greatly attracted by 
the coleoptiles of the grasses. 
These delicate first shoots of 
the cereals are extremely sen- 
sitive to light and gravity, and 
Darwin showed that the sen- 
sitivity, or tropism, was lost 
if the tip were cut off. He 
concluded that the tip trans- 
mits some influence to the part 
below, causing it to react. 


Just thirty years ago, Boysen Jensen, in Fitting’s 
laboratory, found that these plants which had lost 
their tropism to light by having their tips cut off 


Urethane and the Respiration of Yeast Cells, 
Drsekenneth  ChvMishereestecces a scesessctssere cee 65 


The Biological Field Stations of Switzerland 
and the Low Countries, Mr. Homer A. Jack 70 

The Use of Radioactive Tracers in the Deter- 
mination of Irreciprocal Permeability of Bio- 
logical Membranes, Dr. Leonard I. Katzin....71 


Items of Interest 
New Marine Laboratory at Milford, Chorasnertil 


Cut ye Dra SanGaltsofigesssssessseten cece sees 76 
Physiology Class Notes ...... 76 
Protozoology, Class) Notest sesscctsccstscestieeceees 17 
HBmbryology Class Notes ..ic....ccccccccsssscsscssscsssscssees 78 
Botanye Class eNotesmerrect te 78 


Department of Publications ..........ccccccceesseeeeeeeees 79 


ONE OF THE TIDE-FILLED TANKS AT MILFORD 


Used in shellfish culture experiments. 


TEMPORARY FIELD LABORATORY AT MILFORD, CONNECTICUT 


For the study of shellfish culture and the control of oyster pests. Facilities have 
been increased recently by the construction of a two-story brick building. 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 67 


could regain it if the tip were stuck on again. 
This was not all, for Paal in Hungary brought 
the significance of the whole matter gut by the 
following simple experiment. 


The plant is decapitated and the tip is re- 
placed asymmetrically; the result is that growth 
is accelerated only on the side on which the tip 
rests. The plant therefore curves. This ex- 
periment could be done in the dark, and so here 
for the first time we get away from the com- 
plexities of tropisms and come towards the mech- 
anism of ordinary growth. Since the tip has no 
organic connection with the base, the growth of 
the base must be controlled by a substance dif- 
fusing from the tip. In normal, straight growth, 
this diffuses equally on all sides, as shown directly 
by Soding with straight growth measurements. 
Since we have to deal with a substance, it must 
be possible to separate it from the tip and this 
was done by Went, by placing the tips upon agar 
so that the substance could diffuse into the agar. 
When the agar was applied to one side of the de- 
capitated test plants they curved as before. 


Now in tropisms, shoots curve towards weak 
light and away from gravity. One might expect 
that the curvatures caused by asymmetric appli- 
cation of the growth substance would be related to 
those caused by light and gravity. Indeed, 
Cholodny put forward a general theory of trop- 
isms according to which all such curvatures are 
due to an asymmetric distribution of growth sub- 
stance in the plant. This theory was confirmed 
almost as soon as it had been propounded by 
Went and by Dolk in the Utrecht laboratory. 
When the tip is illuminated from one side more 
growth substance was found to diffuse into agar 
from the dark side than from the light side. 
Similarly when the tip was placed horizontally, 
more was found to diffuse from the lower side 
than from the upper. The increased growth in 
each case on one side of the plant is therefore 
due to an increased amount of growth substance 
on that side. 

This shows that in these plants growth is pro- 
portional to the amount of growth substance 
present. That is, the relation between growth 
and the growth substance is a quantitative one. 
Hence it is possible to use such curvatures as an 
assay method for the active substance. Under 
standard conditions curvatures, or straight 
growth, are proportional to concentration over a 


The active substances have been 
called auxins. A number of other tests have been 
developed. That using slit stems is interesting 
because it brings out an important property of 
growing plant parts. The stems, coleoptiles or 
other elongating organs, are slit in two and 
placed in the solution. In water the halves curve 
outward, away from one another. In auxin solu- 
tion they curve inward and the inward curvature 
varies roughly as the logarithm of the concentra- 
tion. A polemic has raged for some time on the 
explanation of this reaction, The outward curv- 
ature in water is apparently due to tension in the 
outer layers which is released on slitting. The 
inward curvature cannot be due to wounding, 
since if two wounds are made parallel to one an- 
other curvature still results, although the in- 
fluence of the wound has no component in the 
direction of curvature. Another possibility sug- 
gested was that the auxin could not enter the in- 
side, wounded, tissue but entered only the intact 
tissue on the outside. This was disproved by 
showing that application of the auxin to the 
wounded side only still caused inward curvature. 
Evidently the substance must have entered and 
penetrated through the tissue to the outer layers. 
The only conclusion can be that the inner and 
outer layers of tissue have different sensitivities 
to auxin. The inner grows in response to the 
auxin for a short time only, the outer continues 
its growth for much longer. This can be shown 
by following the progress of curvature with time. 


The curvature is complicated by the mechanical 
rigidity of these halved cylinders. We found that 
if the material is quartered the sensitivity is cor- 
respondingly increased and that in concentrations 
too low to cause curvature of the halves, excellent 
responses are obtained with quarters. The ex- 
planation for this can be readily seen by compar- 
ing the difficulty of bending rubber tubing slit in 
half with that slit in four. This test enables con- 
centrations of 0.0008 milligrams per liter to be 
detected. 


certain range. 


These curvatures bring out the important fact 
that sensitivity to applied auxin varies within 
different tissues of the same plant. This conclus- 
ion is important for understanding other responses 
to auxin. Thus, while the growth of coleoptiles 
and of stems is promoted, the elongation of roots 
is inhibited. Similarly the development of buds 
is inhibited. In nature lateral buds are inhibited 


THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 
It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


1938. It is devoted to the scientifie work at 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


68 THE, COLLECTING, NED 


[ Vor. XV, No. 131 


by the influence of the growing terminal bud. 
When this bud is removed the laterals begin to 
grow. If, after removal, its place is taken by a 
supply of auxin the lateral buds are again in- 
hibited. Lastly, there is one case where new 
organs may be formed in response to auxin treat- 
ment. This is the formation of roots on stem 
cuttings. It takes place in a very wide variety 
of plants and has been in the last few years 
adopted by many horticulturists as a regular 
procedure for the rooting of cuttings. 

All this later work was made possible by the 
isolation and chemical study of the active com- 
pounds, and this in turn has depended on the use 
of the various assay methods. Kogl and Haagen 
Smit isolated from urine and from corn oil the 
substance auxin a. 


CHCHC,H, 
ash 
fo CHOHCH,(CHOH), COOH 
of, Ae 7 
CH 
Cats 


On the other hand I obtained from certain 
fungi and the Dutch workers from yeast and from 
urine indole-acetic acid, 


and most of the work since then has been done 
with the latter, whose physiological activity 
quantitatively and qualitatively resembles that of 
auxin a and its relatives. A comparison of the 
formulae shows that substances of apparently very 
different structure may have activity. The dif- 
ferences are in some cases very important, how- 
ever. Indene-acetic acid, 


aN 


a 


which differs from the indole acid by only one 
carbon atom, produces curvatures which are very 
local in extent, that is, they do not spread out 
down the plant. Also, it produces roots locally at 


the point of application but not at a distance. 
Hence it is an active substance but is not readily 
transported through plant tissue. When the 
double bonds in the rings of these compounds are 
hydrogenated, activity disappears, so that we can 
deduce that a double bond is essential. Also, a 
double bond in the side chain cannot substitute 
for one in the ring. With the cinnamic acids, 
the cis- derivatives are active, the trans- deriva- 
tives are not. 


_ 00H 
\ 
| = Gal ie 
CH 
XN 
COOH 


This suggests that a particular arrangement in 
space is necessary for activity. Such an idea is 
supported by numerous substances of related 
structure but in which the distance between the 
acid group of the side chain and the double bond 
in the ring is varied. 


Taking the results as a whole it is clear that 
some relation in space between these two groups 
is more important than any one particular radical. 
This recalls the experiments of Ehrlich on im- 
munity which he explained in terms of the fitting 
together of the antigen with its antibody in the 
manner of a lock and key. The simile is helpful 
because it is clear that the action of auxin could 
be analyzed through a consideration of the struc- 
ture of the substance, i.e., of the key, and through 
a consideration of the reactions which auxin 
causes in the plant, i.e. of the lock. The latter 
comprises many final results, viz., a growth re- 
sponse which differs quantitatively from one 
tissue to another, formation of roots, inhibition of 
buds, activation of cell division in the cambium, 
etc. It seems reasonable to conclude that these 
different responses are secondary effects resulting 
from one primary, fundamental reaction, We have 
therefore sought for some very fundamental proc- 
ess which when influenced by auxin might have 
a number of different effects depending upon the 
plant tissue reacting. Such a process was found 
first of all in protoplasmic streaming. In the 
cell of the coleoptile the protoplasm streams 
steadily around the outside and the rate can be 
followed easily if one observes the number of the 
finest particles. It can be measured by timing a 
particle over a fixed distance with a stop watch 
or better still with the semi-automatic recording 
device which Mrs. Sweney and I have recently 
developed. By either method the records show 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 69 


that immediately after auxin is supplied there is 
an increase in the rate of streaming and the ex- 
tent of this increase is a function of the auxin 
concentration. The rise takes place long before 
any effect on growth can be detected and there- 
fore it precedes the growth response. However, 
after thirty minutes the streaming rate returns 
to normal while on the other hand growth ac- 
celeration continues for many hours. The reason 
for this puzzling difference was found by remoy- 
ing the auxin and applying it again after varying 
lapses of time. After about twenty minutes the 
coleoptile has recovered and can again give a rise 
in streaming rate. This shows that some factor 
necessary to the response is temporarily ex- 
hausted. A further analysis showed that the miss- 
ing factor is sugar. When auxin is applied to- 
gether with fructose the acceleration of streaming 
rate is maintained for an indefinite period. This 
corresponds with the fact that growth also is de- 
pendent on the sugar supply and when auxin is 
applied together with sugar the acceleration of 
growth produced is greater and is maintained for 
~a much longer time. 


It follows that the streaming process, which is 
promoted by auxin, involves the oxidation of 
sugar. We know that streaming is highly de- 
pendent upon oxygen supply and slows down as 
soon as the tissue becomes oxygen-deficient. If 
the plant is treated with dinitrophenol the increase 
of respiration which this substance causes rapidly 
renders the tissue oxygen-deficient and the 
streaming slows down. On removal of the 
stimulant the normal streaming rate quickly re- 
turns. Thus the action of auxin on streaming, 
and therefore presumably on growth, is dependent 
upon carbohydrate oxidation. 


Now we know that in a general way growth is 
related to oxidation. Plants will not grow in 
nitrogen and Bonner showed that when coleoptiles 
are treated with cyanide the respiration and 
growth are reduced in strict parallel. In the old 
days respiration was considered a “primary 
necessity” for growth, i.e., plants must be respir- 
ing in order to grow; but the connection was not 
thought to be a direct one. However, by study- 
ing respiration and growth in parallel, Commoner 
and I have found that there is indeed a direct 
connection. It is not a simple one. The mere 
addition of auxin to coleoptiles does not increase 
their respiration. Since cyanide, which poisons 
the oxidase, reduces growth and respiration to- 
gether, it is evident that the two processes can 
only be separated by studying the dehydrogenase 
end of the respiration system. Dehydrogenase 
inhibitors strongly inhibit growth. lodo-acetate 


is very active in this connection and it can pre- 
vent growth completely while lowering the res- 
piration only some 10%. Thus if there is a 
respiration involved in growth it can be only a 
small fraction of the whole. The nature of the 
process sensitive to iodo-acetate has been elucid- 
ated by studying the effect of various substrates. 
The inhibition is removed completely by succinic, 
fumaric and malic acids, and also by pyruvic acid. 
No other substances have been found effective, 
so that the process must involve these four-carbon 
acids. Now these acids have been shown by 
Szent-Gyorgyi and others to be active as hydro- 
gen carriers in respiration. The coleoptile has its 
respiration increased by malate, and this effect 
depends upon the presence of auxin. In the 
absence of auxin malate has no effect on the 
oxygen uptake of starved coleoptiles, but in 
presence of auxin, M/1000 malate increases 
respiration greatly. Fumarate behaves similarly. 
Thus the auxin is here acting as a respiratory 
substance. 


Since malate, which is itself a respiratory sub- 
stance, can control growth in presence of auxin, 
it seemed possible that auxin, which is a growth 
substance, could control respiration in presence 
of malate. This turned out to be the case. By 
using coleoptile sections previously soaked in 
malate, it was found -that the addition of auxin 
produces a marked rise in respiration. The con- 
centrations active in this reaction closely parallel 
those active in accelerating growth. 


Hence the dependence of growth on respiration 
is due to the participation of a respiratory system, 
viz., that of the four-carbon acids, in the growth 
process. Auxin must play the part of a catalyst 
or a co-enzyme in this reaction. It is interesting 
to note in this connection that we have recently 
found that auxin is apparently linked to protein 
in plant tissues. The linkage to protein is very 
characteristic of co-enzymes. Also the relation- 
ship between activity and molecular shape may 
be explained as due to the necessity for the auxin 
to become adsorbed on a protein or some other 
surface before acting. 


In conclusion, it is a characteristic of plants 
that they are always growing; plants do not 
commonly reach constancy of size as do animals. 
Thus the study of the auxins and their action, in 
giving a new tool for the study of growth, may 
also allow a new insight into many other aspects 
of the physiology of plants. 


(This article is based upon a lecture delivered at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 12.) 


70 DHE (COLLECTING NED 


[ Vor. XV, No. 131 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SWITZERLAND AND THE 
LOW COUNTRIES 


Mr. Homer A, JACK 
Cornell University 


The immediate environment of the biologicai 
field stations in Switzerland and the Low Coun- 
tries varies from sea-level to an elevation of more 
than eleven hundred feet in the Alps. The Zoo- 
logical Station of the. Netherlands Zoological So- 
ciety is located on a dike of the Zuider Zee while 
the Jungfraujoch Scientific Station is situated on 
a high mountain ridge near the largest glacier in 
Europe. Other important field stations in this 
area are those at Zurich and Bourg St. Pierre in 
Switzerland, at Ostend and Sourbrodt in Bel- 
gium, and at Wijster in Holland. Smaller sta- 
tions in this portion of Europe include the hydro- 
biological laboratories at Kastanienbaum and 
Davos in Switzerland, the Laboratory of Fresh- 
water Biology at Rouge-Cloitre in Belgium, and 
the Laboratory of the Hugo de Vries Foundation 
at Abcoude, Holland, 

The Jungfraujoch Scientific Station (Hochal- 
pine Forschungsstation Jungfraujoch) is as fine 
an example of international cooperation in science 
as the present war is one of international com- 
petition in science. Realizing the need for “re- 
search work . . . under the best possible condi- 
tions in a high mountain region,” a committee 
of representatives from Switzerland, Germany, 
France, Belgium, and England decided to estab- 
lish a research institute on the top of a mountain 
ridge on Jungfraujoch, about three hours by train 
from Berne, Switzerland. Although a cog-wheel 
railroad for tourists and skiers had already been 
tunneled up this mountain, laboratory and living 
quarters for scientists still had to be built. In 
time a five-story building was constructed out of 
solid rock and this was opened to investigators in 
1931. The first floor of this remarkable edifice 
contains six individual laboratories, a darkroom, 
cages for experimental animals, a storeroom, and 
a workshop. Ten bedrooms, a dining room, 
kitchen, and administrative office are situated on 
the second floor. The caretaker’s apartment is on 
the third floor and the fourth is devoted to a lib- 
rary and lecture room. The fifth floor contains 
a partially-covered observation terrace and all 
floors are supplied with running water and several 
types of direct and alternate electricity. About 
367 feet above this building is the institute’s an- 
nex, containing a dark room, meteorological and 
astro-physical laboratories, living quarters, and 
several open terraces, 

The Jungfraujoch station is equipped to receive 
throughout the year investigators in the fields of 
physiology, pharmacy, botany, zoology, biochem- 


istry, meteorology, and physics. Persons desiring 
to work at the station must apply through one of 
the participating societies. For investigators re- 
siding in the United States, this would be the 
Rockefeller Foundation. Accepted investigators 
pay no laboratory fees and may obtain a reduc- 
tion in railroad fares to Jungfraujoch and ex- 
emptions from customs duty on consignments of 
scientific apparatus entering Switzerland. There 
are lodging accommodations for fourteen persons 
at the institution and the cost of lodging for per- 
sons coming from the ‘founding countries” (Cf. 
ante) is seven Swiss francs a week (about $1.57). 
Investigators may prepare their own meals in the 
station’s kitchen or obtain board in an adjacent 
tourist hotel for sixty-nine Swiss francs a week 
(about $15.50). 

The Linnaea Alpine Garden and Laboratory 
(La Linnaea - Jardin et Laboratoire Alpine) is 
located in Valais, some four hours by train and 
bus southeast of Geneva and about eight miles 
from Great St. Bernard Pass. At an elevation of | 
about fifty-five hundred feet and in a region con- 
taining a mixture of both an arctic and Mediter- 
ranean flora, this institution is dedicated to re- 
search and instruction in alpine botany. The in- 
struction includes both advanced course-work and 
popular education, the latter by means of a well- 
labeled alpine garden containing about two thou- 
sand species of alpine plants from many parts of 
the world. A six-week course in the Botany of 
the Alps is given by Professor Fernand Chodat in 
either the French or English languages and the 
instruction consists of lectures, assigned research 
problems, ecological field trips, and botanical ex- 
cursions to Mount Blanc and Great St. Bernard. 
The course begins in the middle of July and may 
accommodate ten students, the tuition being twen- 
ty-five Swiss francs (about $5.60). The labora- 
tory is also open to research workers in both bot- 
any and zoology during July and August. There 
are no living accommodations at the laboratory, 
but board and lodging may be obtained at nearby 
hotels for forty-two Swiss francs a week (about 
$9.41). 

The Marine Institute of Belgium (Jnstitut 
Maritime de Belgique) at Ostend is of interest in 
being approximately on the site of the first per- 
manent biological station to be founded anywhere 
in the world. Ninety-seven years ago Professor 
P.-J. van Beneden of the University of Louvain 
established a seaside station in this locality. The 
laboratory had an irregular existence, however, 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


71 


and was abandoned. In 1900 the present station 
at Ostend was founded and in 1935 it was com- 
pletely reorganized. A new building was to have 
been constructed, but it is not known whether 
conditions in recent years have prevented its com- 
pletion. 

The Scientific Station of the Fagnes (Station 
Scientifique des Fagnes) was established in 1928 
by the University of Liége for the study of the 
biology of swamps and peat bogs. It is located in 
the bog area of the Belgian Ardennes near Sour- 
brodt, at an altitude of about two thousand feet. 
The station is housed in a one-story building 
which contains two laboratories and six living 
rooms. Advanced students in biology, ecology, 
and meterology are welcomed at the station from 
June to October, the season when the station is 
normally in operation. There are no fees for 
lodging or laboratory accommodations. Board 
may either be prepared by the investigator or ob- 
tained at a nearby hotel. Professor Ray Bouil- 
lenne, director of the station, has written a num- 
ber of papers on the ecology of the region. 

Another field station largely devoted to a study 
of the biology of swamps and bogs is the Biologi- 
cal Station of Wijster (Biologisch Station te 
Wijster). This institution is located in the most 
extensive health- and moor-land district of the 
Netherlands, being about seventy-five miles north- 
east of Amsterdam, in Drenthe. Founded in 
1927 by Dr. W. Beijerinck and united with the 
Netherlands Biological Station Foundation in 
1933, this station contains a small brick dwelling, 
an arboretum, and is adjacent to several bog 
ponds. The brick house contains the director’s 
residence, several guest rooms, a library, one lab- 
oratory, plant and insect collections, and a green- 
house. The station is especially prepared for re- 
searches in limnology, entomology, and_ plant 
ecology and occasionally informal courses are 
given in hydrobiology and vegetation. Students 
and investigators may obtain board and lodging 
from the director for about seventeen florins a 
week (about $9.00) and laboratory fees amount 


THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE TRACERS 


to fifty-four florins a month (about $16.00). The 
most recent scientific contribution from this sta- 
tion is a monograph on Calluna by Dr. Beijerinck. 


The largest biological station in the Low Coun- 
tries is the Zoological Station of the Netherlands 
Zoological Society (Zodlogisch Station der Ned- 
erlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging). located 
on a dike at Helder in northwestern Holland, this 
institution was founded in 1876 by the Nether- 
lands Zoological Society. It is now financed by 
the Netherlands Ministry of Education, Arts and 
Sciences and is concerned with “marine biologicai 
investigations in the widest sense, including uni- 
versity extension instruction.” 

The main building of the station at Helder con- 
tains a small aquarium for the public, a biological 
supply department, a study-museum, a library, 
three research laboratories, classroom, darkroom, 
chemical laboratory, and the office of Dr. J. Ver- 
wey, the director. A recently-constructed second 
building contains dining and lodging quarters for 
twelve persons. The laboratories are supplied 
with running fresh- and sea-water and electricity, 
while the library contains sixty current scientific 
periodicals and about six thousand bound vol- 
umes, among which are many of unusual histori- 
cal interest. The station also owns a 13-meter 
research vessel, Max Weber. 

Instruction at Helder consists of two fortnight- 
ly courses, one for university students in July and 
the other for teachers in August. The station is 
open to investigators throughout the year and 
there are no laboratory fees for foreigners. Board 
and lodging may be obtained at the station for 
about thirteen florins a week (about $7.00). In 
addition to offering opportunities for instruction 
and research to students and investigators, the 
station pursues its own year-round research pro- 
gram with a staff of three resident scientists and 
an annual budget of 12,700 florins (about $6,858). 
Since 1934 a large portion of the scientific work 
of the station has been published in Archives 
Néerlandaises de Zoologie. 


IN THE DETERMINATION OF IRRECIP- 


ROCAL PERMEABILITY OF BIOLOGICAL MEMBRANES 


Dr. Leonarp I, KAtzin 
Research Worker, Department of Physiology, University of California 


One of the characteristics of living membranes 
is the performance of osmotic work in building 
up or maintaining a thermodynamically improb- 
able system. This is characteristically exhibited 
in the case of electrolyte passage across the mem- 
brane: a high degree of selection may occur in the 
type of ion allowed across the membrane, and 
the rate of passage in the two directions may be 
different. The combination of these factors gives 


differences in the electrolyte composition on the 
two sides of such a membrane. 

To get an understanding of the fundamental 
processes underlying this phenomenon it is first 
necessary to obtain an accurate quantitative des- 
cription of what actually takes place. For a num- 
ber of technical reasons frog skin has been an 
active membrane much used in investigation of 
this problem of “irreciprocal permeability.’’ Due 


72 


THE (COLLECTING NE 


[| Vou. XV, Nosaisil 


in the main to its rather low salt permeability, 
indirect methods of often questionable reliability 
may be resorted to in order to obtain data. As 
a result, there is considerable controversy as to 
whether irreciprocal passage of materials is even 
manifested. 


It is possible to overcome the technical diffi- 
culties of low salt permeability and determination 
of small changes in the ionic content of solutions 
bathing the skin by the use of “labelled” atoms 
such as the radioactive isotopes Na** and K*®, for 
which very delicate physical methods of analysis 
are available. Knowing the number of radioac- 
tive explosions per minute in a given amount of 
starting material, the total amount of salt repre- 
sented by a given radioactivity is readily calcu- 
lated. 

The actual experimental manipulations are 
simple. Skin samples from a frog are mounted 
over the ends of glass tubes. A small volume of 
radioactive solution is placed in the tube, and the 
membrane immersed in a salt solution of the same 
chemical composition as the internal fluid (all 
solutions are 0.12 N in chloride). The amount 
of radioactivity that has passed into the outer 
solution is measured at the end of two hours. 
Pairs of skins are used, one with the morphologi- 
cal outer face in the inactive solution, and one 
with the inner face in the inactive solution, The 
difference in the amount of labelled salt passing 
through the skin in the two cases measures the 
amount of “‘irreciprocal permeability.” 

A summary of the results of a series of such 
experiments is given in Table I. The solutions 
with different percentages of sodium are made 
by mixing proper volumes of 0.12 N potassium 
chloride with the same concentration of sodium 
chloride. Thus a 50% sodium solution is a mix- 
ture of equal parts of sodium and_ potassium 


or more membranes, and has been reduced to 
rates per hour per square centimeter membrane 
surface. 

As can be readily seen, the rate of inward pas- 
sage of sodium (‘‘turned”’ position) is markedly 
greater than rate of passage in the opposite direc- 
tion (“normal position). This difference ex- 
tends in very marked fashion even to potassium 
values as high as 80%, falling off above this 
figure. 

Potassium, on the other hand, seems to pass 
outwards through the skin at a somewhat higher 
rate than inwards, although the difference in the 
two directions is not as marked as in the case of 
sodium ion. It is possible that even this differ- 
ence may be illusory, however. The amount of 
radioactive salt retained by the skin when the 
labelled solution is in contact with the outer face 
is approximately equal to the difference between 
the rates of potassium passage in the two direc- 
tions. If this skin retention is interpreted as re- 
tention of salt in the dermal region, after it has 
already passed through the diffusion-limiting epi- 
dermis, then we must say that no difference in the 
passage of potassium ion in the two directions 
can be found. 

As can be seen from the above example, radio- 
active tracer ions are a very useful tool for the 
study of work done by living systems on ions. 
Quantitative results can be obtained under con- 
ditions in which chemical methods would at best 
yield ambiguous qualitative information. In the 
case of the living frog skin membrane, these lab- 
elled atoms have been used to demonstrate con- 
clusively the existence of a differential and irre- 
ciprocal ionic permeability, and to show its varia- 
tion with change in chemical make-up of the solu- 
tions bathing the skin. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 


chlorides. Each value given is the average of six July 16.) 
TABLE I. 
(Gram ions per hour per sq. cm. X 108) 

% Na Cl 0 9 20 50 67 80 91 100 

Normal 
: position — 1.4 6.6 9.4 —- _ — 20.4 
is 
EA Turned 

position —- 5.0 29. 26. os —- — 32.2 
E Normal 
- position Sle — — 12. 44 5.0 — 
ss Turned 
, position 30. _ — — 6. 3.4 2.2 _- 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


73 


In general it seems to be apparent in a wide 
variety of observations now recorded in the 
literature, that the entire oxygen consumption of 
a cell is not of uniform significance to the cell. 
It seems to be established, therefore, that the 
division of respiration into inhibitor sensitive and 
inhibitor insensitive fractions is actually too gross 
a division to distinguish the reactions supplying 
energy for specific function, from those others 
which may be required to supply energy for the 
maintenance of structure, to rid the cells of waste 
products and so on. 

One may then inquire as to the method by 
means of which a subdivision could be accom- 
plished. Let us imagine the inhibitor to be 
operative at more than one point. It is then ap- 
parent, that given appropriate relations between 
the affinities of these different systems for the 
inhibitor, the heterogeneity of the effect of the 
inhibitor might be demonstrable from a careful 
examination of the relation between inhibitor con- 
centration and its effect. With this possibility in 
mind, we determined in detail the effect of dif~ 
ferent concentrations of urethane on the oxygen 
consumption of yeast cells. 

If, as is generally held to be the case, the 
inhibitor operates by combining with an essential 
catalyst, 

E + aUr = E(Ur)a 
in such a way that the enzyme-inhibitor complex 
is catalytically inert, so that the observed respira- 
tion or function is proportional to the free [FE], 
then the principle of mass action predicts that 


U 
— [Ur]? =K 
I 


U and I refer to uninhibited and inhibited res- 
piration respectively, [Ur] is the urethane con- 
centration and a and K are constants. Plotting 
log U/I against log [Ur] will give a straight line 
if the postulations made are adequate. Over much 


M. B. L. 

Mr. C. Lloyd .Claff was elected President of 
the M. B. L. Club at its annual meeting at the 
Clubhouse on Monday evening. Dr. A. A. 
Abramowitz was made Vice-President and Dr. 
Sears Crowell was re-elected Secretary-Treas- 
urer. Dr. Charles Packard was elected a member 
of the board of trustees of the Club. 

Dr. Crowell made a report at the meeting on 
the finances of the Club. This stated that there 
was a balance of $187 at the beginning of 1939. 
Membership fees for last year totaled $405, and 
admissions to entertainments and guest fees $169, 
making a total income of $762. The general ex- 
penses of the club for last year, which include re- 
pairs, music, magazines, etc., totaled $547, leav- 
ing a balance of $215 at the beginning of the sea- 


of the range of inhibition in yeast a straight line 
is obtained. The points corresponding to the ini- 
tial degrees of the inhibition are however definite- 
ly off that line, and in fact a second line could be 
drawn through them. Thus two separate systems 
seem to be affected. 


A discontinuity in the effect of urethane on Oz 
uptake exists therefore and we may next inquire 
whether this fact is related in any way to function 
in the cells concerned. The ability of this same 
inhibitor to interfere with the function of mul- 
tiplication in these cells was therefore determined. 
It appears that the concentration of urethane at 
which the discontinuity occurs is just about cap- 
able of stopping multiplication. It is difficult to 
escape the implication that the energy for repro- 
duction is flowing through the first of the two 
systems. 

Van Schouwenberg has determined the effect 
of urethane on light production and oxygen con- 
sumption in luminous bacteria. Calculated as 
indicated above, the completely urethane sensitive 
respiration seems to be made up of two fractions, 
the ability to produce light being associated with 
the first of the two. 


Thus in these two types of cell the effects of 
urethane suggest that in each, two discrete sys- 
tems are combined to make up the normal res- 
piration. Moreover there is a close parallelism 
between the inhibitor concentration necessary to 
completely eliminate the first of these, and that 
necessary to stop reproduction in one cell and 
light production in the other. It seems possible 
that in these cells at least, the portion of the total 
respiration which is concerned with activity me- 
tabolism can be identified as a discrete portion of 
the total oxygen consumption from the quantita- 
tive effects of the narcotic, urethane. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report 
presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 16.) 


CLUB 
son for 1940, about $30 more than that of a year 
ago. 

251 persons have joined the M.B.L. Club so 
far this season, Mrs. Dorothy Bosworth, chair- 
man of the House Committee, reported. This 
figure is nine less than that at the corresponding 
time last year, and is attributed to the late arrival 
of many investigators at Woods Hole. She fur- 
ther reported that the exterior of the Clubhouse 
was repainted during the past year, 

Miss M. Lucille Nason, chairman of the social 
committee, outlined plans for a “Poverty Dance”’ 
to be held at the M.B.L. Clubhouse tonight. All 
attending are requested to wear rags; an amateur 


floor show will be presented by members of the 
Club. 


74 ANSHD, COMMA MUNG, INNSAL 


[ Vor. XV, No. 131 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 

Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 

Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 
Dr. Orto Loew1, Research Professor of Pharma- 
cology at the New York University, College of 
Medicine; Nobel Laureate in Physiology and 
Medicine, 1936. 

Born in Frankfurt-am-Main, Dr. Loewi was 
educated at the Universities of Strassburg and 
Munich, and received a doctorate of medicine at 
the former institution in 1896. After receiving 
his degree he was an assistant to Professor von 
Noorden at Frankfurt for two years and then as- 
sistant to Professor Hans Horst Meyer at Mar- 
burg until 1904. After five years as Associate 
Professor of Pharmacology in Vienna, he became 
Professor of Pharmacology at the University of 
Graz, Austria, and director of the Institute of 
Pharmacology there, positions which he held for 
nearly thirty years. In 1938 he left for England, 
where he worked for a short time at the National 
Institute for Medical Research. Then he received 
an appointment as Franqui Professor of medicine 
at the University of Brussels for eight months. 
Since, he has conducted research at the Nuffield 
Research Institute at Oxford, where he remained 
until May, 1940. 

Dr. Loewi’s scientific work has covered many 
fields. He has dealt with the physiology and 
pharmacology of the metabolism, of the ions, the 
hormones, the kidney, the heart and the autono- 
mic nervous system. In 1921 he discovered the 
humoral transmission of nervous impulses, and 
he has devoted most of his work to this subject 
since then. His fundamental experiments were 
made on frog hearts, in which he found that the 
stimulation of their nerves liberated from their 
endings chemical substances, acetylcholine and 
adrenaline, respectively, and that these substances 
are responsible for the transmission of the nerv- 
ous impulse to the effective organ. It was this 
work that brought him the award of the Nobel 
Prize in Physiology and Medicine, which he 
shared with Sir Henry H. Dale of London. 

Dr. Loewi arrived at Woods Hole on Tuesday 
of this week. He had left England on May 22 
upon learning of his appointment at the New 
York University College of Medicine, where he 
will conduct research this fall. This summer he 
plans to complete papers started by him at Brus- 
sels and Oxford on the chemical transmission of 


impulses in sensory nerves. 

This is Dr. Loewi’s third visit to the United 
States. In 1929 he attended the Thirteenth In- 
ternational Physiological Congress, and in 1933 
he returned to America as Dunham lecturer at 
Harvard Medical School. 

Primary among Dr. Loewi’s interests, aside 
from biology, are philosophy and the science of 
art. 

ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS 
De Liee, Elvira fel. med. New York Med. Br 304. 
Egan, R. W. undergrad. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffa- 
lo, N. Y.). OM 39. Dr 15. 
Gettemans, J. F. lab. asst. Rockefeller Inst. (Prince- 
ton). Br 209. Dr 6. 
Herget, C. M. res. fel. phys. Russell Sage. Br 317. 
Herskowitz, I. grad. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. 
Hibbard, Hope prof. biol. Oberlin. Br 218. 
Hiestand, W. A. assoc. prof. physiol. Purdue. Br 223. 
Klein, Ethel res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 2. 
Loewi, O. res. prof. pharmacol. New York Med. L’30. 
Meglitsch, P. A. instr. Wright Jr. Coll. (Chicago). 
Br 222. 
Morgan, Isabel M. invest. Rockefeller Inst. Br 320. 
O’Brien, F. D. Canisius. OM 39. Dr 15. 
Root, C. W. asst. prof. zool. Syracuse. OM 43. 
Schaeffer, Olive K. res. asst. biol. Temple. Br 214. 
Williams, J. L. grad. asst. biol. New York. Br 282. 
Kaeet 
ACADEMIC RANK OF M.B.L. INVESTIGATORS 


The number of investigators in each academic 
rank registered at the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory: 

PrOfLeESSOPS| lec aceccencencencesceceerssnncecanttnseeeeeneeeeneee 63 
Associate Professors .... 
Assistant Professors .... 


IMSELUCTONS| vececccexrescceeces 

Research Associates 

AISSIStAMNES)| cc-serserssceretccteacesese 

PelOWS) j.ccccsssccsssesessceccssssecnsstecest teem 

Graduate Students (not listed _ 
elsewhere) ..cccssedshacsiecsvesceceseceeeeeeeeee 27 

Medical Students ............... 8 

Undergraduate Students ........... Ui 

Preparatory: Students) (rc.c...seeccsseorceeeeee 3 

Miscellaneous iecterccccestcescs-sscceetscrseenereneates 22 


The four institutions leading in providing in- 
vestigators at the Marine Biological Laboratory 
are: 


Pennsylivamiay cccccsseseccseccseesccescesteeseeeette eee 34 
Columbia ctccte tte: 20 
New York University .. 16 
GCAO tase seiecsedeessercch esteneveurseasxeccor Renee 11 


The entry for the University of Chicago was 
accidently omitted from the tabulation last week. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


(iulygr2 le eee 5:47 6:00 
Nulye22ie rere 6:24 6:50 
uly 323 ee LO TEZS 
eallyyeZA Re. Slee 7:48 8:13 
uly 25h ee seal | OeOhl 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


75 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. J. RicHarp WEISSENBERG, formerly pro- 
fessor extraordinarius of anatomy at the Univer- 
sity of Berlin, Germany, then in 1937 Visiting 
Professor of Cytology at Washington University, 
St. Louis, Mo., and in 1939 Member of the Wis- 
tar Institute, Philadelphia, Pa., has been appoint- 
ed professor of histology and embryology at the 
School of Medicine, Middlesex University, Wal- 
tham, Mass. 


Dr. Eric Batt has been appointed assistant 
professor of biological chemistry at Harvard Med- 
ical School. Dr. Ball was an associate in biologi- 
cal chemistry at Johns Hopkins University Schoo! 
of Medicine. 


Dr. Victor SCHECHTER has been promoted 
from instructor to assistant professor of biology 
at the College of the City of New York. This 
appointment takes effect on January 1, 1941. 


A daughter, HELEN BELL JONEs, was born on 
June 26th to Dr. and Mrs. E. Ruffin Jones, Jr. 
Dr. Jones is professor of zoology at William and 
Mary College and will be an instructor in the 
invertebrate course this summer. 


Miss LAura N. Hunter, who has spent sev- 
eral summers at Woods Hole, was married on 
June 15 to Dr. Arthur C. Colwin, instructor in 
biology at Queens University, Long Island, New 
York. Mrs. Colwin, who has been on the faculty 
of the Pennsylvania College for Women, has been 
appointed instructor in zoology at Vassar College. 


Dr. Curt STERN, associate professor of zoology 
at the University of Rochester, visited Woods 
Hole on Tuesday and Wednesday to deliver a 
lecture before the embryology class on “Genetics 
and Development.” Dr. Stern will spend most of 
the summer working at the Marine Experimental 
Station of the Lankenau Hospital at North Truro, 
Massachusetts. 


ProFressor C. L. Turner, of Northwestern 
University, delivered an evening lecture at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory on July 18 under 
the auspices of the staff of the embryology course. 
The title of his lecture was, “Evolution of Nutri- 
tive and Respiratory Devices in Embryos of Vivi- 
parous Fishes.” 


Among the members of the Marine Biological 
Laboratory to attend the Spectroscopy Conference 
at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology 
this week were: Drs. Kurt Stern, Kurt Salomon, 
Kenneth Fisher, A. E. Navez, Titus Evans, O. 
M. Ray, Carl Smith, F. J. M. Sichel, and E. P. 
Little. 


INTEREST 


The program of the phonograph record concert 
at the M. B. L. Club Monday night: Branden- 
burg Concerto No. 2, Bach; Symphony No. 40 in 
G minor, Mozart; Symphony in D minor, Franck. 


A seminar in botany has been held by members 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory each Thurs- 
day night for the past four weeks. The first three 
were illustrated discussions of various biological 
stations. Last Thursday Dr. Taylor presented 
movies of the Hancock Expedition of 1939. 


The second staff meeting of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution was held on Thursday 
in the lounge of the Institution. Mr. Iselin spoke 
on ‘Developments in Oceanography and their Ef- 
fect on our General Program.” 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s 
ketch Atlantis returned on Wednesday to Woods 
Hole after an eight-day trip. It will sail again on 
Monday for a five-day cruise. Professor Maurice 
Ewing of Lehigh University will be on board with 
equipment to determine the thickness of the sedi- 
ment on the ocean bottom. 


Twelve lady members of the library, adminis- 
tration office, supply department and chemical 
room held their annual outing last Sunday. The 
group went to Cuttyhunk on the supply depart- 
ment’s power boat Nereis, and enjoyed a shore 
dinner there. 


On Monday afternoon, the Nereis, piloted by 
Mr. W. E. Kahler and Mr. Armas Kyllonen, res- 
cued the crew of Morris Frost’s sailboat, the Jolly 
Roger, which capsized during a race at the en- 
trance to the Hole. The Nereis took the occu- 
pants of the boat, and the boat itself, back to Little 
Harbor. 


Dr. Frank A. HArtMAN, professor of physi- 
ology at Ohio State University, is leaving tomor- 
row for a ten-day fishing trip in Maine. 

APPEAL TO BIOLOGISTS 

The research work at the U. S. Bureau of 
Fisheries Laboratory at Milford, Connecticut, is 
handicapped at present by lack of library facilities. 
It will be greatly appreciated if the biologists in- 
terested in marine research contribute their re- 
prints to this institution. Papers on aquatic biol- 
ogy and those dealing with the life histories, em- 
bryology, anatomy, and physiology of marine 
fishes, invertebrates, and algae are especially 
needed. Those desiring to donate their reprints 
may mail them directly to U. S. Fisheries Lab- 
oratory, Milford, Connecticut, or leave them with 
Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, Acting Director, U. S. Fish- 
eries Laboratory at Woods Hole, room 118, 


76 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 131 


NEW MARINE LABORATORY AT MILFORD, CONNECTICUT 
Dr. PauL S. GALTSOFF 
In charge of Shellfisheries Investigations, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service 


For nearly twenty years the U. S. Bureau of 
Fisheries has conducted oyster investigations in 
Long Island Sound from headquarters at Milford, 
situated first on the premises of a private oyster 
company and later on moved- into a small tem- 
porary wooden building erected on a shore lot 
donated for this purpose by the State of Connec- 
ticut. Last May the staff of the laboratory was 
busy moving the equipment and furniture into a 
just completed new two-story brick building. 
Construction of a new laboratory was carried out 
as a Public Work Administration Project with 
funds allocated for this purpose by the Secretary 
of the Interior, Harold L. Ickes. 

Preparatory to the construction work the low 
marsh ground received from the State was raised 
about 10 feet above its original level and the part 
of the bay adjacent to the property was dredged 
to provide a minimum depth of 10 feet. The new 
laboratory occupies a fireproof building 70 by 35 
feet, which rests on 96 yellow-pine piling driven 
35 to 40 feet into the ground. The first floor con- 
tains the Director’s office and laboratory, one lab- 
oratory room 21 by 16 feet, two small rooms for 
investigators, a room for meetings, lectures, and 
displays, 22.7 by 22 feet, rooms for the heating 
plant and mechanical equipment, lavatories, and a 
carpenter shop. 

Chemical, physiological, and biological labora- 
tories, each about 23 by 16 feet are located on the 
second floor, together with the chemical stock 
room, balance room, photographic room, and lib- 
rary. All the laboratories are provided with 
standard equipment, i.e., gas, electricity, cold and 
hot fresh water, sea water, compressed air, and 
the necessary furniture. 
equipped with standard chemical tables and two 
large fume hoods with forced draft. The sea- 
water system consists of a noncorrosive rubber 
pump of suitable capacity, a 5,000 gallon cypress 
storage tank located in the attic, and lead pipes 
delivering the sea water to drain tables placed 
in each of the laboratory rooms. 

A unique feature of the new station is a series 
of large concrete out-door tidal tanks, about 8 


The chemical room is. 


feet deep, built along the water line. Each tank 
is individually filled with sea water through tidal 
gates and the depth of the water can be main- 
tained at three different levels. An 80-foot dock 
provides ample facilities for the laboratory’s boats. 


Before designing the laboratory and selecting 
its equipment, a careful study was made of exist- 
ing biological stations, and efforts were made to 
introduce the necessary up-to-date facilities, yet 
at the same time to avoid expensive structural 
features. Many of the architectural features 
proving useful in the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory and the Oceanographic Institution at Woods 
Hole were incorporated in the plans of the Bu- 
reau’s new station. To conform with its sur- 
roundings, the Milford Laboratory is of simple 
design and colonial in style of architecture. 


The program of research to be conducted in the 
new laboratory comprises two distinct phases: 
(a) Studies of the life histories, ecology, and 
physiology of principal edible mollusks and of 
their enemies; and (b) Applications of scientific 
knowledge to the practical problems of conserva- 
tion and cultivation of shellfish. At present the 
following investigations are being carried on at 
the laboratory: (1) Development, growth, and 
metamorphosis of oyster larvae; (2) Factors con- 
trolling the distribution and attachment of the 
oyster larvae; (3) Carbohydrate metabolism of 
the oyster in relation to its growth and gonad de- 
velopment; and (4) Propagation of starfish, As- 
terias forbesi. 

Permanent staff of the laboratory consists of 
Dr. V. L. Loosanoff, director; Dr. Walter Chip- 
man, Jr., physiologist; James B. Engle, oyster 
culturist ; and Joseph Lucash, foreman. The posi- 
tion of a secretary has not yet been filled. 


Two other laboratories of the Bureau engaged 
in shellfisheries investigations are located at Beau- 
fort, North Carolina, and at Santa Rosa Island 
near Pensacola, Florida. During the past two 
years the buildings of these institutions were re- 
paired and their equipment modernized to meet 
the present needs of biological research. 


PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


This week has been marked by a series of visit- 
ing lecturers. On Friday Dr. Ball discussed the 
chemical nature of various. catalysts taking part 
in biological oxidations, bringing us right up to 
date as to the significance of several members of 
that vitamin B complex. Following this, Dr. 
Stern on Saturday engaged in a discussion of 
some of the differences between the metabolism of 


Dr. Nachman- 
sohn’s lecture on choline esterase in the electric 
organ of the torpedo brought back memories of 
that Saturday morning demonstration which Dr. 
Prosser arranged for us, down on the wharf, dur- 
ing which a torpedo was excited and caused to 
ring a door bell. The torpedo was rather a slug- 


normal and malignant tissues. 


Jury 20, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


77 


gish beast but after much twisting and slamming 
would finally “discharge” for us. 

The annual Physiology picnic at Tarpaulin 
Cove was, needless to say, a success. Embracing 
students, staff, wives and blood relations (but not 
heart-beats) it got under way about 9:30 aboard 
the Winifred. Just before casting off, Dr. Irving 
appeared with an organ grinder out of nowhere, 
who accompanied us for the day. After several 
of our number had tried their hand at organ 
grinding, it was unanimously agreed that they 
stick to physiology. There was more to it than 
met the eye. 

The traditional lobsters were served along with 
clams, corn, potatoes ,and liquid refreshment of 
various orders; and of Course the watermelon. 

At one point when comparative quiet pre- 
vailed, someone noticed that one of our huskier 
colleagues had not been near the water. After 
a moment or two of shrewd calculation, an ap- 
propriate amount of man power was accumulated 
and the struggle was on. It was successful in that 
the victim was dunked after just the right amount 
of resistance to the overpowering brute force. 

A hike to a fresh-water lake was undertaken 
by some few of our crew, but the rest spent a 
lazy afternoon on the beach. 

At about 4:30, the Winifred started back with 


EMBRYOLOGY 


Four Embryologists, only slightly hampered by 
six Physiologists, won the soft ball game between 
the Physiologists and the Investigators for the 
Physiologists. Such an example of Christian 
charity and kindness should go down in the 
annals of history. We bear no envy towards our 
models of diligence and of true investigative spirit 
whom we have been instructed to emulate in an 
attempt to reach the acme of intellectual attain- 
ment. The fact that the Physiologists spend 
more time in the lab is not caused by the fact that 
they work any harder or produce any more or 
better results. Rather, the reason should be fairly 
obviously one of a lack of not only brawn (see 
above) but also of you know what. And so, 
despite frequent injunctions to rival the Physio- 
logists in scientific interest we take great pleasure 
in extending to them some of our excess brawn 
produced in excess time produced by more brains 
so that we can have the time to develop the 
brawn, 


The Investigators, however, we will have to 
admit, really must have something. In a five- 
inning game they emerged the victors over the 
Embryologists with the official score standing at 
14-13. In an extra sixth inning the Embryolog- 
ists took the lead again but, then, it wasn’t 
significant. 


some, while a party set off to hike across country 
to the end of Nonamesset Island. This took two 
hours and the reactions to this excursion were 
somewhat varied. There were those who felt 
stimulated and invigorated; and again there were 
those who were quite definitely done in, who 
staggered down the last stretch in a somewhat 
punch-drunk condition. There were those who 
took the hike with mighty strides, and those who 
seemed rather to be sauntering. Supper was 
waiting, however, and all spirits were restored. 
The Nereis came for us at about 9:00, and found 
us huddled around the fire, quite out-doing our- 
selves in “Red River Valley” et al. with sound 
effects. 

Thursday was a typical “day-after’, with as 
much work done as could be expected. 

Saturday the Physiologists and Embryologists 
played a baseball game. The Embryologists won. 
It is our humble opinion that our unceasing ap- 
plication to academic work was a contributing 
factor to our defeat. Witness the deep coats of 
tan worn by so many of our opponents. Those 
were not acquired underneath a desk lamp! We 
suspect many long secret hours of practice while 
our boys toiled away in the laboratory. At any 
rate, we think the first inning was pretty swell. 

—R. P. F. 


CLASS NOTES 


For the benefit of those who haven’t been in 
the laboratory this last week I would like to give 
some of the details concerning the lab work. The 
experiments on echinoderms which Dr. Schotté 
had started us on the previous week were con- 
tinued. We repeated the parthenogenetic ex- 
periments outlined by Loeb and also used the 
simpler parthenogenetic technique of immersion 
of eggs in hypertonic sea water. Other experi- 
ments were tried to show the influence of lithium 
chloride on developing echinoderm eggs and also 
to show the effects of cross-fertilization on de- 
velopment. The Harvey technique for the par- 
thenogenesis of centrifuged merogones was also 
repeated. The experiments produced a state of 
consternation as well as millions (more or less) 
of echinoderm plutei in an otherwise happy lab. 

Dr. Hamburger began his second series of 
lectures late this week on the development of 
annelida and molluscs with emphasis on some of 
the more important experimental work that has 
been done. The laboratory work has consisted 
of observations of Nereis and Crepidula tracha- 
phores. : 

Lost and found department :— 


1. Where is Ollie Halstead? 

2. Anyone knowing the whereabouts of an Am- 
herst football player during the recent baseball 
games will keep quiet or will Sweeney’s face be red. 


78 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 131 


38. Found: At the Embryology picnic—what takes 
Ken Steele’s mind off his work. 


4. Where is Ollie Halstead? 
5. Flash! Where was Sawyer Saturday night? 


6. Whose battle cry on what night in the forward 
cockpit of what boat was “Wolf, Wolf!’’? 


7. Where is Ollie Halstead? 


8. Has Ed Robinson at last bridged the gap be- 
tween plants and animals? 


9. J. Van Raalte K. objects to the claim that her 
theme song is “Double Trouble.” That’s no trouble 
—it’s a pleasure. 

10. Where is Ollie Halstead? 
11. “I just came along to DRIVE the boat,” un- 
quote you know whom. 
12. Haven’t they heard in Oklahoma that the day 
of etching exhibits is past? 
13. Where is Ollie Halstead? 
—Margie Jolly 


BOTANY CLASS NOTES 


ALGOLOWOCKY 


‘Twas Algae and because of this 

The class cut sections by the score: 
All Axel was the Nereis, 

And the embryos next door. 


“Beware the barnacles, oh Rufe! 

The rock that slips, the stone that skins. 
Beware the shores and stay aloof 

To guard those lanky shins.” 


To plumb the bottom of the sea 
Sans Mrs. Sills we went to dredge, 

And then rocked we in misery 
(While Bill stayed near the edge). 


The fog rolled in, a misty screen, 
Miss Ciu discovered algae rare; 

Our stalwart Sam turned slightly green, 
Began to gasp for air. 


Jo saw that we were pickle-fed, 
Hank dived for dainty algal snack. 
With skins burned red we left Gay Head, 
Came seminaring back. 


“And hast thou seen an algal slide? 
Come to my arms, my darling Toots!” 

“Oh, No,” she cried, and turned aside 
To see Don’s bandaged boots. 


“Tt’s bunk to dunk,” said Dr. Runk, 
“Please pass the Ritz and peanut butter. 

We'll work all night, no use to funk; 
Miss Campbell, please don’t mutter.” 


‘Twas Algae and because of this 

The class cut sections by the score: 
All Axel was the Nereis, 

And the embryos next door. 


—Algernon Algy 


PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


This last week, in a calm sort of way, has 
marked the beginning and the end of various of 
the multiple activities of the busy Protozoologists. 
The days of hay tea and isolation cultures are 
over and the beloved Glaucoma need no longer 
find shelter from pipette raids from their watery 
sky. 

The beginning of slide making marks a new 
era in vocabulary control. The chief difficulty oc- 
curs in the coverslip. Only after long hours of 
work does one view the beauties of an empty slide 
skillfully stained with Heidenhain’s Iron Heamo- 
toxylin method. Then there are more rapid 
methods in which, only after a few minutes, does 
one behold the same view stained with Feulgen’s 
or the relief stain Negrosin. A few victims, how- 
ever, have resigned themselves to sticky funerals 
and are colorfully fixed for posterity in their glass 
mausoleums. 

Collecting took on new forms this week. Two 
Protos spent a profitable morning on hands and 
knees at Nobska hopping around after sand fleas. 
Another member wallowed in the Falmouth dump 
and returned with a veritable menagerie. 

Drawings are being produced at a tremendous 


rate as the deadline for all sixty approaches “on 
little cat feet’ with next Saturday. 

The “pros and cons” of a picnic are seriously 
debated with the probability of the event taking 
place decreasing from hour to hour. It has been 
suggested that microscopes be taken along and 
the picnic be combined with a deep sea fishing ex- 
pedition with beer, lobsters and Radiolaria. 

On Saturday morning, Dr. Austin Phelps, of 
the University of Texas, spoke on “Certain As- 
pects of Protozoan Growth’’ with emphasis on 
population and growth curves. Other lectures of 
the week, given by Dr. Calkins and Dr. Kidder, 
included those on nuclear organization and devel- 
opment, 

Judging from the comparative calm of the near- 
by labs, an industrious week was in order for all. 
As the middle of next week marks the close of 
the Physiology and Embryology courses, is there 
a possibility that they are making up for lost 
time? Then, too, the more than successful Phys- 
iology “get acquainted” picnic accounts for one 
day of complete quiet and advancement of science. 
So ends the fourth week for the Protozoologists. 

—Doris Marchand 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


tHE COLLECTING NET 79 


BOOKS IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PUBLISHED SINCE SEPTEMBER 1, 1939 


Adamstone, F. B. and W. Shumway. Laboratory 
Manual of Vertebrate Zoology. $1.25. Wiley. 
American Association for the Advancement of 
Science. Problems of Lake $2.00. 
Science Press. 

Arnold and Duggan. 
Biology. Mosby. 

Atwood. Introduction to Vertebrate Zoology. Mos- 
by. 

Barrows, E. F. Pedigrees and Checkerboards. $1.50. 
Edwards. 

de Beer, G. B. Embryos and Ancestors. $2.50. Ox- 
ford. 

Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor. Sym- 
posia on Quantitative Biology. Vol. VII. Darwin 
Press. 

Bodansky, M. and O. Bodansky. 
Disease. $8.00. Macmillan. 
Burbank, L. and W. Hall. Partner of Nature. $3.00. 

Appleton-Century. 

Burhoe, O. Laboratory Directions in Introductory 
Zoology. $1.40. Burgess. 

Burlingame, L. L. Heredity and Social Problems. 
$3.50. McGraw-Hill. 

Buxton, P. A. The Louse. $3.00. Williams & Wil- 
kins. 

Casson, S. The Discovery of Man. $3.00. Harper. 

Castle, W. E. Mammalian Genetics. $2.00. Harvard 
University Press. 

Comstock, J. H. The Spider Book. $6.00. Doubleday, 
Doran. 

Cott, H. B. Adaptive Coloration in Animals. $8.50. 
Oxford. 

Craig, C. F. and Faust, E. C. Clinical Parasitology. 
$8.50. Lea & Febiger. 

Curtis, F. D., et al. Everyday Biology. $1.92. Ginn. 

Curtis, W. C. and M. J. Guthrie. Laboratory Direc- 
tions in General Zoology. $1.50. Wiley. 

Cutright, P. R. The Great Naturalists Explore 
South America. $3.50. Macmillan. 

Ditmars, R. L. A Field Book of North American 
Snakes. $3.50. Doubleday, Doran. 

Eales, N. B. Littoral Fauna of Great Britain. $3.50. 
Cambridge (Macmillan). 

Eddy, S., C. P. Oliver and J. P. Turner. Guide to 
the Study of the Anatomy of the Shark, the 
Necturus and the Cat. $1.50. Wiley. 

Fassett, N. C. A Manual of Aquatic Plants. $4.00. 
McGraw-Hill. 

Faust, E. C. Human Helminthology. $8.50. Lea & 
Febiger. 

Fox, I. Fleas of Eastern United States. 
Press of Iowa State College. 

Fraenkel, G. S. and D. L. Dunn. 
Animals. $6.00. Oxford. 

Gershenfeld, L. Biological Products. $4.00. Romaine 
Pierson. 

Goldschmidt, R. The Material Basis of Evolution. 
$5.00. Yale University Press. 

Haldane, J. B. S. Adventures of a Biologist. $2.75. 


Biology. 


Laboratory Manual of General 


Biochemistry of 


Collegiate 


The Orientation of 


Harper. 

Haldane, J. B. S. Science and Everyday Life. $2.00. 
Macmillan. 

Hamilton, W. J., Jr. American Mammals. $3.75. 
McGraw-Hill. 

Hanstrom, B. Hormones in Invertebrates. $4.25. 


Oxford. 
Harvey, E. N. Living Light. $4.00. Princeton. 


Hickman, C. P. Functional Human Anatomy. $3.75. 
Prentice-Hall. 
Hogben, L. Principles of Animal Biology. Norton. 


Holmes, F. O. Handbook 
Viruses. $2.00. Burgess. 

Holmes, W. H. Bacillary and Rickettsial Infections. 
Macmillan. 

Huxley, J. S., ed. The New Systematics. $6.00. Ox- 
ford. 

Hyman, L. H. The Invertebrates: Protozoa Through 
Ctenophora. $7.00. McGraw-Hill. 

International Congress of Microbiology, 1939. 
port of Proceedings. $5.00. Rockefeller. 

Jaques, F. P. The Geese Fly High. $3.00. University 
of Minnesota. 

Jepson, M. Biological Drawings. 
Publishing. 

Johansen. Plant Microtechnique. McGraw-Hill. 

Jung, F. T., et al. Anatomy and Physiology. $3.50. 
Davis. 

Lincoln, F. C. The Migration of American Birds. 
$4.00. Doubleday, Doran. 

Lucas, Miriam Scott. Elements of Human Physi- 
ology. $4.50. Lea & Febiger. 

McAvoy, B. A Study Guide for Biology. $2.00. Bur- 
gess. 

Matheson, R. A Laboratory Guide in Entomology. 
$2.00. Comstock. 

Mullin, F. I. and H. D. Bruner. A Laboratory Man- 
ual for College Physiology. $2.00. 

Neel, A. V. The Content of Cells and Proteins in 
the Normal Cerebro-Spinal Fluid. $2.75. Oxford. 

Parker, J. B. and J. J. Clarke. Introduction to Ani- 
mal Biology. $3.75. Mosby. 

Parshley, H. M. Biology. $1.75. Wiley. 

Peacock, H. A. Elementary Micro-technique. $2.40. 
Longmans. 

Peltier, G. F., C. E. Georgi and L. F. Lindgren. 
Laboratory Manual for General Bacteriology. 
$2.00. Wiley. 

Pilsbry, Henry A. Land Mollusca of North Ameri- 
ca (North of Mexico). $25.00. Academy of Na- 
tural Sciences, Philadelphia. ’ 

Pool, R. J. Basic Course in Botany. $3.75. Ginn. 

Potter. Essentials of Zoology. Mosby. 

Rashevsky, N. Advances and Applications of Math- 
ematical Biology. $2.00. University of Chicago. 

Reed, C. I., H. C. Struck and I. E. Steck. Vitamin 
D. $5.00. University of Chicago. 

Scheinfeld, A. You and Heredity. $3.00. Stokes. 

Shepard, H. H. The Chemistry and Toxicology of 
Insecticides. $4.00. Burgess. 

Shohl, A. T. Mineral Metabolism. $5.00. Reinhold. 

Smith, B. W. The World Under the Sea. $3.00. Ap- 
pleton-Century. . 

Snyder, E. E. Biology in the Making. $2.80. Mc- 


of Phytopathogenic 


Re- 


$2.00. Chemical 


Graw-Hill. 
Snyder, L. H. The Principles of Heredity, 2nd ed. 
$3.50. Heath. 


Szent-Gyorgyi, A. V. On Oxidation, Fermentation, 
Vitamins, Health and Disease. $2.00. Williams 


and Wilkins. 
Tinkle, W. J. Fundamentals of Zoology. $3.00. Zon- 
dervan. 


Verrill, A. H. Wonder Creatures of the Sea. $3.00. 
Appleton-Century. 

Vitamin E, A Symposium. $2.00. Chemical Publish- 
ing. 2 

Waddington, C. H. Organisers and Genes. 
bridge (Macmillan). 

Warren, C. Animal Sex Control. $1.75. Judd. 

Wheeler, W. F. Intermediate Biology. $6.00. Chem- 
ical Publishing. 

Willis, J. C. Evolution by Differentiation. Cam- 
bridge (Macmillan). 


Cam- 


eo 


80 AMale, (COMMIS MINE, INVTAL 


[ Vor. XV, No. 131 


Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 
Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


Kern Scientific Instruments Since 1819 


Peta Polarimeter 
if 7% 


for sunlight or 
sodium light. 
Verniers read- 
ing to 0.05° by 
magnifier. 
Tripartite 
identity field. 
Tubes up to 
as 200 mm. 
if) Ms Micrometer 


——— screw. 
KERN COMPANY 


POLARIMETER 


Sy 
| 


136 Liberty St., 
New York, N. Y. 


SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 

5 5 

Sets, Odd 

There may be some Single Copies 
5) § if 


etc. Complete Volumes and 
Copies. 
needed to complete your sets, or an Im- 
portant Article which you may need. Prices 
are reasonable. 


B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 


TOILET NECESSITIES 
CRETONNE, CHINTZ, LINGERIE 


FALMOUTH 


WOODS HOLE 


SANDWICH SHOP 


Lunch 
Parker Products 


Breakfast Dinner 


Main Street Woods Hole 


CLEANING — PRESSING 
Dyeing — Repairing 
Daily Calls and Deliveries 


Tel. 907 


PARK TAILORING SHOP 
BAND BOX CLEANERS 


172 Main St. 
Falmouth 


DALE Yas 


Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


GAS AND OIL 
WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. 
Opposite Station 


ROWE’S PHARMACY 


Cigarettes — Cosmetics 
Magazines 
Home 
DEVELOPING and PRINTING 
SNAPSHOTS 
Woods Hole 
North Falmouth 


Remedies 


Falmouth 
Fountain SERVICE 


TEXACO 


THE TWIN DOOR 


Woods Hole 


Special 


STEAKS CHICKEN 


LOBSTERS 


| 
| 


Jury 20, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 81 


LEA & FEBIGER 
PUBLICATIONS 
ON EXHIBIT JULY 15 - 27 
_ Richard W. Foster in Charge 


Calkins’ Biology of the Brotesoan 2d Saino 
Cowdry’s Histology, 2d edition 


Craig and Faust’s Clinical Parasitology, new (2d) 
edition 


DeGaris, Lachmann and _ Chase's Principles of 
Human Anatomy 


Faust’s Human Helminthology, new (2d) edition 
Fishberg’s Hypertension and Nephritis, 4th edition 
Gray’s Anatomy, 23d edition 


aca Haden’s Hematol iti 

For Solon Quality in Yacgimiyl foes Hematioy, Yew (0) ation 
epoe,e . fe} 

Your Exhibition Prints B 50S iene cet nedied ition 


4 Lucas’ Elements of H Physiol 
—USE A SOLAR— / *% { uman ysiology 


’ ey Park and Williams on Pathogenic Microorganisms 
A. SOLAR will give you Salon ¢ 11th edition 
uality in a our enlargements . { 

q ae fe scat pee ane fhe full Rony on Obesity and Leanness 

pictorial quality of every negative. Its Schafer’s Essentials of Histology, 14th edition 

perfected light and optical system along . A 5 aaa i 

with its wide flexibility in adjustments } Thienes’ Clinical Toxicology 

make Solar the choice of the man who ~ Whillis’ Elementa Anatom ' 

knows enlargers. Models are available to & 4 ! zi a‘ te 2 mand inystology, 

cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 j Wigger’s Physiology in Health and Disease, new 

inches, with or without condensers. Prices ‘ (3d) edition 


from $39.50 to $112.50. 
ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. AndgothensStandard alext Books 


BURKE & JAMES, Inc. _ 7) So) han Aeon 


223 W. MADISON Sr. @ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS Washington Square Philadelphia, Pa. 


Free Services for the Biology Teacher 


TURTOX CATALOGS 
(1) The Turtox Biology Catalog and Teachers’ Manual is published 
primarily for the high school biology teacher but has also proven popular in college 
and university departments. Contains approximately 100 pages of informational 
material and 300 pages of selected listings of materials for the Biology laboratory. 
Free to Biology teachers 
(2) Turtox Biological Supplies Catalog is the most complete catalog of 
biological specimens, materials and equipment ever to be offered. Contains 672 
well illustrated pages. Distributed to College and University departments. 
TURTOX NEWS 
A monthly biological publication devoted to scientific articles of interest to 
Biology teachers and to the announcement of new Turtox products for the biologi- 
cal sciences. Free to Biologists. 
| 


TURTOX SERVICE LEAFLETS 
A series of 48 leaflets covering specific problems encountered in the Biologi- 
cal Laboratory. Free to Biologists. 


pMpapucr GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
Y 


Incorporated 


761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 
The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 131 


— 
owning . «Bite 


GOLD SEAL PERMANENT. LABORATORY INKS | 
~ 3 | 
- wre 1, Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE. E X H I B I T 
Y LAN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. } 
ou { 2. Are ready for use with pen or brush | 
som offen: ainecisislaeiignelatecholsacploliterclenenc||ievall las July 22nd to August 4th 
oratory solvents. | 
| 


SEND $¥)_ 01 o box of tour 1-oz. bottles, one each of red, white. blue, and black. as illustrated 
and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. at the 


eit) CLAY-ADAMSS&: SEMSSSSS Wld Lecture Ball 
e 
of 
INSTRUMENTS 
| SUPPLIES 
MODELS 
CHARTS 
SKELETONS 


will answer your requirements, Three series of ADAMS 
Centrifuges, illustrated a’ e by the “ANGLE” model 
of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO. 
and larger tubes Priced from $17.25 to S55. 


CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. CoO., 44 East 23rd St 


44 EAST 28rd STREET a: " - Inc.» New York, N.Y. 
NEW YORK. N. Y. : ; 


Cambridge Instruments 


During the past half century many of the 
important developments of Science have been fur- 
thered with the assistance of Cambridge Instruments. 


The quality of workmanship and mater- 
ials employed in their construction and the 
distinctive finish of metal and woodwork 
mark Cambridge instruments unmistakably. 
From a utilitarian standpoint it is these 
enumerable refinements in the smallest de- 
tails that make Cambridge instruments ac- 
curate, dependable and long-lived. 


Cambridge Instruments are used to measure min- 
ute direct and alternating potential, current, and 
power quantities; field strength of magnets; humid- 
ity; temperature; hydrogen-ion concentration; dis- 
: 4 solved oxygen; gas analysis; horizontal, rotational, 
Meee Vato s Toe and vertical vibration; internal damping capacities 
Pee Sa = = of materials; acceleration and deceleration; oscillo- 


tionally compact and robust instrument 2 : : ie \ 
of high sensitivity, short period and low graphic recording of transient electrical phenomena; 


capacitance and does not require levelling. geophysical prospecting; etc; etc. 


OF PRECISION TERMINAL, 


LINDEMANN ELECTROMETER WITH 
GROUNDING SWITCH 


INSTRUMENTS New York, N. Y. 


Jury 20, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


Spencer announces 
a new Stereoscopic Microscope 


N close co-operation with scientists 

of long experience Spencer has de- 
veloped a new group of Stereoscopic 
Microscopes. 


The result is an instrument which 
represents an important advance, op- 
tically and mechanically. 


Notable among the superiorities are 
an improved stereoscopic vision, an 
uncommonly brilliant resolution and 
a large object field. Mechanically, 
betterments have been effected in 
rigidity and weight, in the dust-proof 


Spencer Lens Company 


revolving objective holder and in the 
longer range of focusing adjustment. 


A wide range of magnifications — 
from 6.3X to 144X —is available. 
Seven different powers in paired ob- 
jectives and four different powers in 
paired eyepieces provide a total of 
twenty-eight magnifications. 


A new booklet describing the com- 
plete Spencer line of Stereoscopic 
Microscopes has just been published. 
Address Dept. G8-3 for a copy. 


MICROSCOPES ER REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENC COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALG SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT U.S.A PROJECTORS 


8&4 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 131 


BORN OF WHITE HEAT 


Like a huge glowing jewel, this pot of molten 
optical glass symbolizes the care and precision 
that identifies the making of B&L instruments. 
Here, as it cools in a crucible of clay—as care- 
fully selected as the materials from which the 
glass itself is made—is the beginning of a preci- 
sion optical system. Here, is exemplified the 
precision control that starts with the optical glass 
and ends only when the complete instrument is 
placed in your hands. 

For coordinated precision—of lens and me- 
chanical system—you'll want B&L instruments. 
Write concerning your optical instrument prob- 
lems to Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul 
St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 5 


SATURDAY, JULY 27, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF TRANS- 
PLANTED AND DERANGED PARTS OF 
THE AMPHIBIAN NERVOUS SYSTEM 
Dr. Paut A. WEIsS 
Associate Professor of Zoology, 
University of Chicago 

In an attempt to determine functional proper- 
ties of nerve centers which might not depend for 
their execution upon the integrity of the typical 
neurone patterns, a method of 
“deplanting” fragments of de- 


ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF CELL 
MEMBRANES 


Dr. K. S. Core 
Associate Professor of Physiology, 
Columbia University 
By far the largest part of our knowledge of 
living cells has been acquired from observations 
and measurements made with visible light and 
_ indeed we most often think of 
| cells, tissues and organisms in 


veloped nervous system was 
devised by which a_ break- 
down of the normal structural 
patterns could be obtained 
while at the same time enough 
nervous matter could survive 
to exhibit functional activity. 
The method consists of the 
following. 

Fragments of spinal cord 
measuring from four to twelve 
segments are excised from 
salamander larvae (two to 
four centimeters in length) 
and inserted into the gelatin- 
ous connective tissue of the 
fin extending along the dorsal 
mid-line of a host animal of 
similar age. At this stage the 
central nervous system is es- 


sentially differentiated and has been in functional 
activity for several weeks or months. 


M. B. ¥. Calendar 


TUESDAY, July 30, 8:00 P. M. 


Seminar: Dr. B. H. Willier: “A 
Study of Feather Color Patterns 
Produced by Grafting Melano- 
phores During Embryonic Devel- 
opment.” 


Dr. G. H. Parker: “The Melano- 
phore Neurohumors in the Cat- 
fish.” 


Dr. H. B. Goodrich: “The Cellular 
Basis of the Color Pattern in 
Some Bermuda Coral Reef Fish.” 


FRIDAY, August 2, 8:00 P. M. 


Lecture: Dr. Eric G. Ball: “Cata- 
lysts of Biological Oxidation, 
Their Composition and Mode of 
Action.” 


After de- 


terms of their visible appear- 
ance. We habitually associate 
an object directly with its op- 
tical image because long fa- 
miliarity permits us to over- 
look the intervening — steps, 
such as refraction and absorp- 
tion, which create this image. 
And so when we must turn to 
other and less familiar meth- 
ods of observation it may be 
difficult to recognize what we 
see and to have confidence in 
the image which they create. 
We shall seek now to describe 
the living cell membrane in 
electrical terms—to present its 
electrical picture. The electri- 
cal methods are used, not be- 
cause of any belief that they 


are necessarily fundamental, but because they cer- 
tainly see things in a different and perhaps 


plantation it becomes (Continued on page 91) simpler light, and (Continued on page 87) 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Electrical Properties of Cell Membranes, Items) *of) Interest: .ticccczetccecssscssessessuns sossossssectovsaceee 95 
ID Rs) 1S TSK (COSY Gears ssereeee tc et ee 85 ; A 
' ‘ The Seminar on Experimental Morphology, 
Functional Properties of Transplanted and De- Dye, IL@aiae ler a 96 


Dr. Paul Weiss 
Class Notes 


ranged Parts of Amphibian Nervous System, 
Sees EN nents 85 


Introducing Dr. M. H. Pirenne 


The Biological Field Stations of Scandinavia 
and Finland, Homer A. Jack ...........ccccccccesseeeees 96 


Supplementary Directory for 1940............cccceee 98 


(9/8) 
OV 
nS 
ee 
fd 
Q 
ho 
is 
. 
ie 
O 
eel 
| 
Z 
a 
Z 
= 
4 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


THE SITE OF THE WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION PIER IN 1870 


A painting from memory by the late Franklin 
L. Gifford. The location of the berth of the 
Atlantis is just to the right of the stage coach; 
the site of the engine house and a portion of the 
yard of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institu- 
tion appear in the picture. 

The painting portrays the steamer Monohansett 
landing at Bar Neck Wharf in August, 1870, with 
over 900 passengers aboard on their way to Vine- 
yard Haven camp meeting. The vessel often 
towed whaling vessels into Woods Hole when 
they were unable to proceed under their own 
sails. 

The building on Bar Neck Wharf was first 
used as a freight shed by the Steamboat Com- 
pany, and was originally on the present site of 
the library. After the railroad wharf was built, 
the building was purchased by William Studley 
who rebuilt it as a residence for himself. The 
house is now on North Street. 


The stage coach on the wharf met all the boats, 
and brought passengers to Woods Hole, bound 
for New Bedford and the Vineyard. It had a 
regular route between Falmouth and Woods 
Hole. 

The land in the distance is Naushon Island, 
while the low tide in the foreground exposes the 
sand bar on Grew’s Clam Flats. Dyer’s dock now 
covers the flats, and the Penzance Garage is lo- 
cated on the old Bar Neck Wharf. 

Two lightships can be seen in the distant har- 
bor. The “square-rigger” came from Italy loaded 
with brimstone for the Pacific Guano Company 
which was established on Penzance Point in 
1863. This chemical laboratory and manufactur- 
ing plant was for thirty years the principal indus- 
try of Woods Hole. Crude guano from distant 
islands was combined with bone scrap to produce 
a superior type of fertilizer. The Guano Com- 
pany was in operation from 1863 to 1895, em- 
ploying regularly from 150 to 200 men. 


Jury 27, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 87 


ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF CELL MEMBRANES 
(Continued from page 85) 


because the machinery is available for making 
rapid and accurate measurements with little or no 
detectable effect on either the living membrane or 
the cell as a whole. 


Ton Permeability 

First let us investigate the permeability of the 
cell membrane to ions. This should be an ideal 
application for electrical methods because the out- 
standing characteristic of an ion is its electrical 
charge. When such charges are in an electric 
field between two electrodes, they are forced to- 
wards one or the other of the electrodes and if 
some of the ions are able to cross an intervening 
membrane, they constitute an electrical current. 
The permeability of the membrane may then be 
measured by the ratio of the current to the driving 
force, which is the potential difference between 
the electrodes. This ratio of current to potential 
difference is none other than the electrical con- 
ductance, or the reciprocal of the electrical resist- 
ance, commonly measured in ohms. 

We cannot easily insert an electrode inside of a 
cell to measure the membrane resistance directly 
but current may be sent in one side of the cell 
and out the other. The cytoplasm is a good elec- 
trical conductor and we could obtain the mem- 
brane resistance in this manner except for the 
difficulty of estimating the current leakage around 
the cell. If, however, we have a uniform suspen- 
sion of cells in a conducting medium it is possible 
to calculate the paths of current flow. This has 
been done by Clerk Maxwell for a suspension of 
spherical particles and his equation may be used 
for marine egg suspensions, although it is very 
unlikely that he foresaw this application. Meas- 
urements of the resistances of the suspension and 
the suspending medium, and the volume concen- 
tration made on Hipponoé and Arbacia egg sus- 
pensions of various concentrations, show that 
within the error of the concentration measure- 
ments the plasma membranes are perfectly non- 
conducting in both the fertilized and unfertilized 
egg. It is not necessary, however, to confine our- 
selves to spherical cells for the Maxwell equation 
is easily modified for use on fibrous tissues such 
as muscle and nerve when the current flow is 
transverse, i.e., at right angles to the fiber axes. 
Tt is not an easy matter to vary the volume con- 
centration of fibers in muscle but instead the re- 


sistance of the intercellular medium may be varied 
by mixture with iso-osmotic sugar solution. 
These measurements of the frog sartorius muscle 
also fail to prove an ion permeability as do the 
data on nerve, Nitella and the squid giant axon. 
The first extensive and accurate measurements of 
cell suspensions were made with red blood cells 
but these could not be explained by the Maxwell 
equation. The equation was modified by Fricke 
to apply to oblate spheroids and excellent agree- 
ment was then obtained on the assumption that 
the membrane was impermeable to ions. 

Before concluding that these membranes are 
not permeable to ions, we must consider the ef- 
fect of experimental errors. The necessary ac- 
curacy in the volume concentration measurements 
is found to be directly proportional to the resist- 
ance of the medium and to the diameter of the 
individual cell, and inversely proportional to the 
membrane resistance. In the experiments already 
considered, it is estimated that this accuracy 
would have to be better than 1/10 per cent and so 
we must look for more favorable conditions. It is 
not yet permissible to alter the membrane resist- 
ance and so we must seek larger cells and higher 
resistance media. By external measurements on 
so large a marine cell as Valonia, Blinks was un- 
able to demonstrate a membrane conductivity. He 
did, however, obtain the first estimate of a mem- 
brane resistance, 5000 ohms for a square centi- 
meter, for impaled Valonia. Recent preliminary 
measurements on the frog egg in pond water give 
a value of about 400 ohms. It is not necessary 
that the cells be large in all dimensions, if we are 
willing to desert our relatively simple mathemati- 
cal analysis and undertake to interpret longitudi- 
nal measurements made between two electrodes 
along the length of a fiber. In this way, Blinks 
obtained a value of 250,000 ohms for a square 
centimeter in Nitella. More extensive longitudinal 
measurements of the squid axon and single fibers 
from lobster and crab nerves give approximately 
1000 ohms for a square centimeter of membrane. 

It is now found that for favorable material in 
which the geometrical measurements can be made 
with sufficient accuracy, a permeability of the 
membranes to ions as such can be detected and 
measured. We may then assume that a similar 
permeability exists in other cell membranes but 
that it will be more difficult to measure. There 


THE CoLLEcTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 38, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


88 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 132 


is as yet no basis for deciding that this ion per- 
meability is large or small. It is difficult to meas- 
ure and seems quite small in the units we have 
used to express it, but we do well to remember 
that the cell has adjusted the permeability to its 
requirements and not to our convenience. We may 
however reach a compromise if we ask about not 
only the permeating ions but also the ions which 
do not get through the membrane—either because 
they are refused admittance or because of the 
crowds at the gates. 


Ion Impermeability 

We shall again put the electrical driving force 
on the ions but now confine our attention to those 
ions that do not cross the membrane. At the in- 
stant the potential difference is applied all ions 
will start to move quite as they do when there is 
no membrane present, but soon some are stopped 
by the membrane and an accumulation of anions 
on one side of the membrane and cations on the 
other starts in. This accumulation proceeds at a 
slower and slower rate as the ions already present 
prevent more of the same kind from approaching. 
Finally the excess charge on each side becomes 
constant and is proportional to the applied poten- 
tial difference. This is a familiar characteristic 
of non-conductors and the ratio of charge to po- 
tential difference, known as the capacity, is meas- 
ured in farads. Although this capacity is meas- 
ured by means of the ions which cannot cross the 
membrane, it is a characteristic of the membrane 
which depends upon its composition, structure 
and thickness. The capacity can be measured by 
the rate at which the ions assemble after the ap- 
plication of a constant potential difference or, 
more conveniently at the present time, by the use 
of alternating potential differences. If the poten- 
tial difference swings rapidly back and forth from 
one direction to the other, the ions will only have 
time to travel so short a distance that they all 
move quite as if the membrane were not present. 
There will then be current flow through as well 
as around the cells in a suspension. For very low 
frequencies of alternating potential difference, the 
ions will have ample time to accumulate on each 
side of the membrane and practically prevent cur- 
rent flow in this direction. The current flow in a 
suspension will then be around and between the 
cells for low frequency alternating current. 

Now as to the evidence that a living cell mem- 
brane has such an ion impermeable structure. 
Hober found the current flow was entirely inter- 
cellular in red cell suspensions and muscle at one 
thousand cycles and that at nearly ten million 
cycles the current also flowed through the cyto- 
plasm just as it would if there were no mem- 
branes. These observations clearly demonstrate a 
membrane capacity, but it was not until some 


years later that Fricke showed that the membrane 
capacity could be calculated from measurements 
on a suspension and obtained an approximate 
value of 0.8 microfarad per square centimeter for 
the red cell membrane. We may now put the 
theory in more complete form by returning to the 
Maxwell equation and modifying it again. Alter- 
nating current measurements on suspensions of 
unfertilized Hipponoé, Asterias and Arbacia eggs 
agree very well with the theoretical picture, ex- 
cept for the effect of an unidentified structure at 
the highest frequencies, and give us membrane 
capacities between 0.7 and 1.1 microfarads per 
square centimeter. Red cell suspensions give 
nearly one microfarad but show a slight systema- 
tic deviation from the theory. For frog muscle, 
we obtain again a microfarad per square centi- 
meter but the deviations are far too large to ig- 
nore and we must ask what is wrong with our 
theoretical picture. The observations could be 
explained by a variation of membrane capacity 
and diameter from fiber to fiber but there is also 
the possibility that this deviation may be a charac- 
teristic of each individual fiber membrane. This 
can be only decided by measurements of single 
cells. Both the Nitella and squid axon data again 
give a membrane capacity of a microfarad per 
square centimeter but also present ample evidence 
that this membrane capacity is not so perfect as 
we have pictured it. It has the well-known char- 
acteristic found in many non-living insulators 
which is called dielectric loss. 

A summary of the data for nearly thirty differ- 
ent cells gives an average membrane capacity of 
about one microfarad per square centimeter with 
varying amounts of dielectric loss for all but the 
marine egg cell membranes. We may now make 
a comparison between the ion impermeable and 
the ion permeable aspects of the membrane as 
measured by the capacity and resistance. When 
a potential difference is applied to the membrane, 
the permeating ions give a steady current flow 
which is proportional to the excess non-permeat- 
ing ions piled up on each side of the membrane. 
A resistance of 500 ohms and a capacity of one 
microfarad for a square centimeter of membrane 
tells us that two thousand ions per second pass 
through the membrane for each pair of imper- 
meable ions separated by the membrane. Stated 
in these terms the membrane permeability seems 
quite considerable, but we are again without an 
adequate basis for this conclusion. 


Membrane Inductance 


With these ion permeable and ion impermeable 
characteristics of the membrane represented by 
resistance and capacity we now turn with some 
confidence to prediction. With paper, pencil and 
differential equations we calculate the longitudinal 


Jury 27, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 89 


alternating current characteristics of the squid 
axon to be measured between large electrodes a 
centimeter or so apart, and then we turn to the 
axon for confirmation, as was done two summers 
ago. The measurements at the high frequencies 
were quite as expected but low frequencies gave 
an apparently “negative” capacity which was en- 
tirely unanticipated. This anomoly is not only 
real and a property of the axon but the structure 
responsible for it is located in the membrane. A 
“negative” capacity is only a descriptive term but 
from conventional electricity and magnetism we 
find that the measurements can be explained by 
—and only by—the well-known electrical element 
of inductance which is measured in henries. 


This inductance must now be put into our elec- 
trical picture of the cell membrane along with 
the resistance and capacity. The simplest possible 
picture is not perfect but it is sufficiently good 
to give us an estimate of one-fifth henry for a 
square centimeter of membrane. 


Membrane Function 


A preliminary sketch of the cell membrane, as 
seen electrically, has now been completed and we 
should pause to question its value, to ask what 
it tells us of the structure and function of the 
membrane. We may turn first to the processes of 
injury and death. These have been extensively 
investigated in Laminara by Osterhout and there 
are certainly changes of ion permeability but we 
may ask what happens to the ion impermeability. 
As a single example let us measure the resting 
frog sartorius muscle and then follow the changes 
of the alternating current characteristics during 
exposure to chloroform. These changes are ap- 
proximately those which we expect if the ion per- 
meability alone increases. Although they do not 
follow the predicted course exactly, and there is 
an apparent alteration of membrane capacity, the 
data indicate that the changes of ion permeability 
are many hundred fold greater than the changes 
of the ion impermeable aspect of the membrane. 
This suggests that the two aspects may be rela- 
tively independent. 


It is commonly accepted, apparently without 
extensive proof, that during current flow the ion 
permeability of a membrane is increased at the 
cathode and decreased under the anode. Our 
membrane picture however, gives an ion permea- 
bility independent of current flow and we must 
measure the effect of current flow through a real 
membrane. This has been done by transverse 
measurements of the squid giant axon; there was 
practically no change of the ion impermeable 
structure, and the permeability was found to in- 
crease at the cathode and decrease at the anode. 
This result is quite satisfactory from a physiologi- 


cal point of view, but it means that the electrical 
picture must be modified. We can no longer rep- 
resent the ion permeability by a conventional re- 
sistance and shall turn to a different type of ex- 
periment to suggest its successor. 

Last summer techniques were developed inde- 
pendently at Plymouth by Hodgkin and Huxley 
and at this laboratory by Curtis for inserting a 
micropipette about a centimeter into the axo- 
plasm from one end of the squid axon. Using the 
tip of this pipette as an electrode we can now 
measure directly the potential difference across the 
membrane during current flow. After the current 
is applied, the potential rises at the anode and 
falls at the cathode until it reaches a constant 
level after the membrane capacity has been 
charged. These changes of potential would be 
equal and proportional to the current if the mem- 
brane permeability were represented by resistance. 
But at the anode the potential rises more slowly 
to higher levels than anticipated as the current is 
increased. At the cathode the potential rises 
more rapidly and oscillates before settling down 
to a lower level than for a simple resistance as 
the current is increased. 


Considering now only the final level, this means 
that the current flows more easily in one direc- 
tion than the other and as a result also spreads 
much farther along the axon from the anode than 
the cathode. Taking into account the spreading 
effect we find that the membrane is actually an 
excellent rectifier, having a hundred times greater 
resistance at the anode than at the cathode. The 
spread of current is an explanation of the spatial 
difference of anelectrotonus and catelectrotonus 
first found by Pfltiger and the rectification will 
probably also explain several summation effects 
found by Gildemeister and Katz. 


Our membrane has both capacity and induct- 
ance which are analogous to elasticity and mass in 
mechanical systems. As we know, a spring and 
a weight or a stretched wire can vibrate freely if 
there is not too much friction. From the data 
which produced the membrane inductance we can 
predict that the membrane potential will oscillate 
under favorable conditions and that the frequency 
will be about 250 cycles—middle C on the musical 
scale. The membrane may be “struck’’ electrical- 
ly with a cathode current and the calculated os- 
cillations agree quite well with those described 
above. At the anode the motion should be over- 
damped, as has been found, Arvanitaki has found 
similar oscillations of about the same frequency in 
the Sepia axon. When the calcium was lowered 
sufficiently, the oscillations started spontaneously 
and built up until the threshold was reached and 
repetitive discharge took place. Oscillations of 
excitability at about 200 cycles have been found 


90 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


by Erlanger and Blair, and Monnier and Coppée 
for the frog sciatic nerve. 

It has long been postulated that an increase of 
ion permeability was an essential part of the ini- 
tiation and propagation of a nerve impulse. Meas- 
urements on the squid axon at the cathode show 
this increase when the threshold is reached and 
we may make similar observations during the pas- 
sage of a distantly initiated impulse. The action 
potential rises smoothly to the point of inflection 
with no measurable change of the alternating cur- 
rent characteristics. At this point, however, a 
sudden increase of ion permeability takes place 
which returns to the resting level somewhat more 
slowly than the action potential. The maximum 
permeability is about forty times the resting value 
but this takes place with little if any change of 
the membrane capacity and similar results are 
found for Nitella. An analysis of the local circuit 
current flow in the rising phase of the action po- 
tential shows that this current is outward, or 
cathodal up until the point of inflection. There 
should then be an increase of ion permeability, 
but none was found. When we invoke the in- 
ductance this is quite easily explained. The mem- 
brane potential is falling quite rapidly in this re- 
gion of the action potential and a considerable 
portion of the current tends naturally to flow into 
the membrane capacity. An inductance however 
is fundamentally opposed to any change of the 
status quo and resists it so vigorously as to force 
nearly all of the current into the condenser and 
so protect the rectifier or ion permeability element 
from change until the actual excitation takes place 
at the inflection point of the potential. 


In all of these phenomena we have found that 
the membrane capacity is singularly unaffected 
but this is not always the case. The capacities of 
the Arbacia and Hipponoé egg membranes are 
several times larger after fertilization than before. 
There are however preliminary data to indicate 
that this change does not occur in several other 
forms and it may be that these two, the first in- 
vestigated, are anomalous. 


These few examples indicate that the elements 
of our electrical membrane picture may have func- 
tional significance and it becomes even more in- 
teresting to investigate the suggestions which it 
can make as to the structure of the membrane un- 
der various conditions. 


Membrane Structure 


As has been mentioned, the capacity, or ion im- 
permeable aspect, and the dielectric loss depend 
upon the composition, structure and thickness of 
the membrane. If we assume that the membrane 
has the properties of a lipoid in bulk, the thick- 
ness corresponding to a microfarad per square 


centimeter is about one or two molecules, as was 
pointed out by Fricke. Measurements of the 
properties of surface films do not seriously modify 
this estimate. It is not necessary that the film 
be lipoid so far as the capacity and dielectric loss 
are concerned, for the double tanned protein 
films of Dean provide an excellent model in both 
respects. The origin and nature of dielectric loss 
in non-living materials is not yet known and en- 
gineering has long been waiting on physics and 
chemistry for an answer to these questions. Fur- 
thermore, until they can be answered we must not 
be too confident of our concepts of perfect dielec- 
trics. There are however indications that highly 
condensed structures, in which the inter-molecu- 
lar forces are particularly strong, are responsible 
for the type of dielectric loss observed in the liv- 
ing cell membrane. Such structures may also have 
a large dielectric constant which suggests that the 
membrane may after all be rather thick. 

The singularly small changes of this ion imper- 
meable part of the cell membrane in injury, death, 
current flow and excitation—where the ion per- 
mability may change ten or a thousand fold— 
leads us to picture the ion impermeable structure 
as a massive, inert and durable framework oc- 
cupying almost the entire bulk of the membrane, 
with the ion permeability represented by at most 
a small percentage of the membrane volume. 

In contrast to the ion impermeability, the ion 
permeability as measured electrically has consider- 
able functional significance and its changes re- 
flect—or perhaps, cause—a variety of physiologi- 
cal and pathological phenomena. The outstand- 
ing difficulty is that as yet we have no objective 
indications of the ions involved and until these 
can be identified the number of possible mechan- 
isms for the ion permeability characteristic is al- 
most unlimited. For example, we may assume a 
membrane permeability to potassium ions alone. 
With an inward current flow, an external medium 
of low potassium concentration could only supply 
a few ions to the membrane and its electrical re- 
sistance would be high. An outward current flow 
might draw on the high internal potassium con- 
centration to increase the number of carriers in 
the membrane and so decrease the resistance. It 
may not be too optimistic to predict that an ex- 
planation of this membrane characteristic will be 
a rather complete molecular picture of the mem- 
brane and correlation of ionic membrane phe- 
nomena. 

From the purely electrical point of view, this 
cell membrane compares very favorably with the 
copper oxide and selenium rectifiers so widely 
used at the present time. It is interesting to note 
that while these rectifiers have been quite difficult 
to explain and their action has been a center of 
considerable theoretical interest, there are prob- 


Juty 27, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 91 


ably fewer of them in use than there are biologi- 
cal rectifiers in a few cubic centimeters of living 
cells. 

Our information on the origin of the inductive 
element in the membrane is very meager as yet, 
but it is difficult to deny its importance in nerve 
phenomena. The constancy of the membrane ca- 
pacity and the prevalence of the 250 cycle fre- 
quency in nerve fibers leads us to suspect that the 
inductance may be as constant and indestructible 
as the capacity. It may be intimately associated 
with the capacity and present in all cell mem- 
branes, but it could also be the structure which 
makes a nerve fiber what it is. 

The concept of a capacity finds a ready appli- 
cation in the cell membrane but those of us who 
associate inductance with massive coils of copper 
wire on heavy iron cores find it difficult to place 
such a structure in the cell membrane. Funda- 
mentally, a capacity represents a storage of ener- 
gy by virtue of the position of electrical charges 
and in these terms an inductance represents a 
storage of energy associated with the motion ot 
electrical charges. A magnetic field is but one 
way in which an electrical current can be made 
to store energy. A quartz crystal can do this be- 
cause of its mass and an ability to change shape 


in an electrical field and a small quartz plate a 
millimeter thick may have an inductance of about 
1/10 henry—half that of a similar area of cell 
membrane. Another example is a bead of uran- 
ium oxide a millimeter in diameter on two fine 
platinum wires. The thermal properties and a 
negative temperature coefficient of resistance give 
this structure an inductance of several hundred 
henries. Recent x-ray observations on the mye- 
lin sheath and electro-optical studies of bentonite 
suspensions strongly suggest that the membrane 
inductance may be of the type found in the quartz 
crystal and arise from a highly organized, quasi- 
crystaline membrane structure. 

This then is the cell membrane as seen through 
the eyes of electricity. It is quite apparent, from 
our discussion of its origins and relations to 
structure and function, that the picture is far 
from being complete and accurate. We can see 
that the real and difficult problems lie ahead, for 
only the simple and elementary steps have been 
taken. Yet these: steps were easy only because 
of the able and enthusiastic cooperation of Dr. 
Curtis, Mr. Spencer, Dr. Baker, Miss Guttman 
and Mr. Hodgkin. 


(This article is based upon a lecture delivered at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 19.) 


FUNCTIONAL PROPERTIES OF TRANSPLANTED AND DERANGED PARTS OF 
THE AMPHIBIAN NERVOUS SYSTEM 


(Continued from page 85) 


quickly revascularized from blood vessels of the 
host but remains otherwise independent. It un- 
dergoes a certain amount of involution and its in- 
timate structure becomes considerably reduced 
and deranged. 

As a test organ for its functional manifesta- 
tions, a limb was transplanted at some distance 
from the grafted center. Nerve fibers issuing 
from the latter soon effected functional connec- 
tions with this limb graft, supplying both mus- 
culature and skin in fairly normal fashion. 

Towards the end of the second week after 
transplantation signs of function appear. They 
consist of fibrillar twitches which within a few 
days increase in strength and frequency until, by 
the third week, the limb exhibits almost continu- 
ous automatic clonic contractions. Individual 
seizures may last for many minutes and upon 
subsiding can be provoked again by slight pres- 
sure against the site of the grafted center. The 
activity of the C.N.S. at this time is marked by 
its rhythmicity and tendency of the discharges to 
become synchronized so that the limb musculature 
displays strong beats at a fairly regular rhythm 
of the order of one to several seconds, 

This endogenous discharge occurs while the 
host animal may be completely at rest, but it is 


augmented by previous activity of the host body, 
indicating that metabolites appearing in the blood 
during activity raise the excitability of the grafted 
unit. Pithing the host animal or excising the 
grafted unit does not suppress the activity of the 
latter, Anaesthesia as well as cutting the nerve 
cable between the grafted center and limb abolish 
the response. 

Some days or weeks after endogenous activity 
has appeared reflexes can also be obtained by 
stimulating the grafted limb or the skin in the 
vicinity of the spinal graft. These reflexes are 
mass reactions of the limb musculature and con- 
sist of a quick twitch followed by a drawn-out 
repetitive after-discharge. The fact that both the 
endogenous cutomatic discharge and the reflex 
discharge involve the grafted center as a whole 
rather than any particular component neurone 
chain, is best demonstrated by cases in which 
two limbs were transplanted, one to the anterior, 
the other to the posterior end of the spinal cord 
graft. Although innervated from opposite parts 
of the center, both limbs contract in unison, This 
synchronism is immediately abolished by dividing 
the grafted center so that each limb now possesses 
an independent center of its own. All reflexes 
have shown evidence of spatial and temporal sum- 


92 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


mation. The observed phenomena of endogenous 
and reflex activity may continue for as long as 
five months, although there seems to be a gradual 
decline in the excitability of the grafted units. 

If a limb is transplanted with its spinal centers 
and nerve connections left intact, reflexes can be 
obtained immediately after the transplantation. 
These reflexes are as differentiated as they were 
in the intact animal. However, during the two 
weeks following the operation one observes a 
gradual deterioration of the reflex and break- 
down of its organization, with a concomitant ap- 
pearance of automatic activity of the same type 
as that occurring in secondarily innervated limbs. 
Thus the degradation of the spinal center can be 
followed directly by observation, 

If the nerve centers, instead of being trans- 
planted as such, are minced and then injected so 
that the fragments reaggregate, the functional 
phenomena are essentially the same as those fol- 
lowing the deplantation of the intact centers. 

Different parts of the nervous system seem to 


differ specifically in their performances, but this 
point is still under investigation. Thus far, spinal 
cord from any level behaves as_ described 
above; hind brain produces  well-synchronized 
rhythmic activity, but thus far has not yielded 
reflex action; thalamus has not yet been seen to 
give rise to either activity. 

In conelusion, these experiments demonstrate 
that certain fundamental functional properties of 
nerve centers persist after the typical anatomical 
structure has been deranged, and the described 
method points a way to an analytical study of 
those properties. It furthermore permits the ex- 
perimental complantation of different nerve cen- 
ters in arbitrary combinations, thus creating a 
kind of “synthetic neurology.” Potentially the 
method can render a similar service to the study 
of physiological function as tissue culture has ren- 
dered in the study of morphological problems. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 23.) 


PHYSIOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


At the beginning of the season we wondered at 
the necessity of the painted signs outside the 
building designating the various labs. Now they 
seem altogether futile because with the waxing 
of the moon there has been an ever increasing 
migration of students—more predictable even 
than Nereis itself. Certain Embryologists find 
pretext to use our Bunsen burner, we dash up- 
stairs to use the Protos’ centrifuge or do a little 
collaborating over at Rockefeller; more recently 
the Protos have gained courage to visit us but 
more often fire salutes down the spiral staircase 
with empty beer cans—they were beer cans 
weren't they, Phil? 

Rumors are that Holton and Woodward have 
been called up before the Woods Hole division 
of the F.B.I. to explain the disappearance of large 
quantities of rubber tubing. As a matter of fact 
they have merely been turning their investigative 
minds to the development of a better long-range 
water gun. Improvements are remarkable. 
Syringes soon replaced pipettes and now a thor- 
oughly distended piece of tubing has the advan- 
tages of both capacity and range. So effective are 


they that to date the Protos, while often hit por- 
ing unsuspectingly over their scopes, have never 
once spotted the snipers. 

This week's lectures offered a change in diet 
from the usual fare of cell respiration and trans- 
mission in nerve fibers. Dr. George L. Clarke 
came over from the Oceanographic and made us 
ardent supporters of Maine’s crystal-clear lakes 
think we had only been swimming in mud holes 
after all. Our hats are off to him for his charm, 
his sense of humor, and his outstanding ability to 
present his material clearly and simply. 

Monday there was standing room only in the 
Old Lecture Hall when Dr. Loewi summarized 
the discovery of drugs and how their action de- 
pended both on the kind of organism and its state 
of health. He got a good rise out of the scions 
of physiology by putting forward the theory that 
man had found plant drugs by instinct. Dr. Loewi 
however fended off all blows with his subtle wit 
which many of us were better able to appreciate 
at the tea which the Chambers gave for us that 
afternoon. —A.W.S. 


PROTOZOOLOGY CLASS NOTES 


With corrections on last week’s pessimistic note 
in regard to the annual picnic, the Protozoologists 
are still here to report that with a bang and with- 
out microscopes the picnic was a great success. 
Thursday, one of those hot and “sun through 
mist” types of days, saw the seven Protozoolog- 
ists, their instructors and twenty guests on the 
beach of Tarpaulin Cove throwing each other in 
the water, swamping and stealing boats, clambering 


over rocks, sunbathing, playing volleyball, listen- 
ing to the radio, (take a breath), eyeing light- 
houses, playing water polo, diving off boats, eat- 
ing lobsters, taking subtle snapshots and all “beer- 
ing’ up under the strain. Some were just 
“Settin’’’! May they add that certain members 
of the expedition are still moulting as a result. 
Special mention is to be made of Kathie and Mary 
for the superb board, well planned and distributed. 


Jury 27, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING 


NET 93 


Delayed by the above event, the deadline for 
drawings arrived with Monday instead of Satur- 
day and each artist hopefully surrendered his 
creations with the prayer that somewhere in each 
of the sixty was a clue to the species. 

Drawings in and whoof! off went the Protos 
with the speed of lightning into the realm of 
slides. Slides by the hundreds. Good slides, bad 
slides, full slides, and empty slides! 

Now, while the instructors decide their fates 
on the above matters, the Protos enter the most 
interesting phase of the whole course. Having 
passed through the stages of artist and technician, 
they are now ambitious investigators and have 
started work on their problems. 


Amid these events the lectures have continued. 
On Saturday, Dr. W. L. Doyle of Bryn Mawr 
College spoke on “Hydrolytic Enzymes in Pro- 
tozoa’”’ in which he described various methods of 
studying these and discussed the work of several 
men in this field. Dr. Calkins spoke on “Cyclical 
Differentiation in Protozoa’ and Dr. Kidder 
spoke on “Culture Methods in Protozoa” pre- 
paratory to the work on the problems. 

As a postcript, for further reference to the 
extra-curricular activities of the Protozoologists, 
you are referred to the janitor crew and inhabit- 
ants of the Eel pond and vicinity. 

—Doris Marchand 


BOTANY CLASS NOTES 


ALGOLOGICAL ALPHABET 


A is for Algae, red, green, and blue, 
And rarer kinds that are found by Miss Ciu, 


B is for Brown—you'll find him right ‘‘he-ah”— 
Our finder supreme of algal forms “‘quee-ah”, 


C is for cookies, Cuttyhunk, class 
We go to all three, always en masse. 


D is for Delbert and Dorothy, too 
Who never miss breakfast, whatever they do. 


E is for Embryos—through with their work— 
When they departed not once did we shirk. 


F is for food we consumed at the teas 
Ritz, and Mytili caught in the seas. 


G is for Gilbert, collector of note, 
A few more cookies, and he'll sink the boat. 


H is for Hank who sits on the rocks, 
Confers with the Coast Guard and walks on their 
docks. 


I is for ignorance we all profess, 
Though our ignorance of algae is growing much 
less. 


J is for Jo, our blond missing link, 
Who fills a forementioned gap—so we think.* 


K is for Kylin, authority on reds, 
Whose facts are rapidly filling our heads. 


L is for lab where we spend all our days, 
Cutting up algae and learning their ways. 


M is for moon that has shone at night— 
Hank knows the view from the Nobska Light. 


N is for Natalie who can’t say too much, 
Since an embryologist has her in clutch! 


O is for Ollie who is heaven knows where, 
Unless, of course, he is still in our hair. 


& 
* See Embryology Class notes in The Collecting Net 
of July 20, 1940. 


P’s for Piatoma of ’89 fame. 
Since Doc Taylor re-found it, he’s not been the 
same. 


O is for Quahogs. If they don’t make you sick, 
You chew them to kill them, then swallow them 
quick. 


R is for Runk—Ben Franklin De Wees, 
“Chief,” “Papa’’, or “D’”—call him any of these. 


S is for Suffolk Downs—a bad gambling place. 
Anderson can tell you. Ask him—watch his face. 


T is for Thompson of Riella fame 
(But we call him ‘‘Rufe’—he answers just the 
same !) 


U is unique, what Sam Silver is, 
With that limitless store of knowledge of his. 


V is Virginia. Need I say more? 
W is for what will we do with our time, 
When not searching the carpospore and sweet 


trichogyne. 


X is the unknown—Don Brown’s best gal. 
She’s a raving brunette, so stick around, pal! 


Y is for yellow—a glorious hue 
That algae don’t come in. We like it, we do! 


Z is the end. The class is dismissed. 


And—after we have gone far away, and no longer 
grace the mess hall, and no longer sneak 
upstairs in the brick dorms to take a hot 
shower, and no longer have seminars and 
refreshments on Thursday, and no longer 
go collecting smelly algae with Axel, and 
no longer pester investigators, and students 
and professors— 


I ask you, my friend, do you think we'll be 
missed ? 


— Algernon and Alergicto Algy. 


94 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 

Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 

Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 38, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 
Dr. Maurice HENRI PIRENNE, Fellow of the 
Belgian American Educational Foundation at 


Columbia University. 

Dr. Pirenne received his doctorate in the phys- 
ico-chemical sciences at the University of Liege in 
1937, having concentrated upon training in physi- 
cal chemistry with the hope of later applying this 
training to biological problems. He worked par- 
ticularly with Dr. Peter Debye, who was at that 
time Visiting Professor at the University of 
Liege; during the following year he worked with 
Dr. Debye at the Kaiser Wilhelm Institut fur 
Physik at Berlin under a fellowship granted by 
the Belgian government. 

In 1938 he arrived in America under a Belgian 
American Foundation Fellowship and_ received 
training in biophysics at Princeton University 
with Dr. E. N. Harvey. During this period he 
conducted research with Dr. J. A. Kitching on 
the influence of low tensions of oxygen on the 
protoplasmic streaming of myxomycetes. 

After working at Woods Hole last summer, Dr. 
Pirenne determined to conduct research in the 
field of vision, a subject for which his training in 
physics had particularly prepared him, 

This work was conducted during the past aca- 
demic year, under the Belgian American Founda- 
tion, with Dr. Selig Hecht at Columbia Univer- 
sity. One of the problems upon which he con- 
centrated was that of the vision of nocturnal birds. 
He found that the vision of the long-eared owl is 
homologous to that of man at low illuminations, 
corresponding to the predominantly rod structure 
of the retina of the owl. Any theory that the owl 
sees by infra-red light has therefore to be dis- 
carded. He also worked with Dr. S. Schlaer on 
the absolute threshold of the human eye, a re- 
search which should at the same time give infor- 
mation as to the possible limit of the sensibility of 
any animal’s eye. 

During his second summer at Woods Hole, Dr. 
Pirenne plans to continue his work on vision, par- 
ticularly studies on visual purple with Dr. George 
Wald. Dr. Pierenne is filled with admiration for 
the opportunities for contacts at Woods Hole. 
His hobby, aside from swimming and _ other 
Woods Hole recreations, is sketching. 


THE INVERTEBRATE COURSE 


The invertebrate course of the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory was initiated at eight o’clock 
on Thursday evening by Dr. T. Hume Bisson- 
nette who gave a general talk on the conduct of 
the course, duty of team members, dangers from 
tides, poison ivy, etc. 

On Friday the class began its study of protozoa 
with Dr. Waterman giving the lectures. The first 
excursion is scheduled to take place to Stony 
Beach on Tuesday. Seven other trips are 
scheduled during the season in addition to the 
annual picnic. 


As usual the course is crowded to capacity, 
there being fifty-five members registered. When 
members of the class were selected on May 1, 
there were about thirty more applicants than 
could be accomodated. The staff is substantially 
the same as last year although there have been 
two or three changes. Dr. F. R. Kille has re- 
signed as instructor and he has been succeeded 
by Dr. Walter E. Martin, who was a junior in- 
structor last year. He is in charge of arthropods. 
Dr. E. Ruffin Jones has been added to the staff 
as junior instructor. Dr. Hannah T. Croasdale 
succeeds John Wightman as laboratory assistant. 


The program for the summer meeting of the 
Genetics Society of America has recently been 
drawn up. ©On Thursday morning, August 29, 
short papers will be presented in the M. B. L. 
Auditorium. In the afternoon there will be a boat 
trip on the Winifred, followed by a clam-bake at 
Tarpaulin Cove. Friday morning and afternoon 
will be given over to demonstrations in Old Lec- 
ture Hall; in the evening Dr. Curt Stern of the 
University of Rochester will present a lecture. 
Abstracts and titles of papers to be delivered at 
this meeting should be given to Dr. P. W. Whit- 
ing, local representative, by August 12. 


Immediately following the meeting some of the 
geneticists will remain for informal discussions on 
the gene problem. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


Date A.M. P.M. 
ifuilty 27 ea ree LOO) LORS9 
ulvaZ Sues WIPO hil gs¥4t 
alive Zoe eee = W154... ee 
Jaaliyae SO) Oe ee ees Assis) W234 
PAA SH cesrcercccooncns LS 


August 1 
NUS UISt Zee eee: 


Jury 27, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


95 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. C. W. Metz, member of the staff of the 
Department of Embryology (Baltimore) of the 
Carnegie Institution of Washington has been ap- 
pointed professor and head of the department of 
zoology, succeeding Dr. C. E. McClung, who has 
retired. 


Dr. A. B. Dawson and his family visited 
Woods Hole on Tuesday. Dr. Dawson is direc- 
tor of the Biological Laboratories at Harvard 
University and has worked several years at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory. 


Dr. LANcELot HocBen, professor of Natural 
History at the University of Aberdeen, Scotland, 
is scheduled to arrive in Woods Hole today. He 
will be the guest of Dr. Chambers for a couple ot 
days. Dr. Hogben, who worked at the laboratory 
a number of years ago, has been lecturing in Nor- 
way ; war conditions made it necessary for him to 
return to England by way of America. He made 
his way to Japan, sailing from there to San Fran- 
cisco, arriving in New York on July 22. Dr. 
Hogben is the author of ‘““Mathematics for the 
Million.” He has received many honors including 
election as a fellow of the Royal Society of Lon- 
don and a gold medal from the Royal Society of 
Edinburgh for his publications on the mathema- 
tical theory of genetics. 


The construction of a new U.S.B.F. Labora- 
tory on the campus of the University of Maryland 
at College Park, Maryland, to cost $18,000, will 
be undertaken in the near future. The new build- 
ing will house the laboratories of the Division of 
Scientific Inquiry and the technological and bac- 
teriological laboratory of the Division of Fishing 
Industry, which are now in office buildings in 
Washington. 


A new instrument, the Continuous Plankton 
Recorder, was received this week by the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution, which will have 
the recorder on loan from Professor A. C. Hardy 
of University College, Hull, England, for the du- 
ration of the war. The instrument will be used 
to record the density of living matter in the ocean, 
and has the advantage over other forms of col- 
lecting apparatus in that it does not have to be 
periodically removed from the water. It can be 
towed by a ship and will record the fluctuation in 
density of living matter along the course. Shaped 
like a torpedo, the recorder contains a spool of 
gauze which unwinds as the plankton is caught 
at the rate of about an inch for every mile that 
the ship travels. About twenty of these recorders 
are now in existence and the two at the Ocean- 
ographic Institution, which will be used by the 
Atlantis, are the only ones outside of England. 


* luscs. 


INTEREST 


The embryology course at the Marine Biologi- 
cal Laboratory held its final session on Monday, 
and the physiology course ended the following 
day. The botany course ends today, but the pro- 
tozoology course will continue until next Wed- 
nesday. 


The annual convention of the National Shell 
Fisheries Association will be held July 31 to 
August 2 at New Haven and Milford, Connecti- 
cut, under the presidency of Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, 
acting director of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife 
Service at Woods Hole. The Association com- 
prises primarily the federal and state officers en- 
gaged in research work on various edible mol- 
luscs, and also includes state and U. S. Public 
Health officers in control of shell fish sanitation, 
as well as some independent investigators work- 
ing on life histories and the physiology of mol- 
Founded about a quarter of a century ago, 
the association now has about 65 members. 


Miss PricittA Driscott was married at 
Christmas to Dr. J. P. Wooley. Dr. and Mrs. 
Wooley have been research workers at Woods 
Hole and are now at Columbia University where 
Dr. Wooley is an assistant in zoology. 


At the staff meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- 
ographic Institution on Thursday, Dr. Phelps 
talked on “Aspects of the Problem of Attachment 
of Organisms to Submerged Surfaces.” 


Dr. CuHeEsTeR I. Bitss is conducting an infor- 
mal seminar in statistics for research workers each 
Wednesday from 7:15 until 8:15 at the residence 
building of the Bureau of Fisheries. The first 
meeting was held on July 17. 


Photographs of local marine life in color were 
shown by Mr. George G. Lower on Thursday at 
the Fisheries residence. 


The program of the Monday night phonograph 
record concert at the M.B.L. Club: Concerto in 
D minor for two violins, Bach; Symphony No. 8 
in B minor (“Unfinished”’), Schubert ; Symphony 
No. 4 in F minor, Tschaikowsky. 


The entry chart for the M.B.L. Tennis Club 
tournament was posted Wednesday on the Mess 
Court bulletin board. It will consist of men’s 
singles, women’s singles, men’s doubles, women’s 
doubles, mixed doubles and children’s singles. 
The tournament, which is open to all members of 
the Tennis Club, will get under way on August 
1. Entries will close on Tuesday, July 30. A 
silver cup will be presented to winners in each 
tournament. Information in regard to the tourna- 
ment may be obtained from the committee in 


charge, Mrs. Eric G. Ball and Mrs. C. C. Speidel. 


96 THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


M. B. L. CLUB 


The Poverty Ball at the M.B.L. Club last Sat- 
urday night included the following in its enter- 
tainment: A skit, played by Margie Jolly, Philip 
Trinkhaus, and John Milford a lecture by Dr. A. 
Shlaifer; a dance by Helen Goulding and Dick 
Ormsbee; a harmonica solo by Teru Hayashi; 
and songs by the Mess Hall Quintet composed of 
Teru Hayashi, Dick Lee, Dick Ormsbee, Myron 


Nichols, and George Edwards. Teru Hayashi 
was toast-master. Square dancing followed the 
Old clothes were obligatory for 
those dancing; prizes were awarded for the most 
original and best costumes to Mary Chamberlain 
and Carl Smith, Dr. and Mrs. Goodrich and Dr. 
Irving being the judges. 


entertainment. 


THE SEMINAR ON EXPERIMENTAL MORPHOLOGY 


Dr. LESTER BARTH 
Assistant Professor of Zoology, Columbia University 


Three papers were presented at the seminar on 
Tuesday evening for criticism and discussion. 

Dr. Nelson T. Spratt, Jr., of the University of 
Rochester presented new experiments in which 
explants of the anterior primitive streak region of 
the chick embryo were made to plasma clots and 
their differentiation followed. The region used 
regularly differentiated into forebrain and eye and 
other structures. When the donor of such ex- 
plants was also cultured the wound healed and 
complete regeneration of the lost parts took place. 
However when the blastoderm was separated into 
two parts one differentiating into eye and the 
other forming posterior structures the posterior 
part was not able to regenerate an eye. Similarly 
when the eye forming region was cut in the medi- 
an line only right or left eyes formed—no regen- 
eration took place. The difficulties of considering 
the explants as mosaics or organ specific areas 
was discussed. Likewise it was pointed out that 
the ectoderm which formed the eye in the case of 
explants was not the same ectoderm which would 
form eye in the intact blastoderm. This meant 
that the eye structures were induced probably by 
mesoderm. 

Dr. Ernst Scharrer of the Rockefeller Institute 
showed that the patterns formed by the blood ca- 
pillaries in the brains of rats and opossums were 
different and that the different patterns could not 
be modified by his particular experiments. These 
experiments consisted in replacing parts of the 
brain of the opossum with dead masses of rat 
brain and the capillaries which grew into the dead 
rat brain were of the opossum type. Criticism 
brought out that live rat brains should be tried 


on opossum to see whether the pattern might be 
changed by living tissues as opposed to dead. 

The marvelous opportunity of using the capil- 
laries of the opossum brain for physiological work 
was pointed out by Dr. Hober. The conclusion 
was that, although opossum capillaries in parts of 
the body other than the brain resemble those of 
the rat, the brain capillary pattern is fixed and 
unalterable. 

Dr. Paul Weiss of the University of Chicago 
presented a new technique for studying the rela- 
tionship between the end organ and the central 
nervous system. Transplants of the cord without 
the spinal ganglia of axolotls were made to the 
dorsal fin together with a limb transplant. The 
transplanted cord became somewhat disorganized 
but sent out fibers to the limb and adjacent skin. 
This produces an isolated spinal cord-nerve-limb 
preparation which can be studied for months. 
Spontaneous activity of the cord sets in and the 
limb undergoes contraction which seems to be 
brought on by conditions in the host such as fa- 
tigue and possibly low oxygen. Various interpre- 
tations of the nature of the activity were dis- 
cussed. The problem of the nature of the neu- 
rones supplying the limb and connecting with 
the skin could not be settled. The spontaneous 
activity of the entire explant of the cord is ex- 
hibited when two limbs are innervated by the 
same explant and simultaneous activity of the two 
limbs is exhibited. A suggestion that this activ- 
ity might be caused by one neurone supplying 
both limbs was made. 


(The paper by Dr. Weiss is published in this issue. 
The other two will be published next week.) 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SCANDINAVIA AND FINLAND 


Homer A, JACK 
Cornell University 


One of the first seaside colonies of biologists 
sprang up at Kristineberg, Sweden more than one 
hundred years ago. It was in 1835 that Professor 
Bengt Fries first visited this site at the mouth of 
Gullmar Fiord and found a wide range of en- 


vironmental conditions in the vicinity. Two years 
later he brought. another biologist with him to 
study and collect specimens for the State Museum 
of Sweden. In 1839 Sven Lovén paid a visit to 
this area and in subsequent years he trained local 


Jury 27, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 97 


fishermen to collect specimens and manage the 
dredges. Soon a number of Scandinavian biolog- 
ists took advantage of these collecting opportun- 
ities and a summer colony of scientists arose, al- 
though there was not sufficient organization to 
justify calling the assemblage a biological field 
station. In 1877, however, Professor Lovén was 
able to establish a marine station at Kristineberg, 
with financial assistance from the Swedish Acad- 
emy of Sciences and a bequest from a Swedish 
physician in Brazil. At first the buildings and 
grounds of the captain who had long served as 
boatman and collector were purchased and used. 
Then in 1884 the first building was constructed 
and at last seaside biology in Scandinavia had its 
own headquarters. 

This was the beginning of the biological station 
movement in Scandinavia and Finland which to- 
day encompasses fifteen of these laboratories from 
the North Sea to the Arctic Ocean and from the 
Kattegat to the Gulf of Finland. The important 
stations in Denmark are located at Charlottenlund 
and Hillergd, while others may be found at Fred- 
erikshavn (Universitetes Havbiologisk Laborator- 
ium) and Skalling (Skalling Laboratoriet). In 
addition to the station at Kristineberg, there is 
an important Swedish station in Goteborg. Other 
field stations in Sweden include the Marine Bio- 
logical Station at Barsebackshamn near Lund, the 
Limnological Laboratory of the University of 
Lund at Aneboda, the Klubbans Biological Sta- 
tion located only one mile from the Kristineberg 
station at Fiskebackskil, and the arctic biological 
station at Abisko, near Narvik, Norway. The 
larger Norwegian stations are at Drgbak and 
Herdla, while others exist at Trondheims ( Trond- 
heims Biologiske Stasjon) and at northernly 
Troms¢g. The sole biological station in Finland 
is at Tvarminne, although an important station 
existed at Esbo-Lofo near Helsingfors during the 
last decade of the nineteenth century. 


The Danish Biological Station (Dansk Biolog- 
isk Station) is housed in an old castle at Charlot- 
tenlund, about five miles from the center of 
Copenhagen. Attached to the Ministry of Agri- 
culture and Fisheries, this station is concerned 
with “marine and freshwater investigations with 
special regard to fisheries.” At Nyborg and at 
Frederiksdal the station has auxiliary field lab- 
oratories, but the greatest extension of its scien- 
tific work is accomplished by means of its 143- 
ton research steamer, Biologen. This vessel with 
its eight-man crew operates from April first to 
October twentieth and occasionally foreign in- 
vestigators may accompany its expeditions. The 
work of the Charlottenlund station is summarized 
annually in the Report of the Danish Biological 
Station. 


To limnologists, Hillergd brings to mind the 
name of Professor Wesenberg-Lund whose lab- 
oratory has been in this Danish village since 1911. 
It was in 1897 that Wesenberg-Lund first estab- 
lished a small field headquarters at Fure Lake. 
Nine years later the station was taken over by 
the University of Copenhagen and in 1911 the 
laboratory was moved to Hillergd which is about 
twenty miles northwest of Copenhagen. Today 
the Freshwater Biological Laboratory of the Uni- 
versity of Copenhagen (Universitetets Fersk- 
vansbiologiske Laboratorium) is housed in a two- 
story building on the shore of Frederiksborg 
Castle Lake. The building, which was donated 
by the Carlsberg Foundation, contains a work- 
shop, equipment room, aquarium room, storeroom, 
chemical laboratory, experimental laboratory, 
darkroom, and library. There are no living ac- 
commodations at the station, but board and lodg- 
ing may be obtained at nearby boarding houses 
for forty kronor a week (about $8.36). The work 
of the station includes a year round research pro- 
gram and a three-week course in freshwater 
biology, both being under the direction of Dr. Kaj 
Berg since the recent retirement of Professor 
Wesenberg-Lund. Independent investigators are 
also invited to work at the station. There are no 
laboratory fees and it is open throughout the year. 


Within the city of Goteborg, Sweden, stands 
the recently-constructed building of the Oceano- 
graphic Institute of Goteborg (Oceanografiska 
Institutionen vid Géteborgs). This three-story 
edifice is equipped with laboratories for physical 
oceanography, a hydrodynamics tank, and three 
bedrooms for investigators. Of interest to bio- 
logists is its plankton shaft which is twelve meters 
in height and two meters in diameter. It has been 
filled periodically with seawater carried by 
freighters from the Bay of Biscay. The station 
does not have its own boat, but it occasionally 
makes use of the state-owned research vessel, 
Skagerak, for plankton hauls. 

The research program of the institution at Gote- 
borg is under the direction of Dr. Hans Petters- 
son who is also professor in the Oceanographic 
Institute of the Goteborg Hdgskola. While the 
work of this station is mainly concerned with the 
research of its staff members in physical ocean- 
oography and related sciences, a limited number 
of outside investigators may be permitted to make 
use of the station’s facilities. For such workers 
there are no laboratory fees and lodgings may be 
obtained at the station for four kroner a week 
(about $.96). Board is procurable at nearby 
hotels or boarding houses for thirty-five kronor 
a week (about $8.40). The laboratory is open 
throughout the year, except during the months of 
July and August. 


98 THE COLLECTING NED 


[ VoL. XV, No. 132 


About one hundred miles north of Gdteborg 
lies the Kristineberg Zoological Station (Kristine- 
bergs Zoologiska Station). It is on the island of 
Skafto in Gullmar Fiord, near the village of Fiske- 
backskil. Walking less than a mile west of this 
tiny fishing village, one soon beholds several 
buildings and private dwellings on the rocky 
shore, This is Kristineberg. The building by the 
water’s edge contains a sorting room, experiment- 
al aquariums, storerooms, and laboratories. The 
three-story building a few feet away contains the 
research laboratories, darkroom, and library. The 
dormitory contains lodging accommodations for 
twenty persons and a dining room with kitchen. 
The station makes no charge for lodging and good 
Swedish food is obtainable for 24.50 kronor a 
week (about $5.98). 

Foreign investigators are admitted at Kristine- 
berg and are not required to pay laboratory fees. 
Throughout the year they are supplied with the 
facilities of the laboratory (including 110- and 
220-volt A.C. electricity and running fresh- and 
sea-water ) and biological specimens collected by 
the laboratory’s 42-foot motorboat, Sven Lovén. 
University students and school teachers usually 
come to Kristineberg for a course in marine bi- 
ology, the cost of this and the general maintenance 
of the station being absorbed by the Royal Swed- 
ish Academy of Science. 

In nearby Norway is located the University 
Biological Station (Universitetets Biologiska 
Stasjon) at Drgébak. Sponsored by the Univer- 
sity of Oslo which is less than twenty miles north, 
the station offers facilities for both instruction 
and research in marine biology in the Oslofiord 
(formerly Kristianiafiord). There are three 
tables for foreign investigators who are invited 
to work at the station between July first and 
August thirty-first. 

Polluted waters have caused the abandonment 
of more than one biological field station. Al- 
though disturbed by civilization for this reason, 
the Bergen Museum Biological Station (Bergens 
Museums Biologiske Stasjon) has been more 
fortunate. Founded in 1891 at Puddefiord, Nor- 
way, the station found that the waters surround- 
ing it became too contaminated for the usual uses 


SUPPLEMENTARY DIRECTORY FOR 


INVESTIGATORS 


Baker, L. A. res. asst. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. 
Bowser, E. R., Jr. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 


Bunk, ee Jr. res. asst. biophys. Pennsylvania. Br 
15. 


Brown, D. E. S. asst. prof. phys. New York. Br 304. 
Bush, J. J. Amarillo H. 8. (Texas). OM Base. 


in biological research. In 1920, therefore, the 
station was moved to Herdla, its present site, 
which is seventeen miles north of Bergen. Here 
there are opportunities for research in relatively 
uncontaminated waters from the surface down to 
about two thousand feet. The station now con- 
tains one large building and several boats, in- 
cluding the 47-foot research vessel, Herman 
Friele. The basement of the building contains a 
controlled temperature room, darkroom, sorting 
room, and workshops. The first floor includes 
a classroom, four research laboratories, kitchen, 
dining room, and the laboratory of Professor 
Brinkmann, the director. The second floor con- 
sists of the caretaker’s apartment, living rooms 
for fifteen investigators, and the library which is 
supplemented by one-day service from Bergen. 


Both research and instruction in marine biology 
are the aims of the station in Herdla which is 
sponsored by the Bergen Museum. Instruction 
is given only to Norwegian students, but investi- 
gators from all countries are invited to work at 
the station and are not charged any laboratory 
fees. The station is open throughout the year, 
for the fiords and the sea in the vicinity never 
freeze in winter. Investigators may obtain board 
and lodging at the station for 38.50 kroner a week 
(about $9.06). Research work at the station is 
often published in the Bergens Museums Arbok. 

On the shores of a long fiord-like bay off the 
Gulf of Finland lies Tvarminne. At this village 
which is about sixty miles southwest of Helsing- 
fors (and therefore not in territory recently oc- 
cupied by the U.S.S.R.) the Zoological Station of 
the University of Helsingfors is located. Founded 
in 1902 by Professor J. A. Palmén and now 
directed by Professor Alexander Luther, this 
laboratory is equipped for both instruction and re- 
search. Instruction is conducted in aquatic zool- 
ogy, hydrology, and plant physiology for three- 
week periods. Research facilities are available to 
outside investigators from May fifteenth to Sep- 
tember tenth. Laboratory fees amount to seventy- 
five markka a month (about $1.54) while board 
and lodging may be obtained at the station for 
950 markka a month (about $19.48). 


1940 


Butler, P. A. asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. K 15. 

Calabrisi, P. instr. anat. George Washington Med. 
OM 46. 

Cardiff, Margaret asst. phys. Swarthmore. OM 2. 

Catherine Francis instr. Hallahan H. S. (Pa.). Rock 
oe ; 

Commoner, B. tutor biol. Queens (Long Island). Br 
305. 


Jury 27, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 99 


Crampton, H. E. prof. zool. Columbia. Br 340. 

De Liee, Elvira fel. med. New York Med. Br 304. 

Dressler, Elsie L. grad. genetics. Pittsburgh. Rock 7. 

Egan, R. W. undergrad. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffa- 
lo, N. Y.) OM 39. Dr 15. 

Evans, Gertrude instr. biol. Beliot. Br 332. 

Ferguson, F. P. grad. asst. zool. Minnesota. Br 210. 
K 6. 


Finkel, A. J. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 382. 

Gettemans, J. F. lab. asst. Rockefeller Inst. (Prince- 
ton). Br 209. Dr 6. 

Glancy, Ethel tutor biol. Queen’s (N. Y.). OM Base. 

Graham, Judith grad. phys. Chicago. OM 4. 

Griffiths, R. B. instr. biol. Ariz. Br 127. Dr 10. 

Hauguard, G. asst. Carlsberg Lab. (Denmark). Br 
207. 

Hayashi, T. grad. asst. zool. Missouri. Br 310. Ka 
21 


Hemstead, G. W. Union. Br 312. Ho 7. 

Herget, C. M. res. fel. phys. Russell Sage. Br 317. 

Herskowitz, I. grad. biol. Brooklyn. Br 110. 

Hibbard, Hope prof. biol. Oberlin. Br 218. 

Hickson, Anna K. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 319. 

Hiestand, W. A. assoc. prof. physiol. Purdue. Br 223. 

Hober, Josephine res. asst. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 
313. D 212. 

Hunter, G. W., III asst. prof. biol. Wesleyan. (Aug. 
24), 

Jacobs, Joye asst. phys. Maryland Med. Br 109. 

Jenkins, D. W. fel. zool. Chicago. Br 217-0. 

Jones, W. D. grad. phys. Pennsylvania. Br 205. 

Kaylor, C. T. instr. anat. Syracuse. Br 226. 

Klein, Ethel res. asst. zool. Pennsylvania. Rock 2. 

Krahl, M. E. res. chem. Eli Lilly & Co. Br 333. A 
301. 

Lancefield, D. E. assoc. prof. biol. Queens (Long Is- 
land). Br 305. 

Leonard, E. J. res. asst zool. OM Base. 

Loewi, O. res. prof. pharmacol. New York Med. L 30. 

M. Joseph teacher Nativity H. S. (Scranton, Pa.). 
Rock 3. 

McVay, Jean asst. zool. Northwestern. Br 313. H 3. 

Meglitsch, P. A. instr. Wright Jr. Coll. (Chicago). 
Br 222. 

Merwin, Ruth M. res. asst. zool. Chicago. Br 332. 

Meyerhof, Bettina res. asst. biochem. Hopkins Med. 
Br 204. 

Morgan, Isabel M. invest. Rockefeller Inst. Br 320. 

Morgan, Lilian Br 320. 

Netsky, M. Pennsylvania Med. Br 205. 

Neubeck, C. E. asst. chem. Pittsburgh. Br 333. 

O’Brien, F. D. Canisius. OM 39. Dr 15. 

Papandrea, D. A. Albany Med. Br 122. Dr 8. 

Perrot, M. visiting fel. zool. Princeton. Br 127. Dr 
10. 

Pirenne, M. H. Belgian-Amer. Found. fel. Columbia. 
Br 334. 

Rabinowitch, E. res. assoc. chem. M.I.T. lib. 

Ray, O. M. instr. phys. North Dakota Agri. Br 107. 

Root, C. W. asst. prof. zool. Syracuse. OM 43. 

Rous, P. mem. Rockefeller Inst. Br 207. 

Schaeffer, Olive K. res. asst. biol. Temple. Br 214. 

Shannon, J. A. asst. prof. phys. New York Med. OM 
5 


Shelden, F. F. instr. phys. Ohio State. Br 111. Dr 5. 

Spratt, N. T. res. asst. emb. Br 324. 

Thompson, R. H. teach. asst. biol. Stanford. Bot 25. 
Ka 3. 

Whitaker, D. M. prof. biol. Stanford. Br 320. 

Whiting, Anna R. guest invest. Pennsylvania. Rock 
2 


Williams, J. L. grad. asst. biol. New York. Br 232. 
K 7 


Woodward, A., Jr. teach. fel. biol. New York. Br 
208. K 5. 

Workman, Grace res. asst. biol. Toronto. OM 4. W D. 

Yancey, Maude J. grad. asst. zool. North Carolina 
College. Br 315. 


STUDENTS IN INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


Adams, Esther F. instr. biol. Moberly Jr. College 
(Mo.). H 3. 

Allen, Jean Miami. K 10. 

Beeman, Elizabeth A. grad. asst. zool. Mt. Holyoke. 

Bergstrom, W. H. Amherst. Dr 1. 

Boving, B. G. asst. biol. Swarthmore. 

Brush, Helen V. grad. zool. Brown. 

Burns, J. E., Jr. Wesleyan. K 5. 

Cairns, M. G. asst. zool. State Teachers (Montclair, 
N. J.). Dr 2. 

Clark, A. M. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Dr 10. 

Coe oraee L. State Teachers (Montclair, N. J.). 

B. 

Dent, J. N. asst. zool. Hopkins. Dr 1. 

Edwards, G. C. Wabash. Dr 2. 

Fitzgerald, L. R. grad. zool. State U. Iowa. Ka 24. 

Gibbs, Elizabeth asst. zool. Wheaton. H 2. 

Goodrich, Mary W. asst. zool. Wheaton. H 2. 

Gravett, H. L. assoc. prof. biol. Elon (N. C.) 

Hale, Barbara grad. biol. Radcliffe. H 1. 

Hildebrandt, W. H. asst. biol. Canisius (Buffalo, N. 
WoNe IDke 2 

Holdsworth, R. P. grad. asst. ent. Harvard. Ho 1. 

Horwitz, Diana C. teacher Hyde Park H. S. (Bos- 
ton). 

Hoyt, Jane M. Barnard. 

James, Marion F. grad. asst. zool. Illinois. H 6. 

Killough, J. H. grad. asst. zool. Hopkins. Ka 22. 

Kline, Irene T. grad. biol. Duke. 

Kreeger, Florence B. grad. asst. biol. Tulane. W H. 

Lamoreux, W. F. asst. prof. poultry husb. Cornell. 
Dre 

Lerner, Eleanor D. asst. biol. Brooklyn. 

Levitsky, E. Rutgers. Ka 1. 

McKenzie, Helen E. Seton Hill. 

MacRae, Roberta M. grad. asst. zool. Wellesley. K 1. 

Marbarger, J. P. grad. zool. Hopkins. Ka 22. 

Means, O. W., Jr. grad. zool. Yale. 

Micklewright, Helen L. Wilson. K 1. 

Musser, Ruth E. Goucher. H 4. 

Noce, Mildred W. asst. biol. Southwestern. 

Powers, S. R., Jr. Swarthmore. 

Putnam, W. S. grad. asst. biol. Amherst. K 15. 

Reeves, W. P., Jr. Alabama Med. Dr 2. 

Royle, Jane G. grad. asst. anat. Bryn Mawr. K 3. 

Samuels, R. grad. zool. Pennsylvania. Dr 10. 

Saunders, Grace S. Hunter. K 10. 

Schnabel, Margaret J. asst. emb. Oberlin. H 6. 

Scott, G. T. grad. asst. phys. Harvard. Ka 21. 

Shank, Margaret L. State Teachers (Montclair, N. 
J.). WB. 

Smith, Fern W. asst. histol. Smith. W F. 

Smith, F. E. Massachusetts State. 

Smith, Julia P. Rochester. 

Stifler, Margaret C. grad. asst. biol. Goucher. H 4. 

Stone, F. L. grad. biol. Rochester. Dr 2. 

Syner, J. C. asst. biol. Springfield. Ka 24. 

Walker, W. F., Jr. Harvard. Dr 5. 

Wheeler, Bernice M. instr. biol. Westbrook Jr. Col- 
lege (Portland, Me.). H 8. 

White, F. M. grad. asst. biol. Purdue. 

Wolover, J. H., Jr. DePauw. Ho 2. 

Wright, Margaret R. grad. zool. Yale. W G. 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


(ee 


CHEMICALS 


GLASSWARE 


RIMETER 
= fa Tas) 


SEND FOR BULLETIN 


EIMER & AMEND 
205-223 THIRD AVENUE 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 


DOOR 
Woods Hole 


THE TWIN 


Main Street 


eee Special 
6 A. M Weekly 


Rates 


STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


TEXACO 


GAS AND OIL 
WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. 
Opposite Station 


DALEY’S 
Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 
Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 
ete. Sets, Odd 


There may be some Single Copies 


Complete Volumes and 
Copies. 
needed to complete your sets, or an Im- 
portant Article which you may need. Prices 


are reasonable. 
B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


CLEANING — PRESSING 
Dyeing — Repairing 
Daily Calls and Deliveries 
Tel. 907 


PARK TAILORING SHOP 
BAND BOX CLEANERS 


172 Main St. 
Falmouth 


Home Remedies 
Developing and Printing Snapshots 
Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


Meats and Groceries 
Free Delivery to Woods Hole 


Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W 
Falmouth Osterville 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 
Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 
FALMOUTH 


Jury 27, 1940 } Wal, COMUKE MING INIDAL 101 


In Selecting your New Centrifuge, CONSIDER: 


Its quality of material and workmanship. 

Actual capacities at higher speeds. 

Motor strength for continuous duty. 

Its adaptability to wide range of accessory equipment. 

The manufacturer's policy in design of new equipment to fit 
older models. 

Future requirements of your laboratory. 


INTERNATIONAL 
SIZE 2 CENTRIFUGE 
The ‘‘size 2’? is a very popular model due to its large overload capacity, 
power, protective starting device, flexible speed control and portability. 
Research and Control La iboratories demand this particular centrifuge 
because of its wide field of usefulness. 


NEW SPEED MEASURING DEVICE 


An Indicating Tachometer, especially designed for International Cen- 
trifuges, is now built into the Size 2 and Type SB Centrifuges. It 
gives at a glance the running speed of the machine at any setting on 
the rheostat. 

The new tachometer can be attached to any Size 1 (Type C or Type 
SE) or Size 2 Centrifuge now in service. 


Ask your Dealer for new ‘‘ Size 2’’ Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 


Size 2 Centrifuge with Portable Stand 353 Western Avenue = 8 if Boston, Mass. 
and Indicating Tachometer Makers of Fine Centrifuges 
POOR OP OS OROR OL ORD HORO SOMO ROT OS ORO LOR ORO POE OR ROR ROR OME OE RO oe OIE IE ORO HILO LO HOR OE LOR ODOR DEE OP OREO POR OR IE OL ORO OOP 
x 3 
<3 3g 
: i in T N 
oe 
i i 
Publish Your Notes in Turtox News i 
3 : 3 
Notes and short articles by many prominent biologists have been x 
Be : i ; ; 3 
% published in Turtox News. No fees are paid, but the pages of this # 
3 : : 3% 
i monthly bulletin are open to students and teachers who wish to report 33 
3 on methods or findings which they feel will be of interest to other # 
3 : : : 3 
8 biologists. Turtox News reaches over 25,000 teachers and is pub- i 
: i 
3 lished each month. (Two hundred and fifty reprints of each published i 
3 : : : 3 
i article are furnished gratis to the author. ) i 
i f 
i Address manuscripts and correspondence to i 
s 
33 33 
i EDITOR, TURTOX NEWS i 
: = 
i 3 
% 3 
a Selo, i 
i ae ip GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 3g 
= TURTOX® RODUCTS Y 
43 i 2 Incorporated i 
3f . e . eo 
Ss 6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 8 
3% <3 ¥3 
3 The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction x 
deuscsennsusennsussansucsanssenatsussansuseazszssazsasgazszegazeuszazezanatezeateteatseceatseceatssceatecemteeeeteneceeneememete 


102 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vout. XV, No: 132 


GOLD SEAL PERMANENT LABORATORY INKS 


I wre 1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE 


LAIN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. 
you {| 2. Axe ready for use with pen or brush 

offen: 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab 
them oratory solvents 


SEND S¥) tor @ box of four 1-02. boliles. one each of red. white. blue, and black. as illustrated, 
and we will send it postpaid cnywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. 


i r A; 
ef) CLAY-ADAMS S@: SES es" Es 


Adama MICROTECHNIC SYSTEM 


for handling and storing micro- 
scope slides during and after 
preparation 


Three units of equipment make up this 
system... 


Which of these Unree? 

will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS 

Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “AN GLE model 
are avail: MIC 

and larger tubes. Priced {rom $17.25 to $55. 

CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. 


1. MICROTECHNIC TRAYS 
for holding microscope slides 
50. 3x1”, 8b 8xle”, 2b 3x2” 
1 dZ.: site $12.50 dz. 
3 dz. ..- $11.25 dz. 
6. Ze. sciscessecese eee $10.00 dz. 
. MICROTECHNIC CA BI- 
NET for holding the trays 

$35.00 
3. MICROTECHNIC ROL L- 
ING STAND for trans- 
porting the cabinet....$12.00 


44 EAST 23rd STREET 
NEW YORK. N.Y. \] 


Complete unit with 25 trays as illustrated $65 


ADVANTAGES... 
EXHIBIT 1. Easy and safe handling of slides. 


July 22nd to August 4th 2. Trays will not warp, even in oven. 
at the | 3. Multiplies utility of desk space. 
OW Lecture Ball 4, Easy identification and access to each slide. 
i pl ‘fe 
. 5. Surface of tray resists action to usual lab- 
oretory solvents. 
ge | 6. Tongue and groove arrangement permits 
INSTRUMENTS any tray to be removed from stack and per- 
SUPPLIES mits safe stacking. 
MODELS 7. Aids in organization of work. 
CHARTS 8. Protects against damage. 
SKELETONS 9. Accommodates 8x2”, 3x1%”, and 3x1” slides. 
See These Now at the Old Lecture Hall 


CLAY-ADAMS f° i828 % CLAY-ADAMS £2" isos: G2) 


Juty 27, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 103 


Color 


Projection 
for 
Lectures in 


Science 
e@ 


(2” x 2” SLIDES) 


Wo odel 
With Cooling Fan Uni 


pea aS Wo es ss we ee s ss | 


@ Amazing illumination, providing unusual brilliance FOR 
from your slides, is characteristic of the Spencer MK AUDITORIUMS 
Delineascopes. They are now available in three models 
—100-watt, 200-watt and 300-watt to meet the needs FOR 
of large or small rooms—favorable or unfavorable light CLASSROOMS 
conditions. FOR 

Your slides will be safe in these Delineascopes. In a HOMES 


recent University exhibit a natural color slide was left 
in a Spencer Model MK-3 for an entire day without e 
noticeable harm to the slide. This projector has an 
efficient Fan Cooling Unit which permits greater con- 
centration of light on the film, yet maintains cooler 
slide temperatures than ordinary projectors. 

Spencer representatives throughout the United States 
gladly will demonstrate the outstanding qualities of 
these instruments. Write Dept. G8-4 for a descriptive 


200-W att 
folder. 100-Watt Models 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT —u.5.A. > PROJECTORS 


SALES OFFICES: New York, San Francisco, Washington, Boston, Los Angeles, 
Dallas, Columbus, St. Louis, Philadelphia. 


104 


3 


Se 


THE COLLECTING NED 


[ Vor. XV, No. 132 


B&L BALOPTICONS LRM AND ERM 


B&L Balopticons ERM for opaque objects only and LRM for both slides and opaque objects are 
newly designed to better fulfill every projection requirement in modern teaching technique. 
These new features insure improved performance and permit a wider range of usefulness: 


1, 


2. 


3. 


Improved Projection System for opaque objects. 
Greater lens accuracy gives unusual flatness of field, 
critical definition and high light transmission. 


Projection system for s/ides, using same light source, 
gives screen images matching in brilliance and size 
those projected from opaque objects. 

Wide, hinged door allows easy access to reflector and 
bulb—or to opaque objects (such as fossils, mineral 


specimens, mounted insects and dissecting pans or 
Petri dishes). 


4. 


New lighting system gives greatly increased brilliance 
enabling projection with less darkening of room— 
an important factor with a very young and possibly 
unruly audience, or when note-taking is required. 


Spring actuated object table for opaque objects allows 
projection of photographs, postcards, pages or pictures 
from magazines or books, actual objects and specimens 
or 6” x 63%” sections of larger subjects. 


Improved cooling system housed in stable, rigid base. 


Write for complete descriptive folder and price list, E-132, Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., 
Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


64 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 6 


SATURDAY, AUGUST 3, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


CELLULAR BASIS OF COLOR PATTERN 
IN SOME BERMUDA CORAL REEF FISH 


Dr. H. B. GoopricH 
Professor of Biology, Wesleyan University 


The observations presented were made in Ber- 
muda during the summer of 1939 on parrot fish 
of the families Sparisomidae and Scaridae and on 


the ““Bluehead”, one of the 
wrasses of the family Labri- 
dae. Most of the parrot fish 
are fairly large fish, 18 to 24 
inches in length, and the color 
producing cells are located in 
a thick fleshy portion of the 
dermis overlying the scales. 
The relationship of the various 
cell layers of four species of 
parrot fish was shown by a 
series of stereograms. The 
first of these was Sparisoma 
viride, the dark green parrot 
fish. Beneath the stratified 
epithelium of the epidermis 
there is first a basement mem- 
brane and then successive lay- 
ers containing the chromato- 
phores, the iridocytes and fi- 
nally a thick stratum of loose 
connective tissue overlying the 


scale. A striking feature is the presence of inter- 
The blue color of 
(Continued on page 112) 


cellular blue pigment bodies. 
most fish is due to the 


M. B. £. Calendar 


TUESDAY, August 6, 8:00 P. M. 


Seminar: Dr. 
“Nitrogenous Metabolism of 
Molds: Isolation of a Substance 
Related to Tyrosine from Peni- 
cillium.” 

Dr. Kurt Salomon: 
Erythrocruorin 
Hemoglobin).” 

Dr. Kurt G. Stern, Dr. Joseph L. 
Melnick and Dr. Delafield Du- 
Bois: “Photochemical Spectrum 
of the Pasteur Enzyme.” 


“Studies on 
(Invertebrate 


FRIDAY, August 9, 8:00 P. M. 
Lecture: 


mic Organization.” 


as a group. 


Albert E. Oxford: | 


Dr. Francis O. Schmitt: | 
“Modern Concepts of Protoplas- 


CHROMOSOMES IN PROTOZOA 
Dr. D. H. WENRICH 
Professor of Zoology, 

University of Pennsylvania 


Up to a relatively recent period there has been 
a wide-spread belief that nuclear division in Pro- 
tozoa is simple and direct rather than indirect or 


mitotic. Three possible rea- 
sons for this belief may be 
mentioned: (1) The great di- 
versity of nuclear structure 
and division behavior in Pro- 
tozoa and the inherent difficul- 
ties in their interpretation have 
interfered with the accumula- 
tion of knowledge in this field. 
(2) The evolutionary concept 
called for a simple condition 
in the Protozoa as a starting 
point for the evolutionary ser- 
ies “from amoeba to man”. 
(3) Textbook authors have 
extensively used an illustration 
of division in amoeba first pub- 
lished by F. E. Schulze in 
1875 showing simple direct 
nuclear division and have of- 
fered this as typical for amoe- 
bae, or even for the Protozoa 


The use of this illustration and its 
over-simple interpretation have probably had an 
important influence in perpetuating the idea of 


Scharrer 


Chromosomes in Protozoa, Dr. D. H. Wenrich 105 


Cellular Basis of Color Pattern in Some Ber- 
muda Coral Reef Fish, Dr. H. B. Goodrich 105 


On the Determination of the Vascular Pattern 
of the Brain of the Opossum, Dr. Ernst 


An in vitro Analysis of the Organization of 
the Eye-Forming Area in the Early Chick 
Blastoderm, Nelson T. Spratt, Jr. ccc 109 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Brooks 


Ion Intake by Living Cells, Dr. S. C. Brooks 110 
Spectrophotometric Determinations on Hemo- 
globin and its Derivatives, Dr. Matilda M. 


Invertebrate Class Notes 


Government Zoology in Brazil .. 

Items of Interest 

The Biological Field Stations of the U.S.S.R. 
and the Baltic States, Homer A. Jack.......... 117 


THE LIBRARY BUILDING, MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION, 
MOUNTAIN LAKE, VIRGINIA. 


CATESBY COTTAGE, MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION. 


Aucust 3, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


107 


amitotic nuclear division for Protozoa. One won- 
ders what difference it might have made had the 
text-book writers selected instead the figures 
showing mitotic divisions of micronuclei published 
by Biutschli in 1876. 

One of the striking facts about nuclear struc- 
ture and nuclear division in the Protozoa is the 
great diversity shown, in contrast to the relatively 
uniform conditions in the Metazoa. Nuclear 
structures and division processes in the Protozoa 
range from the obviously very simple to the sur- 
prisingly complex. Chromosome numbers are 
likewise diverse with counts ranging from 2 in 
some flagellates up to an estimated 1500 to 1600 
in some Radiolaria. In many cases the chromo- 
somes are so small or so numerous or so crowded 
that authors have failed even to make an estimate 
of their number; some authors have even hesi- 
tated to employ the term chromosome for the 
chromatin granules which have appeared in the 
spindles during mitosis in many Protozoa. At 
the present time, however, it seems reasonable to 
state that, with the exception of the macronuclei 
of the Ciliata and Suctoria, the nuclei of Protozoa 
generally divide by some form of mitosis. 

The nuclei of Protozoa show a surprising range 
of diversity of structure. The text-books tell us 
that there are two general types of nuclear organi- 
zation: (1) the vesicular, in which there is a cen- 
tral nucleolus-like chromatic mass called the kary- 
osome or endosome, surrounded by a space which 
may appear to be devoid of chromatin, or which 
may contain more or less definite chromatin ele- 
ments in the form of finer or coarser granules, 
strands, or a reticulum; and (2) the compact type 
in which the chromatin is rather uniformly dis- 
tributed through the nuclear space usually in the 
form of very fine granules, at least as seen in fixed 
and stained preparations. The macronuclei of 
ciliates are usually of this compact type. Natural- 
ly there are many conditions which are inter- 
mediate between these two types. It is often stated 
that protozoan nuclei may, in addition to the 
achromatic substances, contain three kinds of 
chromatin. These are: (1) the generative, or 
idiochromatin, from which the chromosomes de- 
velop during mitosis; (2) the vegetative or tro- 
phochromatin which is supposed to control vege- 
tative processes; and (3) the kinetochromatin 
from which arise the deeply staining division 
centers and desmoses found in many nuclei dur- 
ing mitosis. 

In the “resting” nuclei the distribution of these 


three components varies greatly. In the vesicular 
nuclei of many of the Mastigophora, Sarcodina 
and Sporozoa, the endosome may contain all the 
trophochromatin as well as the kinetochromatin 
and the surrounding nuclear space will contain 
the idiochromatin. In other vesicular nuclei, es- 
pecially in some of the amoebae and flagellates, 
the central endosome will contain only a part of 
the trophochromatin, the remainder being distrib- 
uted in a peripheral zone or layer which may or 
may not become adherent to the inner surface of 
the nuclear membrane. Again all the trophochro- 
matin may appear in the peripheral zone leaving 
a small centriole in the center surrounded by the 
idiochromatin, or the centriole may not be appar- 
ent. On the other hand in the vesicular micro- 
nuclei of many ciliates all of the idiochromatin 
seems to be located in the central endosome. 

The staining reactions of these components may 
vary greatly. The endosomes and other nucleo- 
lus-like bodies may stain intensely with basic dyes 
or the reverse. The same may be said for the 
idiochromatin. As a rule the trophochromatin, 
represented by the nucleolus-like bodies, or by 
peripheral masses and granules, does not give a 
positive Feulgen reaction, and the idiochromatin 
may or may not give a positive reaction. Gen- 
erally the fully formed chromosomes give a posi- 
tive Feulgen reaction and the kinetochromatin 
may also. 

In the opalinid ciliates, the so-called ‘“macro- 
chromosomes” have been shown by Chen to be 
nucleolus-like bodies, each attached to an individ- 
ual chromosome and dividing when the chromo- 
some divides. In Entamoeba muris there are two 
sets of chromosome-like bodies in equal numbers 
which form in the spindle and divide successively. 
One set gives a positive Feulgen reaction and is 
therefore thought to consist of idiochromatin, 
while the other set does not give a positive reac- 
tion and is thought to consist of trophochromatin. 

The mitotic processes in Protozoa may take 
place in a manner quite similar to that character- 
istic for the Metazoa; with an extranuclear divi- 
sion center which divides and forms the spindle 
asters, with the formation of chromosomes out of 
a nuclear net and an intermediate spireme stage, 
and with the break-down of the nuclear mem- 
brane in the prophase and its reformation in the 
telophase; as, for example, in the gregarine, 
Monocystis magna. On the other hand, mitosis 
may occur entirely within the confines of the nu- 
clear membrane which persist throughout division 


THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientifie work at 


It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


108 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 133 


except when severed by the telophase constriction 
into two daughter nuclei, as in Entamoeba muris. 
Such intranuclear mitoses may or may not be ac- 
companied by division centers. In many flagel- 
lates there is an intermediate condition in which 
the division centers are extra-nuclear and asso- 
ciated with the basal granules or blepharoplasts of 
the flagella. Usually the desmose is extra-nuclear 
and the nuclear membrane persists so that the 
total spindle is made up of some intra- and some 
extra-nuclear components. In the hypermastigote 
flagellates, according to Cleveland and his asso- 
ciates, the chromosomes are attached to the nu- 
clear membrane by fibers which join the fibers 
from the extranuclear centrosome, and thus the 
strands which connect the chromosomes with the 
centrosome have a double origin. 

In many Protozoa, as in the Metazoa, the 
chromosomes show “individuality” in the sense 
that the numbers are constant for the species and 
that there are constant differences in size or shape 
or both among the chromosomes in the same com- 
plex. In the coccidian, Aggregata ebertli, for ex- 
ample, there are six chromosomes in the haploid 
series and each differs in length from the others. 
In the diploid series there is a pair of each kind. 

In meiosis, synapsis or pairing of chromosomes 
and the subsequent appearance of tetrads in the 
first meiotic division and of dyads in the second 
meiotic division have been reported for some Pro- 
tozoa. Belar has described details of meiosis in 
the heliozoon, Actinophrys sol, that are quite par- 
allel to those found in the Metazoa. On the other 
hand, zygotic meiosis, as seen in the gregarines 
and coccidia, is apparently accomplished by a 
single “reducing” division. 

Telophase splitting of chromosomes has been 
reported for a number of Protozoa and in the 
prophase the daughter chromatids may separate 
precociously, making chromosome counts difficult. 
Commonly these chromatids reassociate before 
the chromosomes enter the metaphase stage and 
are then separated in the anaphases in the usual 
manner, although in some cases the reassociation 
does not occur. Spiral structure of chromosomes 
has also been reported for a number of different 
kinds of Protozoa. 

Although there is a wide range of chromosome 
numbers there is a tendency for related Protozoa 
to have similar numbers. In the Sporozoa, the 
numbers so far reported are small, not over 16 for 
the diploid number. For the Myxosporidia the 
diploid numbers reported are from 4 to 6, in gre- 
garines from 4 to 12 and in coccidia from 8 to 16. 
In each of the other classes of Protozoa the re- 
corded numbers range rather widely. In the 
plant-like Phytomonad flagellates, which live a 
haploid existence except for the single zygote gen- 


eration, the haploid numbers are mostly 8, 10 and 
12 although a species with 32 has been reported. 
In the euglenoid flagellates the numbers range 
high, up to an estimated 200, and in the dino- 
flagellates they range still higher up to nearly 300. 
Most of the parasitic trichomonad flagellates have 
from 3 to 12 chromosomes, although one very 
large species from termites is said to have over 
100. In the complicated hypermastigote flagel- 
lates the family Holomastigotidae shows numbers 
from 2 to 8, while recorded numbers for the 
Hoplonymphidae are from 8 to 50. Most of the 
smaller free-living amoebae and most of the 
known parasitic amoebae have relatively small 
numbers, from 4 to 20, while the larger amoebae 
of the A. proteus group have several hundred. In 
the few Heliozoa studied the diploid numbers have 
been reported from 24 to 150, and in the Radio- 
laria estimates from 1500 to 1600 have been made 
for certain species. In these Radiolaria there are 
difficulties since such animals are said to form 
flagellispores having 4 or 5 chromosomes. It is 
still uncertain whether these small flagellates are 
a part of the life cycle of the radiolarians or are 
parasitic dinoflagellates as claimed by Chatton. 
Among the ciliates the reported numbers are quite 
diverse, ranging from 4 in the genus Chilodonella 
to several hundred in the genus Paramecium. 


There are some cases of polyploidy. MacDoug- 
all found 4 to be the diploid number in four spe- 
cies of Chilodonella, but in C. uncinata she found 
two tetraploid races with 8 chromosomes, one of 
these after treatment with ultra-violet light; she 
also found a triploid race with 6 chromosomes 
after ultra-violet treatment. Chen has recently re- 
ported different numbers of chromosomes in dif- 
ferent races of the same mating type in Parameci- 
um bursaria. He has also shown that anamolies 
may occur during conjugation, such as the coa- 
lescence of three or four gamete nuclei, which 
would be expected to give rise to polyploidy. 
Chromosome numbers suggestive of polyploidy 
also occur in other groups, for example in the 
hypermastigote flagellates, where three species of 
Holomastigotoides are reported to have 2, 4, and 
8 chromosomes, respectively, and two species of 
Barbulanympha have 16 and 32. Two other species 
of this latter genus, however, have 40 and 50, 
numbers which do not fit into a polyploid series 
so well. It is to be expected that more cases of 
polyploidy will be found in the Protozoa. 

So far as is known, all Protozoa reproduce by 
one or more of the asexual methods, binary fis- 
sion, multiple fission or budding. Certain groups 
also reproduce by syngamy. This method has 
definitely been established for the Ciliophora and 
the Sporozoa. Among the ciliates meiosis is pre- 
gametic and is usually accomplished by two “‘ma- 


Aueust 3, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


109 


turation’”’ divisions. These animals live diploid 
lives. Most of the Gregarinida and Coccidia ap- 
parently live haploid lives except for the single 
zygote generation and meiosis takes place at the 
first division of the zygote. In the Myxosporidia 
the vegetative stage is diploid, meiosis usually 
taking place in preparation for the complicated 
process of spore formation. Among the Mastigo- 
phora, syngamy is well established for the plant- 
like Phytomonadida, which are haploid in the 
vegetative stages. Among the Sarcodina, syn- 
gamy is well authenticated for the Foraminifera 
and Heliozoa; in both groups the vegetative 
stages are diploid and meiosis is pregametic. 
Phenomena interpreted as syngamy have been re- 


ported for some representatives of nearly every 
other order of Protozoa not named above, but the 
evidence is too incomplete or too insufficiently 
substantiated to be credited. 

Adequate cytological studies have been made 
of relatively few Protozoa, so that an extensive 
undeveloped field for investigation is offered. The 
great variety of nuclear conditions and the inher- 
ent difficulties of interpretation offer a challenge 
to students with a well-developed scientific curios- 
ity and an ability to accomplish worth-while re- 
sults. 


(This article is based upon a lecture presented 
at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 26.) 


ON THE DETERMINATION OF THE VASCULAR PATTERN OF THE BRAIN OF 
THE OPOSSUM 


Dr. Ernst SCHARRER 


The Rockefeller Institute for 


In mammals there exist two types of cerebral 
vascular patterns: In the one, found thus far in 
all Placentalia, the capillaries form an unending 
network; in the other, discovered by Wislocki 
and Campbell (’37) in the opossum, an artery and 
a vein are always associated in a pair and the 
capillaries do not anastomose but end in hairpin- 
like loops. The question to be studied concerns 
the factors that determine the type of vascular 
pattern. These factors can be sought in peculiari- 
ties of the chemical or physical constitution of the 
living brain (Wislocki '39), or they may be re- 
garded as inherent in the cerebral vascular sys- 
tem. The influence exerted by the living brain 
on the angioblastic tissue was tested in experi- 
ments in which pieces of dead, formol-fixed brains 
from rats and guinea pigs whose brains are vas- 
cularized by networks, were implanted into living 
opossum’s brain which is supplied by terminal 
arteries ending in capillary loops. After 3 to 4 


Medical Research, New York 


months the dead brain tissue is invaded by blood- 
vessels regenerating from the surrounding brain 
tissue and the pia. The vessels penetrating rat’s 
or guinea pig’s brain are of the opossum type. 
Accordingly in the reverse experiment, when dead 
opossum’s brain is implanted into living rat’s or 
guinea pig’s brain, no capillary loops are induced, 
but a network grows from the host’s brain into 
the implanted dead tissue. From these observa- 
tions it is concluded that under the conditions of 
regeneration the characteristic vascular pattern of 
the opossum brain is not forced upon the angio- 
blastic tissue by the peculiar chemical or struc- 
tural constitution of the living nervous tissue of 
the opossum’s brain, but appears to be determined 
by factors inherent in the cerebral vascular sys- 
tem. 

(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 


sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 28.) 


AN IN VITROANALYSIS OF THE ORGANIZATION OF THE EYE-FORMING AREA 
IN THE EARLY CHICK BLASTODERM 


NELSON T. 


SPRATT, JR. 


Research Assistant in Embryology, University of Rochester 


Rudnick (32), Willier and Rawles (’35), 
Rawles (’36), and others have shown that the 
chick blastoderm at the head-process stage of de- 
velopment is composed of organ-specific areas or 
districts occupying definite positions. Each of 
these has the capacity to produce specific tissues 
in choric-allantoic grafts. Clarke (36) found 
that one of these areas which has the capacity to 
produce eye tissues occupies a definite position at 
the anterior end of the primitive streak in defini- 
tive primitive streak blastoderms and at the an- 


terior end of the notochord in head-process blas- 
toderms. This area, designated the “eye-forming 
area’’ by Clarke, is elliptical in shape and exhibits 
a gradient in eye-forming potency which is highest 
in the median portion and which falls off abruptly 
to the right and gradually to the left. The present 
investigation is concerned with the development 
of this area as it takes place in isolates cultivated 
on the surface of a blood plasma clot im vitro. By 
means of this technique, which seems to be more 
favorable for the occurrence of morphogenesis 


110 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 133 


than the chorio-allantoic method, it seemed prob- 
able that some additional light might be thrown 
upon the nature of the organization of the eye- 
specific area. 

When a piece containing the entire eye-forming 
area is isolated from a blastoderm at either the 
definitive streak, head-process, head-fold, or early 
somite stage of development, it forms, as a rule, 
a fore-brain with optic vesicles or cups of rather 
normal structure. The isolate is thus shown to 
have the capacity for developing a morphologically 
organized structure of a specific sort. Further- 
more, it was found that isolates from older blas- 
toderms gave this result more frequently than did 
comparable isolates from younger ones. Also, the 
shape of the fore-brain was more nearly normal 
in the former. This is indicative of a change in 
organization of the eye-specific area. 

This result initiated next a study of the mor- 
phogenetic potency of pieces containing parts of 
the eye area. Is each piece capable of producing 
a complete or only a part of the fore-brain? Iso- 
lates containing anterior and posterior parts, right 
and left halves, and fourths of the area were test- 
ed. In general, isolates of these types produced 
corresponding parts of the. fore-brain, e.g., either 
an anterior or a posterior portion, or a right or a 
left half. Such an isolate from a younger blasto- 
derm showed a greater tendency to regulate the 
form of that part of the fore-brain arising from 
it than the same kind of isolate from an older 
blastoderm. The development of these isolates in- 
dicates, thus, a regional localization or specifica- 
tion within the area which becomes progressively 
more stable during development. 

Since each of the isolates consists of the three 
germ layers of the blastoderm it must be realized 
that the mesodermal and endodermal layers of 
tissue which lie beneath the eye-forming area in 
the ectoderm may play a role. In other words, 
the development of the fore-brain from the isolate 
is probably not a case of independent differentia- 


tion of an already specifically organized ectoderm. 
There is some evidence which indicates that the 
mesoderm in particular plays an important role. 

Lastly, a study was made of the power of a 
blastoderm from which a piece containing the eye- 
forming area had been removed to regenerate eye 
material. This problem had its origin in experi- 
ments designed to determine whether such a blas- 
toderm could form all organ primordia except 
those arising from the eye-forming area. When 
the blastoderm minus its eye-forming area was 
explanted on the surface of a clot it was found 
that not only do many organ primordia develop, 
but a complete and remarkably normal fore-brain 
forms in many cases. The first step in this re- 
generation is the replacement of the excised area 
by endodermal, mesodermal, and ectodermal cells 
surrounding it. The latter normally do not con- 
tribute to eye-formation and do not show eye- 
forming potencies when tested on the chorio-al- 
lantoic membrane. In some cases a_ node-like 
structure and primitive pit may then arise in the 
regenerated region. Subsequently, medullary 
plate and neural folds develop in a fashion com- 
parable to that found in unoperated blastoderms. 
Regenerative capacity is greatest during primitive 
streak stages, is markedly decreased in head-pro- 
cess stages, and is apparently lost as the somites 
begin to form. Since the regenerated region un- 
dergoes the same kind of morphogenesis that a 
normal eye-forming area undergoes, it is inferred 
that an eye-forming area has been reconstituted. 
In other words, the regenerated region has ac- 
quired an eye-specific organization. This has 
probably come about as the result of the spacial 
relationship of the regenerated region to the whole 
blastoderm, and especially to the anterior end of 
the primitive streak, a structure known to possess 
organizing powers, 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 23.) 


‘ ION INTAKE BY LIVING CELLS 


Dr. S. C. Brooks 
Professor of Zoology, University of Californiia 


The present work is in marked contrast with 
the previously accepted conclusions as to the rate 
of movement of ions through the plasma mem- 
brane and the cytoplasm. These older conclusions 
were based on measurements of the total amount 
of ions in cells. Radioactive ions tell another 
story. When ions are transformed into heavier 
isotopes, e.g. Nay. instead of Na?*,,, they disin- 
tegrate and emit radiation, beta and gamma, 


which can be detected by very sensitive devices 
such as the Geiger-Muller counter. To obtain 
salts with activities high enough to be read and 
too low to injure cells, it is necessary to activate 
only one-billionth of the ions in the preparation. 
Under these conditions, it is considered that the 
concentration of the salt is essentially proportional 
to this radioactivity. 

Cells are put into an excess of a dilute solution 


Aueust 3, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


111 


(0.0005M for Naz,HPOsy, to 0.033M for RbCl) in 
fresh sea water or other normal habitat, accord- 
ing to the material. If the plasma membrane 
were rather impermeable to ions, it would be 
expected that active ions would be excluded. But 
these ions distribute themselves in a statistical 
equilibrium within an hour or two or in seconds, 
involving inorganic ion exchange. Nitella cells 
adjust themselves in about one minute for Nat, 
K+, Rbt+, and Bt; Spirogyra in less than 15 
seconds, Amoeba proteus is less than 7 minutes, 
Arbacia eggs in 3-10 minutes for HPO, and 
Nat, and other marine eggs and sperm, and a 
yeast were tried with essentially similar results. 
This means that these cells are very permeable 
to ions, the rates observed being about 10~7 to 
10-4 G.M. cm.~? sec.~1, in contrast with 10~° 
to 10-8, the earlier supposition. 

Change in salt concentration of the immersion 
fluid produces results in accord with the ideas 
that: (1) equilibrium is attained with salts pres- 
ent free and ions occupying attachment points 
in intracellular consituents; (2) the entering ions 
replace all protoplasmic ions in proportion to their 
own concentration and the replaceability of the 


intracellular ions. 

Freshwater cells, e.g. Nitella, do not easily give 
up active ions to distilled water, but do lose them 
in a few minutes to inactive salt solutions. This 
sems to show that ions enter independently, 
cations in relation to acidic groups in the proto- 
plasm and anions in relation to basic groups. 
These groups constitute an effective mosaic mem- 
brane as suggested by earlier workers. 

Later stages in ion intake are complicated with 
losses of salts, and primary accumulation. These 
are shown in cells sacrificed for each observation, 
and in cells kept intact through a series of ob- 
servations. In the case of Nitella, the latter is 
possible since the sap does not participate in this 
ion exchange, thus showing low permeability of 
the vacuolar membrane. These losses of salts, 
thought of as loss of ion pairs, rather than by ion 
exchange, and primary accumulation, are con- 
nected with metabolism. This may mean that 
metabolically produced organic ions are normally 
exchanged for entering inorganic ions. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report 
presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 16.) 


SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC DETERMINATIONS ON HEMOGLOBIN 
AND ITS DERIVATIVES 


Dr. Matitpa M. Brooks 
Research Associate in Biology, University of California 


In these experiments I have tried to show what 
the mechanism of methylene blue action is when 
injected into the blood stream, and what the 
action of cyanide is when added to blood in con- 
centrations found in cyanide poisoning. The 
essential point is whether methemoglobin (the 
ferric form of Fe) enters into the picture. 

When fresh whole blood is used, or when 
methylene blue is injected intravenously, no 
methemoglobin can be demonstrated either in the 
visible range (Brooks, 1932, 1935*) of the spec- 
trum or in the infra-red region by means of the 
spectrophotometer and the microphotometer. The 
reason for this is shown in Table I, in which 
different systems and their relative position on 
the oxidation-reduction scale are shown. One 
system can only reduce another one above it or 
oxidize one below it. Only at the extreme ends 
of the curve where overlapping occurs would it 
be possible for methylene blue to produce an ap- 
preciable concentration of methemoglobin. In 
the living body this does not occur, owing to the 


* Wendel (1937) repeated my experiments and re- 
versed his former conclusions that methemoglobin 
was produced by injections of methylene blue. 


presence of glucose and other reductants which 
keep the redox potential at a relatively negative 
level. When crystallized hemoglobin, or old blood 
or hemolyzed blood is used, then the potential 
becomes more positive because the reductants 
have been used up and some methemoglobin can 
be demonstrated. If, therefore, methemoglobin is 
not present when methylene blue is injected, it 
cannot be used to explain the theory of cyanide 
poisoning and recovery by therapeutic methods. 


What is the action of NaNO, and methylene 
blue in the case of cyanide poisoning? The action 
appears to be solely upon the respiratory enzyme 
(now known as cytochrome oxidase). This en- 
zyme contains a reversible system composed of a 
heme group containing Fe, which changes from 
Fet+ to Fet++ and back. This reversibility is 
destroyed by cyanide, not because the cyanide 
unites with the Fe++~* as is generally assumed, 
but rather because the cyanide produces a low 
redox potential (see Table 1) poising the system 
at this level so that the most of the Fe 
remains in the bivalent form and can no longer 
be oxidized. The respiratory enzyme can only 
function at a definite positive potential and ceases 


112 


THE COLEECIING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 133 


TABLE I. 


Showing relative E’, values of different systems. 


Oxidizes systems below 
Reduces systems above 


* At pH 8.2 at 80°C. 


System HY, at pH 7.0 Reference 
NOs + H.O + e’ = NO + 20H +0.34 Latimer (1938) 
Methemoglobin reduced hemoglobin +-0.211 Schmidt (1938) 
Methylene blue = leuco methylene blue +0.011 Michaelis 
Hemoglobin + cyanide —0.252 Schmidt (1938) 
Glucose = oxidant (?) —0.400* Aubel, Genevois 


and Wuhmser (1927) 


to function when this potential becomes suf- 
ficiently negative and respiration stops. This 
appears to be the mechanism of inactivation by 
cyanide, by analogy with the experiments on 
hemoglobin. 

To produce recovery it is only necessary to add 
a substance producing a _ positive potential. 
NaNO, or methemoglobin itself added will do 
this because from Table I it is evident that both 
of these systems have their E’, in the positive 
range of the scale. They neutralize the negative 
potential produced by cyanide so that the Fe of 
the enzyme can again function at its proper po- 
tential. The production of methemoglobin by 
NaNOz is a by-product and does not enter into 
the mechanism. When methylene blue is used, 
not only is the potential poised at a high level, 
but the dye can take the place of the respiratory 
enzymes by virtue of its catalytic property as 
stated by the writer in 1932. 

Finally it has been reported by some investiga- 
tors that a shift in the absorption band of hemo- 
globin occurs when KCN is added to methemo- 
globin in certain concentrations as evidenced by 
the hand spectroscope. In this case an absorp- 
tion maximum at wave length 555 my appears. 
This absorption maximum is identical with that 
for reduced hemoglobin and indicates that it is 


the same substance rather than a new substance 
known in the literature as “cyanmethemoglobin”, 
(presumably caused by a combination of cyanide 
with the ferric form of the Fe in the hemo- 
globin. ) 

Finally, summarizing, the conclusion is that the 
action of cyanide is upon the respiratory enzymes 
of the tissues, concerned with oxidation-reduc- 
tions; the action of NaNOs or methemoglobin or 
any other non-poisonous oxidant is upon the 
redox potential of the enzyme shifting it back to 
its normal positive value from the negative value 
set up by the cyanide. Methylene blue also poises 
the potential at a higher value and because of its 
catalytic properties is able to substitute for the 
poisoned enzyme by transferring hydrogen. This 
is the antidotal action of these substances. Hemo- 
globin or methemoglobin is not concerned with 
the process of recovery from. cyanide poisoning. 
No methemoglobin is produced by methylene blue 
when injected into the blood stream because of 
the presence of reductants which keep the redox 
potential at a range where methemoglobin is not 
appreciably formed. 

(This article is based upon a seminar report 
presented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
July 16.) 


CELLULAR BASIS OF COLOR PATTERN IN SOME BERMUDA CORAL REEF FISH 
(Continued from page 105) 


refraction of light and not as in the parrot fish to 
the presence of an actual pigment. A second fish 
examined was Sparisoma abildgaardi, the red par- 
rot fish, The under side of this fish can change 
from a light pink color to a rose red within a few 
minutes. Tissue from this region showed an 
especial abundance of the erythrophores. There 
were also some extraordinary inter-cellular inclu- 


sions designated as opalescent bodies. Other par- 
rot fish studied were Sparisoma squalidum, Sca- 
rus vetula and Scarus caeruleus. The last two 
named species also showed an abundant blue pig- 
ment in some cases diffusely distributed. 

The Bluehead, Thalassoma bifasciatum, carries 
brilliant vertical bands or areas of blue, black and 
green. No blue pigment, however, is present. 


Aucust 3, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


113 


The blue effect is produced by an association of 
very numerous iridocytes with melanophores. The 
presence of xanthophores with blue producing 
complex gives the green color. 

Slides were also shown of a few fish 
among which were the Squirrel fish, Holocentrus 
ascensionis and Atherina harringtoniensis. The 
former in addition to the usual color producing 
elements carries a dense underlying layer of 
guanin crystals which give a metallic effect. Ath- 
erina possesses some extraordinary melano-irido- 
somes which show shifting colors. 


other 


INVERTEBRATE 


Most of us arrived at Woods Hole Thursday, 
July 25—some by car, some by boat and others by 
train; but the important thing is that we arrived. 
Immediately we visited the laboratory and were 
completely put at ease by reading on the bulletin 
board that, “The instructors are present to help, 
not drive you.” 

Dr. Bissonnette welcomed us officially at 8:00 
in the evening, and introduced our instructors to 
us. He then proceeded to explain our field trip 
duties as “angels,” “archangels” and carriers of 
the “wg - fb” which turned out to be only a watch 
glass and finger bowl combination. The great 
dangers of Woods Hole tides, currents, poison 
ivy, ticks and sunburn were properly impressed 
and then, overcome, we travelled thru the fog to 
our new homes. 

Early next morning we dove into the inverte- 
brates, starting with a lecture on protozoa by Dr. 
Waterman. Immediately after, we began lab 
work, and spent two full days on this great group. 
Friday we were concerned with attached and free 
living protozoa, pursuing Euplotes and others all 
about the slides. On Saturday, symbiotic, com- 
mensal and parasitic protozoa were studied. 

Saturday evening found us all at the M. B. L. 
Club Mixer, meeting many interesting and friend- 
ly people and generally being introduced to the 
Woods Hole spirit. All enjoyed the punch, cook- 
ies and dancing and we must take this opportunity 
to say—many thanks. Most of us are proud to 
say that we are now members. 


The paper was illustrated with about fifty kodo- 
chrome lanternslides of which most were photo- 
micrographs. These latter were made in large 
part from fresh tissue on recently removed scales 
and some photographed by reflected light and 
others by transmitted light. Some pictures were 
made from gelatine mounts. Various magnifica- 
tions were used including some taken with an oil- 
immersion lens. 

(This article is based upon a seminar report, illus- 


trated with kodachrome photomicrographs, presented 
at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 30.) 


CLASS NOTES 


After a Sunday of basking in the sun, explor- 
ing the “Hole,” and burning the midnight oil in 
lab, we were more than ready for the porifera. 
Being limited to only two hours we went to work 
immediately after Dr. Lucas’ lecture. 


Exhausted by our visit with Sycon, Microciona 
and other sponges, we handed in our laboratory 
reports and settled down to our first lecture about 
coelenterates given by Dr. Crowell. He first 
warned us of the strength of the tides in this vi- 
cinity and explained, as a matter of interest, that 
when the tides turned the incoming body of water 
met the outward moving body with such force 
that a loud report like a pistol or a cannon shot 
resulted. At the appointed time everyone listened 
intently, and many confirmed Dr. Crowell’s story. 
(P. S. It was a shot starting boat races at that 
exact moment). After having bitten on this piece 
of professional wit we began a study of Obelia, 
Bougainvillia, Clava, ete. 


Tuesday morning found us starting for Stony 
Beach at 8:30 with numerous pieces of equipment 
and slacks and longsleeved shirts to protect us 
from the overcast sky and rough rocks. During 
the collecting of about 50 invertebrates by each 
team, excitement came in the form of fallen “‘an- 
gels,’ an unexpected swim by Dr. Matthews and 
several students when they slipped into the salty 
sea, and exercises on the beach to keep up body 
We are all looking forward to the 
—Grace Coe 


temperature. 
next field trip. 


114 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vou. XV, No. 133 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 


Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


Introducing 


Dr. G. HauGaarp, Research Worker at the Carls- 
berg Laboratory, Copenhagen; Fellow at the 
Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research, New 
York City. 

A native of Copenhagen, Dr. Haugaard attend- 
ed schools in that city and graduated from the 
Danish School of Engineering. After working 
in the chemical industry for two years, he joined 
the staff of the world-famous Carlsberg Labora- 
tory in Copenhagen and has been associated with 
it since. 

He has conducted research on a variety of sub- 
jects at the laboratory. One of his early investi- 
gations was carried out in collaboration with Dr. 
R. Koefoed on the composition of water from 
various parts of the Dead Sea with samples ob- 
tained during Dr. Ludwig Briithl’s expedition to 
Palestine in 1911-1912. 

In 1927 he worked with Dr. Arnold H. John- 
son (then Rockefeller Fellow at the Carlsberg 
Laboratory and now working in Baltimore) on 
the fractionation of gliadin, the alcohol-soluble 
protein in wheat. Later he worked with Mrs. 
Margarethe Sgrensen, wife of the then Director 
of the Carlsberg Laboratory, on the determination 
and identification of carbohydrates by the use of 
orcenol, the employment of which they found to 
be very satisfactory. 

More recently he has been working on applica- 
tions of glass electrodes in pH measurements of 
biological fluids. 

In September of last year Dr. Haugaard ar- 
rived in the United States under a Rockefeller 
Foundation Fellowship and worked under Dr. 
Max Bergmann at the Rockefeller Institute of 
Medical Research. 

At Woods Hole this summer Dr. Haugaard is 
concerned primarily with bibliographical research 
on various phases of his work. This fall he will 
work in the Biochemical Laboratory of Dr. A. 
Baird Hastings at Harvard University. 

Dr. Haugaard is accompanied in his trip to 
America by his wife Karen and his three sons, 
Niels, Erik and Dan. 


GOVERNMENT ZOOLOGY IN BRAZIL 


To the Editor: 

The Department of Zoology of the Agricultural 
Secretariat originated the first of last year when it 
separated from the Section of Zoology of the Paul- 
ista Museum. The staff, which is still very small, 
is composed of two executives who had formed part 
of the above-mentioned Section, and new members. 

Their goals are among others: 

a) Study of the fauna of the State of Sao Paulo 
and of Brazil with a systematic approach and any 
other considered necessary for the scientific, cultural 
and economic development of the State and the 
Country. 

b) The organization and maintenance in the capital 
of the State of a Zoological Museum on the model 
of the large European and United States museums 
for the purpose of studying, teaching, and exhibit- 
ing our rich fauna... . 

d) The foundation, at various localities in the 
State, of zoological stations, designed not only for 
study, but also to collect and prepare specimens of 
our salt-water, fresh-water, and insular fauna. 

e) The organization and maintenance of a Zoolog- 
ical Library, containing publications on Brazilian 
fauna. 

f) Publication, with the help of national and 
foreign specialists now connected with the Depart- 
ment of Zoology, of “Brazilian Fauna,” an illustrated 
work containing a description of all species known 
in our fauna, their geographical distribution, habits 
and biology. 

g) Publication of the “Arquivos de Zoologia do 
Estado de Sao Paulo” to review all the scientific 
original works about zoology pertaining to Brazilian 
fauna. eee - 

n) Promotion of scientific trips abroad for members 
of the scientific staff, for further study, organiza- 
tion and reform of departments. 

0) Organization of scientific expeditions in the 
country or abroad in order to study and collect 
zoological material or introduce exotic species con- 
sidered useful to the national economy. 

The staff is composed of: Dr. Oliverio Mario de 
Oliveira Pinto, Frederico Lane, Carlos Amadeu de 
Camargo Andrade, Lindodlpho Rocha Guimaraes, 
Romualdo Ferreira de Almeida, Lauro Travassos 
Filho, José Kretz, Carlos Octaviano de Cunha Vieira, 
Da. Antonio Amaral Campos and José Leonardo 
Lima. 

Additional information will be found in Volume I, 
Arquivos do Departamento de Zoologia, which will 
be published soon. 

Sincerely yours, 
Dr. Oliverio Mario de Oliveira Pinto, 
Director. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 
At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


IAI OTIS EO) eee tee eee Sel abel) 
August 4 4:42 4:54 
PNUISUSt yO) eee ee 5:28 5:43 
August 6 . sil Oesis} 
AUGUISERZ, eee eee 708) 735 
PN BPEEIE B) saocoemcnecto0n: 7254 S819 
INCRRESE OB) cpccoostacranser 8:46 9:19 


Auecust 3, 1940 ] 


ITEMS OF 


NEW ADDITION TO BRICK BUILDING 


A new wing to the main brick building of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory will be constructed 
in the near future, it was announced this week. 
Work in sampling the underlying soil has already 
begun and it is expected that construction will be 
started this fall. 

Built with funds granted by the Rockefeller 
Foundation, the new wing will be fifty-eight feet 
long and fifty-one feet wide, and will have the 
same height as the brick building. It will join the 
north wing to the east of the entrance of the lat- 
ter so as to be continuous with the stack space of 
the present library. 

The addition will be used primarily to house 
part of the library of the Marine Biological Lab- 
oratory. There will be five floors, corresponding to 
the floors in the present library. The basement 
floor will be used in part as additional space for 
sterilizers and other types of laboratory apparatus. 
The library has long felt the need for additional 
space for its rapidly growing collection of periodi- 
cals, and ample space will be provided by the new 
wing. 

The east and west sides of the wing will con- 
tain windows, and there will be rows of tables 
along these sides, thus increasing the available 
space for readers. The style of architecture will 
harmonize with the present building. The archi- 
tects are Coolidge, Shepley, Bulfinch and Abbott, 
of Boston, who have designed several other build- 
ings of the laboratory. 


ProFessor A. B. Dawson, who has been di- 
rector of the Biological Laboratories at Harvard 
University for the past five years, has been ap- 
pointed chairman of the department of biology to 
succeed Professor F. L. Hisaw, who recently re- 
signed. 


Dr. CHARLOTTE HAywoop, associate professor 
of physiology at Mount Holyoke College, has 
been appointed head of the department of physiol- 
ogy, succeeding Miss Abby Turner, who has re- 
tired. 


Dr. Ropert CHAMBERS, research professor of 
biology at New York University, delivered a lec- 
ture under the auspices of the Invertebrate Zool- 
ogy course Wednesday afternoon on “Various 
Aspects of Micro-manipulation, Technique and 
Results.” 


The last botany seminar at the Marine Biologi- 
cal Laboratory was held on Thursday, July 25. 
Dr. Runk showed pictures of the Mountain Lake 
Biological Station in Virginia and Miss Ruth 
Patrick gave a talk on Diatoms. 


THE COLLECTING NET 


115 


INTEREST 


NOMINATIONS FOR TRUSTEES 


The Annual Meeting of the Corporation of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory will be held in the 
auditorium of the Laboratory on Tuesday, Au- 
gust 11, at 11:30 A.M., for the election of Officers 
and Trustees and the transaction of other busi- 
ness. The Trustees will convene the same morn- 
ing before the Corporation meeting and again in 
the afternoon. 

The Nominating Committee of the Corporation 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory has posted 
the following slate: j 

For Trustees Emeritus: Caswell Grave, Ross 
G. Harrison, C. E. McClung. 

Class of 1942 to replace Ross G. Harrison: 
Dugald E. S. Brown, New York University. 

Class of 1944: H. B. Bigelow, Harvard Uni- 
versity ; R. Chambers, New York University ; W. 
E. Garrey, Vanderbilt University; S. O. Mast, 
Johns Hopkins University; A. P. Mathews, Uni- 
versity of Cincinnati; C. W. Metz, University of 
Pennsylvania; H. H. Plough, Amherst College ; 
W. R. Taylor, University of Michigan. 

Drs. Metz, Plough and Brown are proposed for 
Trusteeship for the first time; the other six men 
are presented for reelection. 


Registration at the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory late last week totaled 309, which compares 
with 296 at the corresponding time last year. 


On Monday afternoon at 5 o’clock an interment 
service will be held at the Church of the Messiah 
for Dr. Henry McE. Knower, who died last Jan- 
uary. 


Dr. R. R. Gates, professor of botany at the 
University College, London, England, arrived in 
Woods Hole on Tuesday and will remain here 
until the conclusion of the meeting of the Genetics 
Society of America at the end of August. 


Dr. Ernst FIscHER, associate professor of 
physiology at the Medical College of Virginia, is 
engaged this summer in the moving of his depart- 
ment to a new building at the College. He will 
probably visit the Marine Biological Laboratory 
for a week in August. 


Dr. Bostwick H. KetcHum, instructor in bi- 
ology at Long Island University, is giving a course 
in laboratory technique and has charge of the 
combined histology-embryology course at the Ma- 
rine Zoological Laboratory on the Isles of Shoals 
this summer. Dr. Ketchum has resigned his posi- 
tion at Long Island University to accept a re- 
search appointment at the Woods Hole Oceano- 
graphic Institution, which he will assume in Au- 
gust. 


116 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 133 


ITEMS OF INTEREST 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s 
ketch Atlantis sailed Wednesday for a two-week 
cruise down the Eastern coastline as far as Vir- 
ginia. Mr. Henry Stetson, member of the staff 
of the Oceanographic Institution, is in charge of 
the research program and will study the canyons 
that cut into the continental shelf. A new coring 
instrument will be used on this trip which will 
take fifteen-foot samples of the bottom. 


Mr. R. B. Montcomery spoke on Thursday 
night at the weekly staff meeting of the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution on “Some Bound- 
ary Layer Problems in Oceanography.” 


Mr. Frep G. SHERMAN, who has just com- 
pleted the course in embryology at the Marine 
Biological Laboratory, was injured Wednesday 
when four of his teeth were accidently knocked 
out by a baseball bat. 


M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB TOURNAMENT 


Drawings for the men’s singles in the Tennis 
Tournament have been posted on the Mess Court 
bulletin board. The first and preliminary rounds 
of the tournament must be played by August 8. 
Each player must furnish three new balls at the 
beginning of the match, the winner taking the new 
balls and the loser the used ones. The entries 
include: Stunkard, Evans, Jones, Rugh, Bodian, 
Warner, Summers, Henry and Rotman. 

There have not been enough entries to make 
the other tournaments practicable. If additional 
names are obtained, however, the remaining tour- 
naments could still be arranged. 


ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS 


Ballentine, R. res. fel. phys. Princeton. Br 231. 

Benedict, D. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. 

Bernheimer, A. W. grad. bact. Pennsylvania Med. lib. 

Bloch, R. res. asst. bot. Yale. Br 231. 

Ciu, Ruth E. grad. bot. Michigan. Bot 1. 

Cunningham, Ina grad. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. 
Ee ale 

DuBois, A. Milton Acad. (Milton, Mass.). Br 309. 

Edgerley, R. H. grad. teach. asst. zool. Ohio State. 
OM Phys. Dr 2. 

Everett, G. M. grad. phys. Maryland Med. OM Phys. 
Drs: 

Fetter, Dorothy instr. biol. Brooklyn. Br 111. 

Grand, C. G. res. assoc. biol. New York. Br 311. 

Gwartney, R. H. DePauw. OM 31. Ho 2. 

Heath, J. P. grad. teach. asst. Stanford. OM 41. K 1. 

Kaiser, S. instr. bot. Brooklyn. lib. 

Lloyd, D. P. C. asst. phys. Rockefeller Inst. Br 206. 

Lucké, B. prof. path. Pennsylvania Med. L 25. 

Ludwig, F. W. asst. prof. biol. Villanova. Rock 3. 

Nash, C. B. instr. zool. Arizona. lib. 

Rollason, H. D. grad. biol. Williams. OM 27. Dr 7. 

Schaeffer, M. res. assoc. bact. N. Y. Dept. Health. 
Br 234. 

Sherman, F. G. grad. lab. asst. Northwestern. Br 123. 
Ka 2. 

Williamson, R. R. Chicago. Br 227. Dr 3. 


Two fellowships have recently been authorized 
in the department of zoology at the University 
of Maryland. Dr. Norman E. Phillips, chairman 
of the department, will be glad to receive applica- 
tions for the fellowships from graduate students 
who desire to major in zoology. 


Dr. P. F. ScHOLANDER, Rockefeller Fellow and 
research associate at the University of Oslo, has 
begun work at the Woods Hole United States 
Bureau of Fisheries station on respiration and ad- 
justment to diving in seals. 


The annual meeting of the American Shellfish- 
eries Association was held at Milford and New 
Haven, Connecticut, from Wednesday to Friday 
of this week. Dr. Paul S. Galtsoff, acting direc- 
tor of the United States Fish and Wild Life Ser- 
vice Station at Woods Hole, presided at the meet- 


ings. The following was the schedule of papers 


presented at the meetings : 


“Some Observations on the Polychaete Worm, Poly- 
dora, on the Oyster Beds of Delaware Bay,” Dr. 
Thurlow C. Nelson. 

“Experiments in Oyster Growth and Culture in 
North Carolina,” Dr. Herbert F. Prytherch. 

“Seasonal Gonadal Changes of Adult Oysters in 
Long Island Sound,” Dr. Victor L. Loosanoff. 

“Oyster Drill in Long Island Sound,’ James B. 
Engle. 

“A Review of Bacteriological Shellfish Scoring,” Dr. 
Milton H. Bidwell. 

“A Study of Microbiology of Shellfish from the Pub- 
lic Health Viewpoint,” Dr. Leslie A. Sandholzer. 
“Relation of Valve Closure to Heart Beat in the 

American Oyster,” Leslie A. Stauber. 

“Experimental Oyster Farming in South Carolina,” 
R. O. Smith. 

“Experiences with Lime in Limiting Destructiveness 
of Starfish,” H. Butler Flower. 

“Tray Culture of Oysters in the York River, Vir- 
ginia,” J. Richards Nelson. 


DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS 


Alexander, Ti. Ths, ..ccicc.ccsesgeccocovacerseeserseeeeeneete 
Ballard, W. W. .... FS 
Barnes, Martha .... 


IBTOOKS: (Sen Oamerseeeeees July 19 
Brooks, Matilda M. . July 19 
Duryee, W. R. .......... July 2 
Frank, Sylvia R. .. July 29 
Kareites Bia @icccccer- July 24 
Luckman, C. E. . July 27 
Michaelis, L. . July 8 
Jetnals, UN cooaco July 29 
Parkers (AViGe: .-.i.ics<csesscsccesoccstsccsvesstecees eoeooreeenee July 29 
Rogers, C. G. ..... July 25 
Romans Re Ry i toss0s-ichscseecsescseesantsecesssscoc teeters July 23 
Rum s Be He Dyes civ deccevaccascedsccsectese: cossset aceee eee July 27 
SYS) AYO) Res (0S eaerecteer eccoccosnocterne ooccocecenonaLcncanacocencaccco July 12 
Shannon). diy (AS. tesccccsncasece-coccneonescestcescensceaneeeaeens July 16 
Stilwell; Hs Pirances) ciccccersncxsssessecessesconcencesseaeee July 29 
TMuekcer): (Gis TA. secs cisscececcestaccesseceocevsecconcovsncenseseeoeee July 8 
Walther, R. F. ... .. duly 30 
IWihtitele ys Al He tesccrecccascscrstcceccntcccesatecarenesscererevess July 23 


Aucust 3, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


117 


EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 


About fifteen couples took part in folk dancing 
at the M. B. L. Club Wednesday night. This, the 
first of a series, was in charge of Dr. and Mrs. 
Robert H. MacKnight. The figures, called by J. 
P. Trinkaus, included the Virginia Reel, Christ 
Church Bells, and Divide the Ring. Accordion 
accompaniment was provided by Werner Maas. 


The date of the annual concert of the Woods 
Hole Choral Club has been set for Monday, Au- 
gust 26. It will be presented in the Woods Hole 
Town Hall, which is located on Main Street next 
to the bridge. Rehearsals in preparation for the 
concert are proceeding satisfactorily and the club 


is looking forward to giving another successful 
program of sacred and secular music. 


The program of the Monday night phonograph 
record concert at the M. B. L. Club: Consecra- 
tion of the House, Overture, Beethoven ; Concerto 
for Bassoon and Orchestra, Mozart; Classical 
Symphony in D major, Prokovieff; Violin Con- 
certo No. 1, Prokovieff; Symphony No. 3 in E 
flat major (‘‘Eroica’’), Beethoven. 


The Music Committee of the M. B. L. Club an- 
nounces that two new loud speakers will be in- 
stalled next week and that all the defects in the 
amplifying system have been found and corrected. 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF THE U.S.S.R. AND THE BALTIC STATES 


Homer A, JACK 
Cornell University 


There are twenty-three biological field stations 
in Russia and the Baltic States. Eighteen of 
these institutions are in European Russia and 
there is one each in Estonia and Latvia. Despite 
the large number of Russian stations, compara- 
tively little is known about their equipment or ac- 
tivities. This is due not so much to any secrecy 
on the part of the Russians, as to the lack of for- 
eign scientists who have, in recent years, worked 
at these institutions as visiting investigators. 
While foreign investigators with acceptable poli- 
tical records have been allowed to do research 
at most of the Russian stations, both the preval- 
ence of cumbersome formalities and the high rate 
of exchange have prevented all but the most de- 
termined of foreign scientists (and usually those 
who have been especially invited by the Russian 
government) from working at these institutions. 
What the future may bring in the way of encour- 
aging foreign biologists to work at Russian field 
stations is not known, but mention at least should 
be made of the biological stations in this section 
of the world and the habitats in which they are 
located. 

Three Russian stations are located on the Black 
Sea. The most famous of this group is the Sevas- 
topol Biological Station in Crimea. This is the 
oldest biological station in Russia, having been 
founded in 1872 by the Imperial Academy of 
Sciences. In 1897 a relatively large, three-story 
building was erected to house this institution and 
this is still being used. After the Russian Revolu- 
tion the station was taken over by the Academy 
of Sciences of the U.S.S.R. Professor S. A. Zer- 
noff, who has been attached to the station since at 
least 1910, is still nominal director, although his 
offices are now in Leningrad at the headquarters 


of the Academy of Sciences. Another important 
station in this area is the Novorossiisk Biological 
Station. Located at Novorossiisk, this institution 
was founded in 1921 and dedicated to the late 
Professor W. M. Arnoldi. The remaining field 
station in this region is the All-Ukrainian Scien- 
tific-Practical Station of the Black and Azov Seas 
at Cherson. This institution was founded in 
1918, one year after the November Revolution. 

The Arctic Ocean is the site of two Russian 
stations. The Algological Research Station is at 
Archangel. The other station was founded near 
Archangel (on the Island of Solovetsky) but was 
moved to the Murman Coast in 1899, For many 
years the Murman Biological Station has been 
the best-known field station in Russia. About 
1930 it was taken over by the Polar Scientific 
Research Institute of Marine Fisheries and 
Oceanography. The Academy of Sciences of the 
U.S.S.R. in 1937 announced plans for the con- 
struction of a new biological station in the Mur- 
man region at a cost of three and one half million 
rubles. 

A number of Russian stations are located on 
fresh-water lakes. On Lake Onega near Finland 
is situated the Borodin Hydrobiological Research 
Institute at Petrozsavodsk. At Old-Peterhof in 
the suburbs of Leningrad is the Hydrobiological 
Section of the Scientific Institute of Peterhof. It 
is housed in the country estate of a former noble- 
man by the side of a small lake. On the shore of 
Lake Kossino in the suburbs of Moscow is the 
Biological Station at Kossino. The oldest fresh- 
water station in Russia was established on Lake 
Glubokoje in 1890. This institution, the Hydro- 
biological Station on Lake Glubokoje is now un- 
der the control of the station at Kossino, At 


118 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 133. 


Vladikavkaz in the Caucasus Mountains is located 
the North Caucasus Hydrobiological Station. It 
was founded for theoretical investigations in al- 
pine waters. Also in this general region on Lake 
Goktscha in Armenia is found the Sewan Lake 
Station at Elenowka. 

There are a number of important rivers in Rus- 
sia and on some of these biological stations are 
established. On the Volga River there are sta- 
tions at Kostroma and Saratow. These are the 
Biological Station of the Scientific Society for the 
Investigation of the Kostroma Region and the 
Volga Biological Station at Saratow. The latter 
is one of the best-known limnological stations in 
Russia, having been under the direction of Dr. A. 
L. Behning since 1911. The Hydrophysiological 
Station at Swenigorod on the Moskva (River) 
was founded in 1910 and recently has been under 
the administration of the Ministry of Health. On 
the Kama River is the Biological Station at Perm. 
It is sponsored by the Biological-Scientific Re- 
search Institute of the University of Perm for 
theoretical investigations on the Kama basin. At 
Murom on the Oka River is the Oka Biological 
Station. Finally there is the Biological Station 
of the Dnieper (River). This is at Starosselje, 
near Kiev, and is sponsored by the All-Ukraine 
Academy: of Sciences. 


The remaining Russian field station in Europe 
is the Institute of Research in High Altitudes on 
Mount Elbrus. This station is located in the 
Caucasus Mountains at an altitude of 18,526 feet. 
Situated on the highest mountain in Europe, this 
institution is the highest field station in the world, 
being 4,276 feet higher than the Mount Evans 
Laboratory in Colorado. 

The Russian biological stations in Asia are lo- 
cated in three diverse habitats: a river, a lake, 
and a sea. The Siberian Ichthyological Labora- 
tory is located at Krasnoyarsk in Central Siberia. 
It is on the Yenisei River and is devoted to both 
practical and theoretical investigations. On Lake 
Baikal, at Maritui in Southern Siberia, is found 
the Baikal Hydrobiological Station. It is spon- 
sored by the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R. 
for the study of this lake which is one of the deep- 
est in the world (with a reputed depth of 4,725 
feet). On the Sea of Japan is the Pacific Insti- 
tute of Fisheries and Oceanography at Vladivo- 
stok. This institution was founded in 1925 under 
the direction of Professor K. M. Derjugin and is 
located near Ussuri Bay, which is free from ice 
during the winter. It is sponsored by the All- 
Union Scientific Research Institution of Marine 
Fisheries and Oceanography for the purpose of 
investigating the hydrology, hydrobiology, and 
ichthyology of the waters near Vladivostok. 

Little information is known about the two bio- 


logical stations in the Baltic States. The Biologi- 
cal Station of Tartu University is located at Ku- — 
usnomme near Tartu, Estonia. At Riga there is — 
the Hydrobiological Station of the University of 
Latvia. This was founded in 1924 and now has 
accommodations for seven visiting investigators. — 
It is under the direction of Professor Embrik 
Strand who is also director of the Institute of 
Systematic Zoology of the University of Latvia. 
me op 


This author spent some weeks attempting to 
visit several of the Russian biological stations in 
the autumn of 1938. He was able to visit only 
three of them. In Moscow, for example, he tried 
to make arrangements through the proper goy- 
ernmental authorities to visit a nearby field sta- 
tion. Nothing came of these efforts, however, and 
the author decided to seek out the station for him- 
self. He started early one November morning 
from his hotel near the Kremlin. Taking the new 
Moscow subway to the outskirts of the city, he 
came to a small railroad station. There he found 
a train and rode for perhaps an hour with a group 
of interesting peasants to a small wayside station. 
Contrary to expectations, he was not followed by 
the G.P.U. or any other agency. He wishes per- 
haps he were, for he might have saved several 
hours of aimless wandering in the muddy steppes 
by asking this agent the way to the biological sta- 
tion! Finally he came upon the institution in a 
small dwelling on the shore of a lake. He walked 
in and was welcomed by the staff. They showed 
him the equipment and arrangement of the station 
and made him at home by pointing out scientific 
bulletins from his own university. Tea was served 
and the talk drifted to biological techniques and 
problems. Soon this author had to take his leave 
in order to reach Moscow before nightfall. As 
he made his way back to the tiny railroad station 
he was reassured that scientists are quite the same 
throughout the world, even if political régimes 
are quite different. 

One might generalize about the field stations 
of Russia by saying that, in 1938 at least, they 
had a relatively large personnel but insufficient 
equipment. This reflects perhaps both the appar- 
ently genuine eagerness on the part of the scien- 
tists in power to establish scientific institutions of 
all kinds (nine field stations were founded in 
Russia since the November Revolution) and the 
large number of persons who, being subsidized by 
the government while in school, graduate from the 
institutions of higher learning. Present, there- 
fore, are both the desire to maintain field stations 
and an abundant supply of trained scientists. As 
microscopes must compete with military binocu- 
lars, however, the stations and scientists are rela- 
tively poorly-equipped. 


Aucust 3 


SEND © 


, 1940] THE COLLECTING NET 


Nee EU oe | EXHIBIT 
Sheses ee of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab- July 22nd to Aaeust 4th 
tnd\we_ wil send it poatpeld — STI een ete vets forests 
44 EAST 23rd STREET at the 
NEW YORK.N.Y. wl eects all 
e 
of 
INSTRUMENTS 
SUPPLIES 
MODELS 
CHARTS 
SKELETONS 


Which of these Yrec? 

will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS 

Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model 

of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO, 
and larger tubes. . . . Priced from $17.25 to $55. 
CATALOG CI10 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. 


CA r A; 
ef) CLAY-ADAMS Se SE0.S8°85 Gi 


CLAY-ADAM 


Inc. 


CO., 44 East 23rd St. 
New York, N. Y. 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


AMERICAN MADE CHARTS 


Very few of the charts offered in the United States are of American origin ; 
certainly there are no American series of Biological charts so comprehensive as 
those offered by Turtox. These charts are the result of years of work and are 
offered to American schools as the highest values obtainable, regardless of source. 


Turtox Charts are provided in three series as follows: 


TURTOX CLASS-ROOM CHART. Size 17 x 22 inches. Black drawings on white 
chart paper, punched and reinforced for hanging. 171 subjects. Prices from 36c to 50c 
each depending upon quantity ordered. 


TURTOX WALL CHARTS. Size 30 x 40 inches. Black drawings on white chart 
cloth. Supplied mounted in chart head, on common rollers or unmounted. Thirty 
subjects. Prices from $1.37 to $1.50 each. 


TURTOX BIOCHROME CHARTS. The natural color charts for Biology. Size 
30 x 40 inches in natural oil color paints (not inks) on waterproof chart cloth. Supplied 
unmounted or in any conventional style mounting at prices from $5.18 up. 


Refer to your Turtox Catalog and ask us to send your selection on approval. 


ae Is 


oe GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 


a ae Incorporated 
6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 


THE COLLECDING 


NET 


120 
WOODS HOLE 
SANDWICH SHOP 
Breakfast Lunch Dinner 
Parker Products 
Main Street Woods Hole 


TEXACO 


GAS AND OIL 


WOODS HOLE GARAGE CO. 
Opposite Station 


THE 


Main Street 


TWIN 


DOOR 


Woods Hole 


Open ; 
Ray Special 
6 A. M. Weekly 
to . = Rates 
it: SORPS Ms A a 
Darners 
STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 
Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 


FALMOUTH 
DALEY’S 
Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


E. E. C. SWIFT CO. 


Meats and Groceries 
Free Delivery to Woods Hole 


Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W 
Falmouth Osterville 


ROWE’S PHARMACY 


Home Remedies 


i i eas 
Fountamn SERWCE 


[ Vor. XV, No. 133 
| 


Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines 


Developing and Printing Snapshots 
Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


Carolina ‘Gulteees 


brown and green Hydra, 
and dorotocephala, ete. 
seasons. 
Biology 


The resources of our 


Farm” are at your disposal. 


Culture Service. 


Elon College, N. C. 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 


Planaria maculata 
Shipments during all 
“Hundred-Acre 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 


i 


2: > 0 00 ODOT 0 OED 0D 0D OD 


2D 0D OED 0D 0D 0D 1 0-0 0 ED) ED-0 GD ETD 


© THE DARWIN PRESS 


Vill gladly give estimates to authors 
for sets scientific periodicals or mono- 
graphs. 

Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring 


Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. 


69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. 


ee 


> 0-0 CE OED LP 


FOR A DRAMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE 
SEPTEMBER HURRICANE ... 


READ 
The Hurricane Number 


=S Oi? = 


THE COLLECTING NET 
On Sale at The Collecting Net Office 


SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


Medical, 
Complete Sets, 


Zoological, Botanical, 

Volumes and Odd 
Copies. There may be some Single Copies 
needed to complete your sets, or an I[m- 
portant Article which you may need. Prices 
are reasonable. 


B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


Biological, 
etc. 


Aucust 3, 1940 | IMSUD, 


COLLECTING NET 12 


Adams MICROTECHNIC SYSTEM 


for handling and storing micro- 
scope slides during and after 
preparation 


Three units of equipment make up this 
system... 


1. MICROTECHNIC TRAYS 
for holding microscope slides 


50'38x1”, 353x1%”, 25 3x2” 
IG VAS. eerecoterercnoes $12.50 dz. 
8 kA, os .. $11.25 dz. 
Giid Zone set a ae $10.00 dz. 


- MICROTECHNIC CA BI- 
NET for holding the trays 
$35.00 


3. MICROTECHNIC R OL L- 
ING STAND for trans- 
porting the cabinet....$12.00 


Complete unit with 25 trays as illustrated $65 


ADVANTAGES... 
1. Easy and safe handling of slides. 


. Trays will not warp, even in oven. 
. Multiplies utility of desk space. 
. Easy identification and access to each slide. 


. Surface of tray resists action to usual lab- 
oratory solvents. 


6. Tongue and groove arrangement permits 
any tray to be removed from stack and per- 
mits safe stacking. 


7. Aids in organization of work. 
8. Protects against damage. 
, and 3x1” slides. 


Old Lecture Hall 


9. Accommodates 3x2”, 3x1%” 


See These Now at the 


CLAY-ADAM 


A 


CO., 44.East 23rd St. 
Inc. New-York, N. Y. 


12) 
ADAMS 


\ 6A 


POPE LOLS FS 


The Material Basis 


of Evolution 
Richard C. Go!dschmidt 


“In this very important contribution toward 
an understanding of the process of evolution 

. the reader will find the results of Dr. Gold- 
schmidt’s mature deliberations concerning the 
genetical and developmental potentialities of 
organisms that nature may use as materials 
with which to accomplish evolution. ... / A vast 
array of factual data is marshaled to fortify 
his conclusion that the neo-Darwinian theory 
of the geneticists is no longer tenable.” Scien- 
tific Book Club Review 


Illustrated $5.00 


O. C. Marsh 


Pioneer In Paleontology 


Charles Schuchert and 
Clara M. LeVene 


“Marsh was and remains to this day eminent 
and internationally known to science. . . . This 
excellent readable biography should revive in- 
terest in a figure once so prominent in the 
American scene, scientific, political, and social. 

. Marsh’s memory is in no danger of obliv- 
ion, but it did need and is now given more 
balanced tr eatment and presentation to a wider 
audience.” George Gaylord Simpson in the 
New York Times 


Illustrated $5.00 


Science In Progress 


Edited by George A. Baitsell 


The first series of SCIENCE IN PROGRESS 
was based on the 1939 National Sigma Xi Lec- 
tures and was a selection of the Scientific 
Book Club. It contains chapters by ten out- 
standing scientists, each a recognized leader 
in his particular field. The second series, based 
on the 1940 Sigma Xi Lectures, will be pub- 
lished in November. 


First Series Illustrated $4.00 
Second Series Illustrated $4.00 


(advance orders will be filled on 
publication date) 


YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS 


New Haven, Connecticut 


| 


: 


Se) 
bo 


tHE COLEEPCRING NE [ Vor. XV, No. 133 


(eit 


CHEMICALS 


GLASSWARE 
TESTED 


PURITY 
CHEMICALS 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-223 THIRD AVENUE 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 


For Salon Quality in 
Your Exhibition Prints 


—USE A SOLAR— 


A SOLAR will give you Salon , 
quality in all your enlargements && 
- it will bring out the full 


pictorial cualiey) of every negative. Its 
perfected light and optical system along 

with its wide flexibility in adjustments 
make Solar the choice of the man who 
knows enlargers. Models are available to 
cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 fj 
inches, with or without condensers. Prices ff 
from $79.50 to $112.50. 

ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. 


BURKE & JAMES, Inc. 


223 W. MADISON ST... @ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


EW INTERNATIONAL 
MICROCHEMICAL CENTRIFUGE 


COMPACT @ PORTABLE @ QUIET 


The new International MICRO CENTRIFUGE has been 
especially developed to meet the need for a quiet running 
portable machine, particularly suited for microchemical work 
in school and college laboratories. 


The outstanding characteristics of this new centrifuge are 
the design of head and unique method of suspending the 
tubes. The head combines both the regular horizontal 
method of swinging the tubes and, also, by means of molded 
angle adapters, the sloping method. With the adapters, 
several combinations of the horizontal and angle positions of 
the tubes are possible. The streamlined 8-place head is made 
of heat-treated aluminum alloy for strength and has a spun 
aluminum windshield for enclosing the tubes for safety. 


The MICRO CENTRIFUGE is compact and small, occupying 
less than a cubic foot of bench space. Its brushless type 
motor is very quiet and has a constant speed of 1700 r.p.m. 
for use on 110 volts A.C., 60 cycles only. 


Send for Descriptive Bulletin 


INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 


352 Western Avenue Boston, Mass. 


Makers of Fine Centrifuges 


Aucust 3, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 123 


An ideal 


Microscope 


for Visual Research and Photomicrography 


P hotomicrographs 
provide a permanent rec- 
ord of microscopic obser- 
vations and are extreme- 
ly valuable for future ref- 
erence, lecture work and 
publication reports. The 
Spencer No. 13 Microscope 
and the Spencer No. 634 
(5 x 7) Photomicrographic 
Camera make an _ ideal 
combination for photomi- 
crographic work. 


This Spencer Microscope 
may be used with either a 
vertical or inclined binoc- 
ular body. It accommo- 
dates a wide range of op- 
tical systems and mechan- 
ical accessories and is mod- 


erately priced. 


Write Dept. H8-1 for complete data on these Spencer instruments. 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES SPENCER REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT —uSsA> PROJECTORS 


124 


THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 133 


LARGE SCALE-MODEL VIEWS OF 


OTHER 
B&L MICROSCOPES 


There is a B&L Microscope for every 


routine, laboratory or research need. 
The complete line includes: Research, 
Laboratory, Polarizing, Medical, 
Chemical, Metallurgical, etc. Acces- 
sories are also available to increase 
the usefulness of your present micro- 
scope. Write concerning your needs. 


Small ject 


with THE B&L wipe Fietp 


STEREOSCOPIC 
MICROSCOPE 


‘Tue Bausch & Lomb Wide Field Stereoscopic 
Microscope provides enlarged images that to all 
intents and purposes are equivalent to viewing 

an actual large scale-model of the object. It 
bridges the gap between unaided eye imagery and 

the higher powers of the conventional compound 
microscope. Its uses are practically unlimited. 
Special models are available for every type of | 
work. Here are some of the outstanding features 

of Bausch & Lomb Stereoscopic Microscopes. 


1. Wide Field enables use where an ordinary microscope 
is inconvenient. 

2. Stereoscopic effect which means a realistic three 
dimensional image. 

3. An image, neither inverted nor reversed, which aids 
materially in manipulation. 

4. Long working distance in all powers provides ample 
room for manipulating large specimens and for dis- 
secting. 

5. High eye point assures full view of entire field and 
convenience for those wearing glasses. 

6. Patented Drum Nosepiece and accurately parfocal ob- 
jectives permit instant change of magnifications. 


For complete details on B&L Wide Field Stereoscopic Micro- 
scopes, write to Bausch & Lomb Optical Company, 671 St. 
Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 7 


SATURDAY, AUGUST 10, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


FEATHER COLOR PATTERN PRODUCED 
BY GRAFTING MELANOPHORES DUR- 
ING EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT 


Dr. B. H. WILLIER 
Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences, 
University of Rochester 
This report deals with the effects on feather 
color pattern produced by grafting melanophores 
from one embryo to another of genetically differ- 
ent breeds of fowl or of differ- 


CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDA- 
TION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND 
MODE OF ACTION 


Dr. Ertc G, BALL 
Associate in Physiological Chemistry, 
Johns Hopkins School of Medicine 
The reaction between oxygen and foodstuffs in 
the animal body is unusual if we stop to consider 
the fact that no such reaction occurs at body tem- 
_ peratures outside the living 


ent species of birds. It is pro- 
posed to analyze briefly the 
manner of control of feather 
color pattern, giving particu- 
lar attention to barring and 


M. HB. E. Calendar 


TUESDAY, August 13, 8:00 P. M. 


cell. The foodstuffs on our 
tables are relatively indifferent 
to the oxygen which surrounds 
them. Man has however long 
known that if he raised the 


spotting (guinea) patterns. 
By transplanting small 
pieces of tissue (skin ectoderm 
and underlying neural crest 
cells) containing potential me- 
lanoblasts from donor embryos 
(about 70 hours or equivalent 
age) into the right wing bud 
of hosts of the same age, me- 
lanophores of various breeds 
or species are introduced into 
the feather germs of white and 
pigmented fowl hosts. This 
results in the formation of an 
area of donor-colored down 


Seminar: Dr. A. C. Giese, “Effects 
of Ultra-violet Light on Respira- 
tion of the Luminous Bacteria.” 

Dr. Ivor Cornman: “Effects of 
Ether upon the Development of 
Drosophila.” 

Dr. Berta Scharrer: ‘Neurosecre- 
tory Cells in Cockroaches.” 

Dr. G. Haugaard: “The Mechanism 
of the Glass Electrode.” 


FRIDAY, August 16, 8:00 P. M. 


Lecture: Dr. Alfred S. Romer: 


“Fossil Evidence Regarding Evo- | 


lution of the Lower Vertebrates.” 


temperature of his local en- 
vironment sufficiently a violent 
reaction could occur in which 
such organic matter was said 
to be burned and energy in the 
form of heat was liberated. By 
the eighteenth century he had 
learned that in such conflagra- 
tions oxygen was consumed 
and carbon dioxide and water 
were produced. Soon there- 
after Lavoisier showed that 
the animal body carried on a 
very similar type of process 
but in a remarkably well con- 


feathers on the wing and adja- 

cent regions in the majority of cases. The down 
is replaced by juvenile contour feathers having the 
shape, rate of growth (Continued on page 138) 


trolled fashion and at tempera- 
tures nearly equal to its surroundings. This then 
was the beginning of the search for the mechan- 
isms by which the (Continued on page 127) 


TABLE OF 


Catalysts of Biological Oxidation, Their Com- 
position and Mode of Action, Dr. Eric G. 
Ball 


Feather Color Pattern Produced by Grafting 
Melanophores During Embryonic Develop- 
Terai, IDre, 13}, IBl6 \aUDb ere Bas errrees ceensoeeroseecee 125 

Photochemical Spectrum of the Pasteur En- 
zyme, Dr. Kurt G. Stern, Dr. Joseph L. Mel- 
nick, and Mr. Delafield DuBois 


CONTENTS 

Studies on Erythrocruorins (Invertebrate 
Hemoglobins), Dr. Kurt Salomon ................. 134 

Invertebrate Class Notes ...cccccccccccceseseeeeeeeeeeeneee 133 

Introducing Dr. R. R. Gates ....eeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeeee 134 

The Seminar on Physiological Chemistry, Dr. 
Pee Gee Bra dl eye core seccsesscn stands sehen vain 134 


Items of Interest 135, 136 


The Biological Field Stations of the Balkan 
States, Homer A. Jack 


MENS COMLIACMONG INAAt 


[ Vor. XV, No. 134 


64 Mah AWK, 


A, lee: NIC AV ai A). Ge teats idee 


we Quotas RAL” 


Aus 


24 
ft ea 


Alas tah dum 


iy) 


Z 4) Pith by fh) 


Ry ian Of Gen te: 


Dip h 9 Kiva : 


Lad. Kite. 


THE U. 


The headquarters of the U. S. Fish Commis- 
sion were located from 1881 to 1883 in a building 
on the site of the present U. S. Lighthouse Ser- 
vice wharf at Little Harbor. The laboratories 
were located in the two-story building on the pier 
near the center of the picture, where the brick 
building of the Lighthouse Service now stands. 
A train may be seen to the right, running along 
the shore of Little Harbor. Juniper Point, now 
site of the Crane estate, extends to the left. 

The Fisheries Laboratory was established at 
Woods Hole by Spencer F. Baird, who was Sec- 
retary of the Smithsonian Institution and was the 
first U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries, a position 
to which he was appointed in 1871. He set up 
laboratories at various points along the New Eng- 
land coast, but soon recognized the advantages ot 
Woods Hole for biological research and was re- 
sponsible for the permanent establishment of a 
station here. 


Under the original terms of the act founding 
the Fish Commission, the heads of the various 


executive departments of the Federal Government 
furnished assistance needed by the Commission. 
The use of various buildings and ships of the 


S. FISH COMMISSION STATION AT WOODS HOLE IN 1882 


Lighthouse Service for several years was thus 
granted to Professor Baird. 

The temporary building was occupied until the 
completion of the present Woods Hole laboratory 
and residence of the Fish Commission. Land for 
the station, extending along the waterfront from 
the present property of the Marine Biological 
Laboratory to Penzance Point, was donated by a 
group of Woods Hole citizens, and the funds for- 
the pier, residence and laboratory were provided 
by the Federal Government. Construction of the 
buildings was completed in 1883. Previous to 
that date, workers at the station dined at the resi- 
dence of Professor Baird, which faces the harbor 
and is visible at the right of the picture. 

The ship Fish Hawk, seen moored to the left 
of the picture, was one of the first vessels used by 
the Commission, being employed from 1880 to 
1883. It was used in exploring the Gulf Stream 
and its fauna, particularly the distribution of tile- 
fish. Chester Arthur, twenty-first president of 
the United States, rode on the ship on a dredging 
trip during his administration. The ship was 
superceded by the Albatross, which was used for 
nearly forty years for deep-sea work by the Fish 
Commission. 


Aucust 10, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


127 


CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MODE 
OF ACTION 


(Continued from page 125) 


body catalyzed at low temperatures the smooth 
utilization of oxygen in the burning of foodstuffs. 
Lavoisier believed that a combustion of carbon 
particles occurred in the blood as it passed 
through the lungs and that the warmth generated 
there was carried by the blood throughout the 
body. We know today that the body is not mere- 
ly a heat engine and while subsequent investiga- 
tions of the role of the blood confirm Lavoisier’s 
idea that it functions as a transport system be- 
tween the lungs and the tissues, it is the oxygen 
we breathe in and the carbon dioxide to be ex- 
haled that it transports. 

In undertaking a survey of the catalysts con- 
cerned in biological oxidations let us begin first 
by attempting to follow the fate of oxygen from 
the time it first enters the body. The role of the 
blood pigment hemoglobin in the transport of 
oxygen from the lungs to the tissues, though not 
a truly catalytic one is worth, | think, brief review 
since this pigment has some properties in common 
with those catalysts with which we are concerned. 
Hemoglobin is a conjugated protein with a mo- 
lecular weight of about 68,000 and possessing 
four iron porphyrin groups. How these groups 
are attached to the protein molecule is not known. 
You will subsequently see that all of the com- 
pounds with which we will deal tonight are simi- 
larly constituted, being composed of a protein part 
of large molecular size joined to a smaller or- 
ganic molecule which I shall refer to in general 
as a prosthetic group. We are not entirely cer- 
tain about the iron linkages in this compound. 
There is no doubt, however, that the iron is in the 
reduced state and that it remains in this state 
even after the hemoglobin has combined with 
oxygen. Now here is a most striking example of 
the sluggishness of oxygen to exert its oxidizing 
ability. Though oxygen is well able to oxidize 
ferrous iron to ferric, hemoglobin is able to com- 
bine loosely with oxygen and yet, so to speak, 
hold it at arm’s length so that it does not strike 
in to oxidize the ferrous iron. If the oxygen 
should strike in and oxidize the iron to the ferric 
state then the compound is no longer capable of 
acting as a carrier of oxygen. Hemoglobin thus 
functions by picking up oxygen in the lungs where 
the partial pressure of this gas is high and releases 


it again to the tissues where the partial pressure 
is low. 

The oxygen which hemoglobin thus brings to 
the tissues may be used directly or, as in the case 
of certain muscles, 1t may be put into “cold stor- 
age’ against the time when a demand is made for 
it. So-called red muscles contain a pigment for 
this purpose called myoglobin which is similar to 
hemoglobin in its properties. Myoglobin is com- 
posed of a protein with a molecular weight re- 
ported to be about 18,000 and containing only one 
iron porphyrin group which, however, appears to 
be identical with those found in hemoglobin. It 
combines reversibly with oxygen in the same man- 
ner as hemoglobin, its iron remaining in the fer- 
rous state throughout the procedure. Its affinity 
for oxygen is, however, much greater than that ot 
hemoglobin. This fact is shown by a comparison 
of the oxygen dissociation curves of these two 
pigments. Since the prosthetic group of hemoglo- 
bin and myoglobin are the same you see here the 
first example of how variations in the protein part 
effect the behavior of the prosthetic group. Other 
examples will be encountered later. 


Myoglobin is thus able to unload oxygen from 
hemoglobin and store it in the muscle cells. Cer- 
tain aquatic mammals such as the seal possess 
muscles which are extremely rich in this pigment. 
These animals are capable of staying submerged 
for prolonged periods and it has been suggested 
that the oxygen capable of being stored in com- 
bination with this myoglobin is one important 
factor contributing to this ability. 

Now regardless, however, of whether the oxy- 
gen comes directly from hemoglobin or through 
myoglobin its subsequent fate in the tissues is the 
same. Oxygen now encounters its first real ca- 
talyst and as we shall subsequently see its last 
one. Since the amounts of this catalyst present 
in the tissues are so minute in comparison to 
hemoglobin or myoglobin the isolation and study 
of its properties in a manner similar to that em- 
ployed for these other compounds has thus far 
not been accomplished. Our knowledge of its 
very existence is therefore dependent upon evi- 
dence furnished by the alterations in consump- 
tion of oxygen that occurs when living cells are 


THE CoLLEcTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1988. 
It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 


marine biological laboratories. 


Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


128 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 134 


poisoned by cyanide or carbon monoxide. It was 
the known affinity of these poisons for iron com- 
pounds that first lead Warburg to postulate that 
their poisoning actions on tissue respiration was 
also due to their combination with an iron com- 
pound. That this iron compound was the cata- 
lyst which reacts with oxygen, and which we now 
call cytochrome oxidase, was proven by Warburg 
in an ingenious manner. Carbon monoxide and 
iron compounds form complexes which are re- 
versibly dissociated by light. Warburg, therefore, 
placed living cells in a mixture of carbon monox- 
ide and oxygen and found that the inhibitory ef- 
fect of the carbon monoxide on their respiration 
was much less when they were well irradiated by 
white light. He now made use of the fundament- 
al principle of photochemistry that only that part 
of the light radiations which are absorbed by a 
compound will exert any photochemical effect 
upon it. Irradiations of the preparation were 
now made with monochromatic light of varying 
wave lengths and it was found that the rate of 
oxygen consumption varied markedly as the wave- 
length of light was altered. By thus determining 
the relative efficiency of various wave lengths of 
light in restoring respiration he obtained the rela- 
tive absorption spectrum of the carbon monoxide 
catalyst complex. Measurements of the quantum 
involved in this reaction and comparison with 
other known iron carbon monoxide complexes en- 
abled him to convert the relative absorption spec- 
trum into the absolute absorption spectrum. It 
resembles the absorption spectrum of the 
carbon monoxide complex of  spirographis 
hemoglobin, an iron porphyrin compound not un- 
like hemoglobin. He thus reached the conclusion 
that this catalyst, cytochrome oxidase, also con- 
tains an iron porphyrin compound which is prob- 
ably conjugated with protein. 

We can now deduce certain points concerning 
the mode of action of cytochrome oxidase from 
behavior of other known iron porphyrin com- 
pounds. Carbon monoxide, for example, also 
combines with hemoglobin and in so doing pre- 
vents its combination with oxygen. It is thus 
reasonable to suppose that oxygen also combines 
with cytochrome oxidase and that carbon monox- 
ide poisons it by preventing such a union, Oxy- 
gen and carbon monoxide, however, combine only 
with iron porphyrin compounds when the iron is 
in the ferrous state. Hence we can conclude that 
cytochrome oxidase contains iron in the reduced 
state. However, cytochrome oxidase can also be 
poisoned by cyanide and cyanide combines only 
with protein-iron-porphyrin compounds when the 
iron is in the ferric state. It thus appears that 
the iron in cytochrome oxidase may exist in either 
the ferrous or ferric state within the living cell. 


We, therefore, have this tentative picture of the 
mode of action of this enzyme. It combines with 
oxygen like hemoglobin or myoglobin, though in 
a much tighter union, but unlike these other com- 
pounds the oxygen here strikes in and oxidizes 
the ferrous iron to the ferric form. The oxygen 
thereby becomes reduced to water or to hydrogen 
peroxide. If hydrogen peroxide is formed it is 
decomposed to water and oxygen by catalase, an- 
other iron porphyrin compound whose discussion 
space will not permit. 


Now whether this is the exact picture of events 
must naturally wait until the isolation of cyto- 
chrome oxidase permits us to study its properties 
directly. We are at any rate unable to trace the 
participation of oxygen in biological oxidations 
beyond this point. It thus appears that the oxy- 
gen we breathe in does not give rise directly to 
the carbon dioxide we exhale as was earlier be- 
lieved, but yields water. Evidence for this is fur- 
nished by the recent experiments of Day and 
Sheel who allowed an animal to breathe air en- 
riched with 300 p.p.m. of the heavy oxygen iso- 
tope. The expired carbon dioxide collected after 
a preliminary sweeping out period contained only 
40 p.p.m. of the heavy oxygen isotope. How car- 
bon dioxide is produced without the intervention 
of molecular oxygen we shall see later. 


Though we have thus reached the end of the 
trail as far as oxygen is concerned, we have but 
barely begun on the series of oxidation and reduc- 
tion reactions that are thus initiated. From now 
on you will see that our bodily oxidations entail 
the removal of hydrogen ions and electrons from 
the foodstuffs and their successive passage 
through a series of catalysts to ferric cytochrome 
oxidase which is thereby reduced. The ferrous 
cytochrome oxidase then reacts with oxygen and 
thus links the chain to this substance. 


The substances that appear to stand next to cy- 
tochrome oxidase in this chain are, as its name 
imphes, the cytochromes. Cytochrome is the 
name given by Keilin to certain cell pigments first 
observed by MacMunn in muscle tissue. If we ex- 
amine with a spectroscope tissue which has been 
freed from blood, which interferes with the ob- 
servation, we will see three strong dark absorp- 
tion bands centered at 605, 565, and 550 my 
respectively. Keilin named the compounds re- 
sponsible for these bands cytochrome a, b, and c, 
for as we shall see they belong to three different 
compounds. What Keilin clearly recognized and 
MacMunn apparently did not was that these bands 
were only seen if the tissue was deprived of oxy- 
gen. In the presence of oxygen these bands fade 
out. Keilin, therefore, concluded that these bands 
were given by the reduced form of these pigments 
and that by oxidation they were converted to sub- 


Aueust 10, 1940 } 


DHE COLLECIING NED 


129 


stances with weak absorption bands. The process 
of oxidation and reduction was readily reversible 
by altering the oxygen supply of the tissue. Keil- 
in now found that these bands could be made to 
appear even in the presence of oxygen if cyanide 
or carbon monoxide were also present. These 
poisons did not appear to act directly on the cyto- 
chromes since no change could be noted in their 
absorption bands. The oxidation of these three 
cytochromes by oxygen must therefore be brought 
about through the intervention of cytochrome oxi- 
dase which we have seen is susceptible to these 
poisons. 

Of the three cytochromes only c can be extract- 
ed from the tissues. It has been obtained in what 
appears to be a pure state though not crystalline. 
The results of its analysis indicate that it is a con- 
jugated protein with a molecular weight of about 
13,000 and that it contains the same iron porphy- 
rin group as hemoglobin. The isolated material 
gives the same absorption spectra for the reduced 
form as that shown in the intact tissue. In this 
reduced state it neither combines with nor reacts 
with oxygen. It can be oxidized, however, by 
suitable agents and it then possesses ferric iron 
and shows only a weak absorption spectrum. The- 
orell has proposed that its prosthetic group 1s 
joined to the protein part by thioether linkages, 
though his evidence is by his own admission not 
clean cut. 


Though the compounds responsible for the 
bands labeled a and b have not yet been separated 
from each other it can be shown that different 
compounds are responsible for these bands. They 
both appear also to be iron porphyrin compounds. 


We have now dealt with no less than six iron 
porphyrin compounds. Though these compounds 
appear to possess prosthetic groups which are 
identical or nearly so the behavior of the iron 
atom in each with regard to oxygen is markedly 
different. We have seen that hemoglobin and 
myoglobin, possessing ferrous iron, combine re- 
versibly with oxygen without oxidation of the iron 
occurring. Cytochrome oxidase containing fer- 
rous iron also appears to combine with oxygen 
but here the oxygen strikes in and oxidizes the 
iron to ferric. The three cytochromes appear 
neither to combine with nor react with oxygen. 
It is thus obvious that the protein combined with 
the iron porphyrin group influences its behavior 
markedly. 


Some years ago I was able to obtain a rough 
estimate of the relative oxidation-reduction poten- 
tials of the three cytochromes. From that data 
we can predict that if the cytochromes act in a 
chain and not separately the order in which they 
react must be a, c, b. This places soluble cyto- 
chrome c between the two apparently insoluble 


cytochromes a and b. We can therefore picture 
a chain of reactions in which the oxidation of cy- 
tochrome oxidase by oxygen produces water and 
ferric cytochrome oxidase. This ferric form then 
reacts with ferrous cytochrome a, the cytochrome 
oxidase being reduced again and ferric cytochrome 
ais formed. This in turn reacts with cytochrome 
ce ina like manner. The ferric cytochrome c 
which is formed in turn reacts with cytochrome 
b. Thus an electron exchange occurs stepwise 
throughout the chain. 

There appear to be but few living forms in 
which the cytochromes do not occur and arbacia 
eggs seem to be one of them. The more active 
the organ or the organism as a whole the higher 
the concentration of these pigments encountered. 
Last summer Miss Meyerhof and I felt that if 
there was any living form that might be expected 
to lack cytochrome it would certainly be those 
marine forms whose blood contains the copper 
protein compound hemocyanin, which functions in 
a manner similar to hemoglobin in these animals. 
We accordingly examined the tissues of the lob- 
ster, horse-shoe crab, whelk, and the squid and 
found them all to possess the three cytochromes. 
Some even possessed myoglobin in their muscles. 
The squid, which is undoubtedly the most fidgety 
of these animals, was richly supplied with cyto- 
chrome. 


You are now perhaps prepared to ask what 
does cytochrome b oxidize and I cannot answer. 
If I could answer, you would probably want to 
know why cannot cytochrome oxidase react di- 
rectly without acting through the chain of cyto- 
chrome compounds and again I could give you no 
concrete answer though we will return to this 
question later. Finally you might say, well, how 
do the foodstuffs enter into this picture. The in- 
vestigator in this field has asked himself these 
very questions and it is because of his inability 
to follow the pathway further from the oxygen 
side that his attention in recent years has been 
directed towards experiments to learn the imme- 
diate fate of the various foodstuffs as they under- 
go oxidation in the body. 


The most outstanding of these efforts has been 
the elucidation of the rdle played by certain of the 
vitamins in these processes. Vitamins, as some- 
one has said, are peculiar substances because 
whereas we usually become sick from eating most 
things, vitamins make us sick if we don’t eat them. 
Though we have long known that vitamins were 
essential to our well being we are now beginning 
to learn why vitamins are so essential. The 
splendid work of Dr. Wald in elucidating the réle 
of vitamin A in vision is well known to you. Some 
of the functions of the vitamins of the B group 
will become evident to you as we proceed. 


130 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No, 134 


H»-Flavoprotein + Oz 
t 


—— Flavoprotein + HO: 


| : 
H.-Flavoprotein + Py(POs)3 <————_ Flavoprotein + Hy» Py(PO,)s 
i 


O 
| 
lal C=O) nye 
| 
HCOH aru 
| 
HOCH Protein HOCH 
| + Py(POs,)s =—S— | + Ho Py(POs4)3 
HCOH H2O alee 
| 
Bee: aie 
CH2,OPO3H2 CH»OPO3H:e 


Py(PO,); = Triphosphopyridine Nucleotide 


Time will not permit me to give you all the 
events leading up to these discoveries or to men- 
tion all the workers who have contributed their bit 
to the understanding ef the chain of events I wish 
now to summarize for you. The reactions that 
we are about to consider constitute a series of ox1- 
dation and reductions brought about by the ex- 
change of hydrogen atoms or of electrons with or 
without hydrogen ions. The catalysts concerned 
in these reactions are reversible oxidation-reduc- 
tion systems which can accept hydrogen from the 
foodstuffs and pass it on to other catalysts in a 
chain which includes the cytochromes and are thus 
ultimately linked with oxygen, 

We may group these catalysts into three classes 
depending upon which of the three vitamins, nico- 
tinic acid, riboflavin, or thiamine, their prosthetic 
groups contain. Let us consider first the chemi- 
cal composition of those prosthetic groups con- 
taining nicotinic acid and known as the pyridine 
nucleotides. Two such compounds are known. 
The first one to be isolated was obtained from red 
blood cells in Warburg’s laboratory in 1935. It 
contains one nicotinic acid amide, one adenine, 
two pentose, and three phosphoric acid groups. 
I shall refer to it as triphosphopyridine nucleotide. 
The other isolated a year or so later in both War- 
burg’s and Von Euler’s laboratory contains the 
same units less one phosphoric acid group and 
hence it will be referred to as diphosphopyridine 
nucleotide. The exact structural formula for these 
two compounds is not known. From the evidence 
available it appears that we are dealing with two 
mononucleotide units which are linked together 
in some manner through the phosphoric acid 


groups which perhaps also serve to link them to 
the protein constituent. 

What we may term the functional group of 
these two prosthetic groups is none other than the 
pellagra preventative vitamin itself, the nicotinic 
acid amide portion. It was the contribution of 
Warburg’s laboratory to show that because of 
this group the pyridine nucleotides constituted re- 
versible oxidation-reduction systems. Reduction 
occurs at the carbon-nitrogen linkage in the pyri- 
dine ring, a hydrogen ion and two electrons being 
involved in the process, the quarternary nitrogen 
disappearing. The reduced form possesses a char- 
acteristic band at A 340 my which is not present 
in the oxidized species. This difference in the 
absorption spectra of the oxidized and reduced 
forms of the pyridine nucleotide has been of in- 
estimable value in following their participation in 
the biological reactions we will now consider. 

A characteristic example of the role of the py- 
ridine nucleotides in biological oxidations is the 
system which led Warburg, Christian, and Griese 
to the discovery of the triphosphopyridine nucleo- 
tide. Here the substrate to be oxidized is glucose 
monophosphate. If we symbolize triphosphopy- 
ridine nucleotide as Py( PO )s then the first step 
of the reaction may be represented as it is here. 
The aldehyde group of the sugar is oxidized to 
an acid group, with concomitant reduction of the 
pyridine nucleotide, the elements of water enter- 
ing into the reaction. The reaction is dependent 
on the presence of a specific protein which func- 
tions by uniting with both substrate and pyridine 
nucleotide. Now the reduced pyridine nucleotide 
thus formed is not oxidized by air. Warburg 


Aucust 10, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


131 


found that it required for its oxidation a substance 
he called a yellow enzyme, one of a new class of 
compounds which now that their composition are 
known are called flavoproteins. The one sym- 
bolized here is capable of oxidizing the reduced 
triphosphopyridine nucleotide and thus regener- 
ating it for another cycle. The reduced flavopro- 
tein thus formed can be oxidized by oxygen, Thus 
it also is regenerated and can react in a cyclic 
fashion. However the rate of its reaction with 
oxygen is so slow at the partial pressures of this 
gas existing in living tissues that it is doubtful 
that this is the manner in which it is reoxidized 
in living cells. It is probably reoxidized in the 
cells with the aid of the cytochrome system as we 
shall discuss later. The phosphohexonic acid 
produced may be further oxidized with the help 
of the triphosphopyridine nucleotide and flavo- 
protein cycle if further specific proteins are added. 


The flavoprotein concerned in this reaction 
functions as a reversible oxidation-reduction sys- 
tem by reason of its prosthetic group. It differs 
from diphosphopyridine nucleotide only in that 
the nicotinic acid amide group is replaced by an 
isoalloxazine ring and in that the linkage of this 
ring to the ribose molecule is not the glucosidic 
one encountered in the pyridine nucleotides. This 


PHOTOCHEMICAL SPECTRUM 


difference in linkage is reflected in the fact that 
the vitamin part of this prosthetic group is the 
intact riboflavin group. The isoalloxazine ring 
alone possesses no vitamin By activity, Thus in 
this case the body is apparently not only unable 
to synthesize the special nitrogen ring but is also 
unable to couple it with the ribose molecule in the 
manner required to form this compound, 

The exact structure of this dinucleotide is also 
not known though it appears that the two mono- 
nucleotide units are linked through the phos- 
phoric acid gr oups. These groups as well as the 
-N-H group in the isoalloxazine ring appear to 


be concerned in the linkage of the prosthetic 
group to its protein partner. The functional 
group of this dinucleotide is the isoalloxazine 


ring. This group is capable of undergoing rever- 
sible oxidation and reduction. In the oxidized 
form it is yellow, in the reduced form colorless. 
It is this group, then, of the flavoprotein which 
accepts from the reduced pyridine nucleotide the 
hydrogen which it in turn accepted from the 
sugar. The direct reaction of the flavoprotein 
with the sugar does not occur, nor will the pros- 
thetic group of the flavoprotein alone react with 
the reduced pyridine nucleotide. 


(Concluded Next Week) 


OF THE PASTEUR ENZYME 


Dr. Kurt G. STERN, Dr. JosepH L. MELNICK AND Mr. Devarretp DuBotrs 
Laboratories of Physiological Chenustry and of Physiology, Yale University School of Medicine 


When fermenting cells are brought in contact 
with oxygen, as a rule less carbohydrate is 
broken down and less fission products are formed 
than under anaerobic conditions. This phenome- 
non was discovered by Louis Pasteur in 1861 ; it 
is now known as the Pasteur reaction. The ef- 
fect has been interpreted in terms of an oxidative 
resynthesis of carbohydrate from the end products 
of fermentation (Meyerhof), of a suppression of 
fermentation by respiration (Warburg), and of 
an inhibition of fermentation by oxygen (Lip- 
mann, Laser). The selective inhibition of the 
Pasteur reaction by ethyl isocyanide (Warburg), 
by lowering the oxygen tension, and by suitable 
concentrations of carbon monoxide (Laser) in- 
dicates that a catalyst distinct from the respiratory 
enzyme is involved and that this agent contains 
heavy metal. The name Pasteur enzyme is pro- 
posed for this thermolabile catalyst. Inasmuch 
as any mechanical or chemical injury suffered by 
the cell tends to abolish the Pasteur effect, the 
procedures usually employed for the extraction, 
purification and identification of enzymes do not 
appear applicable to the present problem. For the 
special case where a biocatalyst contains iron 
which, in the course of the catalysis, undergoes a 


cyclic change between the ferrous and the ferric 
form, Otto Warburg has developed an ingenious 
method which permits one to determine the spec- 
trum of the catalyst in the living cell and in 
amounts which are too small to be detected by 
direct spectroscopy. The method takes advantage 
of the affinity of ferrous iron to carbon monoxide 
and of the reversible splitting of iron carbonyl 
complexes by light. Since only that fraction of 
incident light which is absorbed can be expected 
to exert a chemical effect, it follows that the pho- 
tochemical efficiency of monochromatic radiation 
will be proportional to the intensity of absorption 
of light of any given wavelength by the system. 
Warburg was able to show that a plot of the pho- 
tochemical efficiencies against wavelength yields a 
curve which is identical with the shape of the ab- 
sorption spectrum of iron carbonyl complexes. 
The reversal of the carbon monoxide inhibition 
of the Pasteur effect in mammalian tissues by 
white light, as observed by Laser, has enabled the 
present laathors to apply Warburg’s photochemi- 
cal method to the study of the spectrum of the 
Pasteur enzyme. Rat retina was chosen as the 
experimental tissue because of its convenient 
thickness, of its high glycolysis, and especially be- 


132 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 134 


cause its active respiration remains unaffected by 
carbon monoxide in concentrations sufficient to 
inhibit the Pasteur reaction. The arrangement of 
the experiments is briefly the following. A suffi- 
cient amount of retina tisue is suspended in a 
medium containing bicarbonate and glucose and 
is then equilibrated with a gas mixture contain- 
ing CO, Os, and CO». Due to the inhibition of 
the Pasteur effect by the CO the already con- 
siderable aerobic glycolysis of the retina is further 
increased to almost the level of the anaerobic gly- 
colysis. One molecule of lactic acid formed by the 
tissue liberates one molecule of COs from the 
bicarbonate of the medium, thus causing a pres- 
sure to develop which is measured with the aid 
of a differential manometer. Upon illumination 
of the system with monochromatic light of high 
intensity, the enzymatically inactive complex be- 
tween the ferrous iron of the Pasteur enzyme and 
CO is reversibly dissociated to an extent deter- 
mined by the intensity and by the wavelength of 
the radiation employed. A certain fraction of the 
iron of the enzyme becomes thus available for 
combination with oxygen. The oxidized form of 
the enzyme is capable of inhibiting the glycolysis, 
probably by reacting with the reduced form of 
a coenzyme of fermentation. Illumination of the 
tissue will, therefore, produce a certain decrease 
in the rate of lactic acid formation and of the 
subsequent liberation of COs by the reaction sys- 
tem. 

The photochemical efficiency ratios for 24 dif- 


STUDIES ON ERYTHROCRUORINS 


ferent wavelengths of visible light between 405 
and 655 my as referred to the blue mercury line 
at 436 my as the standard radiation have thus’ 
far been measured. The results obtained indicate 
that the peak of the main absorption band of the 
Pasteur enzyme in rat retina is situated in the 
neighborhood of 450 mu. Two secondary maxi- 
ma are located at 515 and 578 my. When com- 
pared with the spectrum of the respiratory fer- 
ment in yeast or acetobacter the main band of the 
Pasteur enzyme shows a red shift of approximate- 


ly 150 A and the band in the yellow shows a blue 


shift of about 140 A, While the Pasteur enzyme 
in retina differs from the respiratory ferment in 
the same tissue and from that in yeast or aceto- 
bacter by its affinity for oxygen and carbon mo- 
noxide and from the latter two by the position of 
the absorption bands of the CO complex, the gen- 
eral pattern of the Pasteur enzyme spectrum re- 
veals it to be a porphyrin-iron proteid. The en- 
zyme appears to belong to the class of pheohemin 
derivatives just as the respiratory ferments in 
yeast and acetobacter, the worm blood pigment 
chlorocruorin, and very probably also certain cy- 
tochrome-a components. The nature of the re- 
spiratory ferment in retina is as yet not known. 


(This work was aided by a grant from the Jane 
Coffin Childs Memorial Fund for Medical Research. 


This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 6.) 


(INVERTEBRATE HEMOGLOBINS) 


Dr. Kurt SALOMON 
Research Fellow in Physiological Chemistry, Yale University, Medical School 


The most widely distributed respiratory pig- 
ments in the animal kingdom are the iron contain- 
ing hemoglobins and the copper containing hemo- 
cyanins. The hemocyanins occur only in inver- 
tebrates, and all have high molecular weights 
(350,000 to 5,000,000). The hemoglobins on the 
other hand, are universally distributed throughout 
the animal kingdom. Vertebrate hemoglobins, as 
a rule, have a molecular weight of 68,000 whereas 
invertebrate hemoglobins, which Svedberg calls 
erythrocruorins, vary in their molecular weights 
from about 34,000 to several millions. 

Two erythrocruorins occuring in worms have 
been studied from a chemical and physical-chemi- 
cal point of view, in order to enable a comparison 
of their properties with those of vertebrate hemo- 
globin. Two very different types of erythrocru- 
orin were studied, viz., the macromolecular pig- 
ment of the common earth worm (Lumbricus ter- 
restris) and the low molecular respiratory pro- 
tein of the so-called bloodworm (Glycera di- 


branchiata Ehlers. In accordance with the ex- 
perience of Svedberg the former is freely dis- 
solved in the plasma whereas the latter is locked 
up in blood corpuscles which are suspended in the 
body fluid. 

Earthworm erythrocruorin was isolated by re- 
peated salting out or by repeated ultracentrifuga- 
tion (67,000 gravity) of purified worm ex- 
tracts. The ultracentrifugally prepared material 
showed only one sedimenting boundary in the 
analytical centrifuge. Beams’ air driven concen- 
trating ultracentrifuge proved to be a suitable tool 
for the precipitation and purification of this high- 
molecular pigment. 

Upon oxidation of earthworm erythrocruorin 
with potassium ferricyanide a band appears in the 
red, the center of which is at 645 my, that is shift- 
ed fifty Angstrom units towards the long wave 
region as compared with the ferrihemoglobin 
band. Addition of fluoride at pH 5 shifts it to the 
yellow part of the spectrum, without, however, 


Aucust 10, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


133 


producing an intensifying effect. It is worth men- 
tioning that the oxybands of Lumbricus erythro- 
cruorin persist partially, even when an excess of 
potassium ferricyanide is used. In general one 
may say qualitatively that Lumbricus erythrocru- 
orin is oxidized by the same agents as hemoglo- 
bin; for instance gallocyanine produces ferrihemo- 
globin as well as ferrierythrocruorin in phosphate 
buffer at pH 7.5. Lumbricus erythrocruorin 1s 
not oxidized when its solution is aerated at room 
temperature for several hours. 

The metband of bloodworm hemoglobin is lo- 
cated at 640 my, that is, identical with that of fer- 
rihemoglobin. It is however not influenced by 
the presence of sodium flouride at pH 5. The in- 
tensity remains unchanged. The bands of the oxy- 
and of the carbon monoxide compounds of human 
hemoglobin and the erythrocruorins studied oc- 
cupy the same position. 

Bloodworm hemin crystallizes in an identical 
form with mammalian hemins. The relatively 
large amount of blood pigment present in Glycera 
dibranchiata Ehlers has made it possible to iso- 
late sufficient quantities of pure crystalline hemin 
to permit a determination of the configuration of 
the porphyrin, in order to decide whether the blood 
heme grouping present in worms is identical with 
that of the vertebrates. The mesoporphyrin-di- 
methyl-ester was prepared and its absorption 
spectrum in ether was found to be identical with 


that of a natural mesoporphyrin [X-dimethyl-es- 
ter. The readings were as follows: 


1, ABH We SSO WIL, SYA) AW, (6840) sev 


The melting point of the ester prepared from 
bloodworm hemin was 212° C.; the melting point 
of the ester when mixed with an authentic sample 
of synthetic ester prepared in Professor Hans 
Fischer's laboratory showed no depression. 

The dissociation rate of Lumbricus—and Glyce- 
ra—oxyerythrocruorin was compared with that of 
human oxyhemoglobin by Mr. Delafield DuBois 
in his reaction meter. Human and Glycera hemo- 
globin proved to have an identical dissociation 
rate tso(— half time of the reaction) being 0.026 
seconds. Lumbricus oxyerythrocruorin on the 
other hand had a half time three times greater, 
namely of 0.070 seconds. By comparing these 
values with the half time measured for hemocy- 
anins of different molecular sizes, one finds in ac- 
cordance with Millikan, that the order of magni- 
tude of the reaction is the same, even when the 
molecular size and the chemical structure of the 
pigments greatly differ. Whether this is a gen- 
eral rule cannot be definitely stated before addi- 
tional measurements on the dissociation rate of 
other respiratory pigments are available. 

(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 


sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 6.) 


INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES 


Recovering from our Tuesday morning im- 
mersion, we hurriedly returned to the coelenter- 
ates. Besides being interesting from a scientific 
point of view, this phylum presented many an 
opportunity for a good (7?) pun. Hydroids 
brought up the query, “What do you want a 
gonophore?” and star coral was blamed for the 
voice raised in lab to announce, “Hey! We have 
Astrangia in our midst.” 

Bunny Shanks’ alarm clock, in spite of its repu- 
tation to ring at any unexpected moment, came 
through at the appointed time, one night, as a sig- 
nal that all lights be turned out. - - - Oh yes. The 
reason for this unusual procedure was the desire 
to see the beauties of luminescent Mnemiapsis. 

Wearied by three strenuous days of acquiring 
a familiarity with coelenterates, we turned in our 
laboratory reports with one parting pun, “It’s not 
Ctenophore but five of eight.” By the way— 
come to the beach some day to learn the new 
medusa stroke developed by several members of 
our class. 

Friday introduced us to the flat worms and Dr. 
Rankin. With a quick-fire rapid lecture that 
gave us a bad case of writer’s cramp, we learned 
of the characteristics, taxonomy and morphology 


of the Platyhelminthes. Then, with the cry, 
“Bdelloura makes me Bdellourious,” we started 
tracking down the internal anatomy of turbellari- 
ans and the life cycle stages of trematodes. 

We finally had our first introduction to Wini- 
fred and Nereis Saturday when we travelled to 
Lackey’s Bay. Those on Winnie enjoyed the 
songs led by Dr. Martin and Dr. Matthews. In- 
vertebrates were plentiful and we soon had many 
types in the arks ready to be classified in the eve- 
ning. After supper found us gathered in our 
small collecting groups in lab, trying to identify 
strange worms and crustaceans and at the same 
time learn the names of all the various forms. 
One group failed to find an animal in a small vial 
of sea water and was about to dispose of it when 
one member shouted, “Don’t throw that away! 
That’s a protozoan I collected.” 

Sunday morning saw a strange transformation 
in lab. All desks were covered with comic sec- 
tions, and those of us not reading these were 
gathered in small social groups discussing various 
problems. For most of us this was a day of re- 
laxation, because we knew we were to travel to 
Kettle Cove Monday morning for our first all-day 
field trip. —Grace Coe. 


134 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 134 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 


Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 28, 1938. 


Introducing 


Dr. RecrnaLp Rucctes Gates, Professor of Bot- 
any, King’s College, University of London. 

Educated at Mt. Allison (Sackville, N. B.), 
McGill and Chicago, Dr. Gates received his Ph.D. 
from the latter institution in 1908. After a year 
as assistant in botany at the University of Chica- 
go, he conducted research at the Missouri Botan- 
ical Gardens until 1911. He then went to Eng- 
land, where he held a position as lecturer in biol- 
ogy at St. Thomas Hospital, and in cytology at 
Bedford College, London, from 1912 to 1914. He 
returned to America in 1915, when he held a posi- 
tion for one year as acting associate professor in 
zoology at the University of California. In 1917 
and 1918 he was instructor in aerial gunnery for 
the Royal Air Force. At the conclusion of the 
War, he was appointed reader in botany at King’s 
College, London, where he became professor of 
botany in 1921. 

Dr. Gates has travelled extensively ; expeditions 
have taken him to such varied places as the 
Amazon River Valley and the Arctic regions of 
Canada. He has visited South Africa and India 
as well as many European countries. 


Dr. Gates’ work has been carried out particu- 
larly in cytology and genetics. He has concen- 
trated upon such subjects as cell structure, chro- 
mosomes and mutations (especially in Oeno- 
thera), and blood grouping of primitive peoples, 
racial crossings and other aspects of human hered- 
ity. He has published five books, most of them 
dealing with genetics, and has contributed one 
hundred sixty-five articles to scientific publica- 
tions. He is author of a book, “Biological Bot- 
any,” to be published this fall. 

During his present visit to North America, Dr. 
Gates plans to continue work on a new method 
of staining plant cells, in which chromosomes 
stain red and the nucleus green. The tracing of 
nuclear phylogeny from species to species and 
from genus to genus has been facilitated by the 
use of this method. 

His work has brought him a number of honors, 
including fellowship in the Royal Society and an 


honorary degree from Mt. Allison. He has been 
president of the Royal Microscopical Society, and 
vice-president of the Royal Anthropological Insti- 
tute and of the Eugenics Society. In 1938 he de- 
livered the De Lamar Lectures at the Johns Hop- 
kins University. 

Dr. Gates arrived in Woods Hole on July 30 
after a trip from England, being on leave of ab- 
sence from the University of London for the du- 
ration of the war. This is not his first visit to 
Woods Hole; he worked here under scholarships 
from 1904 to 1908. He will leave for Canada 
during the latter part of this month. Dr. Gates 
expects to be available for lectures during the 
coming academic year, 


SEMINAR ON PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 
DR. H. C. BRADLEY, CHAIRMAN 


Dr. Albert Oxford, University of Wisconsin 
and formerly of the University of London, Eng- 
land, described a new compound, isolated from 
the metabolic products of Penicillium griseo-ful- 
vu grown on glucose and NaNOs: as the only 
source of C and N. The crystalline compound, 
weakly acidic in character, yields on hydrolysis a 
terpene-like hydrocarbon, a substituted phenol 
related to tyrosine, NH3, COz and acetaldehyde. 
The author proposes a structural formula for this 
new nitrogenous compound, He indicated that 
mold cells contain a proteolytic system somewhat 
similar to the autolytic mechanism so widely dis- 
tributed in animal tissues—a proteinase of the 
papain type, together with amino-, carboxy-, and 
dipeptidase. 

Dr. Kurt Salomon, of the Yale Medical School, 
identified the red blood pigment of the earthworm 
and the bloodworm, as hemochromogens related 
closely to vertebrate hemoglobins. Both sources 
yield hemin crystals identical with vertebrate 
hemin, indicating the same porphyrin pattern. The 
difference between these hemochromogens and the 
hemoglobin of man and the vertebrates resides in 
the protein part of the molecule. 

Dr. Kurt Stern, Yale Medical School, presented 
the data obtained by his group of workers, to sub- 
stantiate the hypothesis that the “Pasteur effect” 
is mediated by an enzyme, for which the name 
Pasteur enzyme is proposed. The Pasteur en- 
zyme is found to belong to the group of respira- 
tory catalysts which contain iron in a heme com- 
plex, capable of cyclic changes, Fe” = Fe’”. When 
CO is present its affinity for the Fe” results in a 
combination with that fraction of the enzyme and 
thus its effective removal from the reacting sys- 
tem. Light of a specific wave length dissociates 
this ferrous-carbonyl compound and thus restores 

(Continued on page 139) 


Avcusr 10, 1940 ] 


DME SCOLLECLING {Nis 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. C. E. McCune, who recently retired as 
director of the biological laboratories at the Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, has been appointed visit- 
ing professor of biology at the University of Ih- 
nois. 


Dr. Warren H. Lewis, who is retiring as re- 
search associate in the department of embryology 
of the Carnegie Institution of Washington and 
professor of physiological anatomy at the Johns 
Hopkins University, has been appointed a mem- 
ber of the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biol- 


ogy. 


Dr. Joun Hutcuens, who is working this 
summer under a National Research Council fel- 
lowship at Harvard Medical School, is completing 
a week’s visit to Woods Hole with Mrs. Hutch- 
ens. Dr. Hutchens will return to Johns Hopkins 
University this fall. 


Dr. ArrHuR DzieMtIANn, graduate student at 
Princeton University, who worked at Woods 
Hole in 1937 and 1938, visited Woods Hole this 
week. He has been awarded a National Research 
Council fellowship for the coming academic year, 
and will work with Dr. M. H. Jacobs at the Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania. 


Mr. ArtHuR Woopwarp, JR., has been ap- 
pointed teaching fellow in biology at New York 
University. 


Mr. J. Purtre TrinkAus will study at Colum- 
bia University this fall under the Cramer Fellow- 
ship in Biology of Dartmouth College. 


Rockefeller Foundation Fellows 

The following investigators are working at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory under Rockefeller 
Foundation Fellowships: E. J. W. Barrington 
University College, Nottingham, England, who 
has been working with Professor B. P. Babkin at 
McGill University; A. E. Oxtord, University of 
London, who has been working with Drs. E. B. 
Fred and W. H. Peterson at the University of 
Wisconsin; H. C. G. Haugaard, Carlsberg Lab- 
oratory, Copenhagen, who has been working with 
Dr. Max Bergmann of the Rockefeller Institute ; 
H. M. Kalckar, Copenhagen, who has been work- 
ing with Dr. Linus Pauling at the California In- 
stitute of Technology and with Dr. Carl F. Cori 
at Washington University School of Medicine; 
P. F. Scholander, University of Oslo, who has 
been working with Dr. Lawrence Irving at 
Swarthmore College. There are four other men 
from Europe working in the biological sciences 
in the United States under Rockefeller Fellow- 
ships who are not at Woods Hole. 


135 


INTEREST 


The trustees of the Woods Hole Oceanographic 
Institution will hold their annual meeting on 
Thursday, August 15. 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s 
ketch Atlantis cut short her trip to the Virginia 
coast this week when the trawl winch was broken. 
The Atlantis sailed again Thursday with Dr. Stet- 
son on board to complete the interrupted work; 
it will return next week. 


At the staff meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- 
ographic Institution last Thursday, Dr. Riley 
spoke on “The Role of the Phytoplankton in the 
Productivity of Georges Bank.” 


The showing of slides and motion pictures of 
marine animals presented by Mr. George C. 
Lower was repeated on Wednesday afternoon in 
the auditorium of the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory. 


Dr. L. J. MILNE, associate professor of biology 
at Randolph-Macon Woman's College, presented 
a motion picture demonstration Thursday evening 
in the M. B. L. Auditorium on “Animated Dia- 
grams of Biological Processes.” Dr. Milne is 
visiting Woods Hole together with his wife, who 
is instructor in biology at Randolph-Macon and 
received her doctor's degree from Radcliffe in 
June, 1939. She took the M. B. L. course in 
protozoology in 1934. 


The annual exhibition of the pupils’ work of the 
Children’s School of Science and Junior Labora- 
tory was held yesterday in the Woods Hole 
School House. A meeting of parents, members 
and friends of the Children’s Science School As- 
sociation was held the same afternoon. 


Miss ApArir BRASTED was married recently to 
Dr. Charles W. Gould. Mrs. Gould was a stu- 
dent in the embryology course at the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory last year and received her 
Ph.D. from the University of Rochester this June. 
Dr. and Mrs. Gould are now living in Akron, 


Ohio. 


Mountain Lake Biological Station 

A record registration of about 70 persons 
marked the first term of the Mountain Lake Bio- 
logical Station at Mountain Lake, Virginia. The 
first term ended on July 27, and the second will 
conclude at the end of August. Seminar reports 
at the Mountain Lake Biological Station for the 
month of July included the following: Dr. L. L. 
Woodruff spoke on the history of biology. Dr. 
John M. Fogg, Jr. spoke on the distribution of 
plants. Dr. Robert K. Burns discussed the ex- 
perimental treatment of opossum embryos. 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vout. XV, No. 134 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. Metvitte T. Coox, who has just retired 
from his position as plant pathologist and vice- 
director of the Insular Experimental Station at 
Rio Piedras, in Puerto Rico, is completing, with 
his wife, a month’s visit at Woods Hole. 


Dr. Guipo W. Loewt, of the School of Hy- 
giene at the University of Toronto, arrived in 
Woods Hole on Monday to visit his father, Dr. 
Otto Loewi. 


Dr. N. W. Raxkestraw, of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution, will attend the meet- 
ing of the New England Association of Chemis- 
try Teachers to be held at the University of Maine 
during the week of August 12. 


Dr. CHartes W. Hock recently arrived at 
Woods Hole to work at the Oceanographic Insti- 
tution. He has been working in bacteriology at 
the Bureau of Standards, 


Dr. Marie A. Hrinricus, who has worked at 
Woods Hole for a number of years, is completing 
a summer quarter as professor and head of the 
department of physiology and director of the 
Student Health Service at the Southern Illinois 
Normal University at Carbondale, Illinois. 


Dr. C. Parry KRAATZ, instructor in physiology 
and pharmacology at the Chicago Medical School, 
arrived last Saturday with Mrs. Kraatz in Woods 
Hole for a stay of several weeks. 


Dr. W. W. Battarpd of Dartmouth College 
has been elected secretary-treasurer of the New 
Hampshire Academy of Sciences. 


Dr. M. W. Bosworrn, who has been connected 
with the Bridgeton Academy, has been appointed 
head of the science department at Vermont Aca- 
demy. 


Mr. J. J. MALONE, apprentice fish culturist of 
the Bureau of Fisheries, was injured Tuesday 
when a shark that he was taking into the collect- 
ing boat slashed his arm. He was taken to the 
hospital at Marthas Vineyard where he will re- 
main for a few days. 


DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS 


Anderschs se Mariel deccssteut en eee July 31 
1BvKeS, dle: TE, Seoehem August 3 
Copeland, D. E. .. August 1 
HetterDorothyaes ce ee July 31 
Goldin, VAN snc . August 5 
Hendley, C. D. . August 5 
TUG DOr Rehsccsctscss arene racsateoshste tire on ee July 30 
Kabat: cAtrh dso ic. vice. ce eae July 26 
Katzin, Taek. - eee .. August 3 
Lower, G. C. .... August 10 
Ieoxo es Ohy \ii/g caceenoneo . August 2 
Thompson, R. H. . August 7 
IWiO]ES ONY Gives ccccvesestscesstoee aire ee August 5 


INTEREST 


Openings are available in a mid-western Medi- 
cal School for an instructor in physiology, one in 
bacteriology, two in pathology, and possibly one 
in anatomy. Candidates may submit a brief state- 
ment of qualifications to “M. W. M.”, % THE 
CoLLecTING NEt, for preliminary consideration. 
Tue CoLiectinG Net will be glad to publish an- 
nouncements of any other positions which are 
available for qualified members of the Woods 
Hole community. 


According to a recent compilation, there are 
640 zoologists and naturalists recetving $2,000 or 
more annually in the civilian service of the United 
States Government. Forty of these are women. 
These figures do not include entomologists, botan- 
ists, or bacteriologists. 


Miss Eunice StuNnKArpD, daughter of Dr. 
Horace W. Stunkard, head of the department of 
biology at New York University, has won the 
annual American Youth Forum Award of $1,000 
for the best article by a high school student on 
the subject, ‘Today's Challenge to American 
Youth.” Nearly 500,000 high school students 
submitted papers. Dr. Stunkard arrived in 
Woods Hole this week. 


M. B. L. CLUB 

Mrs. Marshall Smith has been appointed host- 
ess of the M. B. L. Club, succeeding Mrs. Doro- 
thy Bosworth, who is leaving this week. 

The following persons have been appointed to 
the house committee of the Club: Galina Gorok- 
hoff, Joe Malone and Ted Genther. 

The membership of the M.B.L. Club has 
reached three hundred thirty-seven. 

A ping pong tournament is being organized at 
the Club. Any persons wishing to enter it are 
requested to give their names to Teru Hayashi. 

Names of the winners of the ping pong tourna- 
ments of the last three years have been engraved 
on the ornamental paddle overlooking the ping 
pong table in the Club-house. 

Group singing will take place on Thursday eve- 
ning at the Club. It was postponed from last 
Thursday in order to avoid conflicting with the 
Falmouth Nursing Association’s Féte. 

The program of the Monday night phonograph 
record concert at the M. B. L. Club: Overture to 
““Alceste,” Gluck; Cantata, “Ich werde nicht ster- 
ben,” Heinrich Schtitz; Cantata, “L’Impatience,” 
Rameau; Canzonetta, “Sento un certo non so 
che” from the opera “L’Incoronazione di Poppea,”’ 
Monteverdi; Sonata for flute and harpsichord in 
G. major, Johann Christian Bach; Third Tene- 
brae Service for Wednesday of Holy Week 
(1714), Couperin; Requiem, Fauré. 


Avueust 10, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING 


NET 137 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF THE BALKAN STATES 


Homer A, JACK 
Cornell University 


The Balkan Peninsula, which has contributed 
its share of troubles to the statesman and more 
than its share of charm to the traveler, contains 
a number of field stations which, in normal times, 
would entice the biologist. These institutions ex- 
tend from Split on the Adriatic to Constanza on 
the Black Sea. A triangle is formed with the 
Italian station on the island of Rhodes which, 
though not actually a part of the Balkans, is most 
easily reached from Athens. The other important 
biological stations in this area are those at Stana 
de Vale and Sinaia in Roumania and at Varna in 
Bulgaria. In Yugoslavia at Struga am Ochrida- 
see is located a small fresh-water station (Die 
Hydrobiologische Abteilung der Antimalariasta- 
tion zu Struga) which is devoted to faunistic and 
limnological research. In the past, field stations 
were in operation in the suburbs of Athens (Ma- 
rine Biological Station of Phaleron) and on the 
Bosporus in Turkey (La Station Biologique de la 
Facuité des Sciences de 1 Université de Istanbul), 
but in recent years both have been abandoned. 
There is no record of a biological station ever 
having been established in Albania. 

The Oceanographic Institute of Split (Oceano- 
grafski Institut) is on the Adriatic Coast of Yu- 
goslavia. It was founded in 1930 by the Yugo- 
slavia Academy of Sciences at Zagreb and the 
Royal Serbian Academy at Belgrade for research 
and instruction in oceanography and biology. To- 
day it has a budget of about 500,000 dinars 
(about $11,350) which is administered by Pro- 
fessor A. Ercegovic who is director of the sta- 
tion. At present the institution has three build- 
ings. The main one contains a public aquarium, 
library, and twenty-five laboratories, each of 
which is equipped with 220-volt electricity and 
running fresh- and sea-water. Another building 
contains living quarters for students and investi- 
gators, while a third accommodates the station’s 
employees. The laboratories are open to investi- 
gators throughout the year. There is a research 
fee of 400 dinars a month (about $9.08) and 
board and lodging may be obtained for 1,520 
dinars a month (about $34.50). Two courses in 
marine biology are also offered by the institution. 
One is given by members of the station staff while 
the other is in charge of outside professors. 

At the famous Roumanian vacation resort of 
Sinaia is found the Sinaia Zoological Station 
(Statiunea Zoologica din Sinaia). In a forested 
zone at the base of Mt. Bucegi (which has an ele- 
vation of 8,200 feet), this institution has been 


conducted by Professor A. Popovici-Baznosanu 
for the past eighteen years. Today there is a 
modest building which houses the laboratory and 
lodging quarters of any foreign or Roumanian in- 
vestigators who may wish to study the fauna or 
flora of the region. For this purpose the station 
is open each year from the first of June to the end 
of October. Ordinarily there are no laboratory 
or living charges, except for board which may be 
obtained within 25 minutes walking distance ot 
the laboratory for about 6,000 lei a month (about 
$42.60). 

A similar Roumanian institution is the Botani- 
cal Station of Stana de Vale (Statiunea Botanica 
Stana de Vale). This, too, is located in a moun- 
tainous region, being in the Bihors at an altitude 
of about 3,600 feet in a spruce forest. During 
August a course in phytosociology is given by 
Professor Al. Borza, who is both director of the 
station and professor of botany at the University 
of Cluj. In addition to instruction, this institu- 
tion is equipped for investigations in the fields of 
ecology, floristics, and phytosociology. The sta- 
tion is open during July and August to qualified 
research workers. There are no laboratory fees 
and free lodging is provided in the laboratory 
building for eight persons. 

The largest Roumanian station is located on the 
Black Sea. A few miles south of Constanza, at 
Agigea, stand the three buildings of the Marine 
Zoological Station ‘King Ferdinand I” of Agigea 
(Statia Zoologica Maritima “Regele Ferdinand 
I” dela Agigea). These three structures com- 
prise a two-story laboratory building, a students’ 
laboratory, and a three-story, twenty-room dormi- 
tory. Construction on these buildings was begun 
in 1926 under the guidance of Professor. I. Bor- 
cea. Today the station is sponsored jointly by 
the Roumanian Ministry of National Education 
and the Laboratory of Zoology of the University 
of Jassy, with Professor C. Motas, professor of 
zoology in that university, director of the station. 

The work of the Roumanian seaside station re- 
volves around “the investigation of the fauna of 
the Black Sea and neighboring lakes and the com- 
pletion of the zoological education of university 
students.” Dr. Seriu Carausu conducts year 
round zoological research at the station and out- 
side investigators are invited to work in the lab- 
oratories between June first and the end of Octo- 
ber. There is an interesting sliding laboratory 
fee, which is 1,000 lei a month (about $7.10) for 


138 


THE COLERCLING NEA 


[ VoLt. XV, No. 134 


professors, one half that amount for assistants, 
and only 250 lei a month for students, to whom a 
practical course is given during July and August. 
Board and lodging may be obtained at the station 
for 1,480 lei a month (about $10.51). The pub- 
lished scientific work of the institution is collected 
into a volume of reprints (Lucrdri ale Statiei 
Zoologice Maritime ‘“Regele Ferdinand I” dela 
Agigea) which is available to interested investi- 
gators and institutions. 

One of the most striking examples of the indi- 
rect effects of war on scientific institutions 1s 
shown in the history of the Biological Station and 
Aquarium at Varna, Bulgaria. This institution 
was hopefully founded in 1906 and by 1911 a 
large, three-story building was ready for occu- 
pancy. Soon came the Balkan and World Wars, 
however, with their resultant economic chaos, and 
it was not until 1932 that this station was able to 
be opened. During the last few years, under the 
direction of Dr. G. W. Paspaleff, the institution 
has apparently been attempting to make up for its 
26 years of inactivity. Its educational program in- 
cludes both higher and public instruction, the lat- 
ter by means of an aquarium and museum. Two 
formal courses are offered by the station, one in 
early July for university students and the other 
in late July and early August for teachers of na- 
tural history in the schools of Bulgaria. Research 
investigators are admitted to the station at any 
time of the year. Free lodging may be obtained 
and there are no laboratory fees, the investigators 
only being requested to present to the station fifty 
copies of any published research which was con- 
ducted at the institution. Much of the scientific 
work of the station appears in Arbeiten aus der 
Biologischen Meeresstation am Schwarszen Meer 
in Varna, Bulgarien, a part of the yearbook of the 
University of Sofia. 

A day’s journey by boat southeast of Athens 
brings one to the delightful Italian island of 
Rhodes. Here in the harbor towered the Colos- 
sus. Here resided a group of the medieval cru- 
saders. Today modern crusaders may find a veri- 
table colossus to science in these barren Dodecan- 


ese Islands a very short distance from the site of 
the famous statue. This is the Royal Institute of 
Biological Research in Rhodes (R. Istituto di 
Ricerche Biologiche, Rodi). It was founded in 
1936 by several agencies of the Italian Govern- 
ment for “research in the oceanographical, biolog- 
ical, and chemical sciences as well as agricultural 
studies with special regard to marine biology in 
relation to fisheries.” A modernistic, two-story 
laboratory has been erected. This is fully equipped 
for research in bio-chemistry, physiology, and 
histology and contains a unique underground pub- 
lic aquarium. It is in charge of Dr. Carlo M. 
Maldura. Investigators must secure special per- 
mission to work at this laboratory from the Royal 
Government of the Italian Islands of the Aegean, 
because in the past few years the island has been 
an important military post for the eastern Medi- 
terranean. Acceptable investigators may work at 
the station throughout the year, securing excellent 
living accommodations at nearby hotels for 1,200 
lire a month (about $63.12). 


* * OK 


In those relatively care-free days when Ameri- 
cans could and did go to Europe, some scientists 
showed hesitation about venturing outside the 
British Isles, France, or Germany to conduct re- 
search and consult colleagues because of the 
“language difficulty.’ Not a few American scien- 
tists, conscious of their linguistic provincialism, 
wondered whether they would be able to talk with 
their contemporaries in the Balkans, for example, 
except by the use of mathematics or an interpre- 
ter. To obtain some information on this situation, 
the author kept careful account of his linguistic 
experiences while talking to the directors (or per- 
sons in charge) of 66 biological stations he visited 
in sixteen European countries during 1938. It 
was found that two thirds of the directors inter- 
viewed spoke understandable English. Of those 
who did not speak English, eighty per cent spoke 
French and the others, German. There were good 
assurances, therefore, that if an American scien- 
tist did go to Europe he could have made himself 
understood at least scientifically. 


FEATHER COLOR PATTERNS PRODUCED BY GRAFTING MELANOPHORES 
DURING EMBRYONIC DEVELOPMENT 


(Continued from page 125) 


and distribution in tracts characteristic of corre- 
sponding regions of host control chicks, but in- 
variably the color or color pattern of the donor 
breed or species. 

From several lines of evidence it has been 
proved that melanophores migrate out from the 
implant into the host epidermis and the feather 
germs developing from it and produce the area 


of donor-colored feathers. Donor melanophores 
from pigmented birds deposit melanin granules 
of specific size, shape and color in the epidermal 
cells of the shaft, barbs and barbules of the host 
feathers. Melanophores from white breeds (4 
examined) enter and occupy all the available posi- 
tions in the host feather germs, thus excluding 
those of the host which come in later. Owing, 


Aueust 10, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


139 


however, to some peculiarity in genetic constitu- 
tion few or no melanin granules are deposited 
with the result that the host feather is white. 
Owing to some lethal factor the melanophore dies 
before depositing pigment. 

The color or color pattern of the feathers is 
specifically in accord with the genotypic composi- 
tion of the donor breed. If the donor breed has 
solid colored feathers (e.g., black or buff minorca, 
white silkie, etc.) its melanophores produce the 
same solid coloration in the host feather. If the 
donor breed has a two or multi-colored pattern 
its melanophores reproduce very faithfully the 
same kind of color pattern in the host feathers. 

Barred rock melanophores produce a_ barred 
pattern in host contour feathers of non-barred 
breeds (N. H. Red, White Leghorn & Black 
Minorca). Two types of barring pattern occur, 
one being darker than the other. In the darker 
pattern the black bars are wider and darker than 
in the lighter one. These differences are identical 
with sex-linked differences in plumage found in 
donor control chicks of the same age, where the 
females are darker than the males. It is clear 
therefore that melanophores from the @ donor 
(1 gene for barring) produce a darker-colored 
host feather than those from a ¢ donor (2 genes 
for barring). The sex of the host has no effect on 
the result. 

Similarly Fy hybrid embryos (R. I. Red ¢ X 
Barred Plymouth Rock @ ) give sex-linked differ- 
ences in plumage. -Melanophores from ¢ and 9 
embryos (sex ascertained after donor is hatched ) 
produce respectively barred and non-barred con- 
tour feathers in a white leghorn host irrespective 
of its sex. 

From these results the conclusion is reached 
that the action of the melanophore in controling 
color pattern is in accord with its genotypic com- 
position and is to a high degree independent of 
the foreign host environment. 


The extent to which the melanophore behaves 
as an independent system in the production of 
color patterns in the host feather remains to be 
considered. That it is not independent of the host 
feather germ is brought out very nicely in pat- 
terns produced in White Leghorns by barred rock 
and guinea melanophores. When barred rock 
melanophores are transplanted the black bars are 
wider in rapidly growing feathers such as the 
wing primaries and narrower in slow growing 
feathers such as the coverts and breast feathers. 
An important point to note is that the width of 
the black bar shows much variation on the same 
host, even though the melanophores all came from 
the same region of the donor (head). 


In a similar way the guinea melanophores pro- 
duce in white Leghorn feathers patterns which 
vary with the time of emergence of and position 
of the feather. For example, secondary flight 
feathers which emerge first are gray with tan- 
brown tips and outer vane margins are mottled 
with brown-gray. Later emerging secondary 
flight feathers show irregular cream-white barring 
on a gray background; in the last to emerge the 
whitish bars begin to break up into irregular 
spots. These patterns are identical with those of 
corresponding feathers in guinea fowl controls. It 
is thus seen that the guinea fowl melanophore in 
a particular feather germ produces a specific color 
pattern. The exact pattern produced depends 
upon the inherent nature of the individual feather 
germ. [Each feather germ apparently has certain 
physiological properties (rate of growth, thres- 
hold of reaction, etc.) peculiar to it, which con- 
trols the action of the melanophore in pattern 
formation. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on July 
80 and based upon a paper by Willier and Rawles, 
Physiol. Zool., 13:177; see also Anat. Rec., 76 Sup. 
P. 46). 


SEMINAR ON PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 
(Continued from page 134) 


the inactivated enzyme to its active form. This 
may be determined by the removal of the inhibi- 
tory ‘‘Pasteur effect” on glycolysis when light of 
the effective wave length is directed on the reac- 
tion chamber. From the same data, the absorp- 
tion spectrum of the Pasteur enzyme may also be 
plotted. This absorption spectrum clearly indi- 
cates the heme structure and its relation to other 
respiratory enzymes and heme compounds (such 
as the erythrocruorin described by the previous 
author). The author suggested that in some 
tumor tissues there may be a disturbance of the 
Pasteur enzyme. 

The last two papers, together with the recent 


lecture by Dr. Eric Ball, serve again to accentuate 
the wide and varied use which organisms are able 
to make of some single potent structure—in this 
case the porphyrin-iron complex. By changes in 
the protein component which is combined with 
the heme complex, together with small changes in 
the porphyrin nucleus perhaps, we see a large 
group of specifically active compounds emerging 
which carry on or catalyze an equally large num- 
ber of important functions in cell metabolism. One 
recalls the similarly potent family of compounds 
of the phenanthrene pattern which are functional- 
ly active in the role of vitamins, cortical and sex 
hormones. 


140 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vou. XV, No. 134 


New! 


Operates 
continuously 
pillanswer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS 3 without 
entrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model 7 i 
of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO. : EEL ONE 
and larger tubes. . Priced from $17.25 to $55. too hot 
CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. Bs SEY to hand le 


es Ec) CLAY-ADAMS pe at nee aaa Saket . ) ee ke 
ADAMS SCOPELITE .. . 


Attractively moulded of durable, almost un- 
breakable Bakelite, it is cool and efficient in 
operation. Can be used either as a substage 
lamp (with mirror removed) or in front of 
the microscope. 

The louvers, front and rear, cause a free 
circulation of cooling air throughout the lamp 
without loss of light, so that even after ex- 
tended use, the lamp can be handled. The 
frosted daylight filter diffuses the light and 
gives uniform illumination approximating 


|] pAe 1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE. da ylight. . 
you wild LAIN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. A-1493 ADAMS Scopelite eee each $2.50 
2. Are ready for use with pen or brush. : : 5 
offen: 3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab: Write for quantity discounts 
them oratory solvents 


SEND S*)_ tor a box of tour I-oz. boltles. one each of red. white, Blue, and black. as illustrated, 


ee CL AY-ADAMS&: bast ma srazer QQ CLAY-ADAMS inc" New Yorn. 


INC. NEW YORK.N.Y. 


PLANKTON 
NETS « 


In the construction of Turtox Plankton Nets, we use only 
the highest grade silk bolting cloth, having uniform mesh of specified 
sizes from 38 to 173 to the inch. 


Over 50 collecting nets for all purposes are described in your 


Turtox Catalog. We'll be glad to send your selection on approval. 


TR nes ucts GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
\ y Incorporated 


@ 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


Aueust 10, 1940 } Rn COLE CHING NED 141 


EINTHOVEN STRING GALVANOMETER 


- The combination of high sensitivity and 
short period possessed by the String 
Galvanometer is unequaled by any other 
form of galvanometer. It is widely used 
in physical and physiological investiga- 


tions. Several types are available. 


: Full information on request 
The type “C” String Galvanometer shown above J d 


is small, light in weight, and moderate in price. 


The galvanometer is mounted upon a rigid base CAMBRIDGE 
together with lamp and time marker. Accessories INSTRUMENT CO INC 


such as photographic recorders (using bromide 


PAPeGROMmulM)) wandecontrols panels) tor standancd-smonees Manutacturens of Precision Instruments 


izing galvanometer sensitivity are also available. 3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York 


The Improved 
REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE 


The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities 
of 0.1250 cc. and 0.2250 cc. It has been so modified that the 
present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to 
glass and glass to steel. 

The smallest graduated division is 0.001 cc. and interpolation can 
be made to 0.0001 cc. Titrations are made below the surface of 
the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by 
means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery 
of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. 


Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. 


The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in 
changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces 
out all traces of the previous standard. 


REFERENCES 
A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) 
P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) 


Send for Literature and Price List 


MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY 


Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. 
Makers of Scientific Glassware 


142 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 134 


[et | 


Choice meats 
CHEMICALS Au tae ol 
Free Delivery to Woods Hole 


Call Falmouth 22 or 421-W 
Falmouth Osterville 


» ROWE’S PHARMACY 
Las ‘@, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines 
Home Remedies 

; se Developing and Printing Snapshots 
Fouxtan Stevacr Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


GLASSWARE 


GLASS BLOWING 
AND 
INSTRUMENT SHOPS 
a 


APPARATUS MADE AC- 
CORDING TO YOUR OWN 


DALEY’S 


Patent Medicines and Hospital Supplies 
STATIONERY COSMETICS SUNDRIES 


Best Coffee in Town 


DESIGN ... EXPERT RE- 
PAIRS ... INVENTIONS 


DEVELOPED. 


EIMER & AMEND 


205-223 THIRD AVENUE 
NEW YORK, N. Y. 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 


Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 
FALMOUTH 


; Gurclion Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 


THE TWIN DOOR 


la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, MHC SUES Wiaeas [ave 

brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 

and dorotocephala, etc. Shipments during all Open Special 

seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre from Weekl 

Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 6 A. M. ae y 
ates 


to 
We are commencing our fourteenth year of 11:30 P. M. 


Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


oe eS op ea op ep a 


© THE DARWIN PRESS 


re 


: SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS 


Biological, Medical, Zoological, Botanical, 
etc. Complete Sets, Volumes and Odd 
Copies. There may be some Single Copies 
needed to complete your sets, or an Im- 
portant Article which you may need. Prices 


. Will gladly give estimates to authors 
for printing scientific periodicals or mono- 
graphs. 

Printers of The Collecting Net and Cold Spring 


Harbor Symposia on Quantitative Biology. are reasonable. 


B. LOGIN & SON, INC. 
29 EAST 21st STREET NEW YORK CITY 


69 SCHOOL ST. New Bedford, Mass. 


« 


ODOT OS OED OED #6 


Avuecust 10, 1940 | 


see wh 


THE COLLECTING NET 


eihe 


cienlial says, 


“Spencer 


To design an objective lens 
for a microscope is a monu- 
mental task. It requires months 
of work with sine tables and 


computing machines. 


No less a task is the actual 
production of the lens ele- 
ments and mechanical parts 
that make up the completed 
objective. It calls for almost 
incredible skill—skill that can 
cope with tolerances of mil- 
lionths of an inch. 


The average man little com- 
prehends this. But the scien- 
tist does—and it is this fact 
which gives such impressive 
significance to the almost uni- 
versal acceptance of Spencer 
Microscopes in scientific cir- 
cles, and gives added meaning 
to the words “Spencer preci- 
sion’ and “Spencer quality.” 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES 
MICROTOMES 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC 
EQUIPMENT 


SPENCER 


BUFFALO 
eas 


REFRACTOMETERS 
COLORIMETERS 
SPECTROMETERS 
PROJECTORS 


143 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 134 


A LIFELONG HABIT 


Here is being ground a microscope objective 
lens of 0.6 mm. radius. The accuracy of its 
surfaces will be measured to a fraction of a 
wavelength of sodium light. Years of experience 
have made such accuracy of workmanship a 
habit to Bausch & Lomb skilled workers. 

A typical example of such routine accuracy 
is the B&L Oil Immersion 97x Objective of 
1.25 N.A. in which this minute lens is used. 


This objective is one widely employed in a 


BAUSCH 


variety of microscopical work. Its lenses are 
burnished into self-centering, threadless cells. 
This B&L patented objective construction in- 
sures retention of original centration after long 
time service. Such accuracy simplifies and 
facilitates microscopical work—is the reason 
why you will want only a B&L Microscope. 
Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 St. Paul St., 
Rochester, N. Y. 


& LOMB 


OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 8 


SATURDAY, AUGUST 17, 1940 


$2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


Annual Subscription, 


THE EFFECT OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIA- 
TIONS ON THE RESPIRATION OF 
A LUMINOUS BACTERIUM 


Dr. A. C. GIESE 
Rockefeller Fellow, Princeton University 


Claims that ultraviolet light greatly accelerates 
respiration were made by a number of investiga- 
tors at the beginning of the century. Several 


THE MOLECULAR ORGANIZATION OF 


PROTOPLASMIC CONSTITUENTS 
Dr. FRANcIs O. SCHMITT 
Associate Professor of Zoology, 
Washington University, St. Louis 


As we come closer and closer to bridging the 
gap between the molecular and the microscopic, 
between the Angstrom unit and the micron, it be- 


attempts to check these claims 
were made by Tanner and his 
coworkers, who found that di- 
vision of yeast was readily in- 
hibited and that fermentation 
and respiration were little af- 
fected or declined; they at- 
tributed the apparent stimula- 
tion reported by the earlier 
workers as probably due to 
imperfect measurements. Al- 
though many other studies 
have appeared the subject has 
remained controversial. It 
therefore seemed interesting to 
investigate the effects of these 
radiations on some unicellular 
organism and to control con- 
ditions so as to be able to ar- 
rive at a definite conclusion. 
For this work one of the 
luminous bacteria, Achromo- 


M. B. FE. Calendar 


TUESDAY, August 20, 8:00 P. M. 


Seminar: Dr. W. Gordon Whaley: 
“Developmental Changes in Api- 
cal Meristems.” 

Dr. Harry G. Albaum and Dr. Bar- 
ry Commoner: “The Relation be- 
tween Auxin and the Four-Car- 
bon Acid System in the Growth 
of Oat Seedlings.” 

Mr. R. K. Skow: “Respiratory 
Changes Following Stimulation 
in Nitella.” 

Dr. L. R. Blinks: “Relation of Po- 
tassium to Bio-electric Effects of 
Light and Temperature in Va- 
lonia.” 


FRIDAY, August 23, 8:00 P. M. 
Lecture: Dr. D. E. S. Brown: “The 


Regulation of Metabolism in Con- 
tracting Muscle.” 


comes more and more neces- 
sary to apply the newer knowl- 
edge of ultrastructure in the 
theoretical and experimental 
approach to almost every field 
of biology. I assume it is un- 
necessary to defend such a 
statement before this audience. 
However, a few examples may 
be useful as illustrative of the 
trend. 

In physiology a knowledge 
of tissue ultrastructure is es- 
sential, for before one can de- 
termine how a complex mech- 
anism functions one must have 
some insight into the construc- 
tion of the system. With the 
great recent strides in the or- 
ganic and physical chemistry 
of high molecular weight sub- 
stances the physiologist must 


bacter fischeri, was chosen because two indices of 
the effects of the radiations on the metabolism 


now think in terms of molecular and micellar 
units rather than those of gross and microscopic 


could be obtained—the (Continued on page 157) anatomy. Indeed, the needs of the physiologist in 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

The Molecular Organization of Protoplasmic The Biological Field Stations of Former 
Constituents, Dr. Francis O. Schmitt.............. 145 Czechoslovakia and Surrounding Countries, 

The Effect of Ultraviolet Radiations on the Homer GAN. DUCK oie ccstetan ste aseeecasevesoussavescouteonroeesecs 152 
Respiration of a Luminous Bacterium, Dr. Introducing Dr. H. M. Kalckar ....... sreteeeseesereeee 154 
HAvewh Cpr CSO MOE argo trees ceases Wecenetrseteetk ook sisssiavies 145 Observations on the Tuesday Seminar, Dr. 

Pp , 3 Maunencerplravan Oeeeesesmecctcctteetastr eteesrenetattees 154 
roduction of a Complex Nitrogenous Com- Ttamelotelnterect 155 
pound, Related to Tyrosine, by a Species of Invertebrate Class Notes sesssccccccscssccccscss..,156 
Penicillium, Dr VAS ES Oxford ccsseesccecesee 151 Catalysts of Biological Oxidation, Their Com- 

Neurosecretory Cells in Cockroaches, Dr. position and Mode of Action, Dr. Eric G. 
Bertam Scharrer easier sce coset enc iseens 151 Beall (Cont) eeclecacceccucssesscs secon tocastoce oerecsie oraiscenee 158 


*Aorrey “WM ‘ueuusT, “H “Cd ‘ulpuog “D “gq ‘snduing °D °H ‘HIT “a “A ‘4005 “gq “M ‘SULYIZD “N “D ‘plexed Sefteyo 4st “O “S ‘Iesviy 
oO :Mox quorg ‘doryyJON “H “£ ‘queaeqinys “HV ‘OTS “a “exted “HD ‘ynapoom "J “1 “ar ‘sssry T ‘uunrqyieH “A “I ‘SMoyjze TAL 
‘qd “V ‘uosroquiy “Y “M ‘ZulaAdy ooueaney] ‘AoareyH ON ‘sIqang “O (MM ‘eABID) [[2MSBD ‘7e33nq “WA ‘Sqooer “HW ‘Pepreds 0 (0 > Mor 
eIPPI, = “SfoquiVyD “A ‘uesI0oyW “HL ‘suomsmiy “ad ‘d ‘To[ABL “WY “UM ‘Yotpoor) “_ “H ‘yaelo “UH ‘uoWMouy “d “WY Mor yoeg 


6E61 NI DNILSHW IVONNV YIGAL LV GHHdVUDIOLOHd ‘AYOLVUOAVT TVOINOIOI ANIUVW AHL dO SHALSOML AHL 


Aueust 17, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


147 


this direction have forced him to take the initiative 
in exploring the molecular anatomy of cells, a 
field perhaps more properly that of the mor- 
phologist, though in fact as close to chemistry as 
to cytology. 

In morphology it has long been clear that pro- 
toplasmic structures are very sensitive to altera- 
tions in their chemical environment and, if the 
just criticism of his chemical and physiological 
colleagues is to be avoided, the morphologist must 
discover the conditions which determine the meta- 
stability of the structures he studies. If he can- 
not work with living cells he must evaluate the 
kind and degree of artifact production introduced 
by his fixatives. Actually, modern crystallography 
and X-ray diffraction studies have provided a 
new basis for cytology in demonstrating a close 
correlation, in many instances, between the micro- 
scopic and even macroscopic structure of tissue 
components and their submicroscopic, molecular 
organization. Thus a fiber has its peculiar shape 
and properties because the molecules or micelles 
are themselves fibrous; a membrane looks and be- 
haves as it does because it is composed of molecu- 
lar layers or membranes. ‘There is, therefore, 
much in morphology which may lead to clues re- 
garding molecular organization. Indeed, many 
of the facts discovered by the classical morpholo- 
gists by entirely empirical means are now useful 
in interpreting the properties of the molecules 
themselves. Thus the shrinking or swelling ac- 
tions of certain fixatives, which were chiefly 
nuisances to be avoided by the cytologist, are now 
useful in interpreting the types of linkages be- 
tween protein groups. If one had the patience to 
read through the wordy and voluminous papers 
of the masters of descriptive morphology in the 
light of the modern knowledge of the physical 
chemistry of the proteins and lipides one might 
bring forth many gems worth polishing and add- 
ing to the fabric of present day concepts. 

In experimental embryology sufficient biological 
evidence is now at hand concerning morphogene- 
tic fields, induction, primary and induced polarity, 
and regulation, to make it profitable to seek a 
physical explanation of these phenomena. It 
seems probable that this search will center about 
an investigation of the differential orientations of 
complex and specific protein and lipide systems 
which characterize the reacting system, and of the 
processes by which the chemical metabolism in- 
teracts with the specific structural substratum to 


bring about the orderly unfolding of the organ- 
ism. 

In genetics the bearing of ultrastructure analy- 
sis is particularly direct. In seeking a physical 
basis for the gene one must deal with properties 
of linear arrays of protein units, sub-units, and 
super-units and with combinations of these with 
other groups which may have a prosthetic charac- 
ter. Also, to understand the mechanism of chro- 
mosome division, pairing, deletions, inversions, 
extensibility, and contractility, one must apply 
to these unique protein strands the large body of 
information which is accumulating regarding sim- 
ilar properties in simpler fibrous protein systems. 
Finally, if the geneticist is to attack the problem 
of the fundamental nature of the interaction of 
genes on the same and on different chromosomes 
and with the entire reacting system, he must be 
prepared to do some pioneering in the already 
complicated field of enzyme chemistry. It may 
well be that a long strand of interconnected 
apoenzymes, or protein carriers, may react differ- 
ently with the various prosthetic groups and with 
each other than might be supposed from the prop- 
erties of single enzyme systems as now under- 
stood. 

In some quarters this rapidly growing tendency 
to seek explanations of biological phenomena in 
terms of the properties of the constituent mole- 
cules is viewed with some concern. It is felt that 
too much emphasis on this analytical approach 
may divert attention from the~search for the 
higher order emergent phenomena which are 
characteristic of no systems simpler than living 
cells. I must confess to some misgivings of my 
own on this score. But I cannot agree with the 
organismic positivists who, in their zeal to estab- 
lish biology as a science in its own right, would 
seek to discover the higher order phenomena 
without benefit of the theoretical and technical 
equipment offered by the exact sciences. I] cannot 
believe that the two methods of approach are so 
mutually incompatible that they cannot be pursued 
in the same intellectual atmosphere. Indeed, if 
we may use the search for the solution of the 
structure and emergent properties of the protein 
molecule as an example, it would seem that the 
greatest advances are made through the closest 
cooperation of chemists, who provide analytical 
data, and biologists who study the emergent prop- 
erties, such as enzyme and virus action. Similar- 
ly we may hope for great advances through the 
close cooperation of geneticists, embryologists, 


THE COLLECTING Nr? was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


148 


THE COLLECRING NED 


[ Vou. XV, No, 135 


and physiologists, who study the higher order 
phenomena, with those who are attempting to 
analyze the structure and physical chemical prop- 
erties of protoplasmic systems. 


Methods of Ultrastructure Anaylsis 


A detailed account of the various methods 
available for studying protoplasmic fine structure 
would be inappropriate since we are more inter- 
ested in results and conclusions than in methods. 
However, a few remarks, especially about some 
of the newer methods may be helpful. 

A point worth stressing concerning all of these 
methods is that useful and significant results may 
be expected only when the optical equipment is 
adequate, properly adjusted and calibrated. Suc- 
cess, especially in investigating the optical prop- 
erties of very small microscopic objects, frequently 
depends on a critical adjustment of certain fac- 
tors. For example, many of the recent discoveries 
about the birefringence of chromosomes and other 
cell organelles might have been made a genera- 
tion ago if sufficiently intense illumination had 
been used and the proper biological material 
chosen. 

Ultrastructure may be studied directly with the 
ultraviolet microscope and the electron micro- 
scope. Aside from the increased resolution af- 
forded by the shorter wave length, the ultraviolet 
microscope offers enormous possibilities because 
certain important substances, like nucleic acid, ab- 
sorb specifically in this spectral range. The now 
classical work of Caspersson on chromosome 
structure is a good example of what can be ac- 
complished when the possibilities of the method 
are adequately exploited. Another useful tool in 
this category is the fluorescence microscope. Cer- 
tain cellular structures fluoresce when radiated 
with ultraviolet light and similar properties may 
be conferred on most structures by treatment with 
fluorescent substances. The method has con- 
siderable chemical diagnostic value and its pos- 
sibilities deserve further development. 


The electron microscope would appear to be 
ideal for use with materials which may be dried 
without too much artifact production. Resolu- 
tion twenty to thirty times that of the best light 
microscope have already been achieved, i.e., ob- 
jects as small as 100 A have been resolved. In- 
teresting structure has been observed in certain 
biological objects thus highly magnified, although 
in some instances the results have been somewhat 
disappointing. Little is known about the stability 
of organic molecules when subjected to such in- 
tense electron bombardment and this factor may 
limit the application of the method somewhat. 
However, the method is very new and with its 
further technical development may be expected 


important advances in our knowledge of fine 
structure. The modification of G. H. Scott, at 
Washington University, has already given infor- 
mation about the preferential distribution of cal- 
cium and magnesium in cells. 


Among the indirect methods the oldest is that 
of polarization optics. Birefringence data reveal 
the specific orientations of submicroscopic par- 
ticles and determine whether the asymmetric par- 
ticles are themselves crystalline or isotropic. Other 
useful information includes the partial volume of 
the oriented particles, their refractive index, and 
other clues as to their general chemical composi- 
tion. Under optimal conditions the method is 
extremely sensitive. Thus polarization crosses 
may be observed very distinctly in the envelopes 
of red cell “ghosts” although independent evidence 
shows that the material producing these phenom- 
ena is only a few molecular layers in thickness. 
With polarized light, structures may be detected 
in living cells which could not be observed in or- 
dinary light because of refractive index conditions. 
The recent observations of Monné on the bire- 
fringence of the Golgi apparatus in living cells is 
an example in point. The method has the distinct 
advantage that its use has no harmful effects on 
the living cell. 

As anisotropic objects may have two descrip- 
tive refractive indices (birefringence), so they 
may have two characteristic absorption coefficients 
(dichroism). Thus with white light a dichroitic 
fibril may appear green when oriented parallel 
with the plane of vibration of the plane-polarized 
light, and some shade of yellow when oriented 
perpendicular thereto. With monochromatic light 
one may obtain total extinction or full intensity 
depending on the orientation. Dichroism may be 
conferred on cellular objects by impregnation with 
highly dichroitic dyes and metals. With such 
optical amplification, evidence of molecular orien- 
tation has been observed even in very poorly or- 
ganized cellular structures. The method is a 
valuable aid to the cytologist because of the con- 
trasts of color or intensity which it provides in 
very small objects. The only optical accessory 
needed for the ordinary microscope is a polaroid 
plate to determine the plane of vibration of the 
light. 

Before leaving the field of birefringence I 
should stress the possibilities which await the de- 
velopment and application of the ultraviolet polar- 
izing microscope. Here, aside from increased 
sensitivity, one has the possibility of natural di- 
chroism of many structures due to preferential 
orientation of ultraviolet-absorbing substances. A 
prominent crystallographer recently remarked that 
the ultraviolet polarizing microscope may be ex- 
pected to reveal more about the microcosmos of 


: 


Aueust 17, 1940 ] 


THE COLERCLING NET 


149 


the cell than the new 200 inch telescope will re- 
veal about cosmic matters. 


X-ray diffraction data provide information 
about the dimensions, configurations, and orienta- 
tions of molecules. It is applicable to tissues or 
cell populations which provide sufficient diffract- 
ing planes for coherent and detectible scattering. 
It is difficultly applicable to microscopic objects 
although patterns have been obtained from 10u 
samples of keratin. X-ray diffraction and polar- 
ized light data are mutually helpful in interpreting 
the structure of biological systems. 


The most recent tool for fine structure analysis 
is the analytical leptoscope developed by Dr. D. 
F. Waugh and myself. Objects, such as red blood 
corpuscle envelopes are deposited on a glass slide 
of high refractive index. When viewed with a 
microscope fitted with a vertical illuminator, the 
thickness of the object may be determined from 
the intensity of light reflected from its surface, 
provided the refractive index of the object is 
known. Instead of measuring the intensity of re- 
flected light with a photometer it is more conveni- 
ent to compare this intensity with that reflected 
from a built-up step film of barium stearate. The 
standard step film, also deposited on high refrac- 
tive index glass, is viewed through a similar mi- 
croscope set-up and matching is accomplished with 
the aid of a comparison ocular. The method is 
accurate to +10 A if many objects are tested, and 
it has recently been used to determine the thick- 
ness and general chemical composition of the red 
cell envelope. The method is particularly useful 
in detecting the presence of molecular discontinui- 
ties in membranous structures, and this was, in- 
deed, the purpose for which it was originally de- 
signed. 


The Molecular Organization of Some Cellular 
Structures 


The shape of cellular constituents is determined 
by the geometry and chemical combining proper- 
ties of their molecular building stones, the pro- 
teins and lipides. The linear polymerization of 
the proteins has been inferred since the work of 
Fischer and it was natural to make the polypep- 
tide chain the structural unit of protein fibers. It 
has long been known that lipides and fatty ma- 
terials occur in layers or two-dimensional grids, 
and recent polarization optical and diffraction data 
show that proteins may also be arranged in planar 
leaflets. A third type of symmetry, namely rad- 
ial, has been observed in protoplasmic granules 
but this is exemplified chiefly in the reserve food 
stuffs, the carbohydrates. Our attention will, 
therefore, be centered chiefly on the linear and 
lamellar protoplasmic Bausteine. 


Fiber Structure 


The results of the polarization and X-ray opti- 
cal analysis are in agreement with the view that 
animal fibers, whether in large compact bundles 
(muscle, tendon), or microscopic and intracellu- 
lar (chromosomes, spindle and astral fibers) are 
constructed of anastomosing meshwork of sub- 
microscopic fibrous particles or micelles oriented 
with long axes parallel to the fiber axis. Until 
recently the micelles were pictured, after the ori- 
ginal concept of Naegeli, as little isolated particles 
suspended in an intermicellar matrix. However, 
data on extensility and viscosity require that the 
particles be interlinked by covalent strands such 
as compose the particles themselves, although the 
greater fraction of the strands are longitudinally 
oriented. 

This type of construction has been found typi- 
cal of muscle, collagen, cilia, flagella, axopodia, 
myonemes of protozoa, sperm tails, chromosomes, 
spindle and astral fibers. Even the highly solv- 
ated neurofibrils show positive form birefringence 
indicative of this structure although no actual 
fibrils can be seen microscopically. The polariza- 
tion optical results, therefore, resolve a problem 
long debated by morphologists and physiologists, 
as to whether some form of fibrillar system ac- 
tually exists in cases like the cell spindle and nerve 
axis cylinder. Fixed preparations show beautiful 
fibrils but no such structures can be seen in the 
strictly normal living cells. Examination of the 
living cell in polarized light shows that oriented 
submicroscopic strands are indeed present in a 
tenuous, highly solvated lattice. When fixed, 
these aggregate into slender or coarse fibrils, de- 
pending on the nature of the fixative. So the 
morphologist was in error in laying too much 
stress on the particular shape and structure of the 
fixed fibrils and the skeptical physiologist was in 
even greater error in supposing no structure pres- 
ent at all. 

All protein fibers except some of the simplest 
like silk show elasticity, extensibility, contractility, 
and chemical and thermal shortening. These are 
properties to be expected of polypeptide chains 
having reactive side chain groupings capable of 
self-induction in the sense of K. H. Meyer. The 
degree to which a given fiber will display these 
properties depends on the chemical nature of the 
protein, and in particular upon whether the side 
chains are free and capable of taking on a large 
complement of water molecules. This explains 
why keratin is a stable, supporting fiber and myo- 
sin is very labile and capable of rapid and rever- 
sible contraction. 

It should be emphasized that reversible solva- 
tion and desolvation are at the bottom of most 
fundamental structuration processes in proto- 


150 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 135 


plasm. This is well illustrated in the case of 
chromosomes, which undergo perhaps the widest 
variation in solvation of any animal fibers, In the 
resting cell the chromosome strands are so heav- 
ily solvated and so poorly oriented that their pres- 
ence cannot usually be detected even by the sen- 
sitive polarized light method. Orientation occurs 
in prophase but not until metaphase is the desolv- 
ation sufficient to give the chromosomes marked 
rodlet form birefringence. This desolvation per- 
sists in anaphase but in later stages the strands 
again become heavily solvated. In sperm cells, 
where the chromatin is, as it were, packed in tight 
bundles for shipment, the desolvation is so marked 
that the positive form birefringence of the protein 
fibers is completely overshadowed by the negative 
crystalline birefringence of the nucleic acid. In- 
deed, the birefringence of sperm heads has a mag- 
nitude among the highest of any natural fibers. 
When the sperm enters the egg and forms a sperm 
nucleus the chromatin strands again unfold be- 
cause of the penetration of much water of solva- 
tion. 


In salivary gland giant chromosomes the chro- 
matic bands, which contain a large complement of 
nucleic acid, show striking negative birefringence 
characteristic of this substance. The phenomenon 
is so striking in alcohol-desolvated preparations 
that it would seem feasible to attempt quantitative 
measurements at the various levels of the chro- 
mosome map, in the hope of correlating such in- 
formation on molecular organization with genetic 
data. 


It is now known that the nucleic acid occurs as 
elongated particles oriented with long axes paral- 
lel to the axis of the chromosome. From X-ray 
data Astbury suggests that the phosphoric acid 
residues are spaced about the same distance apart 
along the axis of the micelles as are the amino 
acid residues in extended protein fibers. Hence 
the nucleic acid fits on automatically along the 
fiber and serves to integrate its structure, if not, 
indeed, to be important in the synthesis of the 
strands. However, the evidence for this is de- 
batable, and since the protein component of chro- 
mosomes may be considerably more complex than 
mere strands of polypeptide chains, the suggestion 
must be considered only as an interesting specu- 
lation, 


The simple polypeptide chain theory as devel- 
oped by Astbury and others to explain the struc- 
ture of textile and other fibers is probably inade- 
quate in the case of many cell and tissue fibers. 
These are composed of columnar micelles which 
may have a more complicated and specific “do- 
mestic architecture’, to borrow an expression 
from Dr. Wrinch, than is implied in the extended 
polypeptide chain theory. Supporting this view 


is the fact that long-spacing equatorial diffractions 
have been observed in the X-ray patterns of cer- 
tain fibers, such as muscle, by Astbury, Meyer, 
and in our own laboratory, indicating that the 
unit structure of the micelles may be as much as 
60-100 A in thickness. Wrinch has recently sug- 
gested that some fibers may be essentially a linear 
array of particles having essentially molecular 
status rather than bundles of polypeptide chains 
indefinitely extended. This view is attractive par- 
ticularly for the specific fiber type which she was 
discussing, namely, chromosomes. In this con- 
nection it may be pointed out that it is by no 
means certain that the genic proteins are neces- 
sarily the relatively small basic protamines. The 
assumption that they are such rests on chemical 
investigations on the highly specialized sperm 
cells, and may not be valid in the case of the chro- 
matin of the interkinetic nucleus or typical tissue 
cell. 

Frequently lipide is associated with protein in 
the construction of fibrils. According to W. J. 
Schmidt, the retinal rods are made of alternate 
layers of lipide and protein. A different relative 
orientation occurs in the case of filamentous mito- 
chondria. According to the polarized light studies 
of Caswell Grave II, the rodlets which pack the 
distal convoluted tubule cells of the amphibian 
kidney contain protein strands oriented parallel 
to the axis of the rodlets and lipide molecules 
oriented with long axes perpendicular thereto. It 
is significant that the cells which are so packed 
with these protein rodlets are those which very ac- 
tively transport water from the lumen of the tub- 
ule into the blood. Through the optical properties 
a clue is being sought to the nature of the process 
in the high degree of solvation of which these rod- 
lets are capable. 


The nature of the “lipide’’ material in mito- 
chondria is still uncertain. From the work of 
Bensley on “isolated mitochondria” and from X- 
ray diffraction patterns which we have obtained 
from material isolated by Dr. G. H> Scott accord- 
ing to Bensley’s method, the fatty material ap- 
pears not to be phospholipide or cerebroside, but 
a somewhat shorter chain, probably unsaturated 
compound. 


The only observations on the birefringence of 
the centriole of which I am aware are those of 
Dr. G. W. Taylor made very recently in our lab- 
oratory. He found the fibrillar centriole of the 
termite protozoan, Trichonympha, to show bire- 
fringence which is negative with respect to its 
long axis. This is apparently not due to lipide 
since it 1s increased in magnitude by alcohol ex- 
traction. He is investigating the possibility that 
it may be due to nucleic acid. 


(Continued Next Week) 


Avueust 17, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


151 


PRODUCTION OF A COMPLEX NITROGENOUS COMPOUND, RELATED TO 
TYROSINE, BY A SPECIES OF PENICILLIUM 


Dr. A. E, OxForp 
Rockefeller Foundation Fellow, University of Wisconsin 


Although the lower fungi show certain bio- 
chemical resemblances to the algae, especially with 
respect to their carbohydrate metabolism and in 
the production of the sugar alcohols mannitol and 
erythritol, no peptides corresponding to those iso- 
lated by Haas & Hill (Biochem. J., 25, 1472 
eoeece 801" C1933) 5 325 21291938) 
from marine algae have so far been isolated from 
mold tissue. Since the latter contains dipeptidase 
and a variety of polypeptidases (see Johnson and 
Peterson, J. Bact., 29, 90 (1935)) the presence 
of appropriate substrates might reasonably be in- 
ferred. In the course of investigations on the 
carbohydrate metabolism of Penicillium griseo- 
fulvum (see Raistrick et al. Biochem. J., 25, 39 
(LSI) -e27 628) (1933); 29, 11102) (1935); 33; 
240 (1939) ) a crystalline and weakly acidic com- 
pound, of empirical formula Cs»H2gsO;Ne2, and 
m.p. 172°, has been encountered, the structure of 
which appears to be derived from that of an 
acylated tyrosine. The medium on which the 
mold was grown contained glucose and sodium 
nitrate as sole sources of carbon and nitrogen re- 
spectively, and the yield of the above product was 
relatively considerable, accounting for 5-10% of 
the nitrogen supplied as nitrate. A partial struc- 
tural formula can be deduced from the following 


facts: acid hydrolysis yields a terpene-like hydro- 
carbon CyoHi¢, together with NHs, COs (2 
mols.), acetaldehyde, and the known base p-hy- 
droxy-w-aminoacetophenone. Alkaline hydrolysis 
of the metabolic product yields NH 3 (1 mol.), 
and a crystalline acid C1;H22O3, which is split by 
acid hydrolysis to yield the hydrocarbon CyoH1¢6 
and p-hydroxybenzoic acid. The metabolic prod- 
uct appears therefore to contain a 6-ketotyramine 
residue etherified with an alcohol Cy1>9H,;OH, and 
linked probably through a peptide linkage to a 
residue yielding acetaldehyde on hydrolysis. The 
molecule probably contains an acid amide group 
also and the following structural formula is tenta- 
tively suggested : 


CioH17°O:CeHs-CO:CH(CONH)2) - 


It is noteworthy that the mold in question yields 
a great variety of non-nitrogenous phenolic meta- 
bolic products in addition to the above suggesting 
a possible connection between its carbohydrate 
and its nitrogen metabolism. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 6.) 


NEUROSECRETORY CELLS IN COCKROACHES 
Dr. BERTA SCHARRER 


The Rockefeller Institute for 


Neurosecretory cells, i.e. cells which in addition 
to their nervous character show histological fea- 
tures of gland cells, are known in vertebrates as 
well as in invertebrates. Several species of cock- 
roaches, as representatives of the insects, are suit- 
able objects to demonstrate to what extent a nerve 
cell can assume the character of a gland cell. Dif- 
ferent types of neuroglandular elements within 
one species suggest different phases of a secretory 
cycle. These stages are in principle similar to 
those observed in vertebrates. There is a stage 
when only fine fuchsinophile granules are scat- 
tered over the cytoplasm. The cytoplasmic inclu- 
sions appear to increase in size and number and 
may fill the cell to such an extent as to im- 
part to it the character of a gland cell rather than 
that of a nerve cell. Such granules are also seen 
to extend from the cell along the axis cylinder. 
Finally there are cells giving the impression of 
an endstage in the cycle. 

The morphological evidence of secretion in the 
central nervous system of insects is of particular 


Medical Research, New York 


interest in view of the physiological results ob- 
tained in recent years which provide that the 
central nervous ganglia exert an endocrine con- 
trol over the processes of molting and pupation. 
In Lepidoptera the larval brain furnishes a sub- 
stance which causes pupation (Kope¢, Ktthn and 
coworkers), and in Hemiptera (Rhodnius) the 
nymphal brain is the source of a molting hormone. 
In transplantation experiments Wigglesworth re- 
cently succeeded in localizing the positive effect 
on molting in the dorsal half of the central mass 
of the brain, i.e. the very region where in Rhod- 
nius neurosecretory cells are found. There is 
good evidence to suggest, therefore, that gland- 
like nerve cells are actually the source of hor- 
mones which control insect development. This is 
the first case in which the morphological evidence 
for the neurosecretory activity can be corrobor- 
ated by physiological data. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 18.) 


152 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vout. XV, No. 135 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF FORMER CZECHOSLOVAKIA AND 
SURROUNDING COUNTRIES 


Homer A. JAcK 
Cornell University 


The largest biological station in the territory 
formerly occupied by Czechoslovakia is at Doksy 
(or Hirschberg) in Bohemia. It was founded in 
1905 as the Biological Station of Hirschberg by 
Dr. Viktor Langhans of the German University 
at Prague. In 1920 the station was taken over 
by the Czechoslovakian Research Institute for 
Animal Production as the Institute for Fishery 
Research and Hydrobiology. Since the Munich 
Pact it has been the Lake Hirschberg Station of 
the Reich Institute for Fisheries. For some years 
the station has been housed in a large, three-story 
building in the center of the small village of 
Doksy, while its small field annex is on the shores 
of the nearby lake. No instruction has been given 
at the station, but visiting investigators are invited 
to make use of its laboratory facilities. There 
are lodging accommodations for five research 
workers in the laboratory building and board may 
be obtained at a nearby hotel. The research pro- 
gram of the station is directed by Dr. Trude 
Schreiter, the only woman in Europe who is di- 
rector of a biological station. 

Previous to its disintegration, Czechoslovakia 
had six other biological stations. The Biological 
Station of the University of Brno was located at 
Lednice. Strbské Pleso was the headquarters of 
the Geobotanical Station of the Czechoslovakian 
the Franz Harrach Station for Fishery and Hy- 
drobiological Research. There was a station for 
fishery and hydrobiological research directed by 
Professor Schafterna at Blatna and the University 
of Komenského sponsored a small field station at 
Samorin, in Bratislava. The remaining Czecho- 
slovakian station was located on the island of Rab 
off the Dalmatian Coast of Yugoslavia. This was 
established in 1930 by a group of biologists in or- 
der that Czechoslovakian students and investiga- 
tors could have an opportunity to work with 
marine forms. 

There are three biological stations in the terri- 
tory formerly occupied by Poland. The Marine 
Station at Hel is located near Danzig. This small 
laboratory was founded in 1932 by the Nencki In- 
stitute of Experimental Biology of Warsaw. An- 
other station founded by the same institution five 
years later is the Biological Station at Pinsk. 
This is located on a vast marshy plain among a 
series of slow-running rivers and is concerned 
with a study of the limnological problems of those 


rivers and marshes. There is a two-story labora- 
tory building which is equipped for instruction in 
hydrobiology and contains seven research places. 
Visiting investigators are not required to pay lab- 
oratory fees and may obtain living accommoda- 
tions at a nearby city for about 100 zlotys a 
month (about $18.81). 

The largest biological station in Poland is the 
Hydrobiological Station of Lake Wigry. It is lo- 
cated on the shores of Lake Wigry near Suwalki. 
Founded in 1920 by Dr. Alfred Litynski, the pres- 
ent director, the station was able to erect a new 
building in 1928 through a donation from the 
National Culture Fund. This structure contains 
modern equipment for the study of fresh water 
problems. There is also a pavilion used as a resi- 
dence for visiting investigators and another 
wooden building serves as living quarters for the 
personnel. University students come to the sta- 
tion for a two-week course in theoretical limnol- 
ogy. Independent investigators are welcomed to 
work at the institution any time of the year. There 
are no laboratory fees and living may be obtained 
at the station for about 112 zlotys a month (about 
$21.06). Much of the research work done at the 
station by staff or visiting investigators is pub- 
lished in Archiwum Hydrobiologu I Rybactwa 
(Archives of Hydrobiology and Ichthyology). 

The only biological station in Hungary is the 
Hungarian Biological Research Institute at Ti- 
hany. This is on the shore of Lake Balaton, the 
largest lake in Central Europe. The station was 
founded in 1925 at Révitlop by the Hungarian 
National Museum. In 1927 the buildings at Ti- 
hany were officially opened in the presence of the 
Regent of Hungary and members of the Tenth 
International Zoological Congress. Today the in- 
stitute contains a four-story laboratory building, 
a boarding house for investigators, a dormitory 
for students, and two small apartment houses for 
staff members. In the main building there are 
special laboratories for research in zoology, bot- 
any, bacteriology, microscopy, physiology, and 
chemistry. All laboratories are equipped with 
440- and 220-volt A. C. electricity, 110-volt D. C. 
electricity, gas, compressed air, vacuum pipes, and 
running lake water. Other equipment of the sta- 
tion includes a large shop, a vibration-proof lab- 
oratory, an operating room, and a motorboat ac- 
commodating twenty persons. 

The work of the institute at Tihany is concerned 


August 17, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


153 


both with the limnological problems of the region 
and with general biological problems independent 
of local questions. Professor Geza Entz heads 
the staff of nine investigators who work at the 
station, which now has an annual budget of 35,000 
pengo (about $6,857). Independent investigators 
are invited to do research at Tihany. The labor- 
atory fees are 65 pengo a month (about $12.73) 
and board and lodging may be obtained at the in- 
stitute for 139 pengo a month (about $27.24). 
The station is also host, twice a year, to groups 
of middle-school biology teachers who come to 
Tihany for a three-week extension course in biol- 
ogy. 

The Lunz Biological Station (Biologische Sta- 
tion Lunz) is the most important field station in 
former Austria. It is located on the outskirts of 
the village of Lunz which is about seventy miles 
southwest of Vienna. The area is mountain- 
ous and contains a number of lakes. The station 
itself is located on Lunz Lake which is a typical 
sub-alpine body of water at an altitude of about 
2,000 feet. About two hour’s walk from the lab- 
oratory is Obersee. Here, at an altitude of about 
3,664 feet, the station has a small field annex with 
laboratory and living accommodations for six per- 
sons. In such surroundings it is quite natural 
that the purpose of the Lunz Biological Station is 
instruction and research in freshwater and alpine 
ecology. 

The main, two-story laboratory building at 
Lunz contains offices, greenhouses, a darkroom, a 
library, and laboratories, the latter supplied with 
220-volt electricity, gas, and distilled water. The 
library contains about 2,000 bound volumes, 8,000 
reprints, and 25 current scientific periodicals. 
Near the main laboratory building on the shore of 
Lunz Lake is a boathouse and a laboratory-class- 
room for about twenty students. This is used for a 
summer course in hydrobiology. Visiting investi- 
gators also make use of the facilities of the Lunz 
station. In the past their projects have centered 
about limnology, bioclimatics, and experimental 
biology. Investigators are expected to pay a lab- 
oratory fee of 28 Rm. a month (about $11.23) 
and are given every assistance by Dr. F. Ruttner, 
the director of the station since 1919. There are 
no living facilities in the laboratory building, but 
lodging may be obtained in a portion of a nearby 
castle leased by the station, while meals can be 
secured at a tavern. The only other biological 
station in former Austria is the Botanical Station 
at Hallstatt (Botanische Station in Hallstatt). 
This is the small private laboratory of Dr. Fried- 


rich Morton, although visiting scientists may 
make use of his equipment. 


* OK OK 


The biological stations of these countries have 
been effected by war and occupation almost as 
much as have the inhabitants themselves. Before 
1914, both Austria and Hungary had biological 
stations on the Adriatic Sea. The Royal Zoologi- 
cal Station (K. K. Zoologische Station), founded 
in 1875, was situated in a large building in 
Trieste. The Royal Hungarian Marine Biologi- 
cal Station (Magyar Kirdlyi biologiai Allomds) 
was on the waterfront of Fiume. With the World 
War treaties, these institutions ceased to exist, 
as both Trieste and Fiume were given to Italy. 
The building of the Trieste station was used by 
the Royal Italian Oceanographic Committee for a 
geophysical institute. The Hungarian station’s 
instruments were destroyed during the battle of 
the port of Fiume and the station’s vessel, SMS 
Najade, was given to Yugoslavia, although some 
of the station’s collections were removed to Buda- 
pest where they are still being studied. 

The swift events of the last few years have also 
been felt by the biological stations of Central 
Europe. Dr. Ruttner of the Lunz Biological 
Station tells how his station presaged the An- 
schluss with Germany by fourteen years. In 1924 
that Austrian institution which was under the di- 
rection of the Academy of Sciences of Vienna 
asked the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute of Berlin to 
be a co-sponsor. Ever since, Germany has con- 
tributed to the expenses of the station at Lunz. 
One Czechoslovakian biological station which was 
located in Sudetenland, however, had no desire 
for German support even when the Treaty of 
Munich thought it should. The director of this 
particular station wrote the author, early in 1939, 
that “after the forcible occupying of South Mor- 
avia by Germany—in consequence of the treason 
of Munich in September 1938—the biological sta- 
tion was moved” to another location in the then- 
independent Czecho-Slovakia. In all fairness, it 
must be stated that another biological station di- 
rector in Czechoslovakia welcomed German oc- 
cupation. The letter of this person, written in 
June, 1939, in part said, “In consequence of the 
fact that the German districts of the past Czecho- 
slovakia have been fortunately connected with 
their native country in autumn 1938, there are 
many corrections... .” Thus the reactions of 
scientists differ as much as the plants and animals 
they study. 


154 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No, 135 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 

Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 

Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 238, 1988. 


Introducing 


Dr. H. M. Katcxar, Assistant Professor of 
Physiology, Institute of Medical Physiology, Uni- 
versity of Copenhagen; Rockefeller Foundation 
Fellow, Washington University School of Medi- 
cine, St. Louis. 

Dr. Kalckar received his medical doctorate from 
the University of Copenhagen in January, 1939. 
His thesis dealt with phosphorylations in animal 
tissues, particularly in the kidney cortex, work 
which was carried out in the department of Prof. 
E. Lundsgaard. 

Almost immediately after he had received his 
doctorate, Dr. Kalckar sailed for the United 
States to work under a Rockefeller Foundation 
fellowship at the California Institute of Technol- 
ogy at Pasadena. There he studied the methods 
and theory of thermodynamics, particularly ther- 
mal data of various organic compounds. This 
work was done particularly under Drs. H. M. 
Huffman and Henry Borsook. 

During the summer of 1939 he worked at the 
Hopkins Marine Station on the coast of Califor- 
mia. His work there, which was directed by Dr. 
C. B. van Niel, was in the field of microbiology, 
particularly propionic acid fermentation, 

In the fall of 1939, Dr. Kalckar moved to St. 
Louis to work in the laboratory of Dr. Carl F. 
Cori at the Washington University School of 
Medicine. He resumed his studies there on phos- 
phorylation in kidney and heart muscle, studying 
its relations to respiration. 

Dr. Kalckar is working at Woods Hole this 
summer on phosphate-transferring enzymes in 
marine animals, particularly in aglomerular kid- 
neys. This fall he will return to Washington 
University to resume his work on phosphoryla- 
tion under a renewal of his Rockefeller Founda- 
tion fellowship. 

In his trip to America, Dr. Kalckar is accom- 
panied by his wife Vibeke, who is an accomplished 
musician. 


The statistical seminar for research workers 
conducted by Dr. C. I. Bliss will meet on Monday 
and Thursday from 7 to 8 in the smoking room 
of the Fisheries Residence for the remaining 
weeks of August. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE TUESDAY SEMINAR 
DR. LAURENCE IRVING, CHAIRMAN 


Dr. Giese examined the depression of respira- 
tion which ultraviolet irradiation produced upon 
luminous bacteria. Irradiation is a convenient 
agent to use because it is measurable as to amount 
and quality. It appeared that irradiation dimin- 
ished respiration by affecting the cellular sub- 
stances concerned with respiration. It was par- 
ticularly interesting to notice Dr. Giese’s obser- 
vation that irradiation which did not alter res- 
piration greatly diminished the capacity of the 
cells for reproduction, and that luminesence was 
influenced in a still other degree. It was made 
obvious that respiration, reproduction and lumi- 
nesence are dependent upon metabolic steps or se- 
quences which are quite distinct, and it is agree- 
able to see another move being made toward the 
designation of the distinct cellular chemical re- 
actions which activate the several vital processes. 

Mr. Cornman described the alterations which 
ether produced in the nuclear material of cells of 
larvae of fruit flies. During the rearrangement 
of nuclear material in cell division in the ether- 
ized animals the orderly sequence of mitosis was 
disturbed. Unfortunately for the use of this effect 
as a means of investigation, the nuclear alterations 
were irregular and could scarcely promise the 
establishment of a new system of nuclear arrange- 
ment. The persistence of nuclear damage was, 
however, strikingly illustrated. 

The neurosecretory cells which were shown in 
the nice preparations of Dr. Scharrer indicate the 
existence of an anomalous type among nerve cells. 
These cells have been represented in the brains of 
a few other insects and fishes besides the brain 
of the cockroach in which they were distinguished 
by Dr. Scharrer. Her suggestion that the cells 
secrete hormones activating metamorphosis of in- 
sects is interesting and reasonable. With the nice 
morphological distinction which has now been 
made, the relation of these cells to metamorphosis 
can be better examined. At present the activation 
of metamorphosis is a difficult subject to start 
upon because of the number of external factors. 
Pointing out one internal site of change may 
greatly facilitate the examination of the sequence. 

The glass electrode is now commonly used for 
the measurement of hydrogen ion concentration 
because of the reliability with which its accuracy 
can be controlled. Dr. Haugaard’s study of the 
physical system which is involved illustrated the 
practical measurements which help to define the 
nature of the system when electricity is transferred 
through the glass. During electrolysis of a glass 
membrane, sodium ions moved through the glass 
followed by hydrogen ions in exchange. The hy- 
drogen ions, according to rather clear-cut meas- 

(Continued on page 156) 


Aucust 17, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


155 


ITEMS OF 


Dr. CHARLES PACKARD was appointed director 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory last Tuesday 
at the annual meeting of its Board of Trustees. 
He had been associate director since 1938, and 
previously had served as Clerk of the Corporation 
for seven years. He was elected a member of the 
Corporation in 1909. 


At the Corporation meeting of the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory, Drs. C. W. Metz, Harold H. 
Plough and Dugald E. S. Brown were elected 
members of the Board of Trustees. 


Dr. GeorGE W. Corner, professor of anatomy 
at the University of Rochester, has been appointed 
director of the department of embryology at the 
Carnegie Institution of Baltimore, replacing Dr. 
George L. Streeter who has retired. 


Mr. Netson T. Spratt, JR., who has been re- 
search fellow in embryology at the University of 
Rochester, has been appointed research assistant 
in embryology at the Johns Hopkins University. 


Dr. DANteL PEASE, who worked at Woods 
Hole last summer, will be at Stanford University 
during the coming academic year under a Na- 
tional Research Council Fellowship. 


Dr. E. G. ConKLIN underwent a major opera- 
tion at the University of Pennsylvania hospital 
last week and is now resting comfortably. This 
is the first time in many years that he has not at- 
tended the annual meetings of the trustees of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory and of the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution. 


The Atlantis will sail on Monday for a ten-day 
cruise which will take it beyond the Gulf Stream. 


The trip will be under the scientific direction of 
Dr. A. F. Spilhaus. 


M. B. L. CLUB NOTES 

The ping pong tournament at the M. B. L. Club 
is under way; charts have been posted in the ping 
pong room. The first round is to be played off 
before Monday. The winner of the tournament 
will have his name engraved on the ornamental 
paddle at the Club. 

New M. B. L. Club stationery, designed by 
Mrs. Carl Smith is on sale at the Club. The de- 
sign includes a view of the Club-house. 

The chairs at the Club-house are being refin- 
ished by Mr. Reginald MacHaffe. 

Group singing was held Thursday evening at 
the Club under the direction of Teru Hayashi. 

The program of the Monday night phonograph 
record concert at the M. B. L. Club: Tapiola 
(tone poem for orchestra), Sibelius; Symphony 
No. 5 in E flat major, Sibelius; Symphony No. 
5, Beethoven. 


INTEREST 


Among the trustees attending the annual meet- 
ing of the Marine Biological Laboratory who have 
not been in residence here this summer were Drs. 
H. C. Bumpus, W. B. Scott, Ross G. Harrison, 
Ivey Lewis, Franz Schrader, W. C. Curtis, Otto 
Glaser, H. B. Bigelow and D. H. Tennent. 


Dr. H. H. Prove, who has been working at 
the U. S. Fisheries Biological Station at Beaufort, 
N. C,, is arriving in Woods Hole today. 


Dr. W. S. Lapp, dean of the Cornell Univer- 
sity Medical College, arrived in Woods Hole on 
Monday in a seaplane which landed at the Break- 
water Beach. He came to visit Dr. Dayton J. 
Edwards, assistant dean of the Cornell University 
Medical College, who is spending the summer at 


Woods Hole. 


Dr. D. E. LANCEFIELD, associate professor of 
biology at Queens College, and Mrs. Lancefield 
returned last Saturday from a month’s trip to 
Jackson, Wyoming, with their daughter, Jane. 
They were joined by Dr. and Mrs. A. H. Stur- 
tevant, who had come from California. 


Dr. ArtHurR K. Parpart, assistant professor 
of physiology at Princeton University, has arrived 
in Woods Hole. This summer he taught a sec- 
tion of the history of science course at Princeton 
University. 


PRESIDENT Epmunp E, Day of Cornell Uni- 
versity has been visiting Dr. Bradley Patten and 
Dr. Manton Copeland in Woods Hole during the 
past week. 


Other visitors this week included Drs. H. K. 
Hartline and Dr. D. W. Bronk, who have recently 
been appointed to the department of physiology 
at the Cornell University Medical College. 


Mr. R. Marvet, of the U. S. Bureau of Fish- 
eries, returned Wednesday after a week’s trip in 
the Fisheries’ boat Skimmer, in which he was en- 
gaged in tagging haddock off Chatham for pur- 
poses of studying migration. 


Dr. R. Ruceres Gates, professor of botany at 
the University of London and on leave for the 
duration of the war, left for the home of his par- 
ents in Middleton, Nova Scotia, this week. 


DATES OF LEAVING 


Benedict, D. .......... Aug. 5 
Bloch Retest. ...Aug. 2 
Doyle, W. L. ........ Aug. 1 


Evans, Gertrude Aug. 10 
Ferguson, F. ...... Aug. 10 


Gatessphophayecss. Aug. 14 
Gilbert, W. J. ...... Aug. 3 
Haywood, C. .......Aug. 7 
Ee athendpwerenscres Aug. 12 


Hemstead, G. ........ Aug. 4 


OF INVESTIGATORS 


Morrill, C. V. ...... Aug. 14 
Rimmler, L., Jr. Aug. 4 
Snedecor, J. .......... Aug. 3 
vows, (Ce Is coon Aug. 1 
Workman, G. ...... Aug. 12 
Zimmerman, A. ....Aug. 1 


156 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ VoL. XV, No. 135 


ADDITIONAL INVESTIGATORS 


Adams, M. H. asst. chem. Rockefeller Inst. Lib. 

Addison, W. H. F. prof. normal histol. & emb. Penn- 
sylvania. Br 336. 

Armstrong, Mary Milton Academy (Milton, Mass.). 
Br 309. 

Bloch, R. res. asst. bot. Yale. Br 321. (Left) 

Block, M. H. fel. anat. Chicago. OM 1. 

Briicke, Ernst von res. assoc. phys. Harvard Med. 
Lib. 

Cobb, S. Harvard Med. OM 7. 

Cooper, K. W. instr. biol. Princeton. Br 127. 

Cooper, Ruth E. S. res. asst. biol. Princeton. Br 127. 

Cori, C. F. prof. pharmacol. Washington Med. (St. 
Louis). Lib. 

Ceri, Gerty T. res. assoc. 
Med. (St. Louis). Lib. 

Cunningham, Ina grad. zool. Northwestern. Br 225. 
Ki 3. 

Dean, P. M. Princeton. Br 127. 

Everett, G. M. grad. phys. Maryland Med. Phys. 

Fraser, Doris A. res. asst. anat. Pennsylvania Med. 
Brisas ede 


pharmacol. Washington 


Gates, R. R. prof. bot. London (England). Br 313. 
(Left) 

Gayer, H. K. grad. asst. 
Louis). Br 217j. 

Graef, I. assoc. prof. path. New York Med. Bot 26. 

Grinnell, S. W. res. assoc. phys. Swarthmore. OM 2. 

Ito, T. res. fel. path. New York Med. Bot 26. 

Kaiser, S. instr. bot. Brooklyn. Lib. 

Kalckar, H. M. asst. prof. phys. Copenhagen (Den- 
mark). Br 217 1. 


zool. Washington (St. 


Kraatz, C. P. instr. phys. & pharmacol. Chicago 
Med. Lib. 

Kunitz, M. assoc. mem. Rockefeller (Princeton). Br 
209. 


Perlmann, Gertrude E. res. asst. phys. chem. Har- 
vard Med. Lib. 

Ryan, Elizabeth J. grad. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. 

Ryan, F. J. asst. zool. Columbia. Br 314. 

Salomon, K. res. fel. phys. chem. Yale Med. L 33. 

Samorodin, A. H. grad. biol. Minnesota. 

Wrinch, Dorothy lect. chem. Johns Hopkins. Br 313. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE TUESDAY SEMINAR 
(Continued from page 154) 


urements, have a lower conductance than the sodi- 
um ions. Soaking fresh glass in water slowly 
produced this exchange until the steady condi- 
tions suitable for practical measurements were at- 
tained. 

It appears that the hydrogen ions involved in 
the exchange in the glass are hydrated. If alco- 
hol as_ well is the solvent, alcohol is also absorbed 
with the hydrogen and adds a complication, but 
one which by conformity with the Nernst formula 
satisfies the mind that the system is theoretically 
definable. 


These observations upon the behavior of the 
glass surface when freshly placed in contact with 
solutions gives a picture of the operation of the 
glass electrode which should help those who use 
it with hitherto blind confidence. The discussion 
also indicates the interest of the practical and 
theoretical consideration of the subject. 

It only remains to add that the commentator 
upon this interesting series of papers appreciates 
that in expressing his opinions he is not influenc- 
ing the validity or significance of the work. 


INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES 


In fine spirit we began our week’s work Mon- 
day with an exciting trip to Kettle Cove on Mary 
IT and Winifred. A group on “Winnie” labori- 
ously composed “I’ve been working in the littoral 
zone all the livelong day” which received a few 
compliments and many groans, causing one to be- 
lieve that it will not readily become popular. 

Eating lunch on the beach while basking in the 
sun was a pleasant experience, and, after being 
filled with sandwiches (no peanut butter ones at 
that), we hurried back to hunt for more inverte- 
brates. Team one unearthed the prize specimen 
of the day, a fifty-cent piece, and with the cry of 
“Pieces of eight” from Dr. Martin the shovel men 
ambitiously tried to duplicate the feat. 

Next day, Dr. Rankin started us on the last lap 
of Platyhelminthes with a rapid, interesting lec- 
ture and we spent the day studying scoleces of 
Rhyncobothrium and Otabothrium. Phylum 
Nemathelminthes appeared on the scene here as 
we studied Metoncholaimus, the little worm that 


actually resembled the chart drawn of it. 

Passing from one worm to another, as Dr. 
Lucas commented at the start of his lecture, we 
began the study of phylum Annelida. Nereis and 
Arenicola consumed all of our time on Wednes- 
day, and a remark was made that we were now 
completely introduced to a new member of that 
great family Coco-Cola, Pepsi-Cola and “Areni- 
Cola.’ Arenicola was abundant for the first time 
in several years. We were impressed by this 
good fortune and made the most of our oppor- 
tunity. 

Work arrived in a mighty rush Saturday morn- 
ing for we found ourselves with two lectures, one 
written on the blackboard and one delivered per- 
sonally by Dr. Bissonnette, introducing phylum 
Bryozoa—or as it is now being classified, phyla 
Endoprocta and Ectoprocta. These small animals 
attracted most of us and we went to work with 
a will, but before the day ended students were 
heard singing, ‘““Some day I’m going to murder 


Aucust 17, 1940 } 


DHE COLELECLING NET 


157 


the Bugula.”” Anyway most of us did some more 
work for a time on Sunday while one group made 
a pilgrimage to Provincetown and were repri- 
manded in no uncertain terms by the town crier 
for attempting to photograph him. 

Heard around lab: the exciting adventures of 
Warren Walker in the Andes. Get him to tell of 
his 15-day trip with only an 8-day food supply 
(monkey stew kept him alive) and many other 


exciting tales of his trip last summer—a rumor 
that there will soon be an attempt at union or- 
ganization of the Invertebrate lab for a forty-hour 
week—F rank White’s assurance that he shall see 
that the M. B. L. Club gets some new records 
(not bad, Frank)—yours truly accused of being 
a feminine Winchell seeking news by looking 
through the keyholes of Schizoporella. 

—Grace Coe 


THE EFFECT OF ULTRAVIOLET RADIATIONS ON THE RESPIRATION OF A 
LUMINOUS BACTERIUM 


(Continued from page 145) 


change in the oxygen consumption and on the 
luminescence. Suspensions of these bacteria pre- 
pared under standard conditions were irradiated 
in quartz Warburg vessels and the measurements 
of respiration were made before, during and after 
irradiation. The bacteria were irradiated with a 
Sterilamp which emits about 80% of its radiations 
at X 2537 A. 

The irradiated bacteria show, during and im- 
mediately following irradiation, an increase in the 
rate of respiration as compared to controls, but 
it was observed that glucose gives off some gas 
during irradiation even in the absence of bacteria 
and when this correction is made, the rate of res- 
piration of irradiated bacteria is only slightly 
greater than that of controls. The luminescence 
is also only slightly increased by irradiation. Af- 
ter a lapse of time the irradiated bacteria show a 
decline in respiration which is proportional to 
dosage and indicates that either the concentration 
of the nutrient or of the enzyms has been reduced 
Glucose was used as nutrient and the rate of res- 
piration of controls was practically constant and 
independent of glucose concentration over a fair 
range, being apparently determined by the enzym 
concentration. Since the decline in respiration of 
irradiated bacteria was not prevented by adding 
more glucose, it must be due to effects on the en- 
zyms. It is possible that something which af- 
fects the enzyms is formed in the medium, but the 
respiration of bacteria added to irradiated medium 
is comparable to controls. Moreover, bacteria 
may be irradiated in salt solutions, and when glu- 
cose is added, respiration proceeds at a reduced 
rate comparable to that observed for bacteria ir- 
radiated in the presence of glucose. Therefore 
the effect of the radiations is not upon the medium 
but directly upon the bacteria. 

Attempts were made to determine how the de- 
cline in respiration was produced by the radia- 
tions. It might be due to cytolysis of some of the 
bacteria; however, the same number was found 
to be present before and after relatively large 
dosages of radiations. It might be due to injury 
of some of the bacteria. Tests, however, demon- 
strated that colony formation may be prevented 


in most of the bacteria without altering the rate 
of oxygen consumption and dosages which reduce 
respiration injure the bacteria to such an extent 
that less than one in a thousand form colonies. 
The decline in the respiration and the apparent 
decrease in the effective enzym concentration is 
proportional to the dosage and after irradiation 
is stopped, this decrease does not continue, for 
bacteria irradiated in salt solutions to which glu- 
cose is added at intervals for as long as nine hours 
after irradiation show comparable respiratory 
rates following each addition of glucose. 

Irradiated bacteria are similar to controls in 
that they respond to peptone to a comparable de- 
gree and are affected by urethane and cyanide in 
a similar manner, but they differ from the controls 
strikingly in their constructive activities, for their 
respiration declines much more rapidly indicating 
their inability to replace components necessary for 
maintaining a given rate of respiration. 

When extracts obtained from bacteria injured 
by ultraviolet radiations were added to suspen- 
sions of bacteria containing no nutrient, a marked 
increase in respiration occurred; when glucose 
was present, a much smaller increase was ob- 
served; when both glucose and peptone were 
present, and the respiration was probably near a 
maximum value, the extract had no effect. The 
extract thus appears to act as a nutrient, not as an 
accelerator. Similar results were obtained with 
extracts from irradiated Arbacia sperm and divid- 
ing eggs. 

We may conclude that in these bacteria irra- 
diation stimulates respiration very slightly if at all, 
that the reproductive mechanism is more readily 
affected than the respiratory mechanism, that syn- 
thetic activities are impaired before respiration 
decreases, that some oxidation chains such as 
those resulting in luminescence are more readily 
affected than others, and that respiration is de- 
creased when sufficient dosages are given the bac- 
teria, the decrease being proportional to dosage. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 13.) 


158 


DAE COLLECHING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 135 


CATALYSTS OF BIOLOGICAL OXIDATION, THEIR COMPOSITION AND MODE 
OF ACTION 
Dr. Eric G. BALL 
Associate in Physiological Chemistry, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine 


(Continued from Last Issue) 


In the carbohydrate oxidation just portrayed 
the diphosphopyridine nucleotide can not be sub- 
stituted for the triphosphopyridine nucleotide. The 
diphosphopyridine nucleotide is active however in 
another set of reactions in which carbohydrate is 


oxidized. The substrate in this case is hexose 
diphosphate. Meyerhof and his coworkers have 
HO +CO, 
® {CYTOCHROME + 
AEROBIC iF LAVOPROTEIN } 


HO + PPO), 


“St + a9, 
COOH in 
HEoH + YEO), 
CH, ' 


1 
HCOH 


1 aL Py eo), 
HEOPOH, HEOPOH, 
|e 


GLUCOSE +A.T.PR ATA 


shown that this phosphorylated hexose undergoes 
an enzymatic fission as shown here in reaction 1 
whereby two phosphorylated triose molecules are 
produced. They can be converted one into the 
other in the presence of a suitable enzyme as in- 
dicated by reaction 2. All three compounds are 
apparently in equilibrium in muscle brei, the equi- 
librium state being indicated roughly in the dia- 
gram by the length of the arrows. One of the 
triose molecules, presumably the aldehyde form, 
now reacts with diphosphopyridine nucleotide in 
the presence of a specific protein according to re- 
action 3. As in the previous case the pyridine 
nucleotide is reduced, while an acid is produced. 
Also as before the reduced pyridine nucleotide 
may be reoxidized by oxygen acting through a 
flavoprotein cytochrome chain as represented in 
reaction 8 and so reenter the cycle. The flavo- 
protein is not identical with that which reacts with 
reduced triphosphopyridine nucleotide. 

Now the phosphoglyceric acid formed by reac- 
tion 3 may undergo a series of enzymatic rear- 
rangements which produces phosphopyruvic acid. 
This in turn may decompose in the presence of 
adenylic acid into pyruvic acid as shown in re- 
action 5. The pyruvic acid may then be further 
oxidized, with the aid of diphosphothiamine and 
the flavoprotein-cytochrome-oxygen system as in- 
dicated by arrow seven. We will return to this 
reaction as well as to the fate of the POx, radical 


shortly. Thus the carbohydrate in the presence 
of Oy may be oxidized completely to CO. and 
water; and the pyridine nucleotide undergoes a 
cycle of oxidation and reduction, and participates 
over and over again in the primary reaction 3. 

Observe, however, what may happen if the sup- 
ply of oxygen is cut off. The reoxidation of the 
reduced pyridine compound by reaction 8 is now 
no longer possible. The primary reaction 3 there- 
fore will come to a standstill due to the depletion of 
the oxidized pyridine nucleotide which is of course 
present in small quantities in comparison to the 
substrate. However, the pyruvic acid formed will 
also now no longer be removed and therefore an- 
other reaction may occur. This is the oxidation 
of the reduced pyridine nucleotide by pyruvic acid 
yielding lactic acid and regenerating the pyridine 
nucleotide for the primary reaction, which is 
shown in reaction 10 and proceeds in the presence 
of a special muscle protein. Breakdown of car- 
bohydrate, anaerobically, to lactic acid will then 
proceed until equilibrium conditions or acid for- 
mation call a halt to the process. 

In yeast a similar reaction may occur. Here, 
however, the pyruvic acid is first decarboxylated 
by means of a specific protein and phosphorylated 
vitamin B; to form aldehyde and CO, according 
to reaction 6. Here then we see for the first time 
one source of the carbon dioxide produced by 
combustion of foodstuffs. In the absence of oxy- 
gen the aldehyde reoxidizes the pyridine nucleo- 
tide with the aid of another protein as shown in 
reaction 9 and alcohol is produced. The carbo- 
hydrate breakdown in yeast then proceeds in a 
manner analogous to that in muscle except that 
alcohol and COs are produced instead of lactic 
acid. By the production of CO by the carboxy- 
lase reaction, yeast tends to shut off its oxygen 
supply and thus establishes an anaerobic exist- 
ence. If the oxygen is not completely shut off 
then the aldehyde instead of being reduced to al- 
cohol may become oxidized to acid. A reaction 
which I hope has not been the sad experience of 
those of you who make your own wine. 

This scheme furnishes us with a possible ex- 
planation of the so-called Pasteur effect. The 
Pasteur effect is usually defined as the action of 
oxygen on living cells which reduces the rate of 
carbohydrate destruction and suppresses or di- 
minishes the accumulation of the products of 
anaerobic metabolism. The chief products of 
anaerobic metabolism are recognized as lactic acid 
and alcohol. How oxygen suppresses the accum- 
ulation of these products, is obvious from the re- 
lationships here portrayed. The action of oxygen 
in reducing the rate of carbohydrate destruction 


Auecust 17, 1940 ] 


RE iCOLVECHING NET 


159 


must, I think, be sought in the fact that the aero- 
bic process by its complete combustion makes 
available the total energy of the carbohydrate 
molecule. The anaerobic process on the other 
hand by its incomplete combustion liberates only 
a small part of the available energy of the carbo- 
hydrate. Hence to furnish the same amount of 
energy the rate of carbohydrate disappearance 
must be greater under anaerobic conditions than 
when oxygen is present. 


The dephosphorylation of phosphopyruvic acid 
that occurs in reaction 5 is apparently dependent 
on adenylic acid as a phosphate acceptor. You 
will recall that adenylic acid is a constituent of 
the pyridine nucleotides and the flavin prosthetic 
group. In this way adenosine diphosphate 
(A.D.P.) is formed. Now this compound can 
be apparently further phosphorylated by inorganic 
phosphate if concomitantly there occurs the oxi- 
dation-reduction reaction 3. It appears as if the 
energy of the oxidation-reduction reaction was 
utilized in the phosphorylation process. In fact 
the oxidation-reduction apparently proceeds rap- 
idly only if it is coupled with such a phosphory- 
lation process. The adenosine triphosphate 
(A.T.P.) so formed may then phosphorylate glu- 
cose and thus replenish the substrate hexosedi- 
phosphate. 

As was mentioned the decarboxylation of pyru- 
vic acid in reaction 6 or its oxidation by reaction 
7 requires the presence of diphosphothiamine and 
a specific protein. The exact mode of action of 
this vitamin By, containing prosthetic group in 
these reactions is not yet known. It has however 
been suggested by Lipmann, and Stern and Mel- 
nick, that diphosphothiamine may participate in 
the oxidation of pyruvic acid by acting as an oxi- 
dation-reduction system. The reduction occurs 
at the quarternary nitrogen as in the case of the 
pyridine nucleotides. 

We have now seen how both carbohydrate and 
protein materials may be oxidized in living cells. 
The pathways outlined here, however, do not 
necessarily hold in all their details for every living 
cell, for it is well known that different organs of 
the same animal vary markedly in their utilization 
of various foodstuffs. It should also be noted 
that we have not dealt with that other group of 
foodstuffs, the fats. This is because we are still 
in ignorance with regard to the catalysts con- 
cerned in their oxidation. 

However, let us now in conclusion endeavor to 
correlate the pathway of biological oxidations that 
we followed from the oxygen side at the beginning 
of this evening with that from the substrate side 
which we have just recently discussed. In our 
laboratories we have been particularly interested 
in the energy relationships of these catalysts and 
their substrates as obtained by measurement of 
their oxidation-reduction potentials. Such infor- 


mation enables us to predict not only what reac- 
tions between the various components are ther- 
modynamically possible and thus to eliminate from 
consideration those which can not occur but also 
tells us exactly what amount of free energy will 
be liberated when a given reaction does occur. 
Obviously the first step in such a study must be 
the recognition of these components and if possi- 
ble their isolation. You have already seen what 
progress has been made in this direction. 

I have, therefore, in drawing up this final chart 
incorporated in it what little we know as yet of 


oH 


OXYGEN 
= 
cal 
06} [COPPER | 
| PROTEINS, 
ee I 
= 
0O4 ? ? 
o3- 
v 
° 
E gal 
s 
oO! 
2 ASCORBIC] 
SueeiNAre ? | 
<q ol Blo, ra ry rio 
y FLAVOPROTEINS Zany 
e ee A; ea 
| THIAMINE | | 
MM =a tho, 
| _ (POs2_ 3 [COENZYME | 
cae AGN TpyRUVIC. ‘0 AMINO AA] eiba| 
sopstrates) [stoc | Pcie?! « 
HYDROGEN ELECTRODE in| 
PH = 70 


the oxidation-reduction potentials of these cata- 
lysts and their substrates. Those substances en- 
closed in solid blocks are components of systems 
whose oxidation-reduction potentials have been 
determined and whose normal potentials at pH 
7.0 lie at the levels indicated. The placement of 
all other systems here shown has been made in an 
arbitrary manner and this fact indicated by en- 
closing them in dotted lines. The limits within 
which energy exchange occurs in most living cells 
is defined by the potentials of the hydrogen elec- 
trode on one side and that of the oxygen electrode 
on the other at a pH in the neighborhood of 7.0. 
Not far above the hydrogen electrode lies the po- 
tential of the diphosphopyridine nucleotide sys- 
tem; symbolized here as before by Py(POs)>. 
The Py(POx,)3 system probably also lies within 
this region. These systems are capable of being 
reduced by various substrates and we may there- 
fore expect that when their potentials are known 
they will lie somewhere in the vicinity here indi- 
cated. It should be remembered however that the 
potential of the pyridine nucleotide system may be 
shifted from that given here when it combines 


160 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vovt. XV, No. 135 


with the protein partner necessary for its action. 
The reduced pyridine nucleotides are now in turn 
oxidized by a flavoprotein, a different one appar- 
ently being required for each pyridine nucleotide. 
The potential of one of these flavoproteins, here 
designated as number 2, is known and lies well 
above the pyridine nucleotide systems. Note that 
the prosthetic group alone, flavin adenine dinu- 
cleotide, forms a system with a much lower po- 
tential. 

The trail over which the electrons and hydro- 
gen atoms pass from the foodstuffs to oxygen now 
becomes uncertain. How is the reduced flavo- 
protein oxidized? From the potential relation- 
ships here portrayed we might expect that cyto- 
chrome b is the next link in the chain. If so then 
the way is clear for we have seen how the cyto- 
chromes are linked to oxygen. However though 
we have obtained a knowledge of the oxidation- 
reduction potential of cytochrome b we have not 
yet been able to prepare it in pure state. To be 
sure we can obtain tissue preparations which we 
know contain cytochrome oxidase and the three 
cytochromes, which when added to a_ purified 
flavoprotein-pyridine nucleotide-substrate mixture 
will bring about an oxygen uptake. However 
such tissue preparations also appear to contain 
at least one other enzyme system which can not 
be separated from the cytochromes. This is an 
enzyme which was first discovered by Thunberg 
and has been called succinic dehydrogenase. It 
brings about the oxidation of succinate to fumar- 
ate. The fact that succinic dehydrogenase and 
the cytochrome system are always found together, 
along with the observation that small additions of 
either fumarate or succinate to living cells stimu- 
lates their respiration markedly, has caused Szent- 
Gyorgyi to postulate that this system is concerned 
in the respiratory chain that we are now consider- 
ing. He believes it links the flavoprotein system 
to the cytochromes. The potential of the fumar- 
ate-succinate system is not incompatible with such 
a role though it is not situated so as to possess 
its maximum efficiency in performing it if cyto- 
chrome b is the cytochrome concerned in the link- 
age. We definitely know that the cytochrome c 
and the flavoproteins systems do not react direct- 
ly even though the potential of the two systems is 
favorable for such a reaction. Whether cyto- 
chrome b is the only link needed between these 
two systems or whether the succinate-fumarate 
system or some yet unknown system is also re- 
quired we are at present unable to say. Certain- 
ly such substances as the vitamin ascorbic acid, 
catechol, or malate for which respiratory réles 
have been postulated can hardly be considered in 
this present connection when we observe the posi- 
tion of the potentials of their systems. 

It should be noted that certain substrates like 
the unnatural amino acids, hypoxanthine and 


xanthine are oxidized with the aid of specific fla- 
voproteins which are unusual in that their re- 
duced forms appear to react directly with oxygen 
in a rapid manner. This variation in behavior 
toward oxygen of different flavoproteins contain- 
ing however the same prosthetic groups recalls 
the similar variation in behavior of the iron por- 
phyrin compounds toward oxygen. The existence 
of such systems helps explain the fact that cyanide 
or carbon monoxide which poison the iron por- 
phyrin compounds inhibit at best only about 90% 
of the total respiration of the cell. Such systems 
are therefore undoubtedly of minor importance in 
furnishing the main energy requirements of the 
cell. 

We have been mainly interested tonight with 
the catalysts in biological oxidation and_ their 
mode of action. The cell is however mainly con- 
cerned with obtaining energy for its many duties 
from these processes. From the relationship of 
the oxidation-reduction potentials of the catalysts 
here portrayed it is obvious that the total energy 
obtained by the oxidation of foodstuffs is released 
in small units or parcels, step by step. Just as in 
a canal we descend from one level to the next by 
locks in easy stages so here the energy is released 
in a similar fashion. The reduced form of each 
substance in this chain does not react rapidly with 
oxygen nor with any other member in the chain 
unless it lies next to it in this chain. Here also 
no lock can be skipped in passing from one energy 
level to the next. Thus the living cell controls 
smoothly the burning of its foodstuffs and also 
thereby budgets its energy expenditures. Just 
what use is made of the energy released in each 
step and how is a problem for the future. Ap- 
parently however nearly two-thirds of the energy 
released in this chain occurs at the hands of the 
iron porphyrin compounds. 

To summarize then we may say that biological 
oxidations occur through a series of catalysts 
which are oxidation-reduction systems. Some of 
these catalysts are iron porphyrin compounds 
while others contain in their structure certain of 
those substances we call vitamins. These catalysts 
form a chain which transmit step by step the 
electron and hydrogen ions which are removed 
from the foodstuffs and pass them on to oxygen 
which is thus reduced to water. The energy of 
the overall process is thereby released in small 
units, step by step. How this energy is utilized 
by the living cell to perform its many duties is the 
exciting task that lies before us, and I hope that 
by this lecture I have been able to arouse in some 
of you a desire to join in the fun of ferreting out 
some of the many secrets that still remain in this 
fascinating field of research. 


(This article is based upon a lecture delivered at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 2.) 


Aueust 17, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 161 


New! 
Operates 
1. Will give a PERMANENT MARKING on GLASS or PORCE- | continuou sly 
LAN. Writes firmly on flat or curved surfaces. Z 
2. Are ready for use with pen or brush without 
3. Resists action of alcohol, xylol, water and usual lab- 5 
oratory solvents, becoming 
too hot 


SEND S$") tor a box o} four I-oz. bottles, one each of red, white, blue, and black, as illustrated, 
and we will send it postpaid anywhere in the world . . . Directions are included. 


dial to handle. 


oe 


ADAMS SCOPELITE ... 


Attractively moulded of durable, almost un- 
breakable Bakelite, it is cool and efficient in 
operation. Can be used either as a substage 
lamp (with mirror removed) or in front of 
the microscope. 

The louvers, front and rear, cause a free 
circulation of cooling air throughout the lamp 
} without loss of light, so that even after ex- 
cae . il tended use, the lamp can be handled. The 
frosted daylight filter diffuses the light and 
gives uniform illumination approximating 
daylight. 

A-1493 ADAMS Scopelite ............ each $2.50 


CoO., 44 EAST 23rd STREET 
INC. NEW YORK.N.Y. LB 


Lida 


will answer your requirements. Three series of ADAMS Write for quantity discounts 


Centrifuges, illustrated above by the “ANGLE” model 
of each series, are available for MICRO, SEMI-MICRO, 
and larger tubes. . . . Priced from $17.25 to $55. 
CATALOG C110 WILL BE SENT ON REQUEST. 


as 2 ir 
9 CLAY-ADAMS inc: wewvonn. wv. 


TURTOX NEWS 


CO., 44 East’ 23rd St. 
Inc. New York, N. Y. 


CLAY-ADAM 


is a monthly bulletin, established in 1923 and devoted to notes 
and articles on Laboratory Methods, Field Work, Microtechnic, 
New Teaching Developments, and announcements of new 


Turtox Biological items. It is mailed gratis to teachers in all 


If you are not receiving Turtox News regularly ask us 


to place your name on the mailing list. 


Rey So, 
~% 


De NG GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
aaah, Incorporated 


6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 


= 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


parts of the world. 


[pe =a wwe 


162 THE COLELECRING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 135 


——— 


Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 
Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


For Salon Quality in 


Your Exhibition Prints - : 3 THE TWIN DOOR 
—USE A SOLAR oe Me 


A SOLAR will give you Salon ¢ Ms Main Street Woods Hole 
quality in all your enlargements « ; Restaueat 
. . it will bring out the full ; = 
pictorial uality of every negative. Its 
perfected ight and optical system along 
with its wide flexibili ity in adjustments | 
make Solar the choice of the man who 
knows enlargers. Models are available to 
cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 
inches, with or without condensers. Prices 
from $79.50 to $112.50. |! 
ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. { 


BURKE & JAMES, Inc. 
. 923 W. MaDISON ST. @ CHICAGO, STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


The Improved 
REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE 


The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities 
of 0.1250 cc. and 0.2250 ec. It has been so modified that the 
present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to 
glass and glass to steel. 

The smallest graduated division is 0.001 ec. and interpolation can 
be made to 0.0001 ce. Titrations are made below the surface of 
the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by 
means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery 
of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. 


Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. 


The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in 
changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces 
out all traces of the previous standard. 


REFERENCES 
A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) 
P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) 


Send for Literature and Price List 


MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY 


Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. 
Makers of Scientific Glassware 


‘ucust 17, 1940 | 


He is using 


one of the world’s 


finest Microscopes 


@ Mechanically and optically, this 
microscope, the Spencer No. 5, ideally 
fulfills all requirements of a majority 
of research workers. 


If you would enjoy studying a de- 
tailed description of its wealth of 
mechanical features and of the various 
combinations of equipment, we will 


THE COLLECTING NET 


gladly send you our booklet, “Spencer 
Research Microscopes.” 

Or, if you would like to examine 
the instrument itself and witness 
a demonstration of its capabilities, 
we can easily arrange to have a near- 
by Spencer representative visit you at 
your convenience. Write Dept. H8-3 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALQ SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT 5. AS PROJECTORS 


164 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 135 


1. Illuminating system delivers light 
on the screen, from 26 to 300% 
more than others against which it 
was tested. 


2. Cinephor Projection Lens, 5” focus, 
speed f:3.8, corrected for spherical 
and chromatic aberration and flat- 
ness of field. Same type as used in 
professional motion-picture pro- 
jection. 

3. Triple lens condenser with one lens 
of heat absorbing glass which pro- 
tects slides from heat. 

4. Ventilating louvres aid in dispers- 
ing heat from 150 watt bulb. 


Ltt 


THE B&L 2"x2" SLIDE 
PROJECTOR 


Manuracturep to the high standards 
of performance that characterize 
all Bausch & Lomb Balopticons, the 
new B&L 2"x2" Slide Projector pro- 
jects crisp, brilliant, sharply defined 
images of black and white or color 
transparencies. Here are some of its 


outstanding features: 


5. Slide carrier with spring clamp 
holds cardboard, metal or glass 
mounted slides perpendicular to 
optical axis. 


6. Convenient adjustable foot for 
raising and lowering image on the 
screen. 


7. Light trap around front of lamp- 
house and base, effectively stops 
stray light. 


8. Compact body is finished in at- 
tractive and durable crinkle grey 
lacquer. 


For complete details on the B&L 2” x 2” Slide Projector, 
send for folder No. E-.115 Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., 671 
St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


Pg) 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


| 
| 


Vol. XV, No. 9 


by 
Ae 


SATURDAY, AUGUST 24, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


THE OFFICIAL MEETINGS OF THE THE SUMMER MEETING OF THE GEN- 


MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


Dr. CHARLES PACKARD 


Director 


One of the important duties of the Trustees at 
their Annual Meeting is the election of new mem- 
The way in which they 


bers to the Corporation. 
are chosen is this. A com- 
mittee of Trustees examines 
the applications to determine 
whether the candidates have 
certain definite qualifications. 
One of these is that each shall 
have worked at least two sum- 
mers at the Laboratory, dur- 
ing which time he has had an 
opportunity to become familiar 
with the character and aims of 
the institution. Another re- 
quirement is that he shall have 
published several substantial 
papers in addition to his doc- 
tor’s thesis, thus giving evi- 
dence that he is able to carry 
on independent research. In 
general, he should have the 
same qualifications that are re- 
quired for election into one of 
the major national scientific 
societies. 


ETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA 


Dr. R. H. MacKnicut 


MM. B. E. Calendar 


TUESDAY, August 27, 9:00 A. 


General Scientific Meeting 
Continued at 2:00 P. M. 


WEDNESDAY, Aug. 28, 9 A. 


General Scientific Meeting 


Local Secretary 


The annual summer meeting of the Genetics 
Society of America, omitted last year in view of 
the International Congress of Genetics at Edin- 


burgh, will be held this year 
at Woods Hole on August 29 
and 30. Geneticists from the 
United States and Canada are 


M. | expected to attend, to discuss 
| their problems, and to demon- 
| strate their materials and 

M methods of study. An oppor- 


THURSDAY, August 29, 9:15 A. M. | 


Genetics Society: 
pers, M. B. L. Auditorium. 


Reading of pa- | 


FRIDAY, August 30, 8:00 A. M. 


Genetics Society: 


Demonstrations | 
and Exhibits, Old Lecture Hall. 


FRIDAY, August 30, 8:00 P. M. 


Lecture: Dr. Curt Stern: “Depend- 
ent Growth and Form of the 


Testes in Various 
Drosophila.” 


Species 


The names of those candidates who 
fulfill these requirements are then presented to the 
Trustees and voted on. (Continued on page 183) 


of | 


tunity for informal contacts 
will be afforded by a boat trip, 
swimming party, and clam 
bake at Tarpaulin Cove, which 
is scheduled for Thursday af- 
ternoon and evening, August 
29th. 

The meetings will begin on 
Thursday morning at 9:15 
with the presentation of short 
papers in the Marine Biolog- 
ical Laboratory auditorium. 
Advance abstracts of these 
papers are published in this 


issue of THE COLLECTING NET, as well as advance 
abstracts of the demonstration papers which will 
be presented Friday morning and Friday after- 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


The Summer Meeting of the Genetics Society 


of America, Dr. R. H. MacKnight.................. 165 
The Official Meetings of the Marine Biological 

Waboratory, Dr: ©. Packard).........s.cccscec-+-)esce-s 165 
Program of Meeting of the Genetics Society 167 
Abstracts of Papers, Genetics Society..............-. 168 
The Effects of Ether Upon the Development of 

Drosophila melanogaster, Ivor Cornman........ 175 


The Relation Between the Four-Carbon Acid 
Respiratory System and the Growth of Oat 
Seedlings, Dr. H. G. Albaum and Dr. B. 
Commoner 

Some Remarks on the Mechanism of the Glass 
Electrode, Dr. G. Haugaard 


Hints on Presenting Seminar Reports, Dr. 
Charles Packard 
Introducing Dr. A. E. Oxford ... 
items nofmlnbenestieccn-cocecsstceceemece terete 
The Annual Meeting of the Woods Hole Ocean- 
ographic Institution, C. O’D. Iselin................ 181 
Invertebrate Class Notes .i....cccescceseesseesseeesseeeeee 181 
The Finding of a Rare Starfish, Geo. M. Gray 181 
The Feulgen and Light Green Staining Tech- 
TOVKOREIS), ID WES 185 Ue (CENKSES.. ccoseenccosscs eoacooonobooteennosEoES 182 
The Biological Field Stations of Italy and 
Monaco, Homer A. Jack 
The Molecular Organization of Protoplasmic 
Constituents, Dr. F. O. Schmitt (Cont.)........ 186 


SGOOM JO SHINOLVYOAVT TVOIDOTOIN ANIAVW AHL 


Aueust 24, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


167 


noon in the Old Lecture Hall. The Friday eve- 
ning lecture, to be delivered by Professor Curt 
Stern of the University of Rochester, is certain 
to interest geneticists as well as other biologists. 

All persons, whether members of the Society or 
not, are welcome to come to the clambake. Tickets 
will be on sale in the main lobby of the Brick 
Building. They should be purchased Wednesday 
night, or before the Short Paper session Thurs- 
day morning. Immediately after lunch Thursday 


the boat Winifred will depart from the Eel Pond 
for a cruise around the islands, ending at Tar- 
paulin Cove. For those who are not able to go 
on the Winifred there will be a smaller boat leav- 
ing at 3:15 P. M. to go direct to Tarpaulin Cove. 
The single price, $1.70, covers both the boat trip 
and the clambake. The small boat will return at 
9:00 P. M., the Winifred later in the evening. 


The program of the Meetings follows: 


PROGRAM OF THE SUMMER MEETING OF THE GENETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA 
AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, AUGUST 29 AND 30, 1940 


Officers of the Genetics Society of America 


President, L. J. Coun, University of Wisconsin, Madison, 
Wise. 

Vice-President, TH. DopzHaANSKy, Columbia University, 
New York, N. Y. 

Secretary-Treasurer, E. W. Linpstrom, Iowa State Col- 
lege, Ames, Iowa. 

Chairman of Local Committee, P. W. Wauitine, Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 


Local Secretary, R. H. MAcKNicH?. 


Thursday Morning Session, August 29, 9:15 A. M., 
Auditorium 


Reading of Papers (15 min. limit) 


(1) Txuicpen, Lorna W., Storrs Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Storrs, Conn.: Skin grafts in mice. 

(2) Caspari, Ernst, Lafayette College, Easton, Pa.: 
The inheritance of kinky tail and choreotic behavior in 
a strain of the house-mouse. 

(3) Burxs, Barpara S., Carnegie Institution of 
Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Oval red blood 
cells in human subjects tested for linkage with normal 
traits. 

(4) BreuMmer, KaruHerine S., Carnegie Institution of 
Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Growth of the 
optic dise of Drosophila melanogaster as studied by 
transplantation. 

(5) Svemperc, ArtHUR G., Columbia University, 
New York, N. Y.: The growth curve of modified bar 
eye discs in Drosophila melanogaster. 

(6) WarMKE, H. E., and BLAKESLEE, A. F., Carne- 
gie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. 
Y.: Further difference in the determination of sex in 
Melandrium and Drosophila. 

(7) Macknicut, R. H.: 
of chromosomes. 

(8) Sax, Kart, Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Mass.: Differential sensitivity of cells to X-rays. 

(9) Grins, NorMAN, Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Mass.: The effect of fast neutrons on the chromosomes 
of Tradescantia. 

(10) Wuitine, ANNA R., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa.: Further data on sensitivity to X-rays 
of Metaphase I eggs in Habrobracon. 

(141) Wurrine, ANNa R., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa.: Temperature effects on sensitivity to 


The chemical constitution 


X-rays of different meiotic stages in Habrobracon eggs. 

(12) Husxins, C. L., SANDER, G. F., and Lovs, R. 
M., McGill University, Montreal, Canada: Chromosome 
mutations in Avena. 

(13) Husxriys, C. L., and Smrra, S. G., MeGill Uni- 
versity, Montreal, Canada: Compactoid and_ speltoid 
mutations in Triticum vulgare. 

(14) Harnuy, M. H., Washington Square College, 
New York University: The reversal of dominance in 
vestigial /vestigial-pennant examined by deficiency 
studies. 


Thursday Afternoon and Evening, August 29 


Excursion on the Boat Winifred starting at 2:15 P. M. 
Trip around the islands ending at Tarpaulin Cove for 
swim and clam bake. 

Boat trip direct to Tarpaulin Cove starting from the Eel 
Pond at 3:15 P. M. (Purchase tickets Wednesday 
evening or as early as possible Thursday morning at 
the main entrance, Brick Building. The same price, 
$1.70, covers boat trip and clam bake.) 

An early return from Tarpaulin Cove arriving at Woods 
Hole at 9:00 P. M. may be arranged for one of the 
boats if desired. 


Friday Sessions, Morning and Afternoon, August 30, 
Old Lecture Hall 


The entire day beginning at 8:00 A. M. will be avail- 
able for demonstrations and informal discussion. Spen- 
cer Lens Company has very kindly agreed to cooperate 
and will send a representative from Boston with micro- 
scopic equipment. 


Demonstrations and Exhibits 

(1) CopELAND, FREDERICK C., Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass.: Growth rates in inbred and hybrid 
corn embryos. 

(2) Demerrec, M., and KAaurmMann, B. P., Carnegie 
Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: 
Time required for Drosophila melanogaster males to ex- 
haust the supply of mature sperm. 

(3) Goopricu, H. B., and TrinkHAus, J. P., Wes- 
leyan University, Middletown, Conn. and the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass.: A gene affect- 
ing melanophore response in Lebistes reticulatus. 

(4) Hryron, TAyLor, Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
ington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: An inert region in 


THE COLLECTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 28, 1938. 
It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 


marine biological laboratories. 


Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Mass. Single copies, 30e; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


168 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


the second chromosome of Drosophila melanogaster lo- 
cated by means of a secondary constriction. 

(5) HOLLAENDER, ALEXANDER, and Emmons, C. W., 
Division of Industrial Hygiene and Infectious Diseases 
of the National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md.: The 
action of ultraviolet radiation on Dermatophytes. Ap- 
parent modification of mutation rate by treatment after 
irradiation. 

(6) Howarp, AtMA, McGill 
Canada: 
in mice. 

(7) Macknicut, R. H.: 
of chromosomes from rings. 

(8) Nee, J. V., Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. 
Hi.: Studies on some combinations of mutations affect- 
ing the chaetae of Drosophila melanogaster. 

(9) NicHoLs, CHARLES, Harvard University, Cam- 
bridge, Mass.: Spontaneous chromosome aberrations in 
root tips of Allium. 

(10) Pounson, D. F., Yale University, New Haven, 
Coun.: Developmental effects of deficiencies in the 
white-facet region of the X-chromosomes of D. melano- 
gaster. 


University, Montreal, 
Occurrence of a mutation at the hairless locus 


The alternate disjunction 


(11) Sawin, PauL B., and JoHNnson, Revusen B., 
Brown University, Providence, R. I.: A new paralytie 
mutation in the rabbit. 

(12) ScHwerrzer, Morton D., 
Medical College, New York, N. Y.: 
rheumatic fever. 

(18) SxktrM, GEORGE W., The Arnold Arboretum, 
Harvard University, Jamaica Plain, Mass.: A technic 
for the germination of ‘‘non-viable’’? hybrid embryos. 

(14) Smrrx, Harotp H., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, 
Washington, D. C.: Heteroploid types of Nicotiana re- 
sulting from colchicine treatment. 

(145) Wuitine, P. W., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa.: Proof of quadruple alleles in sex 
differentiation of Habrobracon. 


Cornell University 
Genetic studies in 


Friday Evening, August 30, 8:00 P. M., Auditorium 
Marine Biological Laboratory Evening Lecture 


On de- 
in various 


CurT STERN, University of Rochester, N. Y.: 
pendent growth and form of the testes 
species of Drosophila. 


ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS PRESENTED AT THE 1940 SUMMER MEETING OF THE 
GENETICS SOCIETY OF AMERICA AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, 
WOODS HOLE, MASS., AUGUST 29-30 


BREHME, KATHERINE S., Carnegie Institution 
of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: 
Growth of the optic disk of Drosophila melano- 
gaster as studied by transplantation.—In order to 
determine whether the growth rate of the optic 
disk is affected by a host with a different growth 
rate, transplants have been made at 25° between 
female larvae of Florida wild type (puparium 
formation at 100 hours from hatching) and 
Minute-w isogenic with Florida (puparium forma- 
tion 144 hours). The transplants were dissected 
from the host after eclosion and the facets count- 
ed. Experiments with wild type and Mw have 
previously shown (Brehme 1939) that the length 
of time elapsing between transplantation and pu- 
pation of the host is an important factor in de- 
termining the number of facets formed by the 
transplant. Accordingly, donors and hosts were 
operated at 36 hours before puparium formation. 
Mw disks in Mw hosts formed a mean of 601.6 
facets; Mw in + formed 646.4 facets; + in Mw 
formed 562.4 facets. The differences between the 
means of Mw in Mw and Mw in +, and of Mw 
in Mw and + in Mw are shown by the f test 
(Fisher, 1936) to be insignificant, with P between 
3 and .4, and between .2 and .3 respectively. It is 
concluded that the growth rate of Mw disks is not 
changed by transplantation to a wild type host at 
this stage of development, and that + and Mw 
disks grow equally in the Mz host. Acetocarmine 
smears of optic disks just before pupation show 
humerous mitoses, bearing out earlier evidence 
from transplantation that growth by cell division 
is still occurring at this time. 


Burks, Bargara S., Carnegie Institution of 
Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: Oval 


red blood cells in human subjects tested for link- 
age with normal traits—During the course of a 
field study undertaken in 1939 by Wyandt in or- 
der to collect human pedigrees showing oval blood 
cells, it was possible to gather data upon several 
additional traits that could be used as test factors 
in a search for linkage, viz.: hair color, eye color, 
ability to taste phenyl-thio-carbamide, presence or 
absence of mid-digital hair, the A-B agglutino- 
gens, and of course sex. 

With the exception of eye color, for which there 
were too few heterozygous families to permit a 
test, the traits were tested against oval and round 
blood cells by the method of “like” and “unlike” 
sibling pairs. The data have also been examined 
as to evidence for “‘non-linkage,” since failure to 
establish linkage in small population samples does 
not ipso facto disprove its existence. Close partial 
sex linkage and likewise close linkage with mid- 
digital hair seem to be ruled out by the present 
material. The data are equivocal for oval cells 
with taste blindness and with hair color (prob- 
ably negative for the latter). On the basis of re- 
sults that would only arise by chance with P of 
about .06, the possibility of linkage between oval 
cells and the A-B agglutinogens deserves further 
investigation. 


Caspari, Ernst, Lafayette College, Easton, 
Pa.: The inheritance of kinky tail and choreotic 
behavior in a strain of the house-mouse—A 
strain of house mice, characterized by kinky tail, 
choreotic behavior and deafness, is described. 
Kinky is inherited as a dominant, F; animals giv- 
ing 47.4+2.6% and 47.9+3.2% kinky offspring 
in the reciprocal back-crosses to a normal line. 
The appearance of only 61.4+4.2% kinky prog- 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


169 


eny in Fy is assumed to indicate lethal action of 
the gene in homozygous condition. This hy- 
pothesis is supported by the fact, that out of 91 
progeny tested animals derived from Kink >< 
Kink crosses only 7 which were inadequately 
tested failed to segregate. Furthermore, the prog- 
eny of Kink Kink crosses from three inbred 


lines yielded the same percentage of Kink 
progeny as the F2(59.7419%, 64.343.4%, 


64.3+6.4% Kink). Finally, the litter size in F»2 
was about 19.9% reduced as compared with the 
backcrosses——Of 41 apparently normal animals 
derived from Kink parents five bred as Kink.— 
In the same strains, 164 out of 617 Kink animals 
showed choreotic symptoms, while 12 out of 593 
normal-tailed mice were choreotic. This suggests 
either close linkage between a gene for choreotic 
behavior and Kink, or dependence of this condi- 
tion on the Kink gene. The fact that three of 
the 12 normal-tailed choreotic animals proved to 
be genotypically Kink, and four more were also 
likely to carry the gene Kink, supports the lat- 
ter hypothesis. Besides this, the appearance of 
choreotic behavior seems to depend on other 
genetic factors, since the percentage of choreotic 
progeny from choreotic Kink parents is signifi- 
cantly higher than in matings of non-choreotic 
Kinks. 


CoPELAND, FREDERICK C., Harvard University, 
Cambridge, Mass.: Growth rates in inbred 
and hybrid corn embryos.—It has been known 
for a long time that hybrid corn plants usually 
show considerable excess vigor over their inbred 
parents. But, in many cases, the actual growth 
rate of the hybrids has been found to be identical 
with that of one of the inbred parents. Ashby has 
suggested that it is the difference in “initial capi- 
tal’ of the hybrid which accounts for the final 
heterosis. 

A study of growth in corn embryos starting at 
the time of fertilization has shown that the hy- 
brids already exhibit vigor at from four to ten 
days of growth. This difference in growth rate at 
such an early stage is sufficient to account for the 
larger “‘capital’”’ of the mature hybrid embryo and 
suggests that this in itself is an expression of 
heterosis where the action of genes is in the very 
early stages of development. 


DemeErec, M., and KaAurmann, B. P., Car- 
negie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring 
Harbor, N. Y.: Time required for Drosophila 
melanogaster males to exhaust the supply of ma- 
ture sperm.—Testes of the adult fly are almost 
entirely filled with mature sperm, although some 
cells in earlier stages are present. It is known 
that changes induced in the mature sperm by ir- 
radiation are transmitted to the zygote in fertiliza- 


tion, whereas changes induced in spermatocytes 
may be eliminated during the divisions preceding 
the formation of the sperm. Thus the frequency 
of induced changes is different in sperm subjected 
to irradiation in the mature stage and sperm 
which had been irradiated in the spermatocyte 
stage. Since in a large proportion of irradiation 
experiments adult males are treated, it is impor- 
tant to know how long after irradiation males may 
be repeatedly mated without exhausting the sperm 
which was mature at the time of treatment—In 
the experiments here reported males treated with 
3000 r-units were repeatedly mated on the day 
of the treatment and on the 6th, 7th, 12th, and 
19th days thereafter. A drop in the percentage 
of dominant lethals was not observed until the 
19th day, indicating that the sperm which was im- 
mature at the time of treatment does not become 
available until sometime after 12 days. The data 
show that the fully matured sperm available for 
immediate transfer may become exhausted in a 
few consecutive matings. 


Gites, NorMAN, Harvard University, Cam- 
bridge, Mass.: The effect of fast neutrons on the 
chromosomes of Tradescantia.—The effects of fast 
neutrons on the chromosomes of Tradescantia 
during the development of the microspore have 
been investigated and compared with the effects 
of X-rays. Qualitatively the results are the same 
as those found after X-ray treatment. (Quantita- 
tively, however, neutrons appear to differ consid- 
erably from X-rays in their effects on chromo- 
somes. For equal total doses in terms of ioniza- 
tion as measured with a bakelite Victoreen ioniza- 
tion chamber, neutrons are from 16 to 17 times 
as effective as X-rays in producing chromatid 
dicentrics—aberrations which have been shown to 
result from a single X-ray hit. Also, exchange 
break aberrations, producing chromatid and chro- 
mosome rings and dicentrics, are found to show 
an approximately linear relationship to dosage in- 
stead of the exponential relation found with 
X-rays. An attempt is made to explain these dif- 
ferences between neutrons and X-rays in terms 
of the great difference in the types of ionization 
paths which these two radiations produce in tissue. 


GoopricH, H. B., and TrinKaus, J. P., Wes- 
leyan University, Middletown, Conn., and The 
Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, 
Mass.: A gene affecting melanophore response 
im Lebistes reticulatus—A mendelian variant of 
Lebistes reticulatus has been found which is char- 
acterised by a distinctly lighter color than that of 
the wild type. This lighter color is caused solely 
by being smaller and in a continually contracted 
condition. The character is an autosomal reces- 
sive. The gene for wild type coloration is com- 


170 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


pletely dominant over the blonde gene. Prelim- 
inary observations indicate that the character can 
be distinguished as early as the pectoral fin-bud 
stage. There is no reduction in the number of the 
melanophores in the blonde. There are, however, 
striking differencies in the physiological responses 
of these cells as compared with the wild type 
melanophores (whose reactions are similar to 
those of Fundulus heteroclitus). These blonde 
melanophores are completely unresponsive to light 
and dark background changes, denervation, injec- 
tion of intermedin, injection of ergotamine, and 
to immersion in KCl and NaCl solutions to which 
the normal wild type cells readily respond. It is 
concluded that the blonde phenotype is chiefly due 
to the production of a very exceptional non- 
responsive type of melanophore. Derangement 
by the gene of the normal innervation of the cell 
is also a possibility which has not yet been ex- 
cluded. 


Harniy, Morris Henry, Washington Square 
College, New York University: The reversal of 
donunance in vestigial/vestigial-pennant examined 
by deficiency studies—The author has demon- 
strated previously that: 1) the wings of homozy- 
gous vestigial flies vary directly with the temper- 
ature in length and area, the phenotype changing 
from vestigial through strap and antlered to 
notch; 2) the phenotype of homozygous vestigial- 
pennant remains normal but the wing size varies 
inversely with the temperature; and 3) the length 
and area of the wings of vestigial/vestigial-pen- 
nant flies vary inversely with the temperature 
from 16° to 22° C. and directly from 26° to 32°, 
the phenotype changing from antler to strap to 
antler to notch. At lower temperatures the curve 
of the heterozygote follows that of vestigial-pen- 
nant and in the higher range it follows the vesti- 
gial response. This would indicate a reversal of 
dominance in the heterozygote below 22° and 
above 26°. The haplo-vestigial locus response has 
been examined by using the deficiency vestigial- 
Depilate. The size of the wings of vestigial/ves- 
tigial-Depilate vary directly with the temperature 
from 16° to 32°, the major change occurring at 
the higher temperatures. The wings of vestigial- 
pennant/vestigial-Depilate vary in size inversely 
with the temperature, the major change being in 
the lower range. The data are in agreement with 
the above interpretation of a reversal of domi- 
nance in the heterozygote vestigial /vestigial-pen- 
nant. 


Hinton, TAytor, Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
ington, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.: An inert 
region in the second chromosome of Drosophila 
melanogaster located by means of a secondary 


constriction—A secondary constriction in the left 
arm of the second chromosome has _ previously 
been described in mitotic nuclei of D. melanogas- 
ter. However, this constriction is not apparent 
in the salivary chromosomes. A comparison has 
been made, therefore, between the salivary and 
mitotic second chromosomes in order to determine 
the location of the constriction in the salivaries. 
The comparison has been made by studying de- 
ficiencies, insertions, and translocations between 
the second and X-chromosomes ; and by measur- 
ing from camera lucida drawings the sections 
identified by means of the aberrations. It has 
been found that the region between the constric- 
tion and the centromere of 2L. (about one-fifth to 
one-sixth of the length of the mitotic chromo- 
some) is represented only by the most proximal 
part of division 40 of the salivary chromosome. 


HOoLLAENDER, ALEXANDER and Emmons, C. W., 
Divisions of Industrial Hygiene and Infectious 
Diseases of the National Institute of Health, Beth- 
esda, Md.: The action of ultraviolet radiation on 
Dermatophytes. Apparent modification of muta- 
tion rate by treatment after irradiation.— We 
have reported previously the lethal and genetic ef- 
fects of monochromatic ultraviolet radiation on 
the spores of Trichophyton mentagrophytes. (J. 
Cell. & Comp. Physiol. 13 :391-402, 1939; Amer. 
J. Bot., 26:467-475, 1939) It was found that 
the mutation rate increases in the surviving spores 
with increasing energy up to a certain level. The 
rate of mutation decreased following additional ir- 
radiation. 

Treatment of the spores after irradiation by in- 
cubating in solutions of such composition that 
little effect was produced on nonirradiated spores, 
apparently increased further the rate of mutation 
of the irradiated spores. There is no indication 
that the types of mutations found after incubation 
differ from the mutations found at once after ir- 
radiation. The effects become most apparent after 
about 95% of the spores are inhibited from form- 
ing colonies. 

Several explanations for this phenomenon could 
be advanced. 

1. Treatment of the spores after irradiation 
may help to extend or complete a process of 
change initiated in the nucleus. 

2. Spores which received considerable amounts 
of radiation often have a tendency if incubated in 
liquid suspensions to recover from the radiation 
effect. It is possible that the mutated spores re- 
cover more readily than the spores which received 
extra nuclear injuries. 

These effects have been found after irradiation 
with ultraviolet between 2180 and 2950 A only. 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


171 


Howarp, Atma, McGill University, Montreal, 
Canada: Occurrence of a mutation at the hairless 
locus in mice-—A mutant gene, which appeared 
in an inbred line of house mice, causes, in the 
homozygous condition, a progressive thinning and 
final loss of the hair at 2-4 weeks of age, hyper- 
trophy and curvature of the claws, and a marked 
thickening and wrinkling of the skin at 3 months 
and later. The gene is an allele of hairless (7) 
and is recessive both to hr and to the normal 
allele. It has been given the name “rhino” 
(hr ™) and is probably a recurrence of the muta- 
tion shown by the “rhinoceros mice” described by 
Gaskoin, Allen and Campbell. Both sexes are 
fertile, but females have a reduced amount of 
mammary tissue and are incapable of supplying 
adequate milk to their young. 


Huskins, C. L., SANDER, G. F., and Love, R. 
M., McGill University, Montreal, Canada: 
Chromosome mutations in Avena—Steriloid, fa- 
tuoid and sub-fatuoid mutations in Avena sativa 
var. Banner and 4. byzantina var. Kanota change 
the phenotype of the cultivated oat towards that 
of the wild type. This series of mutations is due 
to the removal of wild-type inhibitors by partial 
or complete loss of the long arm of the C-chromo- 
some. This chromosome also carries factors af- 
fecting synapsis and the growth and viability of 
the plant. 


Huskins, C. L., and SmitH, S. G., McGill 
University, Montreal, Canada: Compactoid and 
speltoid mutations in Triticum vulgare. -Twenty- 
seven chromosomal types involving changes in the 
C-chromosome have been found in 16 strains of 
speltoid or compactoid mutants. The normal 
phenotype is determined by a balance between ear- 
lengthening and speltoid glume factors whose lo- 
cation is unknown, and compacting and round 
glume factors borne on the long arm of the 
C-chromosome. Upset of the balance by defi- 
ciency or duplication of the C-chromosome (or 
certain parts of it) modifies the phenotype in the 
speltoid or compactoid direction respectively. 


MacKnicut, R. H.: The alternate disjunction 
of chromosomes from rings.—Several kinds of 
evidence point to the possession by chromosomes 
of a twisted structure. If the meiotic chromo- 
somes tended to untwist in late prophase, chias- 
mata would be forced to move apart, to termin- 
alize. Further, if homologous spindle attachment 
bodies, during diakinesis, are held at a more or 
less fixed distance from each other, an internal 
torsion in a ring will bend it (as can be seen by 
manipulation of elastic models) into a zigzag 
form, so that adjacent chromosomes are oriented 


away from each other. If the ring goes into the 
spindle thus oriented, alternate disjunction will re- 
sult, and all gametes will receive a complete hap- 
loid set of chromosomes. In support of this view 
of the mechanism involved one may cite the well- 
known fact that alternate disjunction occurs in 
those organisms (QOenothera, Datura, Rhoeo, 
Campanula) which show terminalization of chias- 
mata, and not in those which do not. 


Macknieut, R. H.: The chemucal constitution 
of chromosomes.—The idea that chromosomes are 
composed of protamines or histones combined 
with nucleic acid rests on chemical analyses of fish 
sperm. In view of the fact that chromosomes are 
of almost universal distribution, whereas histones 
and protamines are absent from many animal 
species and tissues, and entirely absent from 
plants, it seemed desirable to repeat the studies 
on fish sperm. When fat free sperm of Rhombus 
tricanthus were treated first with a solvent for 
protamines and histones, then with a solvent for 
nucleic acids, there still remained a residue whose 
dry weight was 42% of that of the starting ma- 
terial. From a review of the literature it appears 
that no more than 20% of protamine or histone 
has ever been extracted from sperm heads or 
other nuclear material; it appears doubtful 
whether as much as 50% of nucleic acid has ever 
been similarly obtained. It is concluded that no 
chromosomes are proved to contain protamine or 
histone, that most chromosomes are free of them. 


NEEL, J. V., Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. 
H.: Studies on some combinations of mutations 
affecting the chaetae of Drosophila melanogaster. 
—Hairy wing (Hw), polychaetoid (pyd), and 
hairy (1) are three Drosophila melanogaster mu- 
tants characterized by an increase in the number 
of micro and/or macrochaetae. Wild-type, pyd, 
seh, y Hw, se h pyd, y Hw; pyd, y Hw; se h, 
and y Hw; se h pyd males were investigated with 
respect to the length of the femur, number of 
dorsocentral bristles, number of scutellar hairs, 
number of scutellar bristles, number of hairs on 
the second longitudinal wing vein, and number of 
teeth in the sex-comb. By appropriate breeding 
techniques the strains had been rendered geneti- 
cally comparable with respect to almost all genes 
except those detectable mutations which served 
to distinguish the strains——As judged by the 
length of the femur, all the mutant strains were 
considerably smaller than wild-type. Usually the 
effects upon the chaetae of combinations of two 
or three of the mutations were greater than the 
sum of the deviations from wild-type produced by 
these mutations when acting separately. The con- 
dition of the teeth in the sex-comb was an excep- 


172 


THE COLLECRING NED 


[ VoL. XV, No. 136 


tion to this general rule. The strain combining 
all three bristle mutations was particularly char- 
acterized by the occurrence of these “super-addi- 
tive’ effects——Correlations between the various 
chaetal characteristics of any one genotype were 
for the most part not significant, indicating an ab- 
sence of developmental interdependence between 
the traits. 


Nicuots, CHArtes, Harvard University, Cam- 
bridge, Mass.: Spontaneous chromosome aber- 
rations in root tips of Alliwm.—Root tips of 
germinating seed of several varieties of Allium 
cepa L. were examined and a rather high fre- 
quency of spontaneous chromosome aberations 
was observed. In some cases as many as 15 per- 
cent of the cells contained aberrations. Different 
varieties differed markedly in the number of these 
alterations. Age and condition of the seed was 
found to be correlated with number of aberrations. 
Older seeds showed higher percentages of ab- 
normalities and poorer germination. 


Poutson, D. F., Yale University, New Haven, 
Conn.: Developmental effects of deficiencies in 
the white-facet region of the X-chromosome of 
D. melanogaster.—Deficiencies of different extents 
in the white-facet region of the X-chromosome 
have been obtained by Demerec and the extent of 
many of these determined cytologically by Slizyn- 
ska. Deficiencies which remove the facet locus 
(band 3 C 7) are phenotypic Notches in the het- 
erozygous condition. The embryological effects 
of these Notch deficiencies, all of which are lethal 
in the male, are early (6-8 hrs.) and very speci- 
fic. The anterior and ventral ectoderm produces 
an hypertrophied nervous system; no ventral hy- 
poderm is formed. The development and differ- 
entiation of the mesoderm are very incomplete. 
Mid-gut rudiments fail to unite. The fore-gut is 
rudimentary, and associated structures fail to ap- 
pear. These upsets are the same in all of a series 
of seven Notches ranging in extent from 264-38 
(bands 2 D 4 to 3 E 2) to those in which no cy- 
tological deficiency is visible. One of these 
(264-34) involves a 1:3 translocation in which 
the point of breakage in the X is at the facet 
band (3 C 7). The effect must therefore be laid 
to a minute deficiency. 

Deficiencies for the white locus (band 3 C 1) 
are lethal in the male, but the nature of the abnor- 
malities produced is different from that of the 
Notches. Hypoderm and nervous system are 
nearly normal, but even though the mid-gut rudi- 
ments unite, the gut remains incompletely differ- 
entiated. Differentiation of mesoderm is abnor- 
mal. The general level of development in the one 
most fully studied, 258-45 (band 3 C 1 only ab- 


sent), is not beyond the 12 hour or half-way point 
in embryonic development. 

When the white locus as well as the facet locus 
is absent as in the larger Notch deficiencies the 
effects are the same as in the small facet deficien- 
cies, indicating that the facet locus comes into ac- 
tion in development much before the white locus. 
Other small deficiencies are being studied. 


SAwIn, Paut B., and JoHNson, REUBEN B., 
Brown University, Providence, R. I.: A new 
paralytic mutation in the rabbit—A fourth par- 
alytic character in the rabbit differs from those 
described by Nachtsheim in several respects. In 
time of onset (two to three months of age) it 
most closely resembles “‘shaking palsy”’ but little 
if any shaking movements have ever been ob- 
served. Like spastic spinal paralysis it affects 
primarily but not exclusively the hind legs. Like 
both of these the proportion of affected and non- 
affected individuals segregating for eight genera- 
tions in inbred family V may be interpreted as the 
result of a monogenic autosomal recessive. It is 
semi-lethal since none of the affected animals have 
reached sexual maturity. In inheritance and in 
time and manner of onset it resembles spastic 
paraplegia of man. Although the clinical picture 
of the disorder suggests that the defect causing 
it is in the central nervous system, histological ex- 
amination thus far has shown no certain evidence 
of degeneration. The character may prove of in- 
terest to the neurological as well as the genetic 
field. 


Sax, Kart, Harvard University, Cambridge, 
Mass.: Differential sensitivity of cells to X-rays. 
—Of the various stages in the nuclear cycle the 
early resting stage is least sensitive and the mid- 
prophase is most sensitive as measured by the fre- 
quency of chromosome aberrations in Tradescan- 
tia microspores. Of the various types of cells in 
Tradescantia increasing sensitivity is found in the 
following order,—generative nucleus of the pollen 
grain, root tip cells, microspores, and microsporo- 
cytes. Tradescantia microspores are more sensi- 
tive than those of Allium. Differential sensitiv- 
ity is related to chromosome structure and relative 
freedom of chromosome movement. 


ScuHweitzer, Morton D., Cornell University 
Medical College, New York, N. Y.: Genetic 
studies in rheumatic fever—The family pedi- 
grees of 395 rheumatic children from the Chil- 
dren’s Cardiac Clinic of New York Hospital were 
subject to analysis. Of these, 122 families were 
under continuous observation for a sufficiently ex- 
tended period so that more than 95% of the 
siblings have reached or passed the age of peak 


Aucust 24, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


173 


incidence of rheumatic fever under observation. 
Appropriate methods for the investigation of 
heredity in a relatively common, possibly com- 
municable disease are presented. The results are 
consistent with the interpretation of a single re- 
cessive gene with nearly a hundred percent pene- 
trance under the environmental and exposure con- 
ditions of the clinical sample. 


SkrrM, Georce W., The Arnold Arboretum, 
Harvard University, Jamaica Plain, Mass.: <A 
technic for the germination of ““Non-Viable” hy- 
brid embryos—Embryos of Lilium and Prunus, 
resulting from species hybridization under con- 
trolled conditions, frequently abort prior to matur- 
ation of the fruits. Embryos of certain of these 
crosses, when removed from the maternal influ- 
ence and cultured under aseptic conditions, are 
capable of being germinated to produce viable 
seedlings. The subsequent behavior of the em- 
bryos appears to be associated with the formula of 
the media upon which they are germinated. Pho- 
tographs to illustrate the technique, and prelimi- 
nary data on results are presented. 


SmitH, Harotp H., U.S. Department of Agri- 
culture, Washington, D. C.: Heteroploid types of 
Nicotiana resulting from colchicine treatment.—- 
Treatment of germinating seeds with 0.4 percent 
colchicine for 24 hours has produced autotetra- 
ploids of the following species of Nicotiana: 
langsdorffi (n=9), sanderae (n=9), alata 
(n=9), longiflora (1=10), plumbaginifolia 
(n= 10), debneyt (n= 24), repanda (n = 24) 
and tabacum (n = 24). One haploid was ob- 
tained among the 53 plants of 2n langsdorffu that 
were permanently affected by the treatment. 
There was a progressive increase in the size of 
leaf and flower from In to 2n to 4n. A branch 
of one cutting from the haploid produced flowers 
that were intermediate in size between the In and 
2n. Some of the root tips of this cutting had 16 
chromosomes (2n-1-1) which was presumed to 
be the number in the anomalous branch. A trip- 
loid langsdorffu, from 4n XX 2n, was crossed with 
diploid langsdorffii and sanderae; so that types 
with extra chromosomes from langsdorffii, on the 
background of this species and of the Fy, with 
sanderae, were obtained. Plants with single ex- 
tra chromosomes (of which at least four and pos- 
sibly seven have been found) showed differences 
in leaf shape and in the color, pattern and size of 
the corolla—thus demonstrating that different 
genes affecting these characteristics were present 
in the various chromosomes involved. 


STEINBERG, ARTHUR G., Columbia University, 
New York, N. Y.: The growth curve of modified 


bar eye discs in Drosophila melanogaster—The 
growth curve of the eye discs of B;m(B) px sp 
(B=Bar, m(B)—=a second chromosome inhibitor 
of Bar, pv—plexus, sp=speck; the latter two do 
not affect facet number), larvae from 36 hours 
after hatching (Temp.=27+1°C) until just be- 
fore puparium formation (84 hrs.) is identical 
with that of the eye discs of Bar larvae. The eye 
discs of both stocks are the same in size at 36 
hours and remain so throughout the remainder 
of the larval period. 


It has previously been reported (Steinberg, 
D.I.S. 11 and the Seventh International Genetics 
Congress) that the growth rate of the Bar eye 
discs is identical with that of the wild type but 
that the former are smaller than the latter at all 
times; the same is of course true for modified 
Bar. 

At 25°C. Bar and modified Bar eyes have 75 
and 200 facets respectively. At 29° C. the corre- 
sponding values are 37 and 160. No counts were 
made at 27° C. but it is certain that the difference 
in facet number between Bar and modified Bar at 
this temperature is at least 125 facets. That such 
a difference in facet number is great enough to 
lead to a detectable difference in disc size was 
shown by comparison of BB and B' eye discs with 
B eye discs. 


The failure of the modified Bar eye discs to 
show any size difference from the Bar eye discs 
may be explained as follows: In the development 
of the eye there is a period during which a por- 
tion of the disc is labilely determined to form 
either facets (ommatidia) or head chitin; several 
extrinsic and intrinsic factors are known to affect 
the final determination of this tissue in Bar; it 
is assumed that 7(B) is an intrinsic (genic) fac- 
tor which affects the final determination of this 
tissue so that more of it forms facets than in the 
case of unmodified Bar. 


Tuiceen, Lorna W., Storrs Agricultural Ex- 
periment Station, Storrs, Conn.: Skin grafts in 
mice.—Grafts were exchanged within 24 hours af- 
ter birth between litter mates from inbred stocks. 
A tight bandage of adhensive is applied around the 
belly in two slightly overlapping sections which 
automatically slip as the animal grows, eliminating 
injury from removal by hand. About 75% of the 
grafts have remained long enough to produce hair, 
and in one case, hair follicles are still active after 
20 months. 


Skin from mice homozygous for dominant 
hairlessness (NN) usually does not produce 
normal hair, but when grafted on hosts of other 
genotypes produces, in addition to the typical NN 
unerupted coiled hairs, a varying number of 
erupted hairs approaching normal structure. On 


174 


THE COLLECTING NET 


caracul hosts, these hairs tend to curl and on 
normal hosts they tend to be straight. Albino NN 
grafts on pigmented non-NN hosts, may produce 
a few pigmented hairs, suggesting the invasion 
of pigment-producing cells from the host. Of 
these pigmented hairs, some are unerupted, coiled 
hairs characteristic of NN, while others are of the 
erupted type which appeared as a result of graft- 
ing. 


WarMkKE, H. E., and BLAKESLEE, A. F., Car- 
negie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring 
Harbor, N. Y.: Further differences in the de- 
termination of sex in Melandrium and Drosophila. 
—Sex is determined in Melandrium and in Dro- 
sophila by the XY mechanism: 2A + XX indi- 
viduals are female, and 2A + XY individuals 
are male. The Y is larger than the X in both 
cases. The basic interaction of chromosomes, 
however, is different in the two forms. In Dro- 
sophila the Y-chromosome plays no role in pri- 
mary sex determination. In Melandrium it is 
male determining as shown by the fact that 


4A + XXXY individuals are male, while 
4A + XXX individuals are female. Also, 
4A + XXXX individuals are female, while 


4A + XXXXY individuals are hermaphroditic. 
The X-chromosome is female determining in both 
Melandrium and Drosophila. In Melandrium 
4A + XY (X/Y ratio = 1.0) is male; 4A + 
XXY (X/Y ratio = 2.0) is made with a rare 
hermaphroditic blossom; 4A + XXXY (X/Y 
ratio = 3.0) is male with an occasional hermaph- 
roditic blossom; 4A + XXXXY (X/Y ratio = 
4.0) is hermaphroditic and self fertile. As the 
X/Y ratio increases, the number of autosomes re- 
maining constant, femaleness increases. In Dro- 
sophila the autosomes supply the male tendency ; 
in Melandrium they play little if any role in sex 
determination. In the following series all plants 
remain female, though the ratio of sets of auto- 
somes to X chromosomes is reduced from 1.5 to 
0.5; 2A + XXX (X/A ratio = 1.5); 4A + 
XXXXX (X/A ratio = 1.25); 4A + XXXX 
(X/A ratio = 1.0); 4A + XXX (X/A ratio = 
0.75); 3A + XX (X/A ratio = 0.66); 4A + 
XX (X/A ratio = 0.5). This latter type would 
be male in Drosophila. 


Wuitinc, ANNA R., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, Philadelphia, Pa.: Further data on sensi- 
tivity to x-rays of metaphase I eggs in Habrobra- 
con.—Unlaid eggs of unmated females treated in 
late metaphase I range from 37.5% mortality for 
50 r to 100% for 1820 r. These percentages are 
linearly proportional to dosage and significantly 
higher than those for prophase eggs which do not 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


differ significantly from controls for this range of 
treatments. Some prophase eggs survive 25,000 r. 
In metaphase I eggs tetrads have begun to divide 
and chromatids appear to be under tension at time 
of treatment. Single ionizations in tense regions 
might cause permanent breaks resulting in termi- 
nal deletion or eventual loss of a whole chromo- 
some (McClintock). This would not interfere 
with completion of meiosis and would be obvious 
in earliest cleavages. Since embryo is haploid, it 
would fail to mature from any egg with pronu- 
cleus so affected. Mortality from this cause would 
follow one-hit curve (Singh, Alexander, Muller). 
Ionizations of unseparated ends of chromatids 
might cause minute changes primarily because of 
restricted lengths. These, likewise fatal if per- 
manent, follow a one-hit curve (Demerec, Mar- 
shak, Muller). All metaphase I eggs exposed to 
2500 r die. At least 96% of these complete meio- 
sis and cleave. Rarely blastoderm stage is reached. 
When exposed to 4550 r they likewise complete 
meiosis. The sensitivity to 50 r and completion 
of meiosis at 4550 r are evidence against “phys- 
iological” causes of death. Preliminary tests in- 
dicate that mortality of metaphase I is not reduced 
by prevention of egg laying, that is, of anaphase, 
for twenty-four hours. 


Wuitinc, ANNA R., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, Philadelphia, Pa.: Temperature effects on 
sensitivity to x-rays of different meiotic stages in 
Habrobracon egg.—Unmated females were kept 
at 0° C., 13° €, 25° C, and 355 (Gyitomoneshany 
before and one hour after treatment. Except for 
O° they were at room temperature for one half 
minute during exposure to 212 r. Mortality of 
late metaphase I eggs is lowered significantly at 
O° ; it is highest at 25°, intermediate for 35°, both 
significantly different from controls. Mortality 
of early prophase eggs parallels this but at a level 
not significantly different from controls. Mid and 
late prophase graphs are parallel and have high- 
est mortality at 0°, lowest at 35°. The possibility 
of lowered tension on dyads is suggested for low- 
ered mortality in metaphase I at 0°. 


Wuitinc, P. W., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa.: Proof of quadruple alleles im 
sex differentiation of Habrobracon—The gene 
fused, which is sex-linked, +a/xb, in one stock, 
36-vl, has been transferred by crossing-over into 
an unrelated stock, 1l-o. Since it proves to be 
sex-linked in stock 11-0 also, the sex-differentiat- 
ing factors of ll-o are allelic, xc/vd, with (or 
closely linked with) the sex-differentiating factors 
of 36-vl, rather than independently segregating, 
za/ab. 


Aucust 24, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


THE EFFECTS OF ETHER UPON THE DEVELOPMENT OF DROSOPHILA 
MELANOGASTER 


Ivor CoRNMAN 
Teaching Fellow in Biology, New York University 


The common use of ether as an anesthetic 
to facilitate handling fruit-flies during experi- 
ments raises the question as to the effect of the 
ether itself upon the flies. Moreover, polyploidy 
can be induced in cells by narcotics, as shown by 
the work of E. B. Wilson and others. In Droso- 
phila the production of polyploids is of particular 
interest because a tetraploid race would be a con- 
venient tool for geneticists. Unfortunately, Dro- 
sophila has so far responded as do most animals, 
in that polyploid nuclei result but no wholly poly- 
ploid adults. 

Experiments were carried out in collaboration 
with Dr. Harnly in which eggs were exposed to 
an atmosphere one-third ether by volume for 
twenty minutes just after laying. They were then 
removed from the ether chamber and allowed to 
develop in an incubator. This dose is much in 
excess of that ordinarily used for anesthesia. 
Most adult flies are killed by this dose. (Of 140 
flies, 15 showed signs of life after one hour, and 
4 recovered enough to walk.) This heavy dosage 
was chosen to obtain a clear-cut ether effect. Un- 
der such treatment, the mortality of embryos, as 
judged by hatching, was 40.5% as against the 
8.3% mortality of the controls. The mean hatch- 
ing time is 21.29 + .10 hours as against 19.79 + 
.06 hours for the controls, a delay of 7.6%. More 
striking is the fact that the mortality and rate of 
development are affected adversely during the 
larval and pupal periods as well. Clearly, disturb- 
ances are brought about in the embryo which 
manifest themselves long after the larva has 
hatched. 

Cytological studies of the embryos carried out 
in connection with Dr. Huettner give some clue as 
to the nature of these changes. Most frequently 
the ether disrupts the mitotic process. Spindles 
become abnormal in various ways: some merely 
blunted, some multipolar, and others distorted out 
of all resemblance to a spindle. Chromosomes 
may fuse, or, coincident with disruption of the 
spindle, become scattered. Once the mitotic 
mechanism is upset, the abnormalities become ac- 
centuated with time, so that we find spindles with 
many poles containing enormous numbers of 
chromosomes. Pycnotic masses of chromatin and 
giant nuclei may result. The cytoplasm also is 
affected, and becomes distributed in abnormal pat- 
terns. ‘Complete disorganization shows in eggs 
that did not hatch, where undifferentiated masses 
of cells and non-cellular cytoplasm are found. 
Obviously, interference with the mitotic cycle and 


other regulating processes in the early embryo 
disrupts the entire developmental sequence. 


In relation to the production of polyploid cells, 
these multipolar spindles and enlarged nuclei are 
significant. Beyond any doubt, there has been 
reduplication of chromosomes within many nuclei, 
but unfortunately, polyploidy in these embryos 
was always associated with abnormal nuclei and 
spindles. No polyploid imago was found among 
the treated individuals or their offspring. Animals 
typically differ from plants with regard to main- 
tainance of polyploidy. Even colchicine, which 
has proved so effective in producing polyploid 
plants, has not, so far as I know, been used suc- 
cessfully to produce polyploid animals in any 
species, although many investigators report poly- 
ploid nuclei. 

There was a definite effect upon the adult phe- 
notype, however. Fifteen per cent of the emerged 
flies showed deformation of abdominal segments 
much like the mutation Abnormal abdomen. The 
deformity is not inherited, but nevertheless, must 
involve some deep-seated mechanism, appearing 
as it does in an adult from an egg treated just 
after laying. It is remarkable that the effect of a 
short ether treatment should show in adult organs 
after the treated egg has passed through embry- 
onic development, hatching, larval life, pupation, 
and metamorphosis. Moreover, preliminary ex- 
periments indicate that incidence of this abnormal 
abdomen phenocopy, if it may be so termed, is 
less frequent when embryos an hour or two older 
are etherized. This early period of susceptibility 
to ether is in marked contrast to ultraviolet sus- 
ceptibility as reported by Geigy. He found ir- 
radiation to affect adult structures only when em- 
bryos older than seven hours were treated. Work 
is in progress to determine the precise ether ef- 
fective period, and, if possible, to trace the induced 
abnormality back through the pupal and larval 
stages, perhaps to the cytological abnormalities 
already observed. 

Tracing the history of this phenotypic abnor- 
mality is “only one direction further investigation 
might take. A number of other paths should prove 
fruitful in view of the wide range of effects that 
ether can produce in Drosophila from embryo to 
adult: developmental, cytological, and morpho- 
logical abnormalities. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 
13.) 


176 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


THE RELATION BETWEEN THE FOUR-CARBON ACID RESPIRATORY SYSTEM 
AND THE GROWTH OF OAT SEEDLINGS 


Dr. Harry G. ALBAUM AND Dr. BARRY COMMONER 
Departinent of Biology, Brooklyn College and the Department of Biology, Queens College 


Auxin produces a number of varied and marked 
effects on the growth of different parts of the 
plant, the extent and direction of the effect being 
closely dependent on the auxin concentration. It 
has recently been shown by Commoner and Thi- 
mann (in press) that auxin participates in the 
four-carbon dicarboxylic acid respiratory system. 
It was shown that the stimulation of growth by 
auxin is enhanced by the presence of salts of these 
acids (such as malate and fumarate) and _ that 
growth is inhibited by the presence of iodoacetate, 
which poisons this system. Furthermore, it was 
found that the respiratory effect of malate and 
fumarate was apparent only in the presence of 
auxin, and that auxin itself can increase oxygen 
consumption in the presence of these substances. 
This work was carried out on a single auxin ef- 
fect: the elongation of isolated sections of the oat 
coleoptile. The purpose of the present research 
was to investigate these relations in terms of the 
several hormonal actions which auxin exerts on 
various parts of the intact oat seedling. 

The experiments were carried out by growing 
seedlings in contact with filter paper in beakers 
containing the desired solution, and studying the 
effect on coleoptile length, total root length, and 
root number. 

The growth of the coleoptile is stimulated by 
the auxin contained in the seedling itself. When 
plants (of the variety Fulghum) were grown in 
various concentrations of iodoacetate the coleoptile 
growth was inhibited, the highest concentrations 
of iodoacetate (.00005 to .0001 M.) resulting in a 
final size of but 50% normal. The addition of 
auxin, and to a greater extent, of fumarate, ne- 
gated the iodoacetate poisoning. 

In contrast to the coleoptile, the growth of oat 


roots is known to be inhibited by the presence of 
auxin (10 mgm. per liter). In the presence of 
iodoacetate this inhibition was partially removed, 
and conversely the inhibition was greatly magni- 
fied in the presence of fumarate. 

Root number, which like the coleptile length 
gives a positive response to this concentration of 
auxin, behaved like the coleoptile length toward 
iodoacetate and fumarate. 


It has been suggested by Thimann that all of 
these processes actually show a similar response 
to auxin, the direction of the effect being a func- 
tion of the auxin concentration. Thus, low con- 
centrations produce a stimulation, higher concen- 
trations resulting in an optimum plateau, and 
even greater amounts of auxin causing inhibition. 
The different effect of the same concentration of 
auxin on these processes is accounted for by the 
displacement of each of these curves along the 
auxin-concentration axis, and also by the amount 
of intrinsic auxin present in the particular species 
or variety. By testing the effect of various con- 
centrations of iodoacetate on these phenomena, we 
have been able to confirm and extend this inter- 
pretation. When iodoacetate and auxin concen- 
trations are plotted in opposite directions on the 
same abscissa, and effect on the ordinate, it is 
possible to produce for the first time in actuality, 
the hypothetical curves relating effect to the active 
auxin concentration. The data also give a satis- 
factory description of the relation between the 
variety Fulghum (high intrinsic auxin concentra- 
tion) and the variety Black Norway (lower in- 
trinsic auxin concentration). 


(This article is based upon a seminar presented 
at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 20.) 


SOME REMARKS ON THE MECHANISM OF THE GLASS ELECTRODE 


Dr. G. HauGaarD 
Carlsberg Laboratories, Copenhagen 


The glass electrode is of interest to the biologist 
for two principal reasons, Primarily, the glass 
electrode has become an important tool for the 
determination of pH. Secondly, experiments on 
the glass electrode itself have interest in relation 
to biological membrane phenomena. 

Cremer publishing the first paper on the glass 
electrode in 1906, was concerned only with this 
second aspect, namely its use as a model to eluci- 
date certain bioelectric phenomena. The pH scale 
was unknown at that time. 


The most satisfactory glass for the preparation 
of the glass electrode is that developed by MacIn- 
nes and Dole. Therefore this has been used in 
the present experiments. By electrolysis experi- 
ments it is shown that the sodium ion alone is re- 
sponsible for the passage of electric current 
through the glass membrane. When a glass elec- 
trode membrane is prepared so that one surface 
has been soaked in water for a long time to es- 
tablish an equilibrium, the other side never having 
been in contact with water, the reaction of the 


Avueust 24, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


177 


“fresh” surface with water may be studied uncom- 
plicated by reverse effects. Under this condition 
there 1s a quantitative relation between the sodi- 
um-hydrogen exchange and the potential altera- 
tion of the system. 

Experiments comparing the uptake of hydrogen 
ions and water by MacInnes and Dole glass pow- 
der show that the ratio of absorbed hydrogen ions 
to absorbed water is a constant, hence the ab- 
sorbed hydrogen ions are solvated. In alcoholic 
solutions it could be shown that the hydrogen ions 
also carry alcohol. 

On the basis of the above experiments, the fol- 
lowing picture can be given of what happens when 
a tresh glass electrode comes in contact with an 
acid, neutral or weakly basic solution (1.e. within 
the range where the glass electrode acts only as 


a hydrogen electrode). At first the glass elec- 
trode will take up water and the sodium salt of 
the silicic acid will dissociate under the influence 
of this water. Hydrogen ion at the same time is 
absorbed. In other words the sodium salt of the 
weak silicic acid is partially hydrolyzed at the sur- 
face forming in the surface layer a skeleton of 
silicic acid. The solvated hydrogen ions react 
readily with the surface, which affords an easy 
entrance for the hydrogen ions into the glass. In 
the middle of the glass membrane there remains a 
layer of intact sodium salt. This theory is an ex- 
tension of a theory developed by MacInnes and 
Belcher and also of an earlier theory by Horo- 
witz. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report presented 
at the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 13.) 


ZOOLOGY SYMPOSIA AT THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 


In connection with the Bicentennial Celebration 
of the University of Pennsylvania during the week 
of September 15 to 21, many departments of in- 
struction are sponsoring symposia and round-table 
discussions in their various fields, including medi- 
cine and botany. The department of zoology has 
organized a series of symposia under the general 
title: “Cytology, Genetics and Evolution.” The 
traditional interests of Professor McClung and his 
associates are therefore to be primarily represent- 
ed. There are four half-day programs, each with 
three main speakers. Each paper is to be dis- 
cussed by some one scientist selected in advance. 
The first two sessions will be presented on the 
morning and afternoon of Wednesday, September 
18, and the third and fourth will be given on the 
following day. As one of the conveners, Dr. D. 
H. Wenrich has been responsible for the organi- 
zation of the zoological symposium. Anyone in- 
terested in attending the program outlined below 
should make application for admission to the Bi- 
centennial Office, Houston Hall, University of 
Pennsylvania. 


CYTOLOGY, GENETICS AND EVOLUTION 


I. Chromosomes and Heredity 
Chairman, C. E. McCuune 
““The Nature of the Gene:’’ Speaker, N. DEMEREC; 
Discusser, H. H. PuoucH. ‘‘The Structure of Chromo- 
somes:’’ Speaker, C. W. Mrtz; Discusser, B. R. NEBEL. 
««Sex Determination: ’’ Speaker, FRANZ SCHRADER; Dis- 
cusser, P. W. WHITING. 


IL. Cytogenetics and Evolution 
Chairman, CHARLES B. DAVENPORT 


“‘Chromosomal Interchanges,’’ Speaker, A. F. 
BLAKESLEE; Discusser, R. E. Curntanp.  ‘‘ Evolution- 
ary Changes in the Chromosome Apparatus of Droso- 


phila,’’ Speaker, TH. DOBZHANSKY; Discusser, BERNARD 
P. KaurMaNN. ‘‘Evolution of the Germ Plasm,’’ Speak- 
er, C. E. McCLunG; Discusser, CurT STERN. 


Ill. Cytology and Genetics of the Protozoa 
Chairman, L. L. WoopRUFF 

““Wereditary Status of the Rhizopods,’’ Speaker, H.S. 
JENNINGS; Discusser, D. H. WrENricH. ‘‘Nuclear Be- 
haviour and Reproduction in Ciliated Protozoa,’’ Speak- 
er, WILLIAM F. DILLER; Discusser, RALPH WICHTERMAN. 
“Heredity in Ciliated Protozoa,’’? Speaker, Tracy M. 
SONNEBORN ; Discusser, RICHARD F, KIMBALL. 


IV. Physiology of the Nucleus 
Chairman, ROBERT CHAMBERS 

“<The Physico-Chemical Properties of the Nucleus,’’ 
Speaker, LEON CHURNEY; Discusser, JOHN B. Buck. 
““The Chromosomes of the Amphibian Nucleus,’’ Speak- 
er, WiLLIAM R. DuRYEE; Discusser, L. V. HEILBRUNN. 
“*Radiation and the Cell Nucleus,’’ Speaker, Pauu 8. 
HensHAw,; Discusser, KARL SAx. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


Date AIM eM: 
August 24 S39 ole 
INVERSE YAS) Sbsatetoncee: 9:26 10:04 
August 26 )EiZ/ Al 010) 
NUSUSEN ZZ, ee 17, e538 
ististay 2S) eee eZ 3 
August 29 VZEAS E09 
August 30) ees a 46m 2201 
JNTERUCE SMLY cotbesccon | OBS | A854 
September 1 3:26 3:42 
September 2 4:15 4:32 
September 3 D808) DEA 
September 4 ............ 5:43 6:16 


In each case the current changes approxi- 
mately six hours later and runs from the 
Sound to the Bay. 


178 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 

Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. 8S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 38, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


HINTS ON PRESENTING SEMINAR REPORTS 


DR. CHARLES PACKARD 


When Huxley was a very young man he was 
asked to read a paper before the Royal Society. 
Being in some doubt as to the way in which he 
should present his report to so noted a group of 
scientists, he asked Faraday, the President, for 
advice. Faraday replied that he should assume 
that his audience knew nothing about his subject. 
One who presents a seminar report need not make 
so broad an assumption, yet the fact remains that 
not many of his hearers are really familiar with 
the particular phase of the problem he is working 
on. But the audience has come to learn some- 
thing about the subject and they can learn only 
if he describes his work logically and simply with- 
out presuming that his hearers already know as 
much about it as he does. 

In the minds of the audience one of the first 
questions to arise is why was this work under- 
taken. Often it has been carried on to test the 
validity of some hypothesis, or to contribute to 
our knowledge of some biological process under 
normal or experimental conditions. Always it is 
related to some larger problem. What is the 
larger problem and why is further information 
about it needed? When these questions are clear- 
ly answered, the minds of the hearers will be 
properly oriented toward the particular topic to be 
discussed. 

Simplicity in the description of methods and in 
the presentation of results is essential. Only those 
facts and data should be mentioned which bear 
directly on the conclusion to be drawn. Should 
anyone want more detailed information he can 
ask for it in the discussion period or later. Often 
a single diagram with one or more curves is all 
that is essential; or a table with a minimum 
amount of data. (A table full of typewritten 
figures discourages the audience.) 

A categorical and brief statement of the con- 
clusions rouses interest and discussion, whereas 
one hedged about with uncertainties is weak and 
unconvincing. 

A speaker who can do without notes altogether, 
or with only an occasional reference to them, is 
far more effective than one who reads from a 
manuscript. He can develop his subject more 


clearly and can hold the attention of the audience. 
Reports that are written are frequently prepared 
in a form situable for publication. That is, they 
contain all the information that can be squeezed 
into the allotted space. If such a report is read 
from the platform it is practically unintelligible. 
The listeners learn little or nothing from it, and 
it will be regarded as a failure even though the 
subject matter is excellent. 

To sum up, present only the most important 
facts; omit all details that are not essential; state 
the conclusions briefly and clearly, always remem- 
bering that the audience is anxious to learn about 
the topic that is being discussed. 


Introducing 


Dr. ALBERT Epwarp OxrForp, Lecturer in Bio- 
chemistry, London School of Hygiene, University 
of London; Rockefeller Foundation Fellow, Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin. 

Dr. Oxford received his undergraduate and 
graduate training at the University of Manches- 
ter, England, where he received his doctorate in 
1927. His work there was concentrated upon 
pure organic chemistry, his thesis being based on 
work on the constitution of strychnine under Dr. 
Robert Robinson. 


He then received an appointment as demonstra- 
tor in biochemistry at the London School of Hy- 
giene, becoming lecturer there in 1937. About 
this time last year he arrived in the United States 
to conduct research at the University of Wiscon- 
sin under a Rockefeller fellowship, work to 
which he will return upon completion of his stay 
at Woods Hole. 


While at the University of London, Dr. Ox- 
ford’s research work was carried out under the 
direction of Dr. Raistrick, whose field is the bio- 
chemistry of molds. They studied particularly 
such questions as the metabolism of sugar by 
molds, the conditions causing maximum absorp- 
tion, and the products that are formed. 

At the University of Wisconsin, Dr. Oxford’s 
work was carried out on growth factors of bac- 
teria, particularly the anaerobic bacterium, Clos- 
tridium acetobutylicum. Dr. W. H. Peterson su- 
pervised this work. 

During the present summer Dr. Oxford is 
working on a problem related to his work in Lon- 
don—the role of sulfur compounds in the metab- 
olism of seaweeds, a subject which has hitherto 
been comparatively neglected. 

Dr. Oxford is accompanied in his trip to Amer- 
ica by his wife, Dagny, who is also a scientist. 
A bacteriologist, she worked at the University of 
Wisconsin during the past winter on the actino- 
mycetes of Lake Mendota. 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


179 


ITEMS OF INTEREST 


Dr. A. K. Parpart, assistant professor of phys- 
iology at Princeton University, has been appoint- 
ed director of the physiology course at the Ma- 
rine Biological Laboratory for 1941, succeeding 
Dr. Laurence Irving. 


Dr. Rosert K. Burns, associate professor of 
anatomy at the University of Rochester has been 
appointed research associate at the Carnegie In- 
stitution of Baltimore, replacing Dr. Warren 
Lewis. 


The Rev. CHARLES A. BERGER, of the depart- 
ment of biology at Woodstock College, Md., has 
become head of the department of biology at 
Fordham University. Dr. Berger worked at 
Woods Hole in 1938. 


Dr. EtizaABeETH BrocpoN FRANSEEN, of the 
University of Wisconsin, and Miss Jytte Muus, 
who has the degree of Mag. Sci. at the University 
of Copenhagen, have been appointed assistant pro- 
fessors of physiology at Mt. Holyoke College. 


Dr. FREDERICK COPELAND, who received his 
Ph.D. at Harvard University this June, has been 
appointed instructor in biology at Trinity College. 


Mr. Guy M. Everett has been appointed in- 
structor in the department of physiology and 
physiological chemistry in the Baltimore College 
of Dental Surgery, University of Maryland. Mr. 
Everett was a member of the physiology class at 
Woods Hole this summer. 


Messrs. JAMES Foutks, Howarp L. HaAmit- 
TON and Ray WaATTERSON, graduate students in 
biology at the University of Rochester, will study 
at the Johns Hopkins University this fall to con- 
tinue their work with Professor B. H. Willier. 


New members of the staff of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution include Dr. Maurice 
Ewing, associate in submarine geology, and Dr. 
Bostwick H. Ketchum, associate in marine biol- 
ogy. 


At the weekly staff meeting of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution on Thursday, Dr. G. 
L. Clarke spoke on “‘Present Progress and Future 
Plans in the Study of Georges Bank.” 


The Atlantis sailed Tuesday for a ten-day cruise 
along the northern edge of the Gulf Stream. Pro- 
_ fessor A. F. Spilhaus was on board to test sev- 
eral instruments which he has recently designed. 


Mrs. VirGIntA WALKER SMITH is leaving the 
Oceanographic Institution at the end of the sum- 
mer. She will live in Providence, R. I. 


Among persons arriving in Woods Hole re- 
cently were: Dr. and Mrs. F. H. Swett, Dr. and 
Mrs. W. F. Diller, Dr. and Mrs. Hugh H. Darby, 
Drs. W. R. Coe, Selig Hecht, Richard G. Abell, 
G. L. Kreezer, Margaret Hotchkiss, Madeline E. 
Pierce and Miss Margaret Erlanger. 


Dr. AND Mrs. H. B. GoopricH have recently 
left for a vacation trip to Maine. 


Dr. Ropert W. Macknicurt left Woods Hole 
this week to spend a few days at the Mountain 
Lake Biological Station. He will return before 
the Genetics Society meeting. 


Dr. Exior R. CLark returned yesterday from 
a trip to Schenectady, New York, where he spoke 
on the radio on ‘Studies in Silicosis” Thursday 
night under the auspices of the General Electric 
Company; the broadcast was also carried on a 
short wave program. Mrs. Clark accompanied 
him. 


The following members of the National Aca- 
demy of Sciences of the United States have been 
working at the Marine Biological Laboratory this 
summer: C. E. McClung, University of Pennsyl- 
vania; G. N. Calkins, Columbia University; G. 
H. Parker, Harvard University; L. L. Woodruff, 
Yale University; F. R. Lillie, University of Chi- 
cago; T. H. Morgan, California Institute of 
Technology; M. H. Jacobs, University of Penn- 
sylvania; E. F. DuBois, Cornell University; W. 
J. V. Osterhout, Rockefeller Institute; E. N. Har- 
vey, Princeton University. 


Dr. AND Mrs. Norris Jones of Swarthmore 
College, who have worked at Woods Hole in past 
years, are spending the summer at the U. S. Fish- 
eries Station at Beaufort, N. C. Dr. N. J. Ber- 
rill, associate professor of biology at McGill Uni- 
versity, and Mrs. Berrill were at the Station dur- 
ing July. Dr. Willard G. Van Name, associate 
curator at the American Museum of Natural His- 
tory is also there. 


At the conclusion of the summer meeting of the 
Genetics Society, a conference will be held by 
geneticists interested in the gene problem. The 
purposes of the conference are: 

(1) To bring together for informal discussion 
a group of workers actively interested in the gene 
problem in its broadest sense. (2) To facilitate 
the consideration and discussion of unpublished 
material and thus to help to speed up the tempo 
of the work. (3) To evolve plans for coordinated 
work on gene problems. 


180 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 136 


ITEMS OF 


CHORAL CLUB CONCERT 

The Thirteenth Annual Concert of the Woods 
Hole Choral Club will be presented Monday eve- 
ning, August 26, at 8:30 P. M. in the Woods 
Hole Community Hall. 

The Choral Club, which is composed in large 
part of persons connected with the Marine Bio- 
logical Laboratory, has been preparing a carefully 
selected program of secular and religious music at 
the weekly rehearsals throughout the summer. Its 
director, Professor Ivan T. Gorokhoff, who has 
led the Club since its organization in 1926, is Di- 
rector of Choral Music at Smith College, and his 
daughter, Miss Galina Gorokhoff, will be accom- 
panist. Miss Edith Mitchell, daughter of Profes- 
sor Phillip I. Mitchell, will sing a solo in the com- 
position, “The Nightingale,” by Tschaikowsky. 
The remainder of the program appears on page 
56 of THE Cottectinc Net for this year. Thirty 
members make up the Choral Club, whose presi- 
dent is Dr. Eliot R. Clark and whose Secretary- 
Treasurer is Dr. Charles Packard. 

The Music Committee of the M. B. L. Club 
has postponed its Monday evening phonograph 
record concert until 9:30 p. m. in order to avoid 
the conflict with the Choral Club Concert. Tic- 
kets, which cost 25c and 50c, may be purchased 
at the door or from members of the Club. 


M. B. L. CLUB NOTES 

The third rounds of the ping-pong tournament 
are to be played off by today. There were six- 
teen entrants for the men’s singles, sixteen for the 
women’s singles, and ten couples for the mixed 
doubles. 

A highly successful bridge party was held last 
Friday at the clubhouse. Seven tables were in 
play, and refreshments and flowers were provided 
by the committee. Tallies decorated with algae 
provided a distinctive note. Prizes were awarded. 

Folk dancing was conducted at the clubhouse 
Wednesday night under the direction of Fred 
Stone and Jasper P. Trinkaus in the absence of 
Dr. MacKnight. 


Letter to the Editor 


To the Editor: 

I promised you a note long ago! Frances and I 
(and son, Jerry) have been at Friday Harbor since 
July 25. I am making a comparative study of the 
reproductive systems in the sea-cucumber with spe- 
cial reference to the origin of germ cells. We will 
be at the Hopkins Marine Lab for the first semester 
of next year (leave of absence). [On the way west 
we visited Stone Laboratory, Douglas Lake Labora- 
tory, Lakeside Laboratory (Iowa) on Lake Okoboji, 
and Wyoming Science Camp (Centennial).] <A 3-day 
trip of dredging (aboard the Catalyst) has provided 
important material for work here. Shore collecting 
is an exciting experience for the marine biologist— 
28” cucumbers, 4 foot jellyfish, 26” starfish! 

FRANK KILLE 


INTEREST 


An opening, for the first semester only, is avail- 
able in physiology in a southern university. The 
position involves teaching a course in the physiol- 
ogy of exercise. Candidates may submit a state- 
ment of qualifications to “P. N.” % THE CoL- 
LECTING NET. 


The Yorktown Laboratory of the United States 
Bureau of Fisheries on the York River, Virginia, 
has been closed and turned over to the newly or- 
ganized Department of Aquatic Biology of Wil- 
liam and Mary College, Williamsburg, Virginia. 
During the last five years the Bureau of Fisheries 
has conducted a special investigation at the lab- 
oratory on the effect of pulpmill waste on oysters. 
Dr. Walter A. Chipman, Jr., in charge of the 
laboratory, has been transferred to the U.S. B. F. 
station at Milford, Connecticut. 


The Desert Laboratory at Tucson, Arizona, 
has been turned over by the Carnegie Institution 
of Washington, D. C., to the U. S. Forest Ser- 
vice. The Desert Laboratory was concerned with 
the study of arid and semi-arid regions which 
comprise almost a fourth of the area of the con- 
tinental United States. 


At the Detroit meeting of the American Chem- 
ical Society in September, the Division of Biologi- 
cal Chemistry will hold symposia on the pro- 
teins. Subjects tentatively chosen for discussion 
are: Aspects of Intermediary Protein Metabolism 
and Aspects of Sulfur and Protein Metabolism... 
The usual program on vitamins and nutrition will 
be held jointly with the Divisions of Agricultural 
and Food Chemistry and Medicinal Chemistry. 


M. B. L. TENNIS CLUB 

The finals of the M. B. L. Tennis Club Tourn- 
aments were held on the Mess Court yesterday 
at 2:30. The finalists were T. K. Ruebush who 
won from Stunkard 6-3, 2-6, 6-4 in the semi- 
finals, and R. Rugh who won from Williams by 
a default. A cup was presented to the winner by 
the retiring club president, Dr. Krahl. 

The annual meeting of the M. B. L. Tennis 
Club was held on August 14. Officers elected 
were: Dr. D. E. Lancefield, president; Dr. W. R. 
Duryee, vice-president; Dr. T. K. Ruebush, sec- 
retary-treasurer. 


DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS 
Armstrong, C....... Auge22)) ihivanss Di Aug. 15 
Baker; RagB ccs: Aug. 16 Hiestand, W. A...Aug. 14 


Botsford, E. F.....Aug.16 yf ; V 
Buchsbaum, R.....Aug. 17 conic as 


Baile KOMI es lesscessesersesee Aug. 24 
Gass, R. Wu Aug. Menkin, V.............Aug. 23 
Clement, A. C....Aug. 21 Molter, J..... Aug. 21 
Curtiseeree eee Aug. 16 Moser, F..... ..Aug. 23 


Summers, F. M...Aug. 16 


Aucust 24, 1940 } 


PE COLELECLING NED 


181 


THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE WOODS HOLE OCEANOGRAPHIC INSTITUTION 
C. O’D. Isetin, Director 


The Eleventh Annual Meeting of the Board of 
Trustees of the Woods Hole Oceanographic In- 
stitution was held on Thursday, August 15th. 
Twelve members were present including the Pres- 
ident, Dr. Henry B. Bigelow. Besides the or- 
dinary routine business, the Trustees voted to ac- 
cept the Anton Dohrn, a gift from the Carnegie 
Institution of Washington. This 70 foot power 
boat was formerly used at the Tortugas Labora- 
tory in Florida and will be converted during the 
coming winter for work in the coastal waters off 
New England. 

In addition, the Trustees discussed the réle of 
modern oceanography in the movement towards 
increased national defense. It was agreed that 
the complete facilities of the Institution should be 
offered to the National Defense Research Com- 


mittee. Dr, Frank B. Jewett, a member of this 
committee and also a Trustee of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution, explained how a closer 
cooperation between oceanographers and naval 
research could be achieved. While it still remains 
to be decided just which problems will be attacked 
first, it is clear that Woods Hole will soon become 
a headquarters for investigations of importance 
to the national defense and only rather remotely 
connected with oceanography in its ordinary sense. 

The retiring class of trustees was reappointed. 
These included Henry B. Bigelow, William 
Bowie, A. G. Huntsman, Alfred C. Redfield, 
Henry L. Shattuck, and T. Wayland Vaughan. 
Dr. Vannevar Bush was elected a member of the 
corporation. 


INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES 


Field trips and more field trips! Three this 
week to be exact. Monday we went to Lagoon 
Pond Bridge and spent an enjoyable day digging 
for worms and collecting scallops with their fas- 
cinating blue eyes (first time we had seen them 
alive.) Dr. Mattox forgot his invertebrate afflia- 
tions for a time as he attacked a conger eel with 
a penknife. An exciting time was had by all, but 
the eel escaped with minor injuries. 

An incident worth noting here happened on our 
return. One member of our class was walking 
home on Main Street in her typical field trip at- 
tire. As she neared a couple standing on the cor- 
ner, the woman nudged the gentleman and said in 
a fine stage whisper, “My God! Look at that!” 
We admit we may look like sights when we re- 
turn from a trip, but we try to remedy the situa- 
tion in short order. 

On Wednesday we had a grand long ride to 
Cuttyhunk, followed by exciting adventures while 
collecting. Members of Team One and Dr. Lucas 
found themselves caught in quicksand. A half 
hour was spent struggling to get free and many 
specimens and jars were lost from the ark. 

The third trip was on Friday to Hadley Har- 
bor. Here Dr. Rankin lost his reputation for 
being a slave driver for he did not make his team 


struggle through the mud flats—but Dr. Crowell 
did. Over 100 species of animals were collected 
by each team and, upon returning, we exhibited 
these in the lobby of the main building. 

During the little time we spent at the lab this 
week we studied molluscs. Dr. Matthews intro- 
duced us to this phylum Tuesday morning with an 
excellent lecture and we have been struggling with 
Busycon, Pecten and many others ever since. On 
Thursday we started the classic race between 
Busycon and Pecten, in which Busycon slowly 
and relentlessly pursues the scallop, planning to 
devour him. Next morning there appeared three 
empty scallop shells in the aquarium, each appro- 
priately labeled “‘In-Digestion”, “Out to Lunch” 
and “Final Fatal Fate.” 

Saturday and Sunday we kept busy making 
kymograph records of the effect of several chem- 
icals on the heartbeat of Venus (the clam). We 
ended up studying the effect of alcohol and nico- 
tine with such startling results that several stu- 
dents swore off smoking and drinking on the spot. 

Oh yes! There was a baseball game Saturday 
evening, wasn’t there? Too bad it became dark 
before we had a chance to show the crew what the 
“Invertebrates” really can do. But we’re looking 
forward to another battle. —Grace Coe 


THE FINDING OF A RARE STARFISH 


Grorce M. Gray 
Curator Emeritus, Museum of the Marine Biological Laboratory 


On August 7 of this year some collectors of the 
Supply Department went on a digging trip to 
Naushon Island or vicinity for worms to be used 
in the Invertebrate class. 

I met them at their boat on their return, and 


the collector in charge handed me a pail, at the 
same time remarking, “Something for you.” On 
looking into the pail I was very much surprised 
to see a Brittle Starfish which practically covered 
the whole bottom of the pail. I took it to the 


182 


THE COLLECTING NET 


Laboratory and placed it in a glass dish, giving it 
clean sea water. Unfortunately in making the 
transfer a part of one arm was broken off. 

This starfish was quite active and it was won- 
derful the way it could glide about the dish. On 
gently touching an arm, it would haul up that 
arm very quickly. It was very sensitive wherever 
touched. The general color of the animal was 
gray or grayish brown, darker on the dorsal sur- 
face of the arms. 

The disk, or central body part, was pentagonal 
in shape. It might properly be called a circular 
pentagon. The arms are very long and slender 
out of all proportion to the disk, the latter being 
about 13 mm. across. The arms at the base are 
only about 2 mm. wide and reach out from the 
disk a distance of 125 mm. (5 inches) to a fine 
point or to thin air. Some specimens have been 
taken having arms about 6 inches long. 

Our specimen had the appearance of having had 
a disastrous argument, for four of the arms, a 
half or third of the way from the disk, were of the 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


gray or brown color. From that point they 
changed abruptly to white and continued white to 
the very tips, with every indication that these 
white portions of the arms are regenerated parts. 
This is very likely true as this starfish burrows 
in the mud but leaves an arm or two arms pro- 
truding above the surface which sometimes is 
eaten by fish or other animals. 

This starfish is mentioned by Verrill in his 
Vineyard Sound Report as the Amphiaplus abdita 
(Verr.), taken in Long Island Sound near New 
Haven, and at Thimble Islands, (3-6 fathoms, 
mud.) Rare. Dr. Hubert L. Clark does not 
mention it as occurring in the Woods Hole Re- 
gion. Dr. Sumner, in his Biological Survey, men- 
tions three or four places where an arm has been 
taken. Fish Hawk 7776, Repetition made Aug. 
6, 1907—Phalarope stations 163 and 167, Ram 
Island, Aug. 1907, collected by Gray. So far as 
I know, this star has not been scientifically ob- 
served since, and is considered rare for this re- 
gion. 


THE FEULGEN AND LIGHT GREEN STAINING TECHNIQUE 


Dr. R. RuGGLes GATES 
Professor of Botany, University of London 


The Feulgen and Light Green Stain is one of 
those advances in cytological technique which en- 
ables marked progress to be made with research 
in a particular field. A specific differential stain 
for chromatin and nucleolus has long been desired 
and the need became more acute when it was dis- 
covered that the nucleoli took their origin at a 
particular locus on the satellited chromosomes. 
By the use of this method, for instance, one may 
trace in prophase each satellited chromosome with 
the terminal globular satellite attached by a Feul- 
gen-positive thread to the body of the chromo- 
some. The connecting thread is extremely tenu- 
ous and in the case of smaller chromosomes it is 
frequently below the limits of visibility. With 
larger chromosomes it can sometimes be seen as 
a definite spiral, red in color like the satellite and 
the body of the chromosome. 

By the present treatment, the nucleolus can be 
seen as a green globule underlying or overlying 
the red thread. The point of origin and attach- 
ment of the nucleolus is, generally at least, the 
tip of the chromosome proper, where the thread, 
which appears to be a spiral of a lower order than 
the chromonemata of the chromosome, emerges. 
The contrasting stain not only makes possible the 
determination of the exact point of origin of the 
nucleolus in relation to the chromosome, but it 
enables this body to be picked out in early telo- 
phase as a green pin-point in contrast to the sur- 
rounding red chromatin. Indeed, in the root-tip 


cells of the Crocus and certain other plants such 
a green granule can be seen to arise in telophase 
from each of the two chromonemata of which the 
telophase chromosome is composed. As these two 
chromonemata are close together the two green 
granules, when they have grown slightly, fuse by 
contact into one body which then grows into the 
fully formed nucleolus. 

In anaphase stages the red body of the chro- 
mosome is frequently seen to be surrounded by 
a green-staining sheath or matrix. This appears 
to be sloughed off in telophase stages, and in sey- 
eral genera of plants an evanescent condition is 
seen in which this material is scattered through 
the nucleus in the form of small irregular green 
masses. This material is apparently used up in 
the growth of the nucleolus. 

The essentials of the method are that the ma- 
terial should first be fixed with Navashin or Le- 
vitsky. The chromatin is then stained with Feul- 
gen and the preparations (sections or smears) 
are then brought down to distilled water. The 
material is left in 5% sodium carbonate for at 
least an hour. This mordanting is followed by a 
thorough washing in water and then a stain for 
about ten minutes in light green solution in al- 
cohol. The preparations are differentiated in al- 
coholic sodium carbonate solution and then passed 
through the alcohols into xylol and balsam. Nei- 
ther cytoplasm nor karyolymph are stained by 


=| 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING 


NET 183 


this method, so the preparations show the maxi- 
mum of clarity and give a brilliant and sharply 
marked contrast. 

In plants, where various polyploid conditions 
are of frequent occurrence and six or more chro- 
mosomes with satellites or secondary constrictions 
can be found in many species, the study of nucleo- 
li becomes of great value in tracing nuclear phy- 
logeny. The method should be equally applicable 
to animal species and should be especially useful 
in tracing the relation of nucleoli to the chromo- 
somes and chromocenters in salivary gland nuclei. 
It has already been applied in my Laboratory to 
a comparative karylogical study of the species in 
quite a wide range of plant genera. 

Details of the technique are found in the follow- 
ing papers: Semmens, C. S. and P. N. Bhaduri, 


THE OFFICIAL MEETINGS OF THE 


1939, “A technic for differential staining of nucle- 
oli and chromosomes,” Stain Tech., 14:1-5. 
Bhaduri, P. N., 1938. ‘“Root-tip smear technique 
and the differential staining of the nucleolus,” J. 
Roy. Micr., Soc., 58:120-124. 

Times of mordanting, strengths of solution and 
the period of hydrolysis for Feulgen staining re- 
quire slight alteration from genus to genus, but 
the best methods are soon determined by a little 
experimentation. It may be pointed out here that 
the chemical nature of the Feulgen reaction with 
nucleic acid is still uncertain. It has been sup- 
posed to be due to the aldehyde radical in the 
aldose sugar group, but we have recently shown 
(Semmens, C. S., Nature, 146:130) that some 
of the purine bases, such as adenine and guanine, 
give exactly the same red coloration. 


MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


(Continued from page 165) 


The twelve who were elected this year are: Dr. 
H. G. Albaum, Brooklyn College; Dr. C. A. An- 
gerer, Ohio State University; Dr. F. A. Brown, 
Northwestern University; Dr. Leon Churney, 
University of Pennsylvania; Dr. G. Failla, Mem- 
orial Hospital, New York; the Rev. J. A. Frisch, 
Canisius College; Dr. F. A. Hartman, Ohio State 
University ; Dr. Marie Hinrichs, Illinois Southern 
State Teachers’ College; Columbus O’D. Iselin, 
Harvard University, Rockefeller Institute; Mrs. 
Rebecca Lancefield, Rockefeller Institute; Dr. 
Floyd Moser, University of Pennsylvania; and 
Dr. Eric Wald, Harvard University. 

Candidates for election as Trustees are chosen 
by a committee made up of both Trustees and 
Corporation members. The list is then submitted 
to the Corporation for consideration. Not infre- 
quently, other candidates are proposed at the time 
of the meeting, in which case election is by ballot. 
The following Trustees were chosen this year: 
Dugald E. S. Brown, New York University; H. 
B. Bigelow, Harvard University; R. Chambers, 
New York University; W. E. Garrey, Vanderbilt 
University; S. O. Mast, Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity; A. P. Mathews, University of Cincinnati; 
C. W. Metz, University of Pennsylvania; H. H. 
Plough, Amherst College; W. R. Taylor, Uni- 
versity of Michigan. 

Drs, Caswell Grave, R. G. Harrison and C. E. 
McClung, Trustees who have reached the age of 
seventy years, were elected Trustees Emeriti. 

At the Corporation meeting memorials to the 
following distinguished members were read: 

Dr. H. McE. Knower, for many years Libra- 
rian of the Laboratory (read by R. G. Harrison). 

Dr. M. M. Metcalf, Trustee since 1897 (read 
by R. A. Budington). 


Dr. Charles Zeleny, well remembered by the 
older investigators here (prepared by F. Payne). 

Capt. John Veeder, for fifty years connected 
with the Laboratory, in charge of the boats until 
his retirement (read by F. R. Lillie). 

The chief topic of discussion at both meetings 
was the new addition to the Library, now actually 
under construction. The necessary funds for its 
erection have been given by the Rockefeller Foun- 
dation which some years ago generously aided in 
the construction of the Brick Building. The new 
structure, 59 * 51 feet in outside dimensions, will 
have the same height and architectural style as the 
present building. The four tiers of stacks, cor- 
responding to the present stack floors, will pro- 
vide space for almost twice as many volumes as 
we have on hand at present. On all floors read- 
ing tables will be provided. The crowding in the 
reading room should therefore be done away with. 
On the upper two floors there will be a generous 
amount of space between the tables and the stacks, 
so that readers should not be disturbed by those 
who are moving about in the stacks. A part of 
the basement will be used for the sterilization of 
glassware, distillation of water, and other services 
requiring steam. Two dark rooms are also pro- 
vided. 

This addition to the library comes none too 
soon. Already the space for books has been ex- 
hausted, and the reprints have been crowded un- 
comfortably. By next summer these troubles will 
be over and we shall have ample accommodations 
for books and for investigators who wish to read. 
For this we are greatly indebted to the Rockefeller 
Foundation. 


184 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF ITALY AND MONACO 


Homer A. JACK 


Cornell University 


On August 10, 1897 Anton Dohrn gave a tall 
at Woods Hole. He had been requested by friends 
to tell some of his experiences in establishing the 
Zoological Station of Naples about twenty-five 
years previously. He was quoted as describing 
himself, while a young privat-docent of the Uni- 
versity of Jena, as one “with rather more money 
than he well knew how to spend; with more time 
than he knew how to use; but with a strong de- 
sire to do something of lasting benefit for science.” 
Perhaps the most dramatic experience he re- 
counted to the group of students at Woods Hole 
is described in the American Naturalist (31 :962- 
63) as follows: 


An architect was engaged and the [zoological] 
station and its aquarial adjunct seemed on the 
straight road to accomplishment. But this bright 
prospect soon darkened. The architect, like others 
of his class, had his own ideas of what a zoological 
station should be like, although up to the moment 
of his engagement he had never seen such an estab- 
lishment, nor had he ever dreamed of one. At last 
he returned with his plans, Dr. Dohrn glanced at 
them, saw that they were totally unfitted for a zoo- 
logical station and pushed them aside on the table, 
whistling, as he did so, the closing phrases of 
Beethoven’s Ninth Symphony, a reminiscence of a 
concert of the evening before. The architect rushed 
from the room in rage, and shortly his representa- 
tive called upon Dr. Dohrn to make arrangements 
for a duel. 


Dr. Dohrn was spared from this encounter, but 
only after the architect received a thousand francs 
for his unusable sketches. 

What some believe to be Dohrn’s greatest con- 
tribution to the biological station idea was the 
plan of combining a public aquarium with a re- 
search laboratory, using the admission fees de- 
rived from the former to support the laboratory. 
The idea entered Dohrn’s mind as he rode in the 
mail coach from Apolda to Jena in January 1870. 
“Tt came to me,’ Dohrn wrote, “like a revelation 
and a limitless horizon of attainable results ap- 
peared to my feverishly working fancy.” With 
this scheme firmly in mind and with experience 
in establishing a temporary biological station in 
Sicily with N. N. Mikluho-Maclay, Dohrn began 
negotiations to establish a zoological station at 
Naples. The Franco-Prussian War interrupted 
these arrangements and he was forced to return 
to Germany. When he came back to Naples in 


1871, Dohrn had already presented his plan to the 
British Association for the Advancement of 
Science and succeeded in having appointed a com- 
mittee “for the foundation of zoological stations 
in different parts of the globe,” of which he was 
made secretary. After prolonged negotiations 
with the City of Naples, Dohrn was able to se- 
cure a site on the Bay of Naples and construction 
of the aquarium and laboratory began. Two eri- 
ses, however, threatened to truncate his ambitions. 
One day the Naples authorities ordered construc- 
tion on the station to cease because the height 
agreed to by Dohrn’s contract with the city had 
been exceeded by a few inches. At the same time 
Dohrn received reports from Berlin that the Aca- 
demy of Science and consequently the German 
government were unfavorably disposed to his 
project and would not support it because his 
scientific abilities to direct such an institution were 
unproven. With characteristic energy, Dohrn 
disarmed the opposition both in Berlin and Naples 
and in May 1873 was able to write, “. . . dan- 
gerous as the aspect of all these critical situations 
seemed, nevertheless it [the station] has always 
escaped, and now finds itself in better circum- 
stances than it would have been without them.” 
Indeed, Dohrn soon received word that a group 
of English scientists headed by Professor Huxley 
would contribute £1,000 to the station and not 
long afterwards the German government con- 
sented to contribute annually a sum of 30,000 
marks. When the station was finally opened in 
1874, those at the ceremonies were confronted 
with a large, four-story building costing 400,000 
francs, 

From the moment it began, the station at 
Naples has performed a useful function. While the 
station is active today, some believe that its period 
of greatest activity ended with the World War. 
In the years 1873-1909 almost two thousand in- 
vestigators occupied its research tables. The 
largest number were German and Italian, but the 
list of Americans who occupied tables at Naples 
is impressive. The year 1893 found G. H. Parker, 
G. H. Fairchild, and W. M. Wheeler at Naples 
and the following year the Americans included T. 
H. Morgan, H. Osborn, C. M. Child, and W. E: 
Ritter. In 1900 the American investigators at 
Naples were V. Heiser, B. M. Duggar, T. H. 
Morgan, C. Mensch, C. F. Hottes, T. B. Sumner, 


Aueust 24, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


185 


and W. T. Parker. Up to 1914, as many as five 
tables were supported by American institutions. 
Then came the war. Dr. Reinhard Dohrn, who 
succeeded his father as director, was forced to 
- leave Italy because he was a German citizen. 
The administration of the station was taken over 
by a commision appointed by the Italian govern- 
ment and the laboratories were nominally kept 
open, although work was practically at a stand- 
still. Even after the war was over, several years 
elapsed before the station’s legal position was 
clear. A royal decree in 1920 attempted to restore 
the station to Dr. Dohrn, but this was fought in 
the courts. Finally in 1924 the station was char- 
tered as a special form of an autonomous public 
corporation with Dr. Dohrn as director. During 
the past sixteen years Dr. Dohrn has tried hard 
to build up the institution to its former position. 
In 1938 research tables were sponsored by 37 
governments or institutions and its budget was 
900,000 iire (about $47,340). This income is still 
largely derived from admission fees to the aquar- 
ium which about 40,000 persons visit annually. 
The Zoological Station of Naples today is 
housed in the original, four-story building con- 
structed in 1872-74 and in a section added in 
1903. The ground floor of these buildings con- 
tains the public aquarium, a public museum, and 
a department for the collection, storage, and sale 
of biological specimens. The upper floors con- 
tain 58 individual research laboratories, four large 
research laboratories, apparatus rooms, dark- 
rooms, workshops, stockrooms, offices, library, 
kitchen, and dining room. The library in 1938 
contained about 17,000 volumes of bound periodi- 
cals, 9,000 bound books, and 46,446 reprints. 
While the station has a kitchen and dining room, 
only the noon meal and tea are served to investi- 
gators who, in 1939, could obtain board and lodg- 
ing at nearby hotels for 800 lire a month (about 
$42.08). The station is open throughout the year 
to qualified biologists from all countries who de- 
sire to pursue any kind of investigation, although 
in recent years the trend has been in experimental 
physiology. Investigators residing in countries 
with organizations or institutions sponsoring a 
table at Naples (cost: $500 a year) should apply 
for admission directly through the sponsoring in- 
stitution. For investigators in the United States 
or the British Empire, these would be the Na- 
tional Research Council, the Rockefeller Founda- 
tion, the British Association for the Advancement 
of Science, Oxford University, and Cambridge 
University. Special arrangements are made to 
accommodate those investigators not connected 
with institutions or nations sponsoring tables at 
Naples. Research work originating at Naples is 
often published in Fauna e Flora del Golfo di 
Napoli and Pubblicazioni della Stazione Zoologi- 


ca, the latter being a continuation of Mitheilungen 
aus der Zoologischen Station au Neapel. 

In addition to the Zoological Station of Naples, 
there are eight other biological stations in Italy. 
The important ones are located at Taranto in 
southern Italy, at Rovigno d’Istria on the Ad- 
riatic, and at Col d’Olen in the Italian Alps. 
Small marine stations are located at Mes- 
sina in Sicily (Istituto Centrale di Biologia 
Marina di Messina), at Cagliari in Sardinia (Sta- 
sione Biologica), and at San Guiliano near Genoa 
(Laboratorio di Biologia Marina per Il Mare 
Ligure )—the latter under the able direction of 
Dr. Alessandro Brian. Italian fresh-water sta- 
tions are located on Lake Trasimeno near Peru- 
gia (R. Stazione Idrobiologia de Lago Trasi- 
meno) and on Lake Maggiore near Pallanza (/s- 
tituto Italiano di Idrobiologia Dott. Marco de 
Marchi). Near Italy, although a nominally inde- 
pendent principality surrounded by France, lies 
Monaco where a famous oceanographic museum 
and laboratory is located. 

The Royal Institute of Marine Biology of Ta- 
ranto (Istituto Demaniale di Biologia Marina di 
Taranto) is located in that southern Italian city. 
It was founded in 1915 by Professor Attilio Cer- 
ruti, the present director, for research in general 
marine biology and the control of oyster and mus- 
sel culture in the waters surrounding Taranto. 
Since 1931 it has been housed in a new, well- 
equipped building and within the past year it has 
been taken over by the Italian National Research 
Council. Investigators from all countries are in- 
vited to make the station their scientific headquar- 
ters for biological research on the flora and fauna 
of southeastern Italy. There are no laboratory 
fees and the station is open throughout the year. 
As at most Italian stations, this institution does 
not furnish living accommodations to investiga- 
tors. Board and lodging may be obtained, how- 
ever, at nearby hotels for about 600 lire a month 
(about $31.56). 

The Italian-German Institute of Marine Biol- 
ogy at Rovigno d'Istria (/stituto I[talo-Germanico 
di Biologia Marina di Rovigno d’Istria) is the 
second largest biological station in Italy. It is 
the scientific progenitor of the Rome-Berlin axis, 
having been jointly sponsored by Italy (R. Comi- 
tato Talassografico) and Germany (Kaiser Wil- 
helm Gesellschaft) since 1931. . There is justifi- 
cation for this international cooperation, because 
originally the institution was founded by the Ber- 
lin Aquarium on Austrian territory, although the 
region and the station was taken over by Italy 
after the World War. Today the joint sponsor- 
ship extends both to the budget (300,000 lire an- 
nually) and to the administration, the directors 
being Professor M. Sella of Italy and Professor 
A. Steuer representing Germany. 


186 


THE COLLECTING NET 


The Italian-German station is located at the 
small town of Rovigno, about 75 miles south of 
Trieste on the Adriatic Sea. It is housed in a 
four-story stone building which contains a public 
aquarium, a department for the collection and sale 
of scientific specimens, offices, and research lab- 
oratories. The large library of the station is 
housed in a separate building which is located in 
the botanical garden that surrounds the institu- 
tion. In the harbor the station has two small 
motorboats and a new, specially-constructed 34- 
foot vessel for use by staff and visiting investiga- 
tors. The latter are invited to work at Rovigno 
and ten laboratory places are available for their 
use. There are no laboratory fees and the station 
is open throughout the year, The institution is- 
sues two series of publications which contain the 
results of research often carried out at Rovigno, 
These are the Notizen (or Note) of the institu- 
tion and the larger serial, Thalassia, Other print- 
ed material issued includes announcements of 
research facilities in German and Italian and a 
price-list of marine animals and plants which may 
be purchased from this institution, 

The only mountain biological station in Italy is 
the Angelo Mosso Scientific Institute on Monte 
Rosa (Istituto Scientifico Angelo Mosso sul 
Monte Rosa). The three-story main laboratory 
building is located on Col d’Olen at an altitude 
of 9,520 feet in the Pennine Alps. 
a high altitude annex (Capanna Regina Marg- 
herita) located at an altitude of 14,944 feet on 
Punta Gnifetti on Monte Rosa, Both the main lab- 
oratory and the annex are operated by the Royal 
University of Turin under the direction of Profes- 
sor Amedeo Herlitzka, During July and August 
independent investigators are invited to work in 


There is also 


the laboratories. These are adequate laboratory 
facilities for ten persons and board and lodging 


may be obtained at the institution for 150 


THE MOLECULAR ORGANIZATION 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


lire a week (about $7.89). Between 1907—the 
year the building at Col d’Olen was opened by 
Professor Angelo Mosso—and 1937, three hun- 
dred and twenty-seven Italian investigators and 
ninety workers from other countries have taken 
advantage of these research facilities. 

Monaco is the site of the internationally-famous 
casino. Equally renowned to scientists for work 
in oceanographical exploration, research, and edu- 
cation is the Oceanographic Museum and Aquar- 
ium of Monaco (Musée Océanographique et 
Aquarium de Monaco), Founded and endowed 
by Albert I, Prince of Monaco, in 1899, the insti- 
tution was originally planned to hold the collec- 
tions made by the Prince on his numerous oceano- 
graphical expeditions. The scope of the institu- 
tion was soon widened, however, and now in- 
cludes a public museum showing many phases of 
oceanography, a public aquarium, a research divi- 
sion, and research accommodations for visiting in- 
vestigators. In order to provide better working 
facilities for investigators, an addition was con- 
structed in 1938. Research workers are invited 
to use these facilities any time between October 
first and July fifteenth, and the only charges are 
140 franes a month (about $3.72) for service. 

While Prince Albert endowed the establish- 
ment at Monaco heavily, the decline of the French 
franc during the past decade has made the station 
dependent upon the admission fees to the museum 
and aquarium for its income.. This in 1938 was 
1,300,000 frances (about $34,450). The scientific 
work of the station is under the direction of Dr. 
Jules Richard, who accompanied the expeditions 
of Prince Albert as early as 1888. The results of 
the Prince’s expeditions and other research work 
undertaken at Monaco has been issued in two 
series of publications: Bulletin de l'Institut Océan- 
ographique and Les Résultats des Compagnes 
Scientifiques de S.A.S. Prince Albert Ter de 
Monaco. 


OF PROTOPLASMIC CONSTITUENTS 


Dr. FrRANcIS O, SCHMITT 
Associate Professor of Zoology, Washington University, St. Louis 


(Continued from Last Issue) 
Lamellar Structures 


The negative form birefringence of the limiting 
envelope of the cell, the nucleus, the nontractile 
vacuole and other vacuoles, indicates that these 
membranes are constructed of submicroscopic pro- 
tein leaflets oriented in planes parallel to the sur- 
face of the envelope. 

W. J. Schmidt recently recorded interesting 
observations on the contractile vacuole of proto- 
zoa as viewed in polarized light. The birefring- 


ence of the “membrane” waxes and wanes with 
the cyclic filling and contraction of the vacuole 
and he has interpreted these phenomena in terms 
of a reversible dispersion and close packing of the 
protein leaflets, depending on the local accumula- 
tion of water and on the hydrostatic pressure ex- 
erted on the interface, 

Except in a few cases, the nuclear membrane 
contains little or no oriented lipide material. The 
plasma membrane, on the other hand, appears 
quite typically to contain lipide molecules oriented 
with long axes perpendicular to the surface of the 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING 


NET 187 


envelope. One pictures the lipide phases occur- 
ring as characteristic double molecular layers but 
no crucial evidence is available as to whether all 
of the lipide is at the surface of the envelope or is 
intercalated between protein leaflets, as in more 
complex lipido-protein systems. In the case of 
the red cell envelope it has been possible to esti- 
mate the thickness of the protein and the “Lipide” 
(low refractive index, organic soluble) compo- 
nents by means of the analytical leptoscope. After 
determining the thickness of the entire envelope, 
the preparation is extracted in organic solvents 
and the thickness of the residue determined. The 
latter value presumably represents protein and the 
difference in the two values gives the amount of 
“lipide’. The values of lipide so obtained are 
considerably greater than would be expected from 
chemical analyses on stromata and it is not clear 
whether the discrepancy is due to inadequacy of 
the analytical chemical methods or to the presence 
of substances of unknown composition. 


The leptoscopic data bring out a number of in- 
teresting facts about the cell membrane. It ap- 
pears to be relatively stable in the presence of 
electrolyte but very unstable in their absence. The 
degree of this instability depends markedly on the 
pH. Moreover, the curve of envelope thickness 
versus pH is characteristic and reproducible for 
each species so far tried. These properties reflect 
the stability of the linkages between the lipide and 
protein components in the membrane and should 
be useful in providing a physical basis for the 
specificity of permeability as studied particularly 
by Dr. Jacobs. 

The importance of the lipides in protoplasmic 
structures has long been recognized but it is only 
in recent years that quantitative information has 
been obtained concerning the configuration and 
orientation of the lipides. Perhaps the most com- 
plete information comes from studies of the most 
highly organized lipide-protein tissue system, the 
nerve myelin sheath. This appears to be com- 
posed of concentrically wrapped lipide-protein 
layers. The unit layer, which is 170-190 A thick, 
contains one, or possibly two, very thin protein 
sheets intercalated between two double molecular 
layers of mixed lipides. This structure differs 
from that of lipide myelin forms chiefly in the 
presence of the protein layers which, in the nerve 
sheath, have a maximum thickness of about 25 A. 
Considerable water is distributed about the polar 
interfaces and the specific structure is irreversibly 
destroyed when this water is removed as by dry- 
ing. 

To obtain further information about such struc- 
tures diffraction data were obtained in our labora- 
tory by Dr. Palmer and Dr. Bear on a variety of 
lipides as pure compounds and in mixtures, both 


dry and in aqueous emulsions, and on artificial 
lipide-protein mixtures. It was found that mix- 
tures of lipides, as represented by brain extracts, 
separate out in several phases, each having char- 
acteristic identity periods. On the addition of 
water, however, a mixed-lipide phase is formed 
with a single identity period for the double mo- 
lecular layers. A striking characteristic of such 
emulsions is the great amount of water which may 
be interposed between the double layers at the 
polar interfaces. Thus in a 25% emulsion of 
brain lipide the identity period is 150 A, of which 
about 85 A is due to water between the layers. 
The forces which cause the lipide layers to remain 
separated by such long distances are doubtless 
similar to those which operate in tactoid systems 
such as tobacco mosaic virus protein and ben- 
tonite sols, where the separation may be even 
much greater. According to Langmuir, the sep- 
aration is due to a repulsive force which depends 
on the penetration of water, and is proportional to 
the osmotic pressure according to the Debye- 
Huckel theory. 

If the lipide is emulsified in salt solutions the 
water penetration may be greatly reduced, A con- 
centration of about 0.6 M KCl is required to pre- 
vent water penetration almost completely whereas 
only about 0.03 M CaCls will produce the same 
effect. It is obvious from this that lipide systems 
in the protoplasm of marine forms cannot be high- 
ly solvated and dispersed since the salt concentra- 
tion in such forms is approximately 0.6 M. This 
factor may be of importance also in determining 
the type of myelination possible in marine inver- 
tebrate nerves. 

Even more striking in the flocculation of solv- 
ated lipides is the action of basic proteins. As 
Chargaff has shown, when histone or protamine 
is added to a dilute cephalin emulsion, an insolu- 
ble cephalin-histone complex is formed. From 
diffraction patterns which we have made of such 
complexes it appears that monolayers of protein 
are intercalated between double layers of cepha- 
lin, the union being due to salt linkages between 
the basic groups of the protein and the negative 
phosphoric acid groups of the cephalin. Similar 
complexes have been obtained with globin. In- 
deed, Chargaff finds that cephalin will combine 
with the globin of hemoglobin, liberating the heme 
residue. It would seem that cephalin is a rather 
dangerous character to have wandering about free 
in protoplasm, particularly dangerous to any en- 
zyme which might anchor its prosthetic groups by 
salt linkages with its terminal positive group. 

Of considerable biological importance is the 
question of the molecular architecture of the pro- 
tein leaflets in cellular membranes. It is known 
that these layers are very thin, possibly unimolec- 


188 


THE COLELECRING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 136 


ular, in some instances. Polarized light studies 
show that their optic axes are normal to the planes 
of the surfaces and that within these planes there 
is no preferred orientation such as could give rise 
to intrinsic birefringence. If the leaflets are made 
of polypeptide chains the orientation of the chains 
must be random. A higher degree of order would 
obtain in the case of polypeptide fabrics as pic- 
tured by Wrinch, though, of course, the fabric 
need not have a cyclol structure. As a matter of 
taste and intuition, such fabrics appeal to me more 
than do randomly oriented polypeptide chains; 
but I know of no crucial evidence for or against 
their existence in cell membranes. 


Physiologists traditionally think of cellular 
membranes as structures whose chief business is 
the direction of the molecular traffic into and out 
of the cell or nucleus. Determination of mem- 
brane ultrastructure would be valuable, therefore, 
chiefly in establishing a physical basis for permea- 
bility phenomena. But surely the surface envel- 
ope of the cell is important also in other ways, 
such as in determining the shape of the cell, the 
adhesion or non-adhesion of neighboring cells, in 
providing a physical substratum for strategically 
located desmoenzymes, and for other purposes not 
directly related to its function as a diffusion bar- 
rier. It was with the idea of finding structural 
bases for such phenomena that the analytical lep- 
toscope was originally developed. Leptoscopic ex- 
amination of the red cell envelope reveals a cen- 
tral region somewhat (ca. 50 A) thicker than the 
peripheral region. This central region appears to 
be made of protein and to be responsible for the 
characteristic biconcave shape of the erythrocyte. 
This observation illustrates both the sensitivity of 
the leptoscopic method in revealing molecular dis- 
continuities in cell membranes and the significance 
of such molecular discontinuities in determining 
the specific shape of free cells. 


It has never seemed reasonable to me that spe- 
cific structure in cells should be limited to linear 
arrays as in chromosomes. There are geometric 
and chemical reasons to suppose that specific 
structure in two-dimensional fabrics may be more 
stable than in fibers. While it may be difficult 
to get evidence of the molecular nature of such 
fabrics, it should be possible with the leptoscope 
to discover in cellular membranes any preferential 
distribution of groups, such as nucleic acid, which 
have higher refractive index or greater thickness 
than the surrounding fabric. In collaboration with 
Dr. Waugh, experiments along these lines are in 
progress. 

Finally, I should like to emphasize the dynamic 
nature of protoplasmic structuration. The great 
importance of solvation processes has already been 
stressed. But what provides the stimulus for 


these processes and causes them to occur rapidly 
yet in orderly fashion? I think we must look to 
enzymes for the key to the solution. 
zymes are known which cause not only hydrolyses 
(destructuration through addition of water) but 
also syntheses (structuration through removal of 
water). One has only to think of the thrombin 
recently purified by Smith, which can clot a large 
quantity of fibrinogen in a second, or the enzyme 
recently described by Cori, which can convert 
glucose phosphate into high molecular weight 
glycogen in a few seconds, to realize the extreme 
efficiency and velocity of such enzyme actions. The 
phenomenon of blood clotting, in which a struc- 
tureless sol is converted into a fibrous, highly 
structured clot through the action of enzymes, 
kinases, antikinases, and electrolytes, presents an 
interesting though incomplete analogy to the for- 
mation of structure, such as the mitotic mechan- 
ism, in protoplasm. 
careful study, the mechanism of blood clotting is 
still only very poorly understood, yet the theories 
may be of use in guiding an experimental attack 
on the mechanism of protoplasmic structuration, 
and experiments along these lines are in progress 
in our laboratory. It seems that the reversible 
structuration processes in cells must involve a 
series of enzyme reactions at least as complicated 
as those of blood clotting and that a solution of 
the problem will require the cooperation of bio- 
chemists, physical chemists, and cell physiologists. — 

The dynamic nature of structuration is clearly 
indicated also in the experiments of Schoenheimer 
and Rittenberg, in which isotopes were used as 
tracers. They find that not only the smaller or- 
ganic molecules like the phospholipides, but also 
the large structural proteins are continually being 
broken down and resynthesized in the cell. To 
quote from their recent review: “The fact that the 
living organism in contrast to the dead material 
keeps constant the form of cells and organs as 
well as the chemical structure of the large mole- 
cules, has led many investigators to believe that 
the tissue enzymes, which show their destructive 
power during autolysis, lie dormant during life 
and are ‘activated’ only when their function is 
required. The results with isotopes make such a 
supposition unnecessary. The experiments indi- 
cate that all reactions, for which specific enzymes 
and substrates exist in the animal, are carried out 
continually.” Only if he keeps constantly in mind 
this ceaseless building up and tearing down, this 
metastable alertness of the cell, can the physiolo- 
gist or morphologist hope to gain an insight into 
the true meaning of structure in the living proto- 
plasm. 


(This article is based upon a lecture delivered at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 9.) 


Potent en- 


Though after many years of — 


Aucust 24, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 189 


Cooperation with 


Authors and Publishers 


Authors of biology texts and manuals frequently write to us 
to ask if we will loan illustrations for use in their books. We do so in 
numerous cases. Hundreds of copyrighted Turtox photographs and 
drawings have been published in dozens of outstanding biology texts. 
We make no charge for this service to authors or publishers. Write 
to us if you wish to use any Turtox illustrations in textbooks, manual 


or magazine articles. 


wy BICAy. So, 


TurTo¥ropucts GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 
wy Incorporated 
(6) 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 


= 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisfaction 


ccurate pH determination 
MADE EASY 


The Cambridge Electron-Ray pH Meter 
combines a high degree of accuracy with 
many practical conveniences. It is port- 
able and self-contained in a case 844” x 
10” x 17%”. No batteries are required 
because it operates from the lighting 
circuit. Its glass electrode permits uni- 
versal application and its fine adjustment 
dial (illustrated) is easily read to .005 
pH. A millivolt scale enables the direct 
reading of oxidation-reduction potentials. 
Range: 0 to 14 pH and 0 to 1200 milli- 
Actual size indicates ease of reading. Each volts. 
sub-division represents 0.01 pH unit. 


Send for List 910-E which describes the 


CAMBRIDGE ELECTRON-RAY pH METER 


CAMBRIDGE INSTRUMENT CO., INC. 
3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York, N. Y. 
Pioneer Manufacturers of Precision Instruments 


190 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 136 


CLEANING — PRESSING 


Dee Cina nae MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 


Tel. 907 
PARK TAILORING SHOP 172 Main St. HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
BAND BOX CLEANERS Falmouth 
TOILET NECESSITIES 
oe: ROWE’S PHARMACY CRETONNE, CHINTZ, LINGERIE 
Sq, Cigarettes - Cosmetics - Magazines 
Home Remedies FALMOUTH 


Developing and Printing Snapshots 
sve Falmouth - Woods Hole - No. Fal. 


Carolina Cultures THE TWIN DOOR 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium wmulti- 


micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- Main Street Woods Hole 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, Restaurant 

brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata Open 

and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all from Special 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 6 A. M. Weekly 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. to Rates 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 11:30 P. M. 


Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


STEAKS LOBSTERS CHICKEN 


with 3 Litres Capacity at 3,000 R.P.M. 


The International SIZE 3, MODEL FS Centrifuge is designed for 
heavy duty, high speed and lerge capacity. The head is wind- 
shielded to avoid air resistance and consequent heating of contents. 
The all-steel boiler plate guard affords adequate protection and the 
new TACHOMETER shows at a glance the speed at any setting of 
the speed controller. 


DESIGNED FOR: 


Heavy Duty 

High Speed (3,000 r.p.m. or 2850 x gravity) 

Large Capacity (6-500 ml. bottles) 

Vertical Motor Drive 

Flexibly Mounted Shaft (for better running 
balance) 


Board of Health, Biological and Industrial Labora- 
tories find the Size 38, Model FS Centrifuge particu- 
larly suited for separation, in large quantities of 
serums, anti-toxins, vaccines and many other sub- 


stances. 
Write for Bulletin FS 


INTERNATIONAL EQUIPMENT COMPANY 


354 Western Avenue Makers of Fine Centrifuges Boston, Mass. 
SS a a a SE 


Aveust 24, 1940 | 


THE COLLECTING NET 


19] 


N close co-operation with scientists 

of long experience Spencer has de- 
veloped a new group of Stereoscopic 
Microscopes. 


The result is an instrument which 
represents an important advance, op- 
tically and mechanically. 


Notable among the superiorities are 
an improved stereoscopic vision, an 
uncommonly brilliant resolution and 
a large object field. Mechanically, 
betterments have been effected in 
rigidity and weight, in the dust-proof 


Spencer Lens Company 


revolving objective holder and in the 
longer range of focusing adjustment. 


A wide range of magnifications — 
from 6.3X to 144X — is available. 
Seven different powers in paired ob- 
jectives and four different powers in 
paired eyepieces provide a total of 
twenty-eight magnifications. 


A new booklet describing the com- 
plete Spencer line of Stereoscopic 
Microscopes has just been published. 
Address Dept. H8-4 for a copy. 


MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALO SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT US. ALS PROJECTORS 


192 THE COLLECTING NET [ Vor. XV, No. 136 


‘Tae Mechanical Precision of working parts 
in the B&L Instruments you use, did not begin 
at the lathe. It had its beginning in the selection 
of materials, their testing and analyses, even 
before B&L engineers set up the tolerances 
within which all B&L Instruments are built. 

So close are those tolerances, so accurately 
must each completed part fit and work into its 
component, that even the grain structure of 
the different metals used must answer definite 
rigid specifications. Only thus can friction be 
decreased to a minimum and long life and 
trouble-free performance be attained. 

Care such as this has made the name of 
Bausch & Lomb synonymous with quality and 
accuracy. No matter how delicate or exacting 
your work is, you can always depend upon 
your B&L instrument. Bausch & Lomb Optical 
Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Vol. XV, No. 10 


SATURDAY, AUGUST 31, 1940 


Annual Subscription, $2.00 
Single Copies, 30 Cents. 


THE AMAKUSA MARINE BIOLOGICAL 
LABORATORY 


Dr. HrrosHt OHSHIMA 
Kyitsyi Imperial University 
Hukuoka, Japan 


Amakusa is the name of a group of large and 
small islands, more than 60 in number, situated 
south of Nagasaki, on the west side of Kyisya. 
The islands are famous for their lovely scenery 
together with the rebellion of persecuted Jesuits 
which occurred there about 300 years ago. 

At the northwest corner of Simo-Zima, the 
‘largest island of the group, projects a small penin- 
sula with a narrow neck. On this neck lies the 
town of Tomioka. There stands our marine lab- 
oratory on the south side of the peninsula, facing 
a picturesque inlet called Tomoé-Wan, which is 
encircled by a long slender beak of land, clad with 
pine trees. 

The Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory 
belongs to the Kytsya Imperial University of 
Hukuoka, and its director is Dr. Hiroshi Ohshi- 
ma, Professor of Zoology of the said university. 
Pieces of land about 60,000 square metres alto- 
gether in area were donated by the local authorities 
to the university in 1927, and the laboratory was 
opened in the spring of 1928. Some more build- 
ings were added later in 1938. Thus, now a 
wooden laboratory with 6 research rooms, a large 
working room for students, specimen-room, lib- 
rary and aquarium is at work, besides the pump- 


ON DEPENDENT GROWTH AND FORM 
OF THE TESTES IN VARIOUS SPECIES 
OF DROSOPHILA 


Dr. Curt STERN 
University of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y. 

A powerful tool of the student of causal em- 
bryology in the analysis of differentiation has been 
the study of artificial mosaic organisms; trans- 
plantations within developing systems have led to 
the discovery of interaction of parts. The classi- 
cal type of such interaction is represented by the 
term embryonic induction. 

One of the geneticist’s contributions to the elu- 
cidation of development consists in the presenta- 
tion of genetic mosaics. A study of the influences 
of hereditarily different parts upon each other 
complements the study of the interaction between 
developmentally differentiated parts. Up to some 
years ago we had to wait for such mosaics to oc- 
cur spontaneously. More recently, however, an 
experimental approach to such material became 
available when Caspari and Kithn, and Ephrussi 
and Beadle invented transplantation techniques 
applicable to such genetically accessible organisms 
as the meal moth Ephestia and the fruit fly Dro- 
sophila. It is well known how these investigators 
transplanted organ anlagen of one genetic con- 
stitution into larvae of another constitution ; how 
they could distinguish dependent or independent 
differentiation of host and implant; and how they 
succeeded in recognizing and even isolating speci- 


house, dormitory, official residence, etc. A 3- fic substances produced under the influence of 
horsepower motor and (Continued on page 208) some, and not of other, genetic constitutions. The 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
On Dependent Growth and Form of the Testes Invertebrate Class Notes ............sscccccssssccsessseseovsus 204 


in Various Species of Drosophila, Dr. Curt 

Stern 
The Amakusa Marine Biological Laboratory, 

Elem Ohishi ay s-cs-cercseccscstereecsscesovestesecerss sucess 193 
Memorials at the Annual Meeting of M. B. L. 198 
Papers and Demonstrations Presented at the 


General Scientific Meeting, 1940 .................. 200 
MtemasWotIntereStycscssscercsscrsretrecscsccsscscsccosee 201, 203 
Biological Laboratories of Mexico, Dr. E. 

TBXOIETRETD Gobesoosnace scene Gecoc POLO CEC ET ee ee 202 


The Relation of Potassium to the Bioelectric 
Effects of Temperature and Light in Valonia, 
Dr. L. R. Blinks 

Respiratory Changes Following Stimulation in 
Nitella, R. K. Skow and Dr. L. R. Blinks 205 


Developmental Changes in Apical Meristems, 


Drs) Wis GW hal Gyn aie oo cctes ecstctries xvactecteees 06 
The Biological Field Stations of Spain and 
Portugal, Homer A. Jack o.....ee ce ecceceeeseeeeeeee 206 


“‘qysiz ayy ye Avads ayy anoqe saeodde peaqysemoy ey} Jo doy oyy, “usye, sem ydersojoyd oyy 
reqze Ay}LoYs 10}eM FO Joo; OMY Aopun pesazouqns sem [Tem ey} Fo doy ouL ‘punorsyoeq oY} UL ST Solteysty JO nveing oy} FO edUepIseL OY, 


OOV SUVAA OML ANVOINANH AHL JO AWIL AHL LV TIVM VAS YHAO DNIMVANA AMOS 


(sexe “V TT GUst1sdoo) 


Aueust 31, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


195 


genetic differences utilized in these experiments 
were mainly related to pigmentation. It seemed 
desirable to approach the problem from an angle 
where a morphological difference was involved. 
Had a case been found in which the genetic basis 
of such form diversity were known this study 
could lay full claim to be classified as physiologi- 
cal genetics. As no such material offered itself, 
form differences determined by the genetically 
unanalyzed variance between not hybridising 
species were used. Thus the problem became 
even more loosely connected to the field of genet- 
ics and resolved itself into a strict developmental 
analysis just as so much other work which uses 
the term gene at the beginning and then launches 
into embryological study. 

The material for this work consists of the testes 
of Drosophila. Their shape varies greatly in dif- 
ferent species, from slightly elongated ellipsoidal 
form to spirals of about 1 gyre, and to helices of 
a few to many turns. Larvae and young pupae 
of all species possess uncoiled gonads. Final shape 
is assumed during pupal metamorphosis. It was 
Dobzhansky (1931) who pointed out that a spe- 
cific relation seemed to exist between the male 
duct system and the adult testis shape. The ducts 
are produced by the genital disc at the posterior 
end of the individual while the testes are located 
within the body cavity about one-third of the lar- 
val length anterior from the posterior end. Dob- 
zhansky discovered in adult gynandromorphs of 
Drosophila simulans that the testes may be either 
spirals as in normal males or ellipsoidal bodies, 
similar to but larger than early pupal gonads. The 
helical testes had made normal connection with a 
vas efferens while the ellipsoidal testes due to the 
specific gynandromorphic condition had not suc- 
ceeded in joining with a duct. Thus an “organiz- 
ing” influence of the duct system upon testis form 
was suggested. Later, confirmation of these find- 
ings was obtained in intra- and inter-specific im- 
plantations of larval testes into male larvae of six 
more “spiral” species. As a consequence of the 
presence in such operated individuals of three 
gonads but only two ducts, one gonad frequently 
remains unattached. Such gonads whether of host 
or implant origin never assume spiral shape. Fin- 
ally a slight extension of the conclusion reached 
by these observations was made possible when the 
internal organization of a male-sterile race of 
Drosophila melanogaster, “sex combless”, was 
studied. Among various conditions the most in- 
teresting one consisted in the presence of one or 


both vasa efferentia which however had them- 
selves remained closed due to absence of a vas 
deferens. In spite of this abnormal state the 
gonads if attached were coiled. This shows that 
the organizing influence of the duct system upon 
testis shape is dependent specifically on the vas 
efferens. 

With these facts as a basis the following ques- 
tions were asked: how is the difference in gonad 
shape conditioned between a species with adult 
uncoiled testes like Drosophila pseudoobscura and 
one with coiled testes as for example Drosophila 
azteca? What is the nature of the influence of 
the vas efferens? Do the two specific vasa differ 
in their organizing potency so that the various 
forms of gonads are only reflections of duct dif- 
ferences—or are the vasa of all species alike in 
their power to evocate coiling if only the specific 
constitution of the gonad is able to respond? In 
order to answer these questions transplantations 
of gonads between larvae of species with coiled 
and uncoiled testes were performed. The result 
seemed obvious even before the experiment was 
done. In most previous work in which processes 
of embryonic induction between organizing part 
of one species and affected part of another was 
tested it had been found that the organizers were 
alike in different species but that the reacting tis- 
sues were distinguished by their specific proper- 
ties. Thus it seemed safe to expect coiled testes 
from the coiled azteca if joined to the vas of the 
uncoiled pseudoobscura and uncoiled testes from 
pseudoobscura even if attached to a vas from 
azteca. 

The results, however, were the opposite ones. 
Whenever a testis of any species became attached 
to the vas of an “‘uncoiled species” the testis re- 
mained uncoiled; whenever a testis of any species 
became joined to the vas of a “coiled species” the 
testis assumed spiral shape. Here then the vasa 
are not just evocators of specific responses of the 
testes but are themselves different according to 
their constitution and true inductors of the final 
testis shape. 

The very unexpectedness of these findings ne- 
cessitated further anlysis. It became apparent 
that a striking difference exists between the clas- 
sical cases of induction and the one followed in the 
Drosophila experiments. In the former, embry- 
onic differentiation into specific tissues and organs 
is accomplished, in the latter shaping of an organ 
already differentiated. A young testis before it is 
attached to a duct forms a vesicle whose anterior 


THE CoLLEcTING NET was entered as second-class matter July 11, 1935, at the Post Office at Woods Hole, Mass., 


under the Act of March 3, 1879, and was re-entered on July 23, 1938. 


marine biological laboratories. 


Mass. Single copies, 30c; subscription, $2.00. 


It is devoted to the scientific work at 


It is published weekly for ten weeks between July 1 and September 15 from Woods 
Hole, and is printed at The Darwin Press, New Bedford, Mass. 


Its editorial offices are situated in Woods Hole, 


196 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 137 


end is filled with spermatogonial cells while its 
remaining main lumen contains later stages of 
germ cells—mostly spermatocytes and spermatids. 
A mature testis is distinguished from this early 
stage by a larger size and the possession of later 
germinal stages, i.e. spermatozoa in all stages of 
maturity. The development of spermatocytes to 
spermatozoa proceeds independent of attachment 
to a vas: “free” testes of adults may be filled with 
motile sperm. The influence of the vas then is 
restricted toward directing increase in size of the 
vesicle. 

This leads to a discussion of the form-determin- 
ing properties of the testis. Structurally, they re- 
side in the membrane and not in the interior. No 
parts occur inside to which form-giving properties 
may be ascribed. On the other hand, the thin 
testis membrane alone is unable to maintain the 
form of the testis if deprived of its content. Vari- 
ous experiments, like pricking the membrane, 
squeezing out of germ cells, treatment with hypo- 
and hypertonic solutions, suggest that the testis 
sheath is a somewhat elastic membrane stretched 
under the influence of internal pressure. The 
shape of the testis seems the result of internal 
pressure exerted upon this form-determining 
sheath. 

What change does this sheath undergo from the 
time before attachment to the vas where it de- 
limits a small ellipsoidal vesicle to the stages af- 
terwards when, in most species, it controls a large 
coiled form? The answer in general terms is: 
an unequally distributed increase in surface of the 


sheath. How is this increase accomplished? Two 
main alternatives suggest themselves. Either 


growth occurs over the whole surface of the testis 
sheath or it is restricted to a growth zone. Three 
separate lines of evidence point to the second al- 
ternative : 

(1) A study of the sequence of age stages of 
the testes of coiled species can best be interpreted 
in such a way that each successive stage is re- 
garded as consisting of two parts, one equal to 
that of the preceding stage and the other a ter- 
minal addition to it. Starting with an ellipsoidal 
body at the time of attachment to the vas each 
following coiled stage seems to be produced not 
by elongation and curving of the preceding whole 
but rather by its retention plus intercalation of a 
new curved section between the former region of 
attachment to the vas and the vas itself. 

(2) A classical method for studying changes in 
growth and form consists of marking experiments 
and interpretation of shifts in the position of such 
markings. While vital staining of parts of grow- 
ing testes has not been possible the following pro- 
cedure served the purpose. Implants of testes 
into male larvae often result in normal attach- 
ment of two gonads to the two vasa with the third 


testis closely applied externally or even partially 
fused with one or both of the other two gonads. 
When this condition was found in operated indi- 
viduals of Drosophila melanogaster after meta- 
morphosis, it appeared that the junction of the 
third testis occurred nearly exclusively within the 
anterior fifth of the length of the coiled attached 
testis. Such a phenomenon could either be ex- 
plained by a specific preference of junction or by 
the assumption that junction takes place at a time 
when the coiled growth of the attached testis was 
still in its beginning i.e. before the later four- 
fifths of its surface had been added terminally. 
To test these alternatives larval implantations 
were made and the resulting pupae dissected be- 
fore any extensive longitudinal growth of the tes- 
tis had occurred. It was seen that junction of 
the third testis with the attached one had taken 
place already and that no preference exists for 
such junction to occur near the anterior end of 
the attached gonad. On the contrary, junction 
had occurred anywhere from the anterior to the 
posterior end. Clearly growth over the whole 
surface of the attached testes would cause the 
joined testis to be found anywhere along the 
length of the later coil. The restriction of the 
region of junction to the anterior portion of the 
coil is evidence for terminal growth. 

(3) The last method employed was that of 
histological examination. Although perhaps ap- 
parent as the most obvious procedure of study it. 
offered particular difficulties due to the minuteness 
of the structures involved. The adult testis sheath 
consists of an apparently homogeneous strongly 
refractive membrane, a fraction of a micron in 
thickness with very small, flattened nuclei either 
applied to its inside or possibly a part of it. These 
will be called the membrane nuclei in the follow- 
ing discussion. Externally a single layer of large, 
flat pigment-bearing cells is found. They are not — 
responsible for the form-giving properties of the 
testis sheath as they are slightly ameboid in nature 
and may even be removed artificially from small 
areas of the surface without interference with the 
shape of the testis. This leaves the membranous 
structure for consideration. In early stages it is 
not of equal thickness all over the testis but 
widens into a plasmatic sheath at its posterior end, 
This sheath is closely packed with a single layer 
of small, spherical nuclei. It represents either a 
syncytium or an epithelium without clearly dis- 
tinguishable cell walls. In counting the number 
of membrane nuclei in five adjacent equal sized 
areas from near the posterior end toward the an- 
terior part such numbers as 31, 33, 25, 10, 8 have 
been found. These five areas extend over a strip 
of the most posterior quarter of a testis which had 
just started to coil. A sixth and seventh area, 
located in the middle and near the anterior end 


Aucust 31, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


197 


contained only 3 and 4 respectively. Thus a 
gradient exists between the densely packed nuclei 
on one end and the widely spaced nuclei in the 
remainder of the surface. If, in older testes, areas 
are investigated which are equivalent in their dis- 
tance from the anterior end to the areas with high 
nuclear numbers in the stage just discussed, it is 
found that they now possess only about 3 nuclei. 
As it does not seem to be true that nuclei disap- 
pear during the growth of the membrane it must 
be concluded that a large amount of stretching 
predominantly in the posterior portion occurs 
which greatly increases the distance between 
neighboring nuclei. Thus again, growth of the 
testis membrane is shown by histological analysis 
to be due to terminal elongation. Whether the 
growth of the membrane is due only to stretching 
or whether in addition mitotic divisions play a 
role is a question which has been difficult to de- 
cide. No clear pictures of mitosis have ever been 
seen. At best they must be rare. If they occur at 
all they ought to be restricted to the protoplas- 
matic terminal region of the membrane, for it is 
improbable that the flat and apparently degener- 
ated nuclei along the major part of the membrane 
are able to divide. 

We may now begin to apply these data to an in- 
terpretation of the influence of the vas efferens on 
growth and form of the attached testis. Part of 
this influence consists ina stimulation of growth 
by elongation of the contiguous protoplasmatic 
region of the testis membrane. This statement, 
however, leaves out one paramount aspect, the 
spiral growth of the organ. This involves asym- 
metrical growth of the membrane, faster on the 
outer than on the inner rim of each coil. Is this 
differential growth due to differential stretching or 
is a difference of the hypothetical mitotic multipli- 
cation of nuclei with coinciding increase of cyto- 
plasm responsible? In order to answer this ques- 
tion the number of nuclei along the outer and in- 
ner rim of testes in various stages of coiling was 
determined. Differential nuclear multiplication 
should result in a larger number of nuclei along 
the longer outer rim than along the shorter inner 
rim, while differential stretching should result in 
equal numbers of nuclei on both rims. The actual 
results of three different series of such determina- 
tions showed consistently a somewhat higher nu- 
clear number along the outer rim, not enough 
however to account for more than one-fourth to 
one-half of its larger dimension. There is some 
reason to suspect that the difference in nuclear 
number may be due not to mitosis but rather to 
initial differences of numbers on opposite rims. In 
any case the data point to differential stretching 
as one cause of spiralization. 

Is this differential stretching an autonomous 
response of the testis to a general stimulation of 


growth by the vas efferens or does the action of 
the vas include the organization of specific differ- 
ential growth which leads to coiling? An answer 
is provided by observations which may now be 
introduced. It has been pointed out earlier that 
when three testes are present in one individual 
two generally become attached in a normal way 
while the third either remains completely free or 
may become closely joined to the membrane of 
one of the attached gonads. Free and joined tes- 
tes alike in some species are ellipsoidal or pear- 
shaped. In others, however, free and joined testes 
behave differently from each other. While free 
testes nearly always are ellipsoidal or pear-shaped, 
closely joined ones are elongated and, more sig- 
nificant, often curved into semi-circles, complete 
circles, or even spirals with slightly more than one 
gyre. Their curvature is turned away from the 
region of their sideways junction to the “carrier- 
testis”. Thus, the growth-promoting influence of 
a vas extends even to testes which are not direct- 
ly attached to it but with which it is connected by 
the intermediary of a “carrier” testis. In these 
cases of random junction of a supernumerary tes- 
tis somewhere along its length to an attached tes- 
tis there is no reason to suggest that there is any 
preferred region which invariably enters into 
junction. In other words, type and direction of 
curvature of the testis is not evocated by a gen- 
eralized stimulus, but can be regarded as specifi- 
cally induced by contact with the “carrier” testis. 

All data taken together suggest the hypothesis 
that the vas efferens of species having coiled testes 
releases a substance which diffuses by direct con- 
tact into the growth region of an attached testis 
and causes its elongation; that this substance is 
given off in different amounts to opposite sides of 
the testis so that it induces different degrees of 
stretching of the testis membrane at different re- 
gions of its terminal growth zone. Nothing is 
known yet about the nature of this hypothetical 
substance. A parallelism in its action with the 
auxins which cause elongation of the cellulose 
walls of plant cells is obvious although no funda- 
mental similarity need be involved. 

Finally let us return to the experiments of in- 
terspecific transplantations. The difference in the 
power of the vas efferens of species having spiral 
and those having uncoiled testes can now be ex- 
pressed in terms of production of different quan- 
tities of the growth substance or possibly of dif- 
ferences in effectiveness of various growth sub- 
stances characteristic for each species. The lat- 
ter alternative although not ruled out may at pres- 
ent be regarded as of less likelihood than the 
former. It may be asked whether it is not neces- 
sary to assume in addition to different quantities 
of the substance, an equal distribution around the 
growth zone in uncoiled vs. an unequal distribu- 


198 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No, 137 


tion in coiled forms. However, an inspection of 
a growth series of Drosophila pseudoobscura re- 
veals a clear indication of unequal growth even in 
this species although the curving of the terminal 
section which is obtained at the end of develop- 
ment is so slight as to be equal only to change of 
form in Drosophila melanogaster after 8 percent 
of the crucial time of development had elapsed. 
We have here an interesting example of how 


genetic changes have played a role in the diver- 
gent evolution of these species by being respon- 
sible probably for small differences in the quantity 
of some substance produced by one organ which 
in turn leads to the induction of very striking 
specific differences in growth and form of another 
organ. 


(This article is based upon a lecture presented at 
the Marine Biological Laboratory on August 30.) 


MAYNARD MAYO METCALF 


It is altogether fitting that the Corporation of 
the Marine Biological Laboratory, at its annual 
meetings, should pause to pay such salutation and 
honor as it may to those recently removed by 
death, and who over many years supported the 
Laboratory by scientific work, wise counsel, and 
energetic endorsement. 

Such a Corporation member was Maynard 
Mayo Metcalf, who died last April 19th after a 
very prolonged illness, which began suddenly 
while he was at work in this building. His age 
was seventy-two years. 

Dr. Metcalf’s chief biological mentors were 
Prof. Albert A. Wright at Oberlin (Wright was 
one of the very early workers at Woods Hole), 
and Prof. W. K. Brooks of the Hopkins, under 
whom he took the doctorate in 1893. His aca- 
demic appointments as teacher were as organizer 
and head of the Department of Zoology at Gouch- 
er College, 1893-1906; at Oberlin he reorganized 
the corresponding department and directed it from 
1906 to 1914; from 1926 till 1933 he was re- 
search associate with rank of Professor at the 
Johns Hopkins University. During the year 
1924-25 he was chairman of the Division of Biol- 
ogy and Agriculture of the National Research 
Council, Washington. 

Among Metcalf’s earliest published studies were 
some on morphological and embryological fea- 
tures of Amphineura and Gastropods; but there- 
after for several years his attention was given to 
the morphology, physiology, phylogeny, and tax- 
onomy of the Tunicata with major emphasis on 
pelagic forms. He presented very comprehensive 
collections of these to the National Museum. His 
third and most arduous series of studies dealt with 
the morphology, taxonomy and cytology of the 


*The article read in honor of Dr. Henry McE. 
Knower was not received in time for publication. 


IN MEMORY OF DECEASED MEMBERS OF THE CORPORATION OF THE 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 


Memorials Adopted at the Annual Meeting of the Corporation, August 13, 19401 


Opalinidae ; these led him to far-reaching analyses 
of specific host-parasite relations, with deductions 
therefrom as to the ancient distribution of Am- 
phibia, as well as to evidences of former land con- 
nections between now-separated continents. 


All his life an outstanding characteristic of Met- 
calf which should be mentioned in any summary 
of his scientific work was that of giving credit to 
collaborators. Especially in his later years was — 
assistance necessary; and all such received ap- ” 
propriate acknowlegment in the publications in- 
volved. 

Metcalf’s publications include: papers exceeding 
120 in number; a book, “Organic Evolution” 
(Macmillan) ; and three large monographic vol- 
umes on the opalinids. The most recent of these 
was issued by the Smithsonian Institution as a 
Bulletin of the National Museum last spring. 


He was elected to membership in 28 American, 
3 British, and 3 French learned societies, and was 
a member of the Authors Club, London. For 45 
years he was a summer frequenter of the Woods 
Hole Laboratories, and a member of the Board 
of Trustees of the Marine Biological Laboratory 
from 1896 till his death—44 years. Few men in- 
deed have been as deeply sincere in their solici- 
tude for and belief in the functions of this labora- 
tory as was Maynard Metcalf. Directly or in- 
directly he assisted many a student, in financial 
or other ways, to come here for study and re- 
search; and mention should here be made of his 
gift of his large collection of reprints to our lib- 
rary. 

As a man he was chronically of discriminating 
judgment, positive opinions, and uncompromising 
integrity. He was thoroughly human of the fin- 
est grade; an optimist ; an idealist ; a dispenser of 
cheer, with rare generosity of spirit, and capacity 
for friendship. He will not be forgotten. 

R. A. BupIncTon 


Aueust 31, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


199 


CHARLES ZELENY 


Charles Zeleny, Professor of Zoology at the 
University of Illinois, died at his home in Urbana 
December 21, 1939. He was born at Hutchin- 
son, Minnesota, September 17, 1878, and spent 
his early boyhood days there. Later his parents 
moved to Minneapolis where he entered the Uni- 
versity of Minnesota and graduated in 1898. He 
remained as a graduate student and received M.S. 
in 1901. The next year he was a graduate student 
at Columbia University, working with T. H. Mor- 
gan and E. B. Wilson, and the following year he 
worked at the Naples Zoological Station. Re- 
turning to America in 1903, he entered Chicago 
University where he obtained the Ph.D. in 1904. 
He came to Indiana University as an instructor in 
the summer of 1904. Here he advanced rapidly 
and held the rank of Associate Professor at the 
time of call to the University of Illinois in 1909. 
Beginning at Illinois as an Assistant Professor, he 
was promoted the next year to the rank of Asso- 
ciate Professor and in 1915 to a Professorship. 
Upon the retirement of Professor H. B. Ward in 
1933, he was made head of the Department of 
Zoology and chairman of the Division of Biologi- 
cal Sciences. Because of ill health, he had retired 
from his executive duties in 1938. 

On May 29, 1911, he married Ida Benedicta 
Ellingson, of St. Morris, Wisconsin. Mrs. Zeleny 
and a son, Charles, Jr., survive. 

Dr. Zeleny’s family is unique in that three of 
his brothers are scientists of note. Anthony Ze- 
leny, now retired, was professor of physics at the 
University of Minnesota; John Zeleny is profes- 
sor of physics at Yale; and Frank Zeleny is an en- 
gineer with the Burlington Railway. 

As is true with every great man, chronological 
facts such as those enumerated tell but little of 
the life of Charles Zeleny. They are cold, exter- 
nal. It was the writer’s good fortune to have 
been a student in Dr. Zeleny’s first class in em- 
bryology taught at the Biological Station in the 
summer of 1904. For the next three years, our 
associations were intimate. We worked together, 
ate at the same table, played together and tramped 
through the woods and fields together. The fact 
that one was teacher, the other student entered 
but little into our thinking. The friendship 
formed in those early years remained to the end. 
As a friend he was true, somewhat reserved, sel- 
dom talked of his own personal affairs, possessed 
a subtle, sometimes mischievous, wit, appreciated 
by those who knew him best. Seldom did he com- 
plain about anything. Bitterness, if present, was 
kept hidden. 

As a teacher he was kind, helpful, encouraging, 
stimulating. As a zoologist his papers in the 
fields of regeneration, experimental embryology 


and genetics, speak for themselves. They rank 
among the best contributions of his time. Ori- 
ginality in thinking stands out prominently in all 
his work. 

In recognition of his attainments, he was elected 
vice-president of section F of the A. A. A. S. in 
1932, and president of the American Society of 
Zoologists in 1933. 

Dr. Zeleny’s death at the early age of 61 years 
is not only a loss to his relatives and friends, but 
to science. FERNANDUS PAYNE 


CAPTAIN JOHN J. VEEDER 


John J. Veeder, Captain of the fleet of the Ma- 
rine Biological Laboratory from 1890 to 1933, was 
born on the island of Cuttyhunk January 27, 1859. 
Like all Cuttyhunkers he was accustomed to the 
management of boats from early years, and ac- 
quired a most intimate knowledge of the shoals, 
tides, currents and weather conditions of Vine- 
yard Sound and Buzzards Bay. He married and 
moved to Woods Hole in 1881. 


The Marine Biological Laboratory was founded 
in 1888, and as Dr. Bumpus has written me, “The 
summer of 1890 found the steam launch Sagitta 
proudly added to the fleet of two old green dories 
that had been inherited from the Annisquam Lab- 
oratory.” It became necessary to appoint a cap- 
tain and John J. Veeder was called in for exam- 
ination by Dr. Gardiner. He was asked to “box 
the compass.” Dr. Bumpus relates, “The speed 
with which he went through the ritual settled the 
matter then and there. Captain Veeder was 
promptly commissioned.” For a year, until 
George M. Gray was appointed, Captain Veeder 
acted also as collecter; and afterwards collabor- 
ated closely with the Supply Department, became 
thoroughly familiar with the collecting grounds, 
and located and set fish traps of the Laboratory. 


Captain Veeder was in charge of the class trips 
and picnics, and though many thousands were 
carried in the years of his service no one was ever 
lost. He was a past master of the technique of 
the clambakes which added so greatly to the en- 
joyment of the picnics. He kept his eye on the 
weather and he always vetoed a trip if his extra- 
ordinary weather sense and wisdom warned him 
that the trip would be dangerous. I cannot say 
how many times he came to the rescue of our 
amateur sailors in distress, when marooned by bad 
weather or ignorance of tidal currents; and very 
frequently he and the crew went to the aid of 
small craft grounded on shoals in the Hole or 
near the harbor. 

He had the good old Cape Cod dignity and 
self-respect ; he was a shrewd judge of men in all 
walks of life, and met all on an equal basis. He 


200 


never regarded his position merely as a_ job; 
whatever was “for the good of the Laboratory,” 
as he used to say, was always cheerfully and skil- 
fully performed. He acted as interpreter of the 
Laboratory to the town folk or in town meetings, 
and was helpful in maintaining the good relations 
which we have always valued. 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 137 


He was retired on half pay in 1933, at the age 
of 74, and from then until the time of his death 
on May 3, 1940, kept a friendly eye on Labora- 
tory affairs and was always ready to lend a help- 
ing hand. His presence, familiar through fifty 
F. R. Linriz 


years, is sorely missed. 


PAPERS AND DEMONSTRATIONS PRESENTED AT THE GENERAL SCIENTIFIC 
MEETING, 1940 


Tuesday, August 27, Morning Session, 9:00 A. M. 


Ss. O. Mast anp W. J. Bowen: The hydrogen ion 
and the osmotic concentrations of the cytoplasm in Vor- 
ticella sp., as indicated by observations on the food 
vacuoles. 

M. H. Jacops aNpD W. D. Jones: The reversibility 
of certain artificially induced changes in the permea- 
bility of the erythrocyte. 

E. J. Bornn, R. CuAmBers, E. A. Guancy, K. G. 
Stern, AND B. MryrerHor: Oxygen transfer in intact 
and fragmented cells with particular reference to the 
cell nucleus. F 

E. J. Bortt anp L. L. Wooprurr: Respiratory me- 
tabolism of mating types of Paramecium calkinsi. 

Eric G. BALL AND PAULINE A. RAMSDELL: Squid ink, 
a study of its composition and enzymatic production. 

A, E. Oxrorp: Observations on the occurrence of 
simple ethereal sulphates in marine algae. 

E. J. W. Barrineton: Blood-sugar and the problem 
of the pancreas in lampreys. 

A. E. Navez anp A. DUBoIs: 
in the Arbacia egg. 

C. B. GippINGS: Quantitative determination of plas- 
malogen in certain invertebrate forms. 

G. H. Parker: Lipoids and their probable relation 
to melanophore activity. 

SAMUEL BELFER, H. C, BRADLEY, AND HowArD EDER: 
Studies of the distribution of the autolytic mechanism 
and its significance. 

Tuesday, August 27, Afternoon Session, 2:00 P. M. 

Cart C. Smita: The effect of various cholinergic 
drugs on the radula protractor muscle of Busycon canal- 
tculatum. 

E. J. BoELL AND D. NACHMANSOHN: 
in nerve fibers. 

R. G. ABELL AND IRVINE H. PAGE: 
to renin and angiotonin. 

J. CrAwrorD, D. BENEDICT, AND A. E. Navez: On 
the contraction of the heart muscle of Venus mercen- 
aria. 

CHARLES E,. WILDE, Jr.: Determining factors in the 
regeneration of Hydractinia echinata. 

Epa@ar ZWILLInc: Time of determination and domi- 
nance in tubularian reconstitution. 

S. Meryt Rose: A_ reconstitution 
stance released by Tubularia tissues. 

L. G. Barto: The role of O,. in regeneration of Tu- 
bularia. 

Harry G. ALBAUM: The growth of the oat coleop- 
tiles after seed exposure to different oxygen concentra- 
tions. 

W. GARDNER LYNN: Results of transplantation of the 
pituitary anlage to the thyroid region in Amblystoma. 
Wednesday, August 28, Morning Session, 9:00 A. M. 

T. C. EvANS: Oxygen consumption of Arbacia eggs 
following exposure to Roentgen radiation. 

T. C. Evans: Effects of Roentgen radiation on jelly 


Fatty acid compounds 


Choline esterase 


Vascular reactions 


inhibiting sub- 


of Arbacia egg. I. Disintegration of jelly. 

M. E. SMITH AND T. C. Evans: Effects of Roentgen 
radiation on jelly of Arbacia egg. II. Changes in pH 
of egg media. 

E. P. Lirrne anp T. C. Evans: Delay in first cleay- 
age of Arbacia eggs following Roentgen irradiation of 
zygotes. 

GRACE TOWNSEND: 
to X-ray. 

GRACE TOWNSEND: 
in winter. 

ETHEL BROWNE Harvey: 
sex of Arbacia. 

ETHEL BROWNE HARVEY: 
Arbacia egg. 

ErHrL BrRowNE Harvey: Colored photographs of 
stratified Arbacia eggs stained with vital dyes. 

HERBERT SHAPIRO: Elongation and return in spheri- 
eal cells. 

Ivor CoRNMAN: Echinochrome as the sperm-activat- 
ing agent in sea-water. 

Teru Hayasui: A _ relation between the dilution 
medium and the survival of spermatozoa of Arbacia 
punctulata, 

Wm. H. F. Appison: The occurrence of cartilage at 
the bifurcation of the common carotid artery im an 
adult dog. 

Horr Hissarp: Cytoplasmic morphology in the giz- 
zard of Gallus domesticus. 


Concerning susceptibility of cells 
Laboratory ripening of Arbacia 


A note on determining the 


Papers Read by Title 


Frep W. Ausup: Further studies of photodynamic 
action in the eggs of Nereis limbata. 

C. W. J. ARMSTRONG AND KENNETH C. FISHER: A 
quantitative study of the effect of cyanide and azide on 
carbonic anhydrase. 


FRANK A. BROWN, JR., AND ALISON MrEGLiTscH: Upon — 


the sources in the insect head of substances which in- 
fluence crustacean chromatophores. 

RaLpH H. CHenry: Myofibrillar modifications in the 
caffeinized frog heart. 

LeonarD B. CLhark: Effects of visible radiation on 
Arbacia eggs sensitized with rhodamine B. 

A. C. CLeMENT: Effects of eyanide on cleavage in 
eggs of Ilyanassa and Crepidula. 

D. P. CosreELLo: The cell origin of the prototroeh 
of Nereis limbata. 

JAMES DONNELLON: 
sapidus. 

LLEWELLYN T. Evans: Effects of light and hormones 
upon the activity of young turtles, Chrysemys picta. 

LLEWELLYN T. Evans: Effects of testasterone pro- 


Blood clotting in Callinectes 


pionate upon social dominance in young turtles, Chry-_ 


semys picta. : 

KENNETH ©, FISHER AND RicHArD J. HENRY: The 
use of urethane as an indicator of ‘‘ Activity’’ metab- 
olism in the sea urchin egg. 


Centrifugal speed and the 


Q 
’ 
PS 


Aucust 31, 1940 } 


RHE \COLEEeDING NED 


201 


Morpecar L. GABRIEL: 
Spheroides maculatus. 

E. A. GuANcY: Micromanipulative studies on the nu- 
elear matrix of Chironomus salivary glands. 

JOHN HE. Harris: The reversible nature of the po- 
tassium loss from erythrocytes during storage of blood 
at 2-5° C. 

ARNE V. HUNNINEN AND RAYMOND M. CaBLe: Studies 
on the life history of Anisoporus manteri sp. nov. (Tre- 
matoda: Allocreadiidae). 

Cornelius T. KAytor: Histological studies on the 
problem of edema in haploid Triturus pyrrhogaster lar- 
vae. 

BALDWIN 


The inflation mechanism of 


Luckr, ARTHUR K. PARPART, AND R. A. 


Ricca: Do carcinogenic compounds affect cell permea- 
bility? 

W. G. Lynn: The development of the skull in the 
non-aquatic larva of the tree-toad, Hleutherodactylus 
nubicola. 

W. G. Lynn: The embryonic origin and development 


of the pharyngeal derivatives in Hleutherodactylus nubi- 
cola, 

StsteR MArIA LAURENCE MAneER: Preliminary report 
on effect of indole acetic acid on growth of Chlamydo- 
monas. 


ITEMS OF 


Construction of a new building to house the 
biological laboratories at the Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity will begin in October with funds be- 
queathed to the University by Eugene G. Mer- 
genthaler, totaling nearly $350,000. The hall will 
bear the name of Ottmar Mergenthaler, inventor 
of the linotype. The work of the biology depart- 
ments will also be furthered by a $1,000,000 en- 
dowment, half of which was granted by the 
Rockefeller Foundation and the remainder of 
which was provided by the University from a be- 
quest by the late Louis J. Boury. 


SYMPOSIUM ON HYDROBIOLOGY 


A Symposium on Hydrobiology will be held at 
the University of Wisconsin on September 4, 5 
and 6, funds for which have been provided by the 
Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation. Forty- 
two scientific papers discussing the history, geol- 
ogy, physics, chemistry, bacteriology, botany and 
zoology of bodies of water in all parts of the 
world are listed in the program. 


Among those attending will be Dr. S. A. Waks- 
man and Dr. George L. Clarke of the Woods 
Hole Oceanographic Institution. Dr. Waksman 
will present a paper on “‘Aquatic Bacteria in Re- 
lation to the Cycle of Organic Matter in Lakes.” 
Dr. Clarke will lead a round table discussion on 
“Physical Aspects of the Penetration of Solar 
Radiation into Natural Water’ and at the pre- 
sentation of volunteer papers on hydrobiology on 
Thursday will give a paper entitled “A Photo- 
graphic Method for the Study of the Organisms 
and the Conditions of the Sea Bottom.” 


H. Suarrro: Further studies on the metabolism of 


eell fragments. 

Cart C. SMITH, BLANCHE JACKSON, AND C. LADD 
Prosser: Responses to acetylcholine and cholinesterase 
content of Cerebratulus. 

A. J. WATERMAN: Response of the heart of the com- 
pound ascidian, Perophora viridis, to pilocarpine, atro- 
pine and nicotine. 


Wednesday, August 28, 2:00 P. M. 
Demonstrations 


W. H. F. Appison: Corrosion preparations of the 
branchial circulation in the dogfish. 

E. ScHARRER: Vascularization of the extramedullary 
nerve cells of the puffer, Spheroides maculatus. 

E. R. CLARK AND ELEANOR LINTON CLARK: The mi- 
croscopic study of living tissues in transparent chambers 
installed in rabbits’ ears. 

E. P. Lirrte: Color and luminescence produced by 
Roentgen rays in glass and chemicals. 

E. J. Borntn: The Cartesian diver ultramicro-respir- 
ometer. 

F. SCHOLANDER, S. W. GRINNELL AND L. IrRvING: Ap- 
paratus for measurement of respiratory metabolism and 
circulation changes. 


INTEREST 


The attention of workers in fields bearing on 
development and growth who are interested in 
prompt publication of their work is called to the 
recent reorganization of the journal “Growth”. 
The scope of the journal has been limited to the 
realm of biological phenomena. ‘The institution 
of an editorial Council has been abolished. In the 
future all actions will be taken by the Editorial 
Board as a whole. In line with the new course 
the following men were added to the Board of 
Editors: H. S. Burr (Yale University), C. H. 
Danforth (Stanford University), Warren H. 
Lewis (Carnegie Institution), E. W. Sinnott 
(Columbia University), K. V. Thimann (Har- 
vard University), Paul Weiss (University of 
Chicago), B. H. Willier (University of Roches- 
ter), Sewall Wright (University of Chicago). 
Manuscripts should be addressed to: Board of 
Editors of “Growth”, Dairy Building, Cornell 
University, Ithaca, N. Y. 


DATES OF LEAVING OF INVESTIGATORS 
Albaum, H. G. ...Aug. 27 Henson, MargaretAug. 28 


Bad cerns hy eee Ang (2im@rencetal Capeemeneeres Aug. 31 
i s . 31 Hiestand, W. A. .Aug. 29 

y. 29 Jakus, M. 5 Pail 

. 24 Jones, N. D. .......:.. . 26 

@lement, Au Ch... Aug. 24 uckesB acca: Aug. 27 
Dressler, Elsie ...Aug. 24 MacKnight, R. H. Aug. 31 
Dytche, Maryon .Aug. 23 Menkin, V. ............. Aug. 23 


Hgany Re We .:--- Aug. 28 
Hivans; slush fesse. Aug. 24 
Eivansy Ch) Aug. 28 


Moog, Florence ...Aug. 28 
O2Briens hee Aug. 28 
Saylest ling Pape Aug. 28 


usher) Kem Caer: Aug. 24 Scott, A. C. ..... . 26 
Goodrich, H. B. .Aug. 30 Sheldon, F. .. n26) 
Granick, S. Hy 24s Sprache Nees. 5 PAL 
Griffiths, R. . r, 27 Willier, B. H. . 26 
Harris, J. C. . 24 Zorzoli, Anita ....... . 28 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vou. XV, No. 137 


The Collecting Net 


A weekly publication devoted to the scientific work 
at marine biological laboratories. 


Edited by Ware Cattell and Robert Chambers 
with the assistance of Boris I. Gorokhoff and Peggy 
Browning; Contributing Editor, Homer A. Jack. 

Entered as second-class matter, July 11, 1935, at 
the U. S. Post office at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 
under the Act of March 3, 1879, and re-entered, 
July 23, 1938. 


BIOLOGICAL LABORATORIES IN 
Dr. ENRIQUE BELTRAN 
Professor of Zoology, University of Mexico 


MEXICO 


Tropical Disease Institute at Mexico City 


Last year the Mexican Government, under the 
Federal Department of Public Health, inaugu- 
rated a new Institute, /nstituto de Salubridad y 
Enfermedades Tropicales, located at Mexico City. 
The Institute is located in a new four-story build- 
ing; the main floor has the administration offices, 
general services, shops, laundry, kitchen and din- 
ing room; on the second floor is located the School 
of Hygiene and Public Health; on the third floor 
are the research laboratories; and on the fourth 
floor is a small research hospital with 36 beds. In- 
vestigations are carried on in various fields of 
public health and tropical diseases, and training in 
sanitation is offered at the school for physicians 
and nurses. Research and instruction are inde- 
pendent, and all the investigators are on a full 
time basis, with no teaching duties. The various 
departments, and the persons in charge of each 
one are: Bacteriology, Dr. Alberto P. Leon; 
Pharmacology, Dr. Eliseo Ramirez, Director of 
the Institute; Experimental Physiology, Dr. M. 
Dolores Rivero; Protozoology, Prof. Enrique 
Beltran; Entomology, Dr. Luis Vargas; Hel- 
minthology, Dr. Luis Mazzotti; Pathology, Dr. 
Manuel Martinez Baez; Mycology, Dr. Manuel 
Gonzalez Ochoa; Chemistry, Dr. Teofilo Garcia 
Sancho; Botany, Prof. Esther Luke; Farm and 
Animal Room, Dr. Juan N. Valencia; Hospital, 
Dr. Silvestre Lopez Portillo. The School is un- 
der the direction of Dr. Angel de la Garza Brito. 
The Institute has a journal published four times 
annually, entitled Revista del Instituto de Salu- 
bridad y Enfermedades Tropicales ; the first issue 
appeared a few months ago and the second is now 
in press. 

Limnological Station at Patzcuaro 

The Division of Fisheries of the Department of 
Marine of the Mexican Government has estab- 
lished a Limnological Station at the Lake of Patz- 
cuaro, in the State of Michoacan, Mexico. This 
station is interesting because the Lake of Patz- 
cuaro is on a high plateau at an altitude of over 
6,000 feet. The work of the station is particularly 


concerned with the investigation of the facilities 
of Patzcuaro as a center of fishing industry, but 
a general survey of the Lake is part of the purpose 
of the station. The station is open all year round, 
and is in charge of Mr. Manuel Zozaya. Dr. Fer- 
nando de Buen, formerly of the Spanish Institute 
of Oceanography, is acting as scientific advisor of 
the station. A small staff works there, and mod- 
est laboratory and living facilities may be given 
to foreign investigators who wish to work there 
for some time. The general work of the station 
is conducted under the direction of a scientific 
board, whose chairman is Dr. Enrique Beltran, 
professor of zoology at the University of Mexico. 
Persons interested in further details concerning 
the station and facilities available there, may ad- 
dress inquiries to Mr. Manuel Zozaya, Estacion 
Limnolégica, Patzcuaro, Mich., Mexico. 


LETTER TO THE EDITOR 


Stazione Zoologica Di Napoli 
To the Editor: 

I was very glad to receive your letter of May 25th 
(which reached me only a few days ago) and I am 
particularly grateful to you for the opportunity of 
letting have some of our news to the friends of the 
“Stazione” in your country. 

Of course you are aware that the present condi- 
tions are a severe handicap for the activity of a 
laboratory, whose constitutional function—so to say 
—is to offer research facilities to scientific workers 
of various countries of Europe and abroad. “Inter 
arma tacent Musae.” 

In fact, in the first 8 months of 1939 the attend- 
ance was as usual, for the rest of the year only a 
few foreign scientists found it possible to continue 
their work. During this year the attendance in- 
creased a little, but is of course still rather limited. 

We fervently hope that conditions may soon re- 
turn normal, so that we can again devote ourselves 
to what has been the program of the “Stazione” 
ever since 1874: to be a meeting place for the fel- 
lowship of learning of men of science of all coun- 
tries. 

Very sincerely yours, 
R. DOHRN. 


CURRENTS IN THE HOLE 


At the following hours (Daylight Saving 
Time) the current in the Hole turns to run 
from Buzzards Bay to Vineyard Sound: 


Date AC Mi) Sb ssiMe 
UI SUISt Slay 2:38 eae, 
September]! ............ 3:26 7342 
September 2)...........: 45 4232 
September 3 ............ 5:03) eoeZo 
September 4 .. 5:43 6:16 
September 5 . 6:40 7:05 
September 6 . es; 30) 


In each case the current changes approxi- 
mately six hours later and runs from the 
Sound to the Bay. 


Aueust 31, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 203 
ITEMS OF INTEREST 
Dr. DoNatp H. Barron, lecturer in biology at Dr. JosEpH NeEEDHAM, Sir William Dunn 


St. John’s College, University of Cambridge, Eng- 
land, has been appointed assistant professor of 
zoology at the University of Missouri. Because 
of the difficulty of research in England at the 
present time, Dr. Joseph Barcroft, with whom he 
worked in England, is sending to Dr. Barron most 
of his research material. 


Dr. Mary RAwWLEs, research assistant at the 
University of Rochester, has been appointed re- 
search associate in embryology at the Johns Hop- 
kins University. 


Dr. R. G. Apert, who has been instructor in 
anatomy at the University of Pennsylvania Medi- 
cal School, has been appointed associate in ana- 
tomy at the same institution. 


Dr. S. C. REED, Lecturer in the Department 
of Genetics at McGill University, has joined the 
department of biology at Harvard University as 
an instructor. Dr. Reed took the invertebrate 
zoology course at the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory in 1932. 


Dr. Max Perrot, who was formerly instructor 
at the University of Geneva, and who has recent- 
ly been working with Dr. Fankhauser at Prince- 
ton University, has been appointed instructor in 
zoology at the University of Missouri. 


Dr. Kart M. WIcsur, instructor in biology at 
the University of Pennsylvania, will work at New 
York University this fall with Dr. Robert Cham- 
bers. 


Miss Rutu M. Caste, who was assistant in 
zoology last year at Vassar College and worked 
at Woods Hole in 1938 and 1939, will study this 
year at Radcliffe College with Dr. A. B. Dawson 
under the Farlow Fellowship and the Richardson 
and Babbitt Fellowship. 


Mr. Rocer M. Coie, who took the protozool- 
ogy course at the Marine Biological Laboratory 
in 1938, has been appointed teaching fellow in bi- 
ology at Harvard University. 


An art exhibit was held by Mrs. Carl C. (Thel- 
ma A.) Smith in the Community Hall on Wednes- 
day and Thursday. 


During the thunderstorm on August 23, the 
home of James McInnis, manager of the supply 
department of the Marine Biological Laboratory, 
was struck by a bolt of lightning which pierced 
the roof and ripped plaster off the wall of the 
living-room, damaging most of the electrical in- 
stallations. 


Reader in Biochemistry, University of Cambridge, 
is planning to visit Woods Hole for a while some 
time after the middle of September. 


Dr. J. McKeen Cartett, editor of Science, 
visited Woods Hole for three days at the begin- 
ning of this week. 


BARONESS BETHSABEE DE ROTHSCHILD, who 
arrived in the United States recently by Yankee 
Clipper, is visiting the Marine Biological Labora- 
tory as a guest of Dr. and Mrs. D. Nachmansohn. 
Baroness de Rothschild has been associated in cell 
research in Paris with Dr. Louis Rapkine and 
with Professor René Wurmser. 


Dr. WALTER A. CHIPMAN, JR., associate biolo- 
gist with the Fish and Wild Life Service, is 
spending the week at the Woods Hole Fish and 
Wild Life Service, working with Dr. Galtsoff in 
connection with studies on the respiration of the 
mollusk. 


One hundred and five persons were registered 
at the summer meetings of the Genetics Society 
of America by Thursday evening. Four motor 
boats carried 104 members and guests to Unca- 
tena Island, where a clambake was held. They 
returned to Woods Hole early in the evening 
owing to inclement weather which prevented the 
party from going to Tarpaulin Cove. 


The greater part of the excavation work has 
already been completed for the new wing of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory, which will contain 
additional space for the library. A number of 
large boulders had to be removed in order to make 
way for cement piles, some of which have already 
been installed. Meanwhile, a former barn near 
the southwest corner of the Old Main Building 
has been torn down to provide additional parking 
space for cars displaced by the new wing. 


The students of the invertebrate zoology course 
of the Marine Biological Laboratory complete 
their work today. 


At the staff meeting of the Woods Hole 
Oceanographic Institution Thursday, Dr. Rake- 
straw spoke on “Experimental Studies Upon the 
Nitrogen Cycle in the Sea.” 


The Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution’s 
ketch Atlantis returned on Thursday from a ten- 
day trip along the northern edge of the Gulf 
Stream. It will leave on Tuesday for a brief trip 
on which Dr. Edmund Watson will make further 
observations with the current meter designed by 
him. 


204 


THE COLEECHNG INEM 


[ Vor. XV, No. 137 


EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 


The winners of the ping pong tournament held 
at the M. B. L. Club are as follows: Men’s 
singles, T. Hayashi, who won from A. Clark by 
a score of 17-21, 21-17, 21-17, 23-25, 21-13, 10-21, 
21-19. Women’s singles, Peggy Browning, who 
won from Anne Pupchick by a score of 21-14, 
21-17, 21-17. Mixed doubles, Kalmanson and 
Kalmanson, who won from Gorokhoff and Haya- 
shi by a score of 15-21, 19-21, 21-14, 22-20, 21-13. 

The clubhouse will close for the season on or 
about September 11, according to Mrs. M. E. 
Smith, the club hostess. 


Miss Mary Chamberlain will be in charge of 


refreshments at the dance tonight which will prob- 
ably be the last of the season. 


The Woods Hole Choral Club presented its 
thirteenth annual concert Monday evening in the 
Woods Hole Community Hall under the direction 
of Professor Ivan T. Gorokhoff. Over a hundred 
people enjoyed the recital. 

Dr. T. K. RuesusH was the winner of the 
men’s singles tournament held by the M. B. L. 
Tennis Club. The score in the finals, which was 
played with Dr. Roberts Rugh on August 23, was 
6-2, 6-1. No other tournaments were held this 
year. 


INVERTEBRATE CLASS NOTES 


“All this in one day!” That was the cry as 
we started work this week with the anatomy of 
the squid. We managed to finish Loligo by the 
early hours of Tuesday and stumbled off to bed. 
A few hardy souls arose early to put finishing 
touches on their lab records. 


With Mollusca completely forgotten, we settled 
down to learn about the phylum Arthropoda from 
Dr. Martin and spent the rest of the week dissect- 
ing lobsters and blue crabs and watching autotomy 
in Uca. (Uca see we really worked!) 

There were several happenings to lighten our 
academic life. Wednesday evening was our re- 
turn baseball match with the Crew—or should this 
be ignored? We're afraid we must admit defeat 
and offer in excuse the fact that our laboratory 
work does not offer opportunity to keep in trim 
for physical combat. 

On Thursday there mysteriously appeared on 
our bulletin board a photograph which some be- 
lieved to be a picture of the patron saint of the 
Invertebrate Class. It had a surprising resem- 
blance to Groucho Marx, but under the mustache 
and other markings one could imagine Dr. Ran- 
kin in cap and gown. Perhaps that is the reason 
said instructor hastily removed the picture. We 
think a mustache would be quite becoming, Dr. 
Rankin. 

Our regular lab work was interrupted Friday 
by a dredging trip on the Nereis. Three teams 
went in the morning and the others in the after- 
noon while those at home studied towing samples. 
These were rough trips with a storm brewing, but 


we all enjoyed them. The storm this night con- 
veniently took care of the electricity and this took 
care of our work—so we held a general sing and 
ended with a grand feast of Mytilus edulis. 

Saturday was another day which kept us close 
to our desks. With saws, bone scissors and crow 
bars we reached the interior of Limulus (this oc- 
cupied the whole morning), and we proceeded to 
find the circulatory, digestive and nervous sys- 
tems. Late at night we were wearily hunting for 
the nerves, hoping to finish to have Sunday free 
for our picnic. 

Ah! At last the picnic day. In the Nereis and 
“Winnie” we migrated to Tarpaulin Cove. The 
day’s activities began with a hilarious ball game 
between faculty and students—the faculty emerg- 
ing the victor. Dr. Martin pitched nobly for the 
faculty while Bill Putnam tossed for the Inver- 
tebrates. 

The dinner bell put an end to baseball and 
everyone returned to the beach to consume a won- 
derful meal of roast corn, tomatoes, clams, pota- 
toes, roast chicken, cake and coffee. Champion 
clam eater of the day was Dr. Jones with runners- 
up Dr. Mattox and Dr. Waterman. Sun-bathing 
was the most popular sport after this mighty meal. 

Late in the afternoon we rode home, sunburned 
and sandy, and entertained on the trip by acroba- 
tic Dr. Crowell, who did a Tarzan act on the 
ropes and wires. It was a grand picnic and we 
wish to thank Miss Belle and Dr. Croasdale for 
their splendid cooperation, 


Back to Limulus Sunday night. _—Grace Coe 


THE RELATION OF POTASSIUM TO THE BIOELECTRIC EFFECTS OF TEMPERA- 
TURE AND LIGHT IN VALONIA 


Dr. L. R. BLINKs 


Professor of Biology, 


The effects of temperature upon bioelectric po- 
tential are sometimes sufficiently large to be in- 
terpreted as showing the intervention of metabol- 


Stanford University 


ism, viscosity, etc. Marsh, studying Valonia ven- 
tricosa, concluded without direct evidence that the 
temperature effect indicated dependence of the bio- 


Aueust 31, 1940 ] 


THE COLLECTING NET 


205 


electric potential upon the oxidation-reduction po- 
tential of the protoplasm. The present report in- 
stead correlates the bioelectric effects of tempera- 
ture in this organism with the potassium content 
of the sea water. 

The temperature effect in sea water has a curt- 
ous curved plot, the potential being lowest be- 
tween 20 and 25° C., rising sharply above 30° to 
35°; but also rising slowly but definitely on cool- 
ing to 15°. (Further cooling to 8 or 10° depresses 
the P.D., sometimes irreversibly). 

The magnitude of the potential change produced 
by altering the K content of sea water (doubling, 
quadrupling, halving, or abolishing K in artificial 
sea water) was next studied at different tempera- 
tures. This potassium effect was least at 25°, 
showing the cusped time course described by Da- 
mon. It was increased at 15°, with a flat-topped 
time course. It was greatly increased at 35°, with 
a sharp short cusp, and subsequent rise. The ex- 
planation of these differences in the potassium ef- 
fect at different temperatures may lie in the speed 
with which KCl actually diffuses across the sur- 
face into the protoplasm, thereby altering the ori- 
ginal gradients, as postulated by Damon. What- 
ever the explanation, however, the size of the po- 
tassium effect closely parallels the magnitude of 
the potential itself in sea water at the given tem- 
peratures. This parallel suggests that the K con- 
tent of the external medium might govern the size 


of the temperature effect. Cells were therefore 
allowed to remain in sea waters of different K 
content, while exposed to temperature changes. 
It was found that the temperature effects practi- 
cally disappeared at 0.006 M K or lower, became 
normal at 0.012 M and were considerably exag- 
gerated at 0.024 and 0.048 M kK. It therefore 
seems that the observed temperature effect is ac- 
tually that of the KCl concentration potential, or 
of some metabolic process of which the K ion 
gives a bioelectric manifestation. 


Very similar results were found with the effects 
of light (which have again been ascribed by 
Marsh to oxidation-reduction potential changes). 
In potassium-free sea water there is no effect of 
light (or even a reversed one), in sea water a 
small effect, and with doubled or quadrupled K 
content, a correspondingly increased light effect. 
Again therefore the K ion seems to give a bio- 
electric manifestation of the underlying metabolic 
process, (photosynthesis) probably via an altered 
entrance and accumulation of potassium ein the 
protoplasm. Light has been shown to affect 
such accumulation in Valonia itself, as well as in 
other plants. The bioelectric effects may thus be- 
come a useful indicator of the metabolic relations 
of this remarkable element. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 20.) 


“RESPIRATORY CHANGES FOLLOWING STIMULATION IN NITELLA 


R. K. Skow anp Dr. L. R. BLInKs 
School of Biological Sciences, Stanford University 


The characteristics of the action potential in 
Nitella have been clearly established during the 
past several years by the temporal and spacial re- 
lationships of its electrical response. (Osterhout, 
Hill.) Data have also been obtained relating the 
resting resistance and capacity (impedance) to 
that during and following the propagation of an 
action potential. (Blinks, Auger, Cole.) 

Many of these properties Nitella has in common 
with the action potential of animal nerve. In the 
latter, in addition, repetitive stimulation (100 to 
200 per sec. for several minutes) has indicated 
that the nerve impulse is associated with an in- 

creased oxidative metabolism, The large and com- 
paratively slowly propagated impulse following 
stimulation in Nitella made it seem ideally suited 
for metabolic study of the single action potential. 

Oxygen consumption was measured in 
Schmitt’s modification of the Fenn respirometer, 
using a travelling microscope on a micrometer 
screw mounting, calibrated in microns, to follow 


the movement of the kerosene index droplet. The 
resting respiration of the cell (0.015 to 0.02 
mm.* Os per min.) was increased 50% to 100% 
during repeated electrical stimulation (once per 
minute for a ten minute period). Thyratron in- 
cremental temperature control to 0.001° C. made 
it possible to measure the changes following a 
single stimulation. An increase of 20% or 30% 
in Oy consumption followed for some 10 or 15 
minutes after a single propagated action current, 
gradually returning to the resting rate. Much 
smaller increases followed action currents restrict- 
ed to only part of the cell; there was no increase 
on repeated subthreshold stimulations, nor any 
volume change on continued flow of much larger 
currents through a dead cell. 

A frequent characteristic of the respiratory re- 
sponse was a temporary decrease of the rate of 
movement of the index drop for about 5 minutes 
following stimulation, before the increase ap- 
peared. This was not a temperature artifact, but 


206 


could represent either a momentarily decreased 
respiration rate, or an R.Q. temporarily greater 
than unity, (the extra volume of COs being a little 
too slowly absorbed by the KOH.) 

In an attempt to clarify this temporary de- 
crease, an independent method of following COz 
production, instead of O2 consumption was em- 
ployed. This was by Ba(OH)>» conductivity on a 
micro-scale, which may be useful for other studies. 
A thin film of Ba(OH). on a filter paper strip 
was brought close to the cell in a closed vessel of 
small volume. The electrical resistance rise of 
this film during precipitation of BaCOs3 was fol- 
lowed in a bridge circuit using a high gain ampli- 
fier and 1000 cycle oscillator. Resting CO: pro- 
duction caused a uniform rate of resistance rise. 


THE COLLECTING NET 


[ Vot. XV, No. 137 


A marked increase of COs production followed 
imumnediately after a single stimulation, in contrast 
to the apparent decrease in Os consumption sug- 
gested by the first 5 minute respirometer interval. 
The latter may therefore be due to a gush of COz 
production which is not immediately absorbed by 
the KOH. 

Whether ammonia production is involved in 
the initial counter movement is still to be an- 
swered. 

Neither irritability nor its accompanying excess 
COz production could be abolished within periods 
up to 24 hours in purified hydrogen. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 20.) 


DEVELOPMENTAL CHANGES IN APICAL MERISTEMS 
Dr. W. GorpoNn WHALEY 


Instructor in Botany, 


The Apical meristem is to be considered as a 
continuing embryonic area in plants. This is in 
contrast to most of the seed embryo, which is 
partly matured before the seed is ripe, and com- 
pletes its maturation during germination or soon 
after. In the apical meristem the cell number and 
the whole volume both increase greatly during 
early growth, but as the plant gets older both fall 
off somewhat and stabilize at a relatively constant 


level. With age, the cell size falls faster than the 
nuclear size, suggesting that the increasingly 


small relative amount of cytoplasm is unable to 
maintain the rate of cell division. There is some 
correlation between the size of the meristem and 
that of the organ which it is to produce; large 


Columbia University 


meristems, for instance, give rise to large flowers 
or fruits. Differentiation of fixed germinal layers 
was not found to be a constant feature, but often 
did not appear until the plant had reached a con- 
siderable age, if at all. The outermost layer, 
however, was definitely more tough, the cells more 
firmly united, than the tissue within. On this 
basis a differentiation between a firm outer layer 
and the inner tissue could be recognized even if 
no three-layer differentiation (dermatogen, perib- 
lem, plerome) could be histologically established. 


(This article is based upon a seminar report pre- 
sented at the Marine Biological Laboratory on 
August 20.) 


THE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATIONS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL 


Homer A. JACK 
Cornell University 


The biological stations of Spain have developed 
mainly through the efforts of Professor Odon de 
Buen who was director of the Spanish Institute of 
Oceanography from its foundation in 1914 until 
the end of the Spanish Civil War. Field stations 
sponsored by this institution are located at San- 
tander on the Bay of Biscay, at Vigo on the At- 
lantic Ocean, at Malaga on the Strait of Gibral- 
tar, at Palma on the Balearic Islands in the Medi- 
terranean, and at Las Palmas on the Canary Is- 
lands in the Atlantic. Less important stations are 
situated at San Sebastian (Sociedad de Oceano- 
grafia de Guiptzcoa), at Valencia (Laboratorio 
de Hidrobiologia), and at Chico (Estacién de 
Biologia Maritima), Of the two biological sta- 
tions in Portugal, that at Dafundo is the larger. 


There is also a field laboratory at Porto (Station 
de Zoologie “Augusto Nobre”). 

The first biological station to be established on 
the Iberian Peninsula was at Santander in 1886. 
It was founded by D. Augusto Gonzales Linares 
as the Marine Station of Experimental Zoology 
and Botany. Since 1914 it has been attached to 
the Spanish Institute of Oceanography as the chief 
center of oceanographical research on the Atlan- 
tic. Also on this ocean there is a small labora- 
tory at Vigo. This was established in 1934 and 
was in the process of organization at the begin- 
ning of the Spanish Civil War. The third Atlan- 
tic station maintained by Spain is on the Canary 
Islands. This was established in temporary quar- 
ters in 1928 for a systematic investigation of the 


Aueust 31, 1940 } 


THE COLLECTING NET 


207 


oceanographic and biological conditions in the 
vicinity of the Canary Islands. 

Perhaps the best known biological station in 
Spain is at Palma de Mallorca on the Balearic 
Islands. It was founded in 1906 by the Ministry 
of Public Instruction through the efforts of Pro- 
fessor Odon de Buen who had previously done 
research at the Laboratory Arago at Banyuls-sur- 
Mer, France. By the beginning of the Spanish 
Civil War, this station had a large physical plant, 
containing a museum, aquarium, library, store- 
rooms, preparation rooms, photographic rooms, 
and laboratories for chemistry, biology, and ocean- 
ography. The institution had several boats for 
research purposes and the use of the gunboat, 
Vasco Nunez de Balboa, for hydrographic expe- 
ditions. The work of this laboratory consisted of 
research in oceanography, public education, the 
instruction of university students in marine biol- 
ogy, the collection and sale of marine specimens, 
and furnishing research facilities to visiting in- 
vestigators. The director of the laboratory in re- 
cent years has been Francisco de P. Navarro, al- 
though Professor Odon de Buen has done re- 
search at Palma de Mallorca almost every year 
since 1906. In 1914, Dr. de Buen organized the 
biological station at Malaga which was trans- 
formed by him into the International Center for 
the Study of the Sea in 1935. The following year 
a large new laboratory building to house this sta- 
tion at Malaga was dedicated in the presence of 
the First Conference for Spanish-American 
Oceanography. 

The Spanish Institute of Oceanography (Jnsti- 
tuto Espanol de Oc eanogr afia), to which most of 
the marine stations in Spain are attached, was or- 
ganized in 1914 when Professor de Buen realized 
the need for a central institution to coordinate the 
marine researches of Spanish scientists. Spon- 
sored by the Ministry of Marine, this institution 
was especially concerned with research in general 
oceanography, oceanographic chemistry, marine 
biology, and fishery economics. The headquarters 
of this institution was in Madrid where it main- 
tained research laboratories in addition to its field 
stations. The serial publications of the Spanish 
Institute of Oceanography, which contain much of 
the research work done at the field laboratories, 
include Resultados de Campanas y Trabajos, 
Notas y Restimenes, Memorias, and Boletin de 
Oceanografia y Pesca. 

The Vasco da Gama Aquarium and Station of 
Marine Biology (Aqudrio Vasco Da Gama—Es- 
tacdo de Biologia Maritima) is located in the 
suburbs of Lisbon, at Dafundo. It was estab- 
lished as a public aquarium in commemoration of 
the fourth centenary of the voyage of Vasco da 
Gama to India. In 1908 plans were made to es- 
tablish a marine laboratory in connection with the 


lack of funds and the 
World War, a laboratory was not opened here 
until 1919. Sponsored by the Fisheries Admin- 
istration of the Ministry of Marine, this station 
now conducts research in the biology and ocean- 
ography of the sea near Portugal and is host to 
any visiting investigators who may wish to es- 
tablish headquarters at Dafundo. 


aquarium. Because of 


* OK OK 


In describing the biological stations of Spain, 
it is often difficult to decide whether to use the 
present or past tense, since the Spanish Civil War 
greatly affected the work of these institutions and 
nothing has been heard of them since the war 
ceased. When the rebellion began in July 1936, 
Professor Od6on de Buen was doing research in 
the laboratory on the Balearic Islands. For rea- 
sons never fully explained to him, he was impri- 
soned in his own laboratory by General Franco’s 
forces for six months and then had to spend an 
equal time in a hospital. Through the influence 
of the British Ambassador and scientific friends in 
several countries, Dr. de Buen was released dur- 
ing an interchange of prisoners. He went into 
voluntary exile with his family at Banyuls, 
France, where he had the opportunity once again 
to work at the Laboratory Arago. 


It was at Banyuls that the author talked with 
Professor de Buen in the summer of 1938. He 
told how his two sons, formerly scientists in the 
Spanish Institute of Oceanography, had positions 
fighting with the Loyalist armies. He was proud 
that Professor José Cerezo, who was his colleague 
as chief of the department of chemistry of the In- 
stitute, became acting minister of foreign affairs 
for the Loyalist Government. He had little news 
about the five marine laboratories he worked so 
hard to develop. Word reached Dr. de Buen that 
the Italians had installed themselves in the labora- 
tory building at Malaga and that the research 
ship, Xauwen, had been sunk by the nationalists. 
Another scientific vessel, the Tofino, was in Loy- 
alist hands and still in good condition. He ad- 
mitted that the scientific work of the Institute had 
practically ceased since the war began, although 
its offices had been moved from Madrid to quieter 
Barcelona. The last issues of the Institute’s serial 
publications appeared during the month that the 
war began, although research originating from 
work done at the laboratories appeared in foreign 
journals as late as 1937. Reminiscing in a small, 
second-story apartment, Professor de Buen was 
tired but hopeful, and he talked of building up the 
Spanish field stations as soon as the Loyalists won 
—which he knew they must. 

The latest word the author has received about 
Professor de Buen was in a short note from A. 
Gonzalez Prada in which the latter said that the 


208 


THE COLLECRNG NET 


[ Vor. XV, No. 137 


great Spanish biologist was still a refugee in 
France in the summer of 1939. He was in seri- 
ous financial circumstances and Professors Henry 
B. Bigelow and Thomas Wayland Vaughan were 
making monthly contributions on his behalf. 

Ser EE 


This series of articles on the biological stations 
of Europe could not be adequately concluded with- 
out a section explaining where interested students 
and investigators may obtain further information 
about these institutions. There is, unfortunately, 
no up-to-date manual on the biological stations of 
Europe. One of the most complete directories of 
these institutions is Professor Charles A. Kofoid’s 
The Biological Stations of Europe (U. S. Bur. 
Educ., Bull. 440. 360 pp.). Although this bulletin 
was published in 1910, much of the material in it 
is surprisingly correct today. A more recent di- 
rectory, although limited to marine stations, is 
Thomas Wayland Vaughan’s Catalogue of Insti- 
tutions Engaged in Oceanographic Work (in In- 


THE AMAKUSA MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY 
(Continued from page 193) 


a 4-horsepower oil engine can work with two 
pumps, which drive seawater up into a water-tank 
with a capacity of about 20 kilolitres. The tank 
is placed about 11 metres high about the level of 
the laboratory and aquarium, and is embedded 
deep in the earth, so as to keep seawater always 
cool. For dredging and short excursions a 6- 
horsepower motorboat is in use, besides several 
small row-boats for other purposes. 

The latitude being 32°32’ N., the climate here 
is mild thanks to the branch of the warm current 
“Kuro-Sio” flowing northwards off along the 
west coast of Kytisyt. The shores near around 
the laboratory offer almost every possible variety 
of biological conditions, such as rocky cliffs, sandy 
beach with raging surf, quiet inlet where sandy 
or muddy flats become exposed at low tide, ete. 

The marine fauna of the seas surrounding the 
site of the laboratory is rich. From among the 
many notable forms known to occur here, the fol- 
lowing ones may be worthy of especial remark. 
Devonia semperi, the highly modified bivalve, lives 
commensally with the synaptid Protankyra biden- 
tata. Besides this, the 6-legged crab Hesxapus 
sexpes and two species of polychaete annelids live 


CLEANING — PRESSING 
Dyeing — Repairing 
Daily Calls and Deliveries 
Tel. 907 


PARK TAILORING SHOP 
BAND BOX CLEANERS 


172 Main St. 
Falmouth 


ternational Aspects of Oceanography, National 
Academy of Sciences, 1937, pp. 73-225). Older — 
but often useful accounts of the European stations — 
are those by Bashford Dean (American Natural- 
ist 27:625-37, 697-707. 1893), by Rene Sand 
(Revue de l'Université de Bruxelles 3:23-47, 
121-51, 203-35. 1898), and by Chancey Juday 
(Trans. Wisc. Acad. 16:1257-77. 1910). The 
best manual of freshwater institutions is Fr. 
Lenz’s Limnologische Laboratorien (Handbuch 
der Biologischen Arbeitsmethoden 9:2:1285-1368. 
1927). Short notices on the work or personnel 
of these laboratories have appeared occasionally in 
Tue Cottectinc Net, Chronica Botanica, and 
Nature. The most complete list of the biological 
stations of Europe may be found in the Septem- 
ber 1938 issue of Chronica Botanica (4:301-83). 
Finally, mention perhaps should be made of the 
author’s directory of the 263 biological field sta- — 
tions of the world which he hopes to have pub- 
lished soon after the cessation of the current war. 


in the burrow of this synaptid. Coeloplana, Kish- 
inouyea, Haliclystus and Olindioides are often 
found in the eel-grass zone of the shallow part 
of the gulf. The large solenogastre Epimenia ver- 
rucosa 1s not rare in the rough outside sea, while 
submerged reef of Acropora harbors many coral- 
reef dwellers. Branchiostoma belcheri occurs 
abundantly in the Gulf of Ariaké, north of the 
Amakusa-Group. 

More than 80 papers have hitherto been pub- 
lished as products of the investigations done here 
by a few workers, most of them dealing with mor- 
phology, embryology and systematics of marine 
invertebrates. Mr. K. Baba has been staying here — 
since 1932, working a good deal on opisthobranchs 
and solenogastres. Recently two other resident 
workers have been added: Mr. S. Miyake of de- 
capod crustaceans, and Mr. S. Murakami of 
ophiuroids. 

The faunistic survey of the locality is still im- 
perfect: the harvest is rich and the laborers are 
few. Much should be done also in physiological 
and ecological fields of those marine animals 
within easy access. 


MRS. WEEKS’ SHOPS 
HOSIERY, DRY GOODS 
Toilet Necessities 
Cretonne, Chintz, Lingerie 
FALMOUTH 


Aucust 31, 1940 ] THE COLLECTING NET 209 


LATEX INJECTIONS 


By TURTOX 


Latex emulsion (liquid rubber) provides an injection medium 
for practically all forms which so far surpasses any medium pre- une : 
viously used that it has already made starch and gelatine masses In addition to the latex in- 
obsolete. A few of the characteristics which have made the | jected vertebrates commonly 


Latex Injected 
Invertebrates 


panics Latex ee outstanding le i A used, the latex injected inver- 
1. It flows freely into even the smallest vessels. ; - 
2. Completely fills the vessels giving a “plumpness” not evident Sons a eae ee 
in other injections. available for immediate ship- 
3. Sets to remain flexible and elastic. ment. 
4. Retains full, brilliant, non-fading color. Starfish 
5. Will not stain or discolor surrounding tissue. aS 
6. Not affected by formalin, alcohol or other preservatives. Earthworm 
7. Results equally fine in either embalmed or liquid preserved Leech 
animals. Crayfish | 
8. Provides a perfect, permanent cast of the blood vessels. (Cambarus & Astacus) 
9. Permits a freedom in dissecting that brings a much more Tobeter 


accurate understanding of the circulatory system in less 

than one half the time required for dissection of other Grasshopper 

specimens. Fulgur 

Insist on Turtox Latex injected specimens. They cost no 
more than poorly injected animals. 


Roky So, 


ee GENERAL BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY HOUSE 


TURTOX RR OpUCTS Incorporated 
6 761-763 East Sixty-Ninth Place, Chicago 


The Sign of the Turtox Pledges Absolute Satisjaction 


= 


HERE’S THE ONE 
YOU NEED 


This galvanometer is an inexpensive instru- 
ment with the sensitivity of a reflecting galvano- 
meter and the ruggedness of a milliameter. It 
is accordingly well adapted for student use, and 
many types of research. 


Fitted both with a pointer and a reflecting 
mirror it is particularly suitable for ‘null’ point 
indications as well as for use with a lamp and 
scale outfit. 


At one meter scale distance, one microampere 
gives a deflection of 12 mms. The period is 1.3 
seconds and the coil resistance is 50 ohms. 


CAMBRIDGE 7°": 
LINSTRUMENT. CO INE 


= 


3732 Grand Central Terminal, New York, N. Y. 


PIONEER MANUFACTURERS OF PRECISION INSTRUMENTS 


210 Mal, COMMA MUNG, We Ar [ VoL. XV, No. 


Carolina Cultures 


Giant Amoeba proteus, Paramecium multi- 
micronucleatum and caudatum, Euglena, Arcel- 
la, Stentor, Vorticella, Peranema, Volvox, 
brown and green Hydra, Planaria maculata 
and dorotocephala, ete. Shipments during all 
seasons. The resources of our “Hundred-Acre 
Biology Farm” are at your disposal. 


We are commencing our fourteenth year of 
Culture Service. 


CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO. 
Elon College, N. C. 


For Salon Quality in 


ROWE’S PHARMACY Your Exhibition Prints 
—USE A SOLAR— 


Cigarettes — Cosmetics A SOLAR will give you Salon 
a quality in all your enlargements & 
Magazines . . + . it will bring out the full 
pictoriay Oe ce everyunceal ie ae 
. perfected light and optical system along 
Home Remedies with its wide flexibility in adjustments 
make Solar the choice of the man who 
DEVELOPING and PRINTING knows enlargers. Models are available to 
cover negative sizes from 35mm. to 5x7 
inches, with or without condensers. Prices | 
SNAPSHOTS from $29.50 to $112.50. i 
Fal h ENLARGING TREATISE CN740 FREE. 
almout Woods Hole : 
| BURKE: & JAMES, ‘Inc. 
ReonmunSereace North Falmouth 223 W. MADISON ST.’ @ | CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 


137 


The Improved 
REHBERG MICRO-BURETTE 


The new improved Rehberg Burrette is being made in capacities 
of 0.1250 ec. and 0.2250 cc. It has been so modified that the 
present instrument employs ground joints throughout, glass to 
glass and glass to steel. 

The smallest graduated division is 0.001 cc. and interpolation can 
be made to 0.0001 ce. Titrations are made below the surface of 
the solution to be titrated and stirring is done mechanically by 
means of compressed air. By this means the most minute delivery 
of standard is dispersed throughout the solution. 


Has Accuracy of Delivery 0.0001 cc. 


The Rehberg Burette need but be rinsed with distilled water in 
changing from one standard to another since the mercury forces 
out all traces of the previous standard. 


REFERENCES 
A. Keys—Journal of Biological Chem., 114, 449 (1936) 
P. B. Rehberg—Biochemical Journal, 19, 270 (1925) 


Send for Literature and Price List 


MACALASTER - BICKNELL COMPANY 


Cambridge, Mass. New Haven, Conn. 
Makers of Scientific Glassware 


Aueust 31, 1940 | THE COLLECTING NET 


Zi 


® Spencer announces a Direct Result 5. 
colorimeter which presents many impor- 
tant advantages over other present-day 
instruments. 


for} 


1. Direct reading of the percentage of 
the unknown. 7. 


2. Inclined eyepiece for comfort. 


_ A New Spencer 
4 COLORIMETER 


® Simplified Technique 


® Improved Accuracy 
® Saves Time 


Cups which are easily taken apart 
for cleaning, with no necessity to 
check the zero adjustment. 


Reverse position of instrument af- 
fords convenience in placing or re- 
moving cups. 


A beautiful, easy to clean, modern 
design that combines strength and 
practicability. 


3. Simple, accurate adjustment of arti- Your nearest Spencer sales office glad- 


ly will demonstrate one of these new 


ficial illumination. Colorimeters — or, upon your request, 
: Saag F the factory will send to you complete 

4. Tilted plungers which dissipate air eseriptive information. Write Dept. 
bubbles as they are immersed. H8-5. 


Spencer Lens Company 


MICROSCOPES REFRACTOMETERS 
MICROTOMES SPENCER COLORIMETERS 
PHOTOMICROGRAPHIC BUFFALQ SPECTROMETERS 
EQUIPMENT Wu. 5.A SS PROJECTORS 


[ VoL. XV, No. 137 


212 THE COLLECTING NET 


‘Tae Mechanical Precision of working parts 
in the B&L Instruments you use, did not begin 
at the lathe. It had its beginning in the selection 
of materials, their testing and analyses, even 
before B&L engineers set up the tolerances 
within which all B&L Instruments are built. 

So close are those tolerances, so accurately 
must each completed part fit and work into its 
component, that even the grain structure of 
the different metals used must answer definite 
rigid specifications. Only thus can friction be 
decreased to a minimum and long life and 
trouble-free performance be attained. 

Care such as this has made the name of 
Bausch & Lomb synonymous with quality and 
accuracy. No matter how delicate or exacting 
your work is, you can always depend upon 
your B&L instrument. Bausch & Lomb Optical 
Co., 671 St. Paul St., Rochester, N. Y. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 
OPTICAL COMPANY 


FOR YOUR EYES, INSIST ON BAUSCH & LOMB EYEWEAR, MADE FROM BAUSCH 
& LOMB GLASS TO BAUSCH & LOMB HIGH STANDARDS OF PRECISION 


Wake ae bls 
re 
nf , 


; 
Ue as 4 
Norah i 


Henn iesedsesh 
eal 


| etl 


nia 


eisiezs 


See 
Sac 
eee 


uty 
eh ou wy 
nie f ent 
int ania 


siti 


ae oR 
oe 
Ae 


ae 
at i iat 


raha 
Ny ee A 
AiR ane 
oe